W'K/,^\

FOR THE PEOPLE

FOR EDVCATION

FOR SCIENCE

LIBRARY

OF

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM

OF

NATURAL HISTORY

;^

090

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF

TASMANIA

PAPERS & PROCEEDINGS

OF THE '^^.:d(3^(:>3Cl

ROYAL SOCIETY °\
OF TASMANIA

FOR TFiE YEAR

1913

With I Text.Figure. 22 Plates, and I Map.

ISSUED 14th FEBRUARY', 1^14.
PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY.

The Tasmanian Museum, Argylc Street, Hobart,
1914.

Pr-iae: Fifteen Shillings.

The responsibility of the statements and opinions in
trie following papers and discussions rests with the
individual authors and speakers; the Society merely
places them on record.

Printed al "The Mciv-urv" 0£Fiv.£. Macyuatic 5tree-l. Hobart.

THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF TASMANIA.

The Royal Society of Tasniania was founded on the 14th Octo-
ber, 1843,"^ by His Excellency Sir John Eardley Eardley AVilmot.
Lieutenant Governoi- of Van Diemen's Land, as "The Botani-
cal and Horticultural Society of Van Diemen's Land." The
Botanical Gardens in the Queen's Domain, near Hobart, were
shortly afterwards placed under its management, and a grant
of £400 a year towards their maintenance was made by the
Government. In 1844, His Excellercy announced to the
Society that Her ]\[ajesty the Queen had signified her con-
sent to become its patron ; and that its designation should
thenceforAvard be ''The Royal Societv of Van Diemen's Land
for Horticulture, Botany, and the Advancement of Science."

In 1848 the Society established the Tasmanian Museum ; and
in 1849 it commenced the publication of its -Papers and
Proceedings."

In 1854 the Legislative Council of Tasmania by "Tlie Roval
Society Act" made provision for vesting the property of the
Society in trustees, and for other matters connected with the
management of its affairs.

In 1855 the name of the Colony was changed to Tasmania,
and the Society then became "Tlie Royal Societv of Tasmania
for Horticulture, Botany and the Advancement of Science."

In I860 a piece of ground at the corner of Argyle and Mac-
quarie-streets, Hobart, was given by the Crown to the Society
as a site for a Museum, and a grant of £3,000 was made foi* the
erection of a building. The Society contributed £1.800 towards
the cost, and the new Museum was finished in 1862.

In 1885 the Society gave back to the Crown the Botanical
Gardens and the Museum, A^hich, with the collections of the
Museum, were vested in a body of trustees, of whom six are
chosen from the Society. In consideration of the services
it had rendered in the promotion of science, and in the for-
mation and management of the ^Museum and Gardens, the right
was reserved to the Society to have exclusive possession of
sufficient and convenient rooms in the Museum, for the safe
custody of its Library, and for its meetings, and for all other
purposes connected with it.

In 1911 the Parliament of Tasmania, by "Hie Royal Society
Act 1911," created the Society a body corporate by the name of
''The Royal Society of Tasmania," with perpetual succession.

^ The objects of the Society are declared by its Rules to be
''the prosecution of the study of Science in its^ various branches,
and more especially tlie development of a knowledge of the
physical character and natural history of Tasmania and the
neighbouring States."

His Majesty the King is Patron of the Society; and His
Excellency the Governor of Tasmania is President.

CONTENTS.

Page
On the Relation between the Loss of Energy and the
lonisation produced bv Cathode Ravs. Bv J. L. Glas.son.
B.A., D.Sc ".. ... : 1

The Height of Ben Lomond. By L. F. Giblin, B.A.,
E. L. Piesse, B.Sc., and H. R. Hutchison, Authorised
Surveyor 3

Tho Thoorv of tht^ Quota in Proportional Kopreseuta-
tion— 11. liy E. L. Piesse, B.Sc., LL.B IT,

Notes on Hi/inenophylluin peltatum (Poll) Dosr. By
I.. Rodsvay .". :^S

Bibliograpliv of Proiwrtional Representation in Tas-
mania. By ' E. L. Piesse, B.Sc, LL.B 30

A Rectification in the Cartography of Xortli-Easl
Tasmania. By Colonel W. V. Legge, F.R.G.S 7()

List of Native A^'ords of the Oyster Bay Tribe. \ aw
Diemen's Land. By J. W. Beattie. ... ' 79

Notes on the List of Native Words of tlie Oyster Bay
Tribe, presented bv ]Mr. J. AV. Ik-attic Bv Hermann
B. Ritz, M.A. ... : 82

Notes on the Section at One Tree Point, near Hobart.
By Fritz Noetlmg, M.A., Ph.D 95

Note on Strzelecki's Determinations of Heiglits in Tas-
n.ania 11-

Some Australian Brachiopods. By F. Blochmann ... 113

The Foundation and Early Work of the Society : with
some Account of Earlier Institutions and Societies in
Tasmania. By E. L. Piesse 117

Notes on a Fossil Whal(^ tVoni Wvnyard. Bv H. H.
Scott \ .". ' 167

Demography of Tasmania. By L. F. Giblin, B.A.... 173

Tasmanian Bryophyta. Part III. By L. Rodway. ... 177

New Australian Asilidae. By Artliur White 264

Abstract of Proceedings 281

Annual Report

List of the Society 295

Report 304

Accounts 311

Obituary Notices 313

Institutions, etc., to which 'M*aper.s and Proceedings'

are presented 320

Plates, i. - xxii.

Index 325

:\Iap

Errata.

Page 33, line 21— for "/" (where it first oceui's), read " />/'
Page 34. The third equation should rea<l ' - 2.r + 11// = 600.

PAPEES

OF THE

EOYAL SOCIETY OF TASMANIA^

1913.

ON THE RELATION BETWEEN THE LOSS OF
ENERGY AND THE lONISATION PRODUCED
BY CATHODE RAYS.

By J. L. Glasson, B.A., D.Sc.

(Read 14th April, 1913.)

In a previous paper {Phil. Blag., October, 1911) I have
shown that the number of ions made by a cathode ray in
traversing unit length of air varies inversely as the square
of the velocity of the ray. If a be this number we have the
relation

where A is a constant. W. Wilson has shown (Proc. Roy.
Soc, vol. 85, p. 240) that the law represented by equation
(i) holds also for the ]3 rays given out by radium. These
rays had a velocity as high as 2*9 x lO^*^ cm. per second.
The cathode rays I used had velocities as low as 3 x 109
cm. per second. So that the law (i) holds over a consider-
able range of velocities. From data given in my paper, it
is easy to calculate the constant //. One cathode ray moving
with a speed of 4*8 x 109 cm. per second makes 1*5 pairs
of ions per cm. of air at a pressure of 1 m.m. of mercury.

So that for air at atmospheric pressure we find that
a = 1140 and A = 2*5 x lO^s.

In a recent paper {Proc. Ilotj. Soc, April, 1912) Whid-
dington has shown that when cathode rays pass thi^ough

2 CATHODE RAYS LOSS OF ENERGY, ETC.,

R.S. TAS.

matter, the velocity of tlie rays after traversing a distance
X is given by tlie relation

vo* - ?;/ = ax (ii)

and he has given the value of the constant a for the three
substances, aluminium, gold, and air.

By a combination of this result with the result of my
experiments it is possible to determine the energy lost by
the cathode ?-ay foi- each ion made by it.

The total number of ions made by a cathode ray in going
a distance x is given by

X

1 =. \ a dx (iii)

• 0

;Now a = -7,' and differentiating (ii) we get

dx = dv

a

So that substituting in (iii) and inserting the proper limits
the relation becomes

l=ri ^^'-dr -^l't'\^dv (iv)

jV«av if E is thp energy of the ray we have

dE

IE = m,vdr or vdc

in

So that the relation (iv) becomes

47. f^X

/ = - — dE

^ ^ E,

= i^' {Eo - E^)
am

Let us call the amount of energy lost by the ray for each
i©m produced Q.

The. Q^^^S^^ (V)

Since the expression for Q does not involve v we see that
the ray lomti ihe some anunirit of enerfjy per ion viade ivliat-
emr iU velocity may be. This result is one which might
almost have been assumed. In fact, Geiger in dealinij- with
tlie similar problem in the case of a rays has made such ai)

BY J. L. GLASSON, B.A., D.SC. S

1913.

assuinption (Proc. Roy. Sor.^ vol. 83, p. 513). It appears,
then, that Whiddington's results (ii) regarding the loss of
energy in traversing matter might have been deduced from
the law (i) connecting ionisation and velocity, and vice versa.

AIJ the constants in (v) are known, so that we can
calculate Q.

For air at 760 m.m. pressure Whiddington gives a
= 2-0 X 10*0; andw = 8-8 x 10-28 ums., /.• = 2*5 x 10<2.
therefore Q = VIQ X IQ-io.

Expressing this in the usual way as a fall of potential in
volts by the relation eV == ^ mv^ = Q we get F = I'l x
10^ =110 volts. So that Jot each pair of ions made the
ray experiences a loss of velocity corresponding to a fall
threucjli 110 VOLTS.

We may compare these results with those obtained for the
a rays. Geiger has shown {Proc. Roy. :Soc., vol. 84, p. 505)
that for the rays from Ra. C. the ionisation per cm. of path
varies inversely as the velocity of the rays. From his data
I have calculated that the energy lost by the ray per ion
made is O'o x lO-^i ergs. For ^ rays Q = 1-76 X lO-io.
So that in making a single ion a J3 ray will lose three times
as much energy as an a ray.

There have been many estimates of the energy required
to produce an ion, varying from 5 volts up to several hundred
volts. Perhaps the most probable value is that given by
Townsend, viz., 10 volts. If this value be accepted we see
that the proportion of the energy lost by the ray which is
actually spent in ionising is fairly small. It seems probable
that the bulk of the energy lost by the ray is spent in setting
the electrons within the atoms of the gas into vibration
insufficient in amplitude to cause their ejection from the
atom. This energy of course appears ultimately as heat.

This paragraph is devoted to a consideration of the pro-
portion of the energy of a cathode ray which is spent im
ioBieation.

Sir J. Thomson has shown {Phil. J\Ja(j., April, 1912),,
that the number of ions made by a cathode ray in traversing
uiait length of air is given by the expression

nire^ , ,v

wkere n = number of corpuscles in I c.c. of air,
W = energy required to ionise an atom,
T = kinetic energy of the moving ray (= h nn*)..

4 CATHODE RAYS LOSS OF ENERGY, ETC.

R.S. TAS.

By eliminatini^- v from (vi) and (i) we get the relation

n =-j~ (vn)

km

Thus from (vii) we may calculate TF, the energy of an ion,
or by combinino- (vii) iwith (v) we get tbe ratio ^^, i.e., the
energy lost by the ray to the energy spent in ionisation.

T7 'J J.1 0 '^"tn^ / •••X

Evidently IT = 8^« ("">

In order to calculate the value of n we refer to a paper by
Crowther (Prnc. Hoy. Soc, vol. 84, p. '226), in which he
shows that ior the five elements C, Al, Cu, Ag, Pt, whicli
have atomic weights varying from 12 to 195, the number of
electrons in the atom is three times the atomic weight to
within a iew per cent. Assuming that this holds also for
the atoms of 0 and N, we find that the number of electrons
per c.c. of air at 760 m.m. is v. = '2''d x l()*i.
Putting this value in (ix) we get

^. = 5-5 (approx.)

'Thus the energy s^penf in ionisation is one- fifth o' the n'inde
energy spent hi/ the ray.

I am grateful to Professor Kerr Grant, of the University
•of Adelaide, for valuable suggestions in connection with this
paper.

The University of Tasmania,
29th March, 1913.

THE HEIGHT OF BEN LOMOND.

By L. F. GiBLiN, B.A., E. L. Piesse, B.Sc, and
H. R,. Hutchison, Authorised Surveyor.

(Read 14th April, 1913.)

Map

In a paper read before the Society in 1907(^), two of ua
gave an account of observations made with aneroids on
Ben Lomond in 1906 and 1907 with the object of deter-
mining the difference of height between Legge Peak(^),
the highest summit in the northern part of the Ben
Lomond range, and the trigonometrical station at the south-
ern end of the range. The trigonometrical station is stated
on the official maps of Tasmania to have a height of 5010
feet; Cradle Mountain is stated to be 5069 feet, and the
Ben Lomond station comes next below it, being thus the
second highest of the officially recorded summits.

The observations in 1906 made Legge Peak 140 feet
higher than the trigonometrical station; and in 1907, 160
feet. From the former, the height of Legge Peak was
5150 feet, from the latter 5170 feet, and the mean of the
two results was 5160 feet. If this result were correct
Legge Peak was nearly 100 feet higher than Cradle
Mountain, and was the highest known summit in Tas-
mania. But the result had been obtained with aneroids
not of the best pattern for this purpose, and not used in
the best conditions, and it was desirable that the difference
of height should be ascertained by survey. An oppor-
tunity to revisit the mountain did not occur until 1911.
A survey was then made which in part confirmed the
height obtained in 1906 and 1907, but the result was not
conclusive, and another survey was accordingly made in
1912, and this placed the height of Legge Peak beyond
doubt.

(0 L. F. Giblin nnd E. L. Piesse, Note on the Height of Legge Tor
{Proc. Boy. Soc. Tas. 1906-7, xxxvii.-xL).

(*) The name Mt. Legge was proposed :n the paper just mentioned, but
In the title of the paper the name was altered to Legge Tor as this was
understood to be the form desired by the Department of Lands and Sur-
veys. In the County chart Cornwall Xo. 3 the summit has been called
Leg^e Peak.

fi) THE HEIGHT OF BEN LOMOND,

■R.S. TAS.

At Christmas, 1911, a party consisting of Messrs. W. F.
D. Butler, J. A. Johnson, A. F. Weber, and two of the
writers (L. F. Giblin and E. L. Piesse) spent several days
at Ben Lomond. Leaving Hobart by the morning train,
the party was met at Avoca station by Mr. C. E. Foster,
who made all arrangements for the ascent of the mountain
and enabled the party to reach before dark the old Ben
Lomond Hotel, 11 miles from Avoca, and about 2400 feeb
above sea-level. The " Hotel," it should be mentioned,
is untenanted, and travellers will be wise to make their
own camp. Next morning, Mr. Foster's horses helped
the party to the Upper Camping Ground, about 3700 feet,
and from there the loads were carried to the plateau.
Arrived at the moor, the party went southwards to the
Stacks Bluff, on which is the trigonometrical station.
There a base rather more than a quarter of a mile long was
measured, and with a 5 -inch Everest theodolite angles
were taken to ascertain the distance and elevation of Legge
Peak. Then the party went on to Youl's Lake, where a
camp was made. The rcsu'ts of the day's observations
were computed, and the height of Legge Peak was found
to be 5158 feet.

As the object of the expedition seemed to be attained,
the next day, again a fine one, was spent in a visit to
Legge Peak instead of in making a check survey. This
was attempted on the following day, but the weather had
iDroken and it was impossible to do more than measure a
second base on the moor south of the Nile gorge, and
move camp to a more sheltered spot, a little flat about
400 feet above the LTpper Camping Ground and at the
foot of the talus slope from Wilmot Bluff. Three of
the party had to return to Hobart next day, but Messrs.
Giblin and Piesse remained, and were able to take the
required angles at the second base. Satisfied with these,
they returned to the flat, and moved camp to the old
Hotel, in preparation for an easy stage next day into
Avoca .

But when the day's observations were examined that
night at the camp fire, it was found that they did not
confirm the first day's work at the Stacks Bluff. The
observations from the two ends of the Nile gorge base
made Legge Peak, from one end of the base, 13 feet
lower than the trigonometrical station, and from the other
end 6 feet. The apparent agreement of these two results

BY L. F, GIBLIN, E. L. PIESSE, AND H. I\. HUTCHISON. 7

1913,

averted suspicion from the instrument, and no other
explanation could be imagined. The supply of food was
almost exhausted, but there was just enough for another
day's stay, so an early start was made with the theodolite
next morning, and the site of the previous camp reached
by eight o'clock. Then a cloud covered the summit, and
did not lift for eight hours. At last, at nearly five o'clock,
the fog lifted, and vertical angles were taken from the
trigonometrical station to the ends of the Nile base (which,
of course, had not been marked on the first day) and again
to Legge Peak. The angles to the base agreed closely with
the angles taken in the opposite direction from the ends
of the base to the trigonometrical station, and the angles
to Legge Peak w^ere also nearly the same as those taken
on the first day, and so the mystery of the discordant
results was still unsolved. However, it v/as not possible
to do any more, and next day the party had to go in to
Avoca. It was only after the return to Hobart that an
examination of the instrument showed that some parts of
it had w^orked slightly loose, so that it would sometimes
give a correct vertical angle and sometimes a quite 'incor-
rect one. Its vagaries had not been discovered in the field,
because on each test made of it the reading confirmed the
previous reading.

It was tempting to disregard the results from the Nile
gorge base, and to treat the height, 5158 feet, obtained
from the Stacks Bluff base, agreeing so closely with the
height given by the aneroids in 1906 and 1907, as correct.
However, it was safer to wait for a confirmation, and the
result was therefore not published.

At Christmas, 1912, the writers and Messrs. Butler and
Weber went again to Ben Lomond. Mr. Foster again made
all arrangements for us, and at some inconvenience
accompanied us as far as the Upper Camping Ground.
This time we decided to avoid the labour of carrying our
stores across the moor, and we made our camp at last
year's site on the flat below Wilmot Bluff, a position quite
convenient for our work. Relying on a little stream (the
head of the Ben Lomond Rivulet) which we had found
above this flat in 1911, we had no fears for a supply of
water; but the supply was much scantier than in the pre-
vious year, and this spot, otherwise a very pleasant camp
site, might be without water in a dry season. In spite of
the heavy rains during December, we found the moor

8 THE HEIGHT OF BEN LOMOND,

r>.<5. TAS.

much drier than usual. The beautiful pools which usually
are found everywhere over the plateau were for the most
part dry, and the bright vegetation which grows in and
round them was withered. The blaze of colors which Ben
Lomond show^s in summer was duller than in other years;
the sage bush and the yellow bush had their usual tints,
but there was scarcely a flower on the acres which are often
covered with the white and red and orange blossoms of
the richea.

We first remeasured the base (TA) at Stacks Bluff. In

1911 this had been found to be 1554*42 feet and 1554'43
feet in two measurements, each made with a 300-foot
J-inch steel band in the usual w^ay. When remeasured in

1912 with the same band, the length was found to be
ISoS'O feet; but owing to a high wind the measurement
was probably not as accurate as those made in 1911. We
took the length to be 1554 feet.

This base is of course a very short one. But it is to be
remembered that our object was not to find the distance of
Legge Peak (which was nearly seven miles) — an object for
which the base would have been unsuitable, as any error
of measurement would be exaggerated twenty times, and
in addition there would bo an error in calculation result-
ing from the smallness of the angle at Mt. Legge — but to
determine a difference of height which was only about one-
tenth of the length of the base. An error of a foot, then,
in the measured length would give an error of only a little
more than an inch in the difference of height, and from
this point of view the base was long enough.

Mr. Hutchison then measured the horizontal and ver-
tical angles from the ends of the base to Legge Peak, and
to the ends of a new base CD which another member of the
party had marked meanwhile near last year's base at the
Nile gorge. Owing to a high wind and other circum-
stances the angles are not quite complete, but even apart
from the angles taken at the second base, they give two
determinations of the height of Mt. Legge, and with these
angles they give an ample check.

On the following day we measured the new base at the
Nile gorge ( 1366*5 feet), and Mr. Hutchison took the
necessary angles there. We also laid out two other bases,
^B, BE, and used these to determine the heights of the
two summits of Ragged Mountain, an outlier to the north-
west of Ben Lomond.

BY L. F. GIBLIN, E. L. PIESSE, AND H. R. HUTCHISON. 9

1913.

The instrument used was a 5 -inch Troughton and Simms
transit theodolite reading on each circle by two verniers
to 20". The angle obtained at each setting is given below.

The degree of accuracy of the angles appears from the
triangles ACD, CDT, in each of which all three angles
were measured. The sum of the measured angles of the
triangle ACD is 180^ 0' 17", and the sum of the measured
angles of the triangle CDT is 179^ 59' 53". For the
vertical angles, a test of accuracy is given by the angles
between A and C and between A and Z>, which were
measured in both directions. After applying the usual
correction for curvature and refraction, the difference
between the angles A to C and C to A is 51", and the
difference between the angles A to D and D to A is 3".
A test of the accuracy of the angles and measurements of
length combined is obtained by calculating the distance
from the trigonometrical station to Legge Peak, first from
the Stacks Bluff base and the angles observed there, and
second from the Nile gorge base and the angles observed
at it. The results are 35,280 feet and 35,260 feet, whence
it appears that the lengths required for determining the
difference of height are known with sufficient accuracy.

From the abstract given below of the calculations, it
will be seen that the height of Legge Peak was deter-
mined in four ways calculated in pairs from independent
observations at the two bases. The results are:

Height of Legge Peak.

Hoio Obtained.

Ca

Iculatcd Height.

Direct from T

5160-0

From A

5160-6

From D

5160-6

From C

5158-3

These results and the result (5158) feet obtained in 1911
justify the adoption of 5160 feet as the height of Legge
Peak, which accordingly is the highest known summit in
Tasmania, a satisfactory conclusion to the investigations of
the height of Ben Lomond commenced by Col. W. V.
Legge in 1906. The agreement between the results by
aneroid and by the theodolite is remarkably close, and
could not be expected to occur again in similar conditions.

The claims of Barn Bluff to be higher than its neigh-
bor, Cradle Mountain, have still to be tested by survey.

10 THE HEIGHT OF BEN LOITOND,

R.S. TAS.

Barn Bluff may prove to be liigher than Cradle Mountain,
hut no one, so far as we know, has suggested that it is
likely to be as much as 90 feet higher, and there is little
probability that Legge Peak will be displaced from its
position at the head of Tasmanian summits.

The results of the calculations for X (the west-ern
summit) and .S' (the eastern summit) of l^.lL"■.p'l Moun-
tJiin ui-e also given below. The height of the northern sum-
mit is about 4440 feet, and of the southern about 4490
feet. The mountain has thus a respectable place in the list
of Tasmanian summits, although perhaps not quite as high
a one as its prominent appearance from Launceston and
elsewhere would suggest. (•'^)

The map published with this paper is based on a rough
survey made by Colonel Legge. We are indebted to Mr.
A. F. Weber for preparing it for reproduction. The
aneroid heights shown on the map depend for the most
part on single unchecked observations. The topographical
features of the map are shown on the county chart of Corn-
wall (No. 3), issued by the Department of Lands and
Surveys, which has also been drawn from Colonel Legge's
survey. Most of the names given on our rnap are not,
however, shown on the official chart. (^)

(^) Ragged Mountain can be seen on a clem* day from Mt. Welling-ton.
Legge Peak is also in view, between Rai?ge<l Mountain and tbe soutliern
summit, but it is not conspicuous enough to he distinguished as a spparate
summit in the general high area at the nortli of Ben Loinond.

(^) Colonel Legge has sent us tlie following explanation of names on the
Ben Lomond plateau given by him in the rough suivey ho made in the
years 1906-9 : —

" As 1 regarded the Ben Lomond plateau as the most reniarkable idiysio-
graphical feature in the State, it seenied fitting that the majority of the
names should have some historical significance : accordingly —

1. The lake-source of the Nile, its gorge, the 'cirque' in the escarp-
ment, and the isolated fell adjoining the rivers descent through
the latter, were named after explrrers connected with digcoveriei
at the sources of the parent river in Africa.

•2. Dominant and commanding features of the great escarjjinent. as
als4> important surface characterisiics ol the plateau : alter
governors, officials, surveyors, \-c. of the State.

3. Other features on the plateau : alter fellow-explorers and asjistanta

in the purvey.

4. The remarkable eroded-down valley, dissect! g the plateau, at th*-

upper entrance of the Speke Gorge : after our good Queen.
6. The lofty clift' buttress as seen from the Break-o'-Day Valley, often
standing up alone against the cloud in the ' amphitheatre,' after
the lonely and mysterious ' Sentinel of Egypt ' — the * Sphinx.' "

BY L. F. GIBLIX, E. L. PIESSE, AND H. R. HUTCHISON. 11

1913.

ABSTRACT OF OBSERVATIONS.

T, a spot on the rock within the '"stockade" at the trigono-
metrical station on the southern summit. We did not see
any mark of the original station, and its position is some-
what uncertain.

A, the top of a flag at the eastern end of the Stacks Bluff
base.

B, C, D. E. tops of flags at the ends of the bases south of the
Nile Gorge.

L, the base of the cairn erected in 1907 on Mt. Legge.
N, S, the highest points visible from B, G, E, of the wastern
and eastern summits of Ragged Mountain.

TA

(W
BC
BE

Lengths of Bases.

(Reduced .to the horizontal.)

Measured in 1911, 155442. 155443 feet.
Measured in 1912, 15530 feet.
Length adopted, 1554 feet.
1366-5 feet.
1369 feet.
1204 feet.

HORIZONTAL ANGLES OBSERVED.

Each entry in the columns *" Face Right," "Face Left,"
is the mean of the vernier-readings at one setting.

Fac

. R = g

ht.

^"ace Le

ft.

Mean.

Corrected
Angle. (')

o

,

o

/

'/

o

/ /»

O / '.

LTA

75

12

40

75

12

20

40

75

12 35

CTD

5

31

30
20

5

30

45
55

5

31 07

CAD

5

21

50

5

21

40

5

21 45

DAL

16

27

15

16

27

20

16

27 17

LA r

102

19

10

102

19

45

102

19 27

LCD

71

37
36

06
40

7i

37
36

20
35

71

36 55

LCA

144

20
20

40
16

144

21

20

10
55

144

20 45

LCT

150

34
33

00

40

150

34

10
10

1.50

34 CO

CDL

104

59

58

25
50

104

58
58

55

5u

104

59 00

CDA

101

54
54

1"
55

101

54
54

o5

101

54 42

101 .54 32

CDV

95

31
32

25
00

95

31
31

45
35

95

31 41

95 31 45

(*) Corrected to make sum of ob.served angles of triangle 180'

12

THE HEIGHT OF BEN LOMOND,

R.S. TAS.

09

fl

ctf

,

<D

C/J

S

W

h^

<©

o

^

12;

•<

Vj-

ro -n-^^

/— N

^

_^

<c

- — - —

!![_^

—

g

'bb

_ 1-H

^ 05

tc i' c; cc 1."^

-h ^ a:

C^^ CO

1^

o

CO

a.

s

-~ F-^

»0 CO

O '^l u^ -^ TJ

CO CO CO

(0^ -H

'O

^

o\

"3

<;

■JT-

■ts

- "*

00 i»

Oi Oi (^^ CO o

CO Oi 0(

Ot o

lO

cri

03

i

1

l-H

Tf —1

CO ^ CO CO -^(

^ CO CO

CO CO

-H

CO

CO

5

o o

o o

o — —

rH ^

rH

rH

rH

1/

6

+

i +

1 1 1 i +

1 + +

+ +

+

+

+

be

.2

,-^

>.^'.

€

r: o

— cr

cr. ^ ic*

CC O -H

CO

— .

Oi

c

C<J

5 c(

uO C CO

o o o

CO

o

o

£ bo

o

c .-

o

~~ o\

O (M

C r-H --t

O ^ -H

r-^

o

o

3 3?

s

+

++

+ + +

+ + +

+

+

+

"5 ^

^ 3

o

.2 02

§1

Oi

t^ o

l^ o o

O rH X

o

CO

,_,

1^

; -^

O r-^

O O u-l

-f CO CO

-^

o

Tt<

£ §•

S3

r-f

X -f

,-^ ^ -n

r> X -^

X

-*

X

o|.

ee

rH

■* f-i

■ii CO i^*>

-rt^ CO CO

^i

^

CO

^ §

*
§

o C

o o

O r^ —

^

rH

+

1 +

1 i +

1 + +.

+

+

+

O lO lO >c o >c

uo o o »o o

'^^S^S

o o o o o o

~ lO -^

-* CI CO CO

lO >0 -H (M CO

o o

O CO o o

Cu—i oi

d

^

G^

C^ lO

X •* o

Ol O) O ?< CO

o

y^

^

^ be- -

Ttl ^

CO CO O)

^ CO ^ CO CO

CO

rfi

o
as

o O

o o

1—t I— 1 rH

r-- ^ —

^^

,_,

^

^^2,2-

:^

+

1 +

1 1 4-

! + +

+

+

+

•o o n s

-* § a a

O »0 lO o »c c

c c o o o

uO O >0 O C:

w "^

o

D O O

+5-r

:^ tH CO

CO CO lO ^

iTJ 1— 1 -IH ^ CO

O 0< 0{ CO Tf

CO -^

<:tH CO rH

'Sd

. O

C C^l

'-' CO -H Ot (^

O t- o

o.

CO

t>

lll~^

s

iO -^

•+ CO Ot (M 01

-t< CO .CO

-tH

'CO

"S /* a> a*

SS <B CO CO

s

o O

o o

r-H r-H — •

O -^ rH

1.^

r-^

rH

^ QO "' ^"^

c2

+

1 +

! 1 +

i + +

4-

+

+

O) ^ o o

^— s

. — ^

CD

CD

+

+

?* 03^-

S

-^^

^ ^ s.^

^'- -^

--^

r~i

-t;

it«2

o

o o

o c o

o O O

o

~

o

aiSg

03

O -tJ -»H

+J

/—

^

4tt

iC o

4t< ^

o" S oT

"^ 7

Ol

Ol

^

§1-°-

+

+ 1

1 1 1

si

1

!

o

» 03 ^

^«-^

^-^■^y

x^^ ^w'-*^ "^-^

^ — ^ > — •

^>— '

^— •

"'-'

o ■*^

^

^^

'T^ -n t; t: '^

o^ c*

OC5

^

^

•^

BY L. F. GIBLIN, E. L. PIESSE, AND H. R. HUTCHISON. VS
1913.

CALCLLATION OF HEIGHTS.

Point.

How obtained.

Calculated

Height

Height.

Adopted.

1

feet.

feet.

T

Trigonometrical Survey
ot Tasmania

...

5010

A

Direct Irom T

4992-4

4992-4

D

Direct from T

4587-4 /

4588*1

From A

4588-8*

C

Direct from T

4607-6^
4606-2 J
4606-6)

From .4

4606-8

From I)

L

Direct from T

5160•0^
5160-6 (

From ^4

5160

From D

6160-6 (
5158-2 J

From C

N

From C

4439 »
4444 >
4442)

From B

4440

From E

S

From C

4491 )

4492 >
4491 )

From B

4490

From E

LIST OF PAPERS, &c., RELATING TO THE PHYSICAL
GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF BEN LOMOND.

1846.

P. E. De Strzelecki. Physical Description of New South
Wales and Van Diemen's Land. (London : Longmans, Brown,
Green and Longmans, 1845. 8vo.)

Count Strzelecki gives the following in his table of
heights (p. 44) : —

" Mount Ben Lomond, culminant point, 5002,
, N.W. point, 4354,

, South Bluff, 4500."

There is nothing, however, to show where his '' cul-
minant point " was. His " South Bluff " may have been
Sphinx Bluff (4580 feet), but it is a name more
suitable for the Stacks Bluff (5010). If South Bluff was
the Stacks Bluff, Strzelecki's table shows that he
observed a higher summit elsewhere on the mountain.
Many of his heights in other parts of Tasmania were
inaccurate, although he seems to have made the most of
his apparatus. The instruments used were Gay Lussac's
syphon mountain barometers and Wollaston's boiling
point apparatus (p. 40). Count Strzelecki describes the
scenery of Ben Lomond. Of the plateau he says (p.
67) : ^' The scene is here one of unbroken solitude,
silence, and desolation."

14 THE HEIGHT OF BEN LOMOND.

R.S. TA5..

1892.

A. Montgomery (Geological Surveyor). Report on the Ben
Lomond District. (In Report of the Secretary of Mines (Tas-
mania) for 1891-2, pp. 25-40. Journal and Papers of Parlia-
ment, 1892, Vol. XXVI., No. 79.)

Geological section from Avoca to Ben Lomond.

1901.
George A. Waller (Assistant Government Geologist).
Report on the Tin-mining District of Ben Lomond. (Issued
with Report of the Secretary of Mines (Tasmania) for 1901-2,
pp. 1-41. Government Printer, Hobart, 1908. 8vo.)

Geological sketch-map oi the district. Ideal section
from Ben Lomond Butts to Mt. Rex.

1907.

Colonel AV. V. Legge. An Investigation into the Physio-
graphy of the Ben Lomond Plateau, Tasmania. (In Report of
the Eleventh Meeting of the Australasian Association for the
Advancement of Science. Adelaide. 1907, pp. 521-5.)

Colonel W. V. Legge. Note on the Ben Lomond Plateau,
and the Discovery of High Land at the North End. (In Pro-
ceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania, 1906-7, pp.

XXXIV. -XXXVI.)

L. F. GiBLiN and E. L. Piesbe. Note on the Height of Legge
Tor. (In Proceedings of the Royal Society of Tasmania, 1906-7,.

pp. XXXVII. -XL.)

THE THEORY OF THE QUOTA IN PROPOR
TIONAL REPRESENTATION— II.-

By E. L. PiESSE, B.Sc, LL.B.

(Read 19tli May, 1913.)

64-65. — List ^Systems (continued).

54-60. M. Saint e-Layue's discussion by the method of least
squares.

55. The problem stated.

56. The rule of least squares.

57. The D'Hondt rule.

58. The rule of the largest fractions.

59. The rule of Equer.

60. Other results.

61. Beferences to French and Belgian writers on the

problem of the partition of seats.
62-65. The method of the uniform quota.

62. Rou- the problem of the partition of seats is

avoided.

63. The method stated.

64. Example from the General Election of 23rd

Junuiiry, 1913, 'in Ta.^inan'ia.

65. Incidental advantages; redistribution no

longer required.

66-70. — Multiple Transferable Vote Systems.

66. The system defined.

67. lielation to other methods of voting.

68. In example of the Launceston voting system in a

six-member constituency, showing how dispro-
portionate representation may occur.

69. Table of possible elis proportionate representation.

70. Bules which would avoid this source of disproportion-

ate representation.
71-77. — Notes.

71. Single transferable vote systems — Mr. Barford^s

paper.

72. Close contests.

1^-11. Single-yi ember Constituencies.

73. Disproportionate representation may occur

even with absolute-majority voting in equal
constituencies.

74. The condition for a minority to obtain a

majority of seats in a two-party contest.

75. An illustration.

76. Investigations of the exaggeration of the

majority.

77. The election of 1910 for the Australian House

of Bepresentatives.

78. — Bemarl: as to ^hr conclusions of the paper.

* For Part I., .se^ Papers and fritcecdivgs of the Bmjal Society of
Tastnan'iK. 191*2, pp. Ji)-77.

16 QUOTA IN PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION, II.,

R.S. TAS.

List Systems.

54. In §§ 22-25, I discussed, with the aid of the method
of least squares, the problem of partitioning a given num-
ber of seats among three parties in proportion to their
strengths. I had not then seen any mathematical discus-
sions of this problem ; but I have since obtained a copy
of a paper published in 1910 by M. A. Sainte-Lague, Pro-
fesseur de Mathematiques speciales au Lycee de Douai
(and now of Besan9on), in which he gives a discussion of
the problem for any number of parties by the same
method. (-^) The volume in which this paper is published
is not accessible to many students in this part of the world,
and I have therefore made a summary of M. Sainte-
Lague's results.

I use the notation of § 25 of my own paper, as corrected
in the erratum slip.

55. Each elector, says M. Sainte-Lague, has the right
to be represented by a fraction of a deputy given by
ml V = 1/ Q. If he belongs to the party A, he is repre-
sented by the fraction x/]} of a deputy; whence the error
in representation for him is seen to be x / jj — m/v. For
the electors of the various parties, there are errors
«i> ^2» ^3' •••^s. The various methods diverge from one
another in the ways in which they endeavour to make these
errors as small as possible.

56. To arrive at the best rule, M. Sainte-Lague applies
the method of least squares.

For each elector of party A the error in representation

X m

The sum of the squares of the errors for the p electors
of this party is —

'% - v)
and the sum of the squares of the errors for all v electors

(*") La irp resfi)itation J) rojwrtionnelle et la methode des moindres carres.
Annates Scientifiques de rEcole Normale Sup«irieure, He. serie, tome 27,
December, 1910, pp. 5:30-542. M. Sainte-Lague has given a more popular
account of his results in the Revue Generale des Sciences pares et appliquees
of 30th October, 1910, pp. 846-852 ; and the " rule of least squares " is
stated in a communication made to the Academy of Sciences of Paris on
8th August, 1910.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. IT

1913.

whence it can be shown that —

ni-

p V

The quantity to be made a minimum is, then, S (^^'V/^). M,
Sainte-Lague suggests a geometrical solution similar to
the method used by me for three parties, but gives the-
following practical solution for any number of parties.
The identity —

^■- = 1 + 3 - 5 + ... -r (2a - 3) -f (2.r - 1)

shows that the sum to be made a minimum is the sum of
the X first numbers of (1), the y first numbers of (2), &c. ;
X, y, z being chosen so that the m smallest numbers are-
selected : —

(i>

(2).

As the same result would be obtained by inverting all
these numbers and choosing the m largest we have the
following rule: —

Rule of least squares: Divide p, q, r ... by the odd
integers 1, 3, 5 ..., and in the various series of quotients,
so obtained select the largest, until m have been obtained..
Party .4 receives as many members as the number of
quotients taken from its series; and so with the other-
parties.

57. Next, consider only positive errors {i.e., errors for
electors who are over-represented). If the error for each
elector of party A is positive, this party has at least
X + 1 seats {X + 1 being the whole number next greater
than X^^). According as the seats obtained are X + 1.,
X 4- 2, ..., the error for each elector of .4 is^ —

JC + 1 m X + 2 m

1

3

5

p

P

P

1^

3,

5

'1

7

n

1^

3

5

r

/•

)'

p

V V V

and so for the other parties; and the remaiaing seats have-
to be allotted so that these errors may be as small as pos^-
sible. If the parties have obtained X, 7, Z . seats, and

18 QUOTA IN PEOPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION, II.,

R.S. TAS.

there are I seats left, these seats will be distributed
according to the I smallest of these numbers, or according
to the I largest of the numbers —

X +1.' X ^ 2 r i- i' r + 2 ' z + 1

If we notice that the numbers —

f^ i\ ^^ iL. V, (I, i, >% . . /•,

1 '2 3 • • X 1 2 ' • r 1 z • • '

each greater than those that follow in the same series,
may be considered as corresponding to the seats already
allotted, we are led to the rule of D'Hondt, of which the
statement is the same as the rule of least squares, with
the substitution of the consecutive integers 1, 2 3, 4 .. as
divisors in place of the odd integers 1, 2, 3, ...

58. If we consider only negative errors {i.e., errors for
electors who are under-represented), and limit ourselves to
cases in which the parties have at least X, 7, Z ... members,
negative errors will occur for such of the lists as do not
get any more seats, and we have therefore to choose for
the allotment of the remaining seats the smallest of the
numbers

}> V

Y n,

. - 7 ...

q V

Now if —

P = A'.^^ + />,

r^ Y.q + r„

. . .

we have —

X m. 1

rp w _ -Vp^

A-f

J,-^~q^

pQ ^ pQ

occ

We must choose then the smallest of the numbers —rp/pQ
(fee., or the largest of the numbers rp/p, &c., for the
remaining seats. This is the rule of the largest fractions.
This method, M. Sainte-Lague points out, is not to be
confused with the rule of the largest remainders^ in which
the remaining seats are allotted according to the largest
of the remainders z-^^, /;^ . . .

59. Finally, the rtde of l^quer results from making as
small as possible the difference between the largest positive
error and the largest negative error.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 19'

1913.

60. M. Sainte-Lague then passes to methods which are
based on the consideration, not of the error for each
elector, but of the error for each member ; a less valid
basis, as he considers, for the apportionment of seats. A
member should represent vl'tn = Q electors; if he has been
elected by party A he represents pjx, whence the error for
him is pIx — vjm,.

Applying the method of least squares to these errors,.
M. Sainte-Lague finds that if each party secures at least
one member, the seats are to be allotted by using divisors
whose approximate values are 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15 ...,
one seat having been allotted to the largest party before
applying the rule.

If, in place of considering the error for each member,,
we consider the error for each party {x — jmijv), the
method of least squares leads us to the rule of the largest
remainders, also known as the Swiss rule.

Finally, M. Sainte-Lague applies several tests to com-
pare the rule of least squares with the rule of D'Hondf,
and concludes that the former rule leads to fairer results
than the rule of D'Hondt.

61. For the assistance of those who may wish to become
acquainted with the views of French and Belgian writers
on the principal rules proposed in recent years for par-
titioning seats among parties district by district, I have
compiled the following list of references to the various
rules. These are the principal rules; but there are many
others, and these may be found in the reports of MM.
Benoist and Groussier.

Systeme des moyennes, or rule of Dietz, adopted in the
Projet de loi portant modificatiov aux lots organiques sur
V election des Deputes, passed by the French Chamber of
Deputies in July, 1912. (Each party gets, in the first
place, as many seats as it has whole quotas of votes, the
quota being the number of votes in the district divided
by the number of seats. If there is a seat unallotted, th©
number of votes for each list is divided by one more than
the number of seats already allotted, and the seat is given
to the list which gives the largest quotient, and so for
any other unallotted seats.) Groussier, p. 27 et sqq.
Lachapelle, pp. 114-6.

D'Rondt rule (systeme du diviseur electoral). Benoist,
pp. 19, 43 et sqq. Flandin, pp. 11 et sqq. Goblet
d'Alviella, pp. 5-8. Lachapelle, pp. 94-98, 107-117,,
208-217. La Chesnais Ch. VII. and App. I. Macquart,
pp. 548-551. Moch, passim. Sainte Lague, p. 534 et sqq.
(see § 57 above). Van den Heuvel.

'20 QUOTA IN PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION, II.,

R.S. TAS.

Hagenbach-Bischoff rule or systeme Genevois (used in
the Canton of Geneva and in the town of Basel) (the Droop
quota vl{m + 1) + 1 is used as divisor; if any seats
remain unallotted, v/(m + 2) + 1 is used as divisor; if
any still remain v/(m + 3) + 1 is the divisor; and so on).
Macquart, pp. 551-4. Lachapefle, pp. 117-9.

System of the electoral quota (quotient electoral), unal-
lotted seats going to the largest parties. (The quota is the
number of votes in the district divided by the number
of seats). Groussier, p. 28 et sqq. This system was used
in the Neuchatel electoral law of 1894, article 64
(Benoist, p. 126.)

System of the electoral quota (quotient electoral), unal-
lotted seats going to the parties with largest remainders.
Groussier, p. 28 et sqq. Macquart, 546-9. Sainte-Lague,
pp. 537-8 (see § 60 above). Lachapelle, pp. 103-107.
Moch, §§ 5-13.

System of the electoral quota (quotient electoral), unal-
lotted seats going to the parties for which the ratio of the
remainder to the strength of the party is largest (methode
des phis fortes fractions). Sainte-Lague, p. 535 (see § 58
above).

System of M. Maurice Equer (in which seats are par-
titioned so that the difference between the greatest and
least of the quantities xjp — see § 55 — may be as small as
possible). Equer. Groussier, p. 33 et sqq. Sainte-Lague,
p. 535 (see § 59 above).

Methode des nioindres carres (see § 56 above). Sainte-
Lague, p. 531 et sqq.

Van de Walle's syste^n (system of the electoral quota ;
remainders added together in a group of districts and
remaining seats allotted by applying D'Hondt rule to the
totals of the remainders). Lachapelle, pp. 221-230. Van
de Walle, pp. 1-30. Goblet d'Alviella, pp. 13-15. Van
den Heuvel.

General discussions of the problem will be found in —

Groussier, pp. 22-51.
Sainte-Lague, pp. 529-542.
Macquart, pp. 545-554.

The works referred to above by authors' names are as
follows : —

Benoist, Charles (Depute). Rapport fait au nom de la
commission du suffrage universel chargee d' examiner
diverses propositions de loi tendant a. etahlir la repi'eseti-
tation jM'oportio7inelle. Chambre des Deputes, Annexe au
proces-verbal de la seance du 7 Avril, 1905. (Chamber
of Deputies, No. 2376 of 1905.)

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 21

1913.

Equer, Maurice. Arithmetique et rejyresentation 'pro-
portions ell e. Supplement a la Grande Revue de 25 Juin,
1910.

Flandin, Etienne (Depute). Rapport fait an nom de
la comrnission du suffrage uiiiversel chargee d' examiner
les propositions de loi : 1'^ de 31 . Dansefte; 2^ de 31 . Louis
Martin ei plusieurs de ses coUegues; 3° de 31. 31assahuau;
4"^ de 31. Etienne FJandin (Tonne), tendant a l' etablisse-
ment du scrutin de liste avec representation jJ^oportion-
nelle dans les electio7is a la Chamhre des Deputes.
Chambre des Deputes, Annexe au proces-verbal de la
seance du 22 Mars, 1907. (Chamber of Deputies, No. 883
of 1907.)

Goblet d'Alviella, M. le Comte Felix. Quelques con-
siderations sur la representation proportionnelle. Extrait
de la Revue de Belgique. (Bruxelles : Societe anonyme
M. Weissenbrucli, Imprimeur du Roi, 1910.)

Groussier, Arthur (Depute). Rapport fait du nom
de la commission du suffrage universel chargee d' examiner
le pro jet de loi et di verses propositions de loi portant
modification aux lois organiques sur V election des deputes
et tendant a etahlir le scrutin de liste avec reprtsentation
proportionnelle. Chambre des Deputes, Annexe au proces-
verbal de la Ire seance du 16 Mars, 1911. (Chamber of
Deputies, No. 826 of 1911.)

Lachapelle, Georges (Secretaire general du Comite
repub]icain de la R.P.). La representation proportion-
nelle en France et en Belgique. (Paris: Felix Alcan,
1911.)

La Chesnais, P.-G. La representation pro port iotmelle
et les partis politiques. (Paris: Georges Bellais, 1904.)

Macquart, Emile (Secretaire general de la Ligue pour
la Representation proportionnelle). Examen critique des
divers procedes de repartition proportionnelle en matiere
electorale. Revue Scientifique, 5e serie, tome iv., 28 Octo-
bre, 1905, pp. 545-554.

Moch, Gaston. La rejTresentation rraiment proportion-
nelle. Collection de la Grande Revue. (Paris: Edouard
Comely et Cie, 1910.)

Sainte-Lague, A. (Professeur au Lycee de Douai). La
representation proportionnelle et la methode des moindres
carres. Annales scientifiques de I'Ecole Normale Superi-
«ure, 3e. serie, tome 27, December, 1910, pp. 530-542.

Van den Heuvel, Jules. Le mecanisme de la representa-
tion proportionnelle. Extrait de la Revue Generale,
fevrier, 1911. (Bruxelles: Goemaere. 1911.)

22 QUOTA IN PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION, II.,

R.S. TAS.

Van de Walle, Victor. La Re presentation proporfion-
nelle integralement appliquee aux elections legislatives :
Proposition de loi (avant-projet). (Bruxelles : Imprim-
erie du Progres- V. Feron, 1910.)

List Systems — The Method of the Uniform Quota.

62. Finally, it remains to ])oint out that the
problem of apportioning seats among parties arises
from fixing before the election the number of seats
for each constituency. The problem can be avoided, and
a partition of seats among parties as exact as the size of
the legislature allows can be secured, if the number of
seats in the legislature is fixed, but the number of seat&
for each constituency is determined after the polling by
the number of votes polled in it. On this idea is based
the system of le nombre imique, or the uniform quota —
a system supported by the late Professor Ilenri Poincare
and other French mathematicians as the only exact method
of proportional representation, i"^*^'^)

63. Hare proposed to use for the quota the number
obtained by dividing the total of the votes throughout the
country by the number of members in the House of Com-
mons. He also proposed that the whole country
should be one constituency ; a proposal which, with
other notions contained in his works, is usually thought
to have kept back for a generation the progress of pro-
portional representation in England. The same quota is
used in the system of le nombre unique; but the country
is divided into districts, as in other systems of proportional
representation, and these may be equal or unequal, as may
be convenient. The system assumes that the same parties
will contest the election in many districts or throughout
the country ; it would break down if there were many iso-
lated candidatures, but these are not to be expected when
the party system has become established.

The votes for all the candidates of each party through-
out the country are totalled, and then the total number of
votes for all parties is obtained. This total is divided
by the number of members to be elected, and the result is
le nombre unique, or the uniform quota.

The total number of votes for each party is then divided
by the quota. The quotient so obtained is the share of
representation of the party. If the sum of the quotients

(**•) See not." (*"«), § 73.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B.

23

1913.

is not equal to the number of members to be elected, the
remaining seats can go to the parties with the largest
remainders, or otherwise as may be thought fit ; it matters
little how the remaining seats are dealt with if the House
is at all large. The proportion of seats to voters in each
party can thus be made as exact as the number of members
will allow.

Next, the number of votes for each party in each district
is divided by the quota, and members equal in number
to the quotient so obtained are selected from the candi-
dates of the party in that district. The total number of
seats allotted to a party in the various districts will be less
than the total number of seats to which it is entitled, for
in some or all of the districts there will be remainders. The
unallotted seats are then given to the districts v/ith the
largest remainders. Each party's share of representation
in each district has now been ascertained. It only remains
to choose the members for the party in eacli district from
the candidates of the party in the district; the candi-
dates to be chosen will be those of the party who are
highest on the poll.f^ob)

64. As an example, let us apply the system of the uni-
form quota to the Tasmanian General Election of 23rd
January, 1913. The first choices (with the single trans-
ferable vote) obtained by the parties were as follow -. —

General Elecii

Tasmania, 2Srd J an van/,
for the Parties.

1913.— Fo^e*

District.

Liberal.

Labor.

Independent,

Grand Total.

ill

6839
6174
7717
8566
6861

6932
6441
7132
6677
4451

977

13,771
12,615
14 849

Franklin ...

15 243

VVilmot

12,289

All

36,157

31,633

977

68,767

(90b) On the system of If nomire unique, see —

Le Systevw du Xombre 7'niquc, a pamphlet of 8 pages publislied by

the Comite Republicain de la R.P., 23 Rue Pasqnier, Paiis.
Lachapelle (see § 61), pp. 89-102, 230-5, 258-9.
Groussier (see § 61), pp. 103-4, 191-3.

:24 QUOTA IN PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION, II.,

R.S. TAS.

I assume that these numbers represent the relative
strengths of the parties. With a party-list system, as
each elector would have several votes, the numbers would
be multiples of these (subject to a slight disarrangement
of the votes in Wilmot) ; but these numbers will serve foi
4:he illustration.

We first divide the total number of votes polled, 68,767,
by the number of members to be elected, 30; the result is
the quota, 2292.

The total of the votes for each party is then divided
by 2292; the results are, Liberal, 15-78; Labour, 13-79;
Independent, 0'43. The members to be allotted to the
parties are therefore Liberal, 16; Labour, 14; Independ-
•ent, 0 (which, it may be noticed, was the result given by
the single transferable vote).

Next divide the totals of the votes for the parties in the
various districts by the quota. The results are: —

'General, Election^ Tasmania, 23rd January, 1913. — Share
of Representation in each District according to the
Method of the Uniform Quota.

District.

Liberal

Labor,

Independent. Grand Total.

i

Bass

2-98
2-70
3-37
3-74

2-99

3-02
2-81
311
2-91
1-94

— 6-00

Darwin

— 5-51

Denisoii

— 6-48

Franklin

Wilmot

— 6-65
0-43 5 36

All

15-78

13-79

0-43 '• 30

1
■

Allotting seats first to whole quotas, the Liberals would
get two seats in Bass, Darwdn and Wilmot, and three in
Denison and Franklin, total 12 ; and the remaining four
seats would go to the districts in which there are the great-
est remainders, namely Bass, Darwin, Franklin, and Wil-
mot. Similarly the Labour Party would get, from
whole quotas, three seats in Bass and Denison, two in
Darwin and Franklin, and one in Wilmot, total 11 ; and
the remaining three seats would go to Darwin, Franklin,
and Wilmot. The result of the election would therefore
be : - -

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B.

25

1913.

General Election, Tasmania, 2?>rd January, 1913. — Result
according to the Method of the Uniform Quota.

District.

Liberal

Labor.

Independent.

Grand Total.

Bass

Darwin

3
3
3

3
3
3
3
2

0

6 '
6

Denison

Franklin

6

7

NVilmot

5

All

16

14

0

30

As between the parties the result would be the same
as with the single transferable vote; but in Franklin (in
which 15,243 vot-es were polled) there would have been
seven members instead of six, of whom the Liberals would
have had four, and in Wilmot (in which only 12,289
votes were polled) there would have been only five mem-
bers instead of six, and there would thus have been a
greater approach to electoral equality between electors in
these two districts than with the same number of members
for each district.

It w^ould remain only to choose the members from the
candidates of each party in each district. For each party
the candidates highest on the poll wovild be chosen ; these,
of course, would not necessarily be the same if each elector
had several votes as when he had only one vote.

65. From this illustration two of the principal advan-
tages of the method of the uniform quota can be seen :
first, districts in which political interest is more
active may get more members than districts in
which, although the number of electors enrolled is the
same, fewer voters go to the poll; second, it is no longer
necessary to alter boundaries as the distribution of popu-
lation changes, for the method (so far as the size of the
House allows) will give proportional representation to the
districts in spite of differences in their electoral populations.
The method, then, gives proportional representation as
between parties throughout the country; proportional
representation as between parties in each district; and
proportional representation as between districts of varying
sizes.

26 QUOTA IN PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION, II.,

R.S. TAS.

Multiple Transferable Vote Systems.

66. In these systems a voter gives equal votes to a num-
ber of candidates less than the number of members to be
elected, and marks other candidates in an order of pref-
erence. The name " multiple transferable vote "
describes such systems ; but they might also be called
"limited vote systems with preferential voting."

67. To appreciate the relation of the multiple transfer-
able vote to other systems used in many-membered con-
stituencies, the following arrangement of these systems
in order of development will be useful : —

(a) The single non-transferable vote. This is used

in Japan. (^^).

(b) The single transferable vote.

(c) The limited vote, in which an elector gives

equal votes to a number of candidates
less than the number of members to be
returned. The limited vote was used in
England from 1867 to 1885 in thirteen three-
member constituencies and one four-member
constituency. (^^)

(d) The limited vote with preferential voting, or

the multiple transferable vote.

(e) The block vote, or scrutin de Jiste, in

which an elector votes for as many candi-
dates as are to be elected. This is the sys-
tem used for the Federal Senate. The block
vote (with the modification that the elector
might vote for fewer than the number to be
elected) was used in Tasmania for the House
of Assembly from 1856 to 1870 in one five-
member constituency and one three-member
constituency, and from 1885 to 1896 in eight
two-member constituencies.

Of these, the single transferable vote gives approxi-
mately proportional representation (§§ 6-21); the single
untransferable vote and the limited vote give representa-
tion to minorities, but not in proportion to their strengths ;
while the multiple transferable vote, with suitable rules,
gives, as is shown below, the same approximation to pro-
portional representation as the single transferable vote.

(") See .1. JI. llaui])hre}S, Pniixirt'ntittil Hcprcfcnt atio/i {}^o\u\ox\. 1!)11)
pp. 28:3-y.

(") Benoist (s«'e§Gl) collectis otliei- instances of the use of tlie limited
vote ([). 13).

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC. LL.B. 27

1913.

68. As an example of the multiple transferable vote^
let us take a contest in a six-member district between
two parties each nominating six candidates, in which each
voter has three first choices, and second, third and fourth
choices; and let us suppose that there is neither cross-
voting between the parties nor short-voting within a party .

The first stage of the scrutiny will be to count
the first choices obtained by each candidate. The
total of these for all candidates will be three
times the number of voters. The quota will be
one-sixth (if the Hare quota is used) or one-seventh
(if the Droop quota is used) of the total number of first
choices; i.e., three-sixths (Hare) or three-sevenths (Droop)
of the number of voters. Some candidates will have sur-
pluses above the quota, and there must be rules for trans-
ferring these: when all surpluses have been transferred,
there may be one or more seats unfilled, and there must
be rules for excluding the candidates lowest on the poll
and distributing their votes.

Various sets of rules have been proposed. To illustrate
the importance of the differences between the rules, let
us take an extreme case based UDon the following ballot-
papers (A, B, C, D, E, F being supposed to be the candi-
dates of one party) —

1 A

D

1 B

Fl i"

^ h

F

[C

ti^ QUOTA II?. PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION, II.,

R.S. TAS.

Let us suppose that A, B, C are the candidates of one
section, and D, E, F the candidates of another section,
of the same party ; the supporters of the lirst section give
a first choice to each of A, B, C, and their subsequent
choices to the candidates of the second section (as in the
first ballot-paper) ; the supporters of the second section
give their first choices to D, E , F , and their subsequent
choices to A, B, C (as in the second ballot-paper).

Let us further suppose that this party has two-thirds
of all the voters, and is therefore entitled to four out of
the six members; and that on making up the totals of the
first choices, A, B, C are found to have each just a quota
(either Hare or Droop) ; that all but three of the candi-
dates of the other party have been excluded ; and that
Z>, E, F each have fewer votes than the three remaining
candidates of the other party. There will, then, be just a
quota of papers marked like the first ballot-paper ; and
the other ballot-papers for the party will be marked like
the second ballot-paper.

A, B, C having just a quota each, there are no votes
to be transferred from them, and D, E , F get no benefit
from the second, third, and fourth choices given to them
on the quota of papers on which A, B, C have first choices.
D, E, F being lowest on the poll, one of them has to be
excluded ; let it be D. Suppose that the rules provide {~^)
that the vot€S of an excluded candidate are to be divided
among the candidates having second or next available
choices on the papers on which the excluded candidate
has a first choice. On /9's papers, the second, third, and
fourth choices have been given only to candidates who
are already returned. Consequently there is no candi-
date available to receive /)'s votes; and all of his votes
are lost. One of E, F, say E, is now lowest on the poll;
his votes cannot be transferred and are also lost ; finally
the votes of the third candidate F are lost. We are left,
then, with three elected candidates of the party we have
been considering and three candidates of the other party.
The other party, numbering only one-third of the voters,
and so entitled only to two members, thus gets three.

The failure to obtain proportional representation has
arisen in this case because there were no candidates to

(^) The rules of the " Launceston Voting System " for pre-electioM
contained in The Tajfrna/tif/n Workers' Political League Election Manv%l
(Tasmanian ;-Jews Pi-intinji Works, Hol)arr, 1912) have this ju'cvision.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 29"

1913.

whom (with the rules supposed) the votes of the excluded
candidate could be transferred. With the single transfer-
able vote (and no cross-voting or short-voting), an
excluded candidate's votes can always be transferred if
there is another candidate of the same party unelected,
but in the cases just considered, although E, F are still
unelected, the rules do not permit of />'s votes going to
them.

69. The following table shows the representation which
the Launceston Voting System may give to a party having
60 per cent, of the voters in a two-party contest in a six-
member district. In the cases in which disproportional
representation is shown to be possible, it should be remem-
bered that the assumptions necessarv for these cases are
not likely to be realised very frequently.

Multiple Transferable Vote according to the Launceston
Voting System in a Six-Member District— Possible
Representation of a Party having 60?^^ of the Voters,
and so entitled, to Four Members.

Nuuibn- of First

Choices allowed Members Returned.

to each Elector.

4 The party must get four members.

If three members are returned each with
just a quota, the partv may fail to return
a fourth (see §68); totars.

3 If two members are returned each with

just a quota, the party may return only
one more; total 3.

If one member is returned with just a quota,
the party will get three others; total 4.

The party must get four members.

70. Disproportional representation through a division
of a party into two sections (as in the cases just considered)
can be avoided if the rules provide that on the distribu-
tion of a surplus or of the votes of an excluded candidate
the votes skall go to the other candidates having first

30 QUOTA IN PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION, II.,

R.S. TAS.

choices on the same papers if there are no candidates avail-
able with second or subsequent choices. (^*)

In the case supposed in § 68, neither A, B, or G are
available, and JJs> votes would be divided between K
and F.

If E and F were still lowest on the poll, one of them
would be excluded, and his votes (including those he had
obtained from D) would go to F , who would have all the
first choices given to D, E , and himself. Thus no votes
would be lost, and the party, if the total of the first choices
polled for D, E, F entitled it to another seat, would get
the seat.

Let us suppose, then, that we have rules which pro-
vide for the transfer of a vote so long as there is an vinex-
cluded candidate, whether with a first choice or a subse-
quent choice, marked on the same paper. (^^) With such
rules no votes are lost by a party, and it will be found
that the argument in regard to the single transferable
vote contained in §§ 6-21 is applicable. Either the Hare
quota or the Droop quota will give representation approxi-
mately proportional, and the Droop quota will be prefer-
able to the Hare quota.

(*•) There is an objpcti'Mi to such a rule, liowever, at all events in pre-
elections. One of the reasons for preferring the multiple transferable vote
to the single transferable vote in an election such as the pre-election of the
candidates of a party is that with the single vote a section as small as the
quota (one-seventh), and possibly out of sympathy with the rest of the
party, may return a candidate who will stand for the party as a whole ;
whereas with the multiple vote, the quota (if there are three first choices)
is three-sevenths, and the rules are intended to prevent the return of any
candidate with less than a quota of supporters. If D, E, F are the candi-
dates of a small section, and if i>'s votes go to E, and ^'s to F, F has as
many votes as if each voter of the section had given him three first choices,
and so a section as small as one-seventh is enabled to return a candidate.

C^) A set of rules providing for all possible cases would be rather
complicated. The scrutiny, too, would be difficult. Mr. J. H. Humphreys
(Minutes of Evidence taken hefore the Boyal Commission, on Systems of
Election, Stationery Office, Lcmdon, 1910, Cd. 5352, at p. 40) has pointed
out that counting of votes is more laborious when there are several votes on
a paper than \«hen there is only one. " Whenever the ballot-paper (as in the
Belgian syst«m and with the single transferable vote) represents but one
vote only, the process of counting consists of snorting papers according to
the votes given, and then in counting the heaps of papers so formed.
Whenever there is more than one vote recorded upon a ballot-paper it be-
comes necessary to extract the particulars of each vote upon recording
sheets." With the multii)le transferable vote and fractional transfers,
fractional values add a further complication. These difficulties are avoided
in the I-aunceston Voting System of the Labour Party in Tasmania, in
which no choice can have a fractional value.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 31

1913.

Single Transferable Vote Systems.

71. The argument in §§ 6-21 has been restated more
fully and clearly by Mr. F. W. Barford, of Melbourne,
in a paper A Study in Proportional Rejyrcsentation read
at the meeting of the Australasian Association for the
Advancement of Science held in Melbourne in January,
1913.

Close Contests.

72. In a note to § 4, I collected some information as
to the frequency of close contests. Students interested in
this aspect of representation will find further information
in the following papers in the Journal of the Royal Statis-
tical Society : —

John Biddulph Martin: Electoral Statistics: A Review
of the Working of our Representative System from 1832
to 1881, in view of Prospective Changes therein. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society, March, 1884 (XLVII.,
75-115).

J. A. Baines : Parliamentary Representation in Eng-
land, illustrated by the Elections of 1892 and, 1895.
Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, March, 1896
(LIX., 38-118). Table D shows the distribution of seats
according to the majority per cent, in 1892 and 1895 ;
Table G the percentage of the majority in each constituency
at these elections.

F. Y. Edgeworth : Miscellaneous Applications of the
Calculus of I^rohahilities. Journal of the Royal Statistical
Society, September, 1898 (LXI., 534-544).

Sir Richard Biddulph Martin: The Electoral " Sudng
of the Pendulum." Journal of the Royal Statistical
Society, December, 1906 (LXIX., 655-707).

Single-Member Constituencies.

73. It is well known that single-member constituencies
usually fail to give proportional representation to parties,
and sometimes put a minority in power. (-^). But it is
commonly said that this defect will be remedied if the

(*») The case against the single-membei- system is stated by .J. H.
Humphreys {Propnrtionnl Reprene/itation {London, VJll), Ch. v.); and
by Professor J. R. Commons, in his Prirport tonal lleprestutation (2nd
edition. New York, 1907) at pp. .36-85, his illustrations being taken mainlj
fi-om elections in the United States.

32 QUOTA IN PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION, II.,

R.S. TAS.

constituencies are approximately equal in electoral popula-
tion and if members are elected by a system of preferential
voting ensuring that the candidate returned has received
votes from a majority of the electors (as in the elections for
the Legislative Council in Tasmania). The following
paragraphs will show that equality of constituencies and
an absolute majority system are insufficient to secure even
that the majority in the country shall have a majority in
the House, to say nothing of a majority proportional to
its strength. (-'''^)

(**) Mr. L. F. Giblin, M.H.A., has pointed out to me that it is possible
even with proportional representation for the minority in the country to
win a majority of seats. With proportional representation the total rep-
resentation of each party depends to some extent (though to a much less
extent than with single-member districts) on the distribution of the
strengths of the parties among the disuicts. If members are allotted to
parties district by district, the representation, although proportional as
nearly as possible in each district, may become disproportional for the
country as a whole. The only sure way to secure exactly pioportional
representation is to allot seats in proportion to votes throughout the
country, as in the method of the uniform quota. Mr. Giblin writes : —

" It should be noted that proportional voting with (he single transferable
vote may result in putting a minority in povvec, and, when the number of
constituences is small, the chance is not a remote one. In Tasmania
under the present system, in which the Droop quota is used, assume that
the quotas are the same in each division. Let party A return 16 members
and party B 14 members. There being 35 quotas in the five districts, the
14 members for party B will represent a majority in the country if B's
votes are more than 17 i quotas, i.e., if the sum of its remainders is more
than 3^ quotas. If B's votes are more than 17^ quotas, A's are less than
17^, and the sum of its remainders is less than 1^. That is party A (the
minority in the country) will get a majority in Parliament if the votes not
absorbed as quotas are divided between the parties A and B in less than
the ratio 3:7. In practice, the parties are fairly equally divided and no
party is likely to be lepresented in any division by less than two members
out of six. Within the range thus indicated, it may be assumed approxi-
mately that any remainder from 0 to one quota is equally likely to occur.
On these conditions, the chance of a majority of 16 members being
returned by a minority of voters may be stated roughly as 1 in 14. That
is to say, in every 14 elections in which the result was 16 to 14, there
would be on an average one in which the minority of the voters returned
the majority in Parliament. This, however, is but a small matter compared
to the case in which 16 members are returned on each side, when the odds
are more than 2 to 1 that one party is entitled to an additional member.
If the number of members was altered to 7 in each district, making 35
members in all, this high probability of disproportional representation
would be removed, but tlie chance of a majority of 18 to 17 being returned
by a minority of voters would, under the same assumptions as above, be
nearly 1 in 4, It should be noted that this possibility of disproportional
representaticm, though not uf^gligible, is small c<>mj)ared to the possibilities
with singkvmember districts, and that it is equally present in the different
List systems, excepting <mly the List system with the Uniform Quota, by
which ])r()portional repiesentation is made certain under all circumstances
so far as the number of members will allow."

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 33

1913.

74. The following is an investigation of the conditions
in which the larger of two nearly equal parties may get
only a minority of seats in a country divided into single-
member constituencies. It is assumed that in each dis-
trict there are only two parties each with one
candidate, or that if there are more than two candidates a
system of preferential voting is used to secure that the
candidate returned has received votes from an absolute
majority of the voters; and that the constituencies are
equal in the number of voters.

Let .S^ be the party which has less than half of the votes
polled throughout the country, and let L be the party
which has more than half; and let the strengths of S, L
throughout the country be (50 - a) % and (50 + a) %.
Let there be 100 constituencies and v voters in each.

Consider the constituencies in each of which S has a
majority, and consequently wins the seat; let there be x
of these, and let the average strength of *S^ in them be
(50 + s)%. Consider also the constituencies in which L
has a majority ; let there be y of these, and let the aver-
age strength of I in them be (50 + I) %.

Then, considering the total number of votes obtained
by S, we have :

50 + .S , 50-/ ^O-rr ,^^

100 100 100

or

.^0 + , ^ 50-/

+ ~T7^. • y = ^0-rt (1)

100 100

Similarly, from L's votes we get —
5()-« .'0 + /

Also —

X + y = 100. (3)

Subtracting (1) from (2), we get —

ly - sx ^ 100a (4)

The condition for equal representation of the larger and
smaller parties [x = y — 50) is

I - s = 2a. (5)

As an example, let the average strength of ^S* in the dis-
tricts in which it is in a majority be 51 %, and let the aver-
age strength of L in the districts in which it is in a
majority be 57 %, and let the average strengths of the two
parties throughout the country be 47 %, 53 %. The values
of s, /, a are then s = 1, / = 7, o = 3, and I - s = 2a.

34 QUOTA IN PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION, II.,

R.S. TAS.

Then we have

51 43 ,.

. X -4- ?/ = 4/

IdO KJO

and

49 57

100 100^

whence 2x — 14: y = 600.

Also X + y = 100.

From these equations we find x = y = 50 ; i.e., the repre-
sentation of the parties is equal, and there is a deadlock
in the House, in spite of the 6 % majority which L haa
over S in the country.

If I — s > 2a, we can see from (4) that x > 50, i.e.,
the smaller party gets a majority of the seats.

Thus, if the average strength of S in the districts in
which it has a majority is 51 %, and the average
strength of L in the districts in which it has
a majority is just over 57 %, S, the smaller party, will
get more seats than L, the larger party, and so the smaller
party will have a majority over the larger in the House,
although the larger has a majority of over 6 % above
the smaller in the country.

75. J. R. Commons ("^) gives the following illustration
of a distribution of votes which would give the smaller
party the majority of seats. A country is divided into
40 districts, and in each of these 5500 electors vote. In
25 districts the smaller party obtains 2800 votes, and the
larger 2700 votes ; in 15 districts, the smaller party obtains
2000 votes and the larger 3000 votes. The votes polled
are, then :

Smaller Party.

2800 in 25 districts 70,000

2000 in 15 districts 30,000

100,000

Larger Party.

2700 in 25 districts 67,500

3500 in 15 districts 52,500

120,000

(Vi^ Proporfioual Rrvi'cxi'ufatlon, 2n(l edition (New Yoi-k. 1011), pp.
48-49.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 35-

1913.

The smaller party thus obtains 25 seats with only
100,000 votes, while the larger party with 120,000 votes
obtains only 15 seats.

76. Professor Edgeworth {^^) has shown that in the
general elections of 1886, 1892, and 1895 in Great Britain
the ratios, fn umber of Unionist supporters) 4- (number of
Unionists and number of Gladstonians) in the various
constituencies, were distributed about an average in accord-
ance with the normal law of error. Such a distribution
will give a majority to the larger party in the House which
will be a greater percentage of the House than the
strength of the larger party in the country is of the total
number of electors, as appears from a comparison of the
actual result of these elections with the percentages of
representation calculated from the curve of error repre-
senting the distribution.

The Right Hon. J. Parker Smith, in his evidence before
the British Royal Commission on Systems of Election f^^),
gives reasons why the majority is usvially exaggerated if
single-member constituencies are used. He mentions a
calculation by Major Macmahon, who has shown that if
in a two-party contest the voters are in the ratio of A
to B, then the members elected may be expected to be at
least in the ratio of .4^ to B^. Thus if the strengths of the
parties are 55 % to 45 % (A : B = 11 : 9), the members may
be expected to be in the ratio of IP to 9'', or nearly 2 to
1; i.e., a party with 5 % more than half the electors may
be expected to get nearly two- thirds of the members.

77. Statistics of elections in' single-member constitu-
encies in which the conditions of § 74 — approxi-
mate equality between the constituencies in num-
ber of votes, and either only two candidates or else
preferential voting — are fulfilled, are scarce. It is one of
the disadvantages of single-member constituencies, especi-
ally in new countries, that redistribution is required much
more frequently than with grouped districts, and the
sizes of the constituencies are usually by no means equal
when a few years have elapsed since the last redistribution.
Also, the proportion of electors who vote varies largely
from one constituency to another. In Australia at the

{^) Misri'llaneouii Applic itions of the Calculus of Prohahilities,
Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, September, 1898 (LXL, 534 544).

('^) Muiutm of Evidence tahfn 'hefov the Boy at Cominiaxion on
Siii^tcms of Election (Stationery Office. London, 1910, Cd. 5352), Question
1253, p. 81.

3G QUOTA IN PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION, II.,

R.S. TAS.

House of Representatives election in 1910 (^") the num-
bers of electors enrolled in the constituencies in each State
varied up to about 15 % from the mean for the State.
The number of voters varied even more : leaving out a few
very large and a few very small constituencies, the num-
bers of voters varied up to about 20 % or 25 % from the
mean for the State. These numbers, however, were much
more nearly equal than is usually the case with single-
member districts, and this election is consequently more
suitable as an illustration of the arguments in §§ 73-76
than any other of which I have statistics.

In New South Wales, at this election, there were con-
tests between one Liberal candidate and one Labour can-
didate (or betw^een two such candidates and a third who
obtained so few votes that he need not be taken into
account) in 24 constituencies. In these the Labour candi-
dates polled 245,000 votes and the Liberal candidates
203,000 ; and consequently the Labour party, in proportion
to its strength, was entitled to 13 seats and the Liberal
party to 11. The seats won by the parties were Labour 17,
Liberal 7.

In Queensland, there were contests between one Labour
candidate and one Liberal candidate in each of the nine
constituencies. The Labour ctxndidates polled 89,000
votes and the Liberal candidates 76,000; the members to
which the parties were entitled were consequently 5 to 4.
The seats won by the parties were Labour 7, Liberal 2.

In Victoria, there were contests between one Labour
candidate and one Liberal candidate in 19 constituencies.
The Labour candidates polled 216,000, and the Liberal
candidates 192,000; the members to which the parties
were entitled were consequently 10 and 9 ; and these were
the numbers of seats actually won by the parties.

The results in New South Wales and Queensland, then,
confirm the predictions referred to in § 76, that single-
member constituencies will usually exaggerate the majority
obtained by the larger party In Victoria \he election
gave exactly proportional representation in the 19 con-
stituencies considered. But it is to be noted on the one
hand that a loss by Liberal candidates in Victoria of
only 800 votes, spread over four constituencies in which
their majorities were very small, would have given the
Labour party 14 members and reduced the Liberal mem-

(^°) 8eo Klfcthns. 1010. Statistics relating to the Senate Election ;
the Gen ral Election for the Home of Representatives (&c."). (Papers of
the Parliament of the Commonwealth of Australia. Xo. 1 of 1910).

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. :^7

1913.

bers to 5 ; and on tlio other hand that a gain of only 700
votes in a constituency in which the Labour majority was
small would have given the Liberal party 10 seats and
the Labour party only 9 — that is, a party having only
47 per cent, of the voters would have had a majority of
the seats.

Remark as to the Conclusions of this Paper.

78. In discussing the various methods of proportional
representation noticed in this paper, with the exception
of the method of the uniform quota, I have considered the
result that may be expected to occur in a single district.
But in estimating the probability that an election through-
out the country will give proportional or disproportional
representation, it must be remembered that under- or over-
representation in some districts is likely to be balanced
by over- or under-representation in others, unless the sys-
tem used has been deliberately constructed (as was the
D'Hondt) with the object of favouring one party (the
larger party in that case) ; and consequently that the
result of an election in many districts is more likely to
be in proportion to the strengths of the parties than an
election in one district. (^^^) This qualification, however, does
not apply to the argument against the single-member sys-
tem, in which the country has been considered as a whole.

(=») But see '§73, note (■«•), by Mr. L. F. Gibliii.

NOTES ON HYMENOPHYLLUM PELTATUM
(POTE) DESV

By L. EoDWAY

(Read 19tli May, 1913.)

Prof. Ewart has recently pointed out (Proc. B, S. Vict.
Oct,, 1911) tliat the fern which has been familia^r to us as
H. Wilsoni, Hook, or H. unilaterale, Willd, will be more
correctly named if we call it H. peltatum, Desv,

This little fern is very widely dispersed in Tasmania. It
^nd H. tunhriclgeme, L., are the only two members of the
genus with serrated leaves which are natives of Tasmania.
The two used to be confounded, but the great difference of
the indusia permits of immediate recognition. In H. iun-
hridgense the indusia are semicircular with a straight serrate
terminal margin. In if. peltatum the indusium is oblong,
with an entire margin. H. peltatutn varies in size. In the
commonest condition in whicli it is found the leaf does not
exceed 5 cm. in length, the pinnae about 1 cm., giving the
plant much the appearance of H". tunhridgense, except that the
pinnules almost all grow on the upper margin of the pinnse.
When the plant grows under more favourable conditions it
acquires a much taller habit. The leaf may be as long as
17 cm., though the breadth does not increase. The pinnules
.are erect, i)ut when at all wilted they recurve, giving the leaf
-a characteristic appearance.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRE-
SENTATION IN TASMANIA.

By E. L. PiESSE, B.Sc, LL.B.

(Read 12th May, 1913.)

Introduction 39

Bibliography 45

Index of Authors o7

General Bibliographies 57

Appendices — The various rules proposed or used in Tas-
mania for the transferable vote

1. The Electoral Bill, 1896 58

2. The Electoral Act, 1896 60

3. The Electoral Bill, 1899 63

4. The Electoral Act, 1907 67

5. The Launceston Voting System 72

INTRODUCTION.

Proportional representation was introduced in Tasmania
by the Electoral Act of 1896, in which a form of the Hare
system was used for two of the electorates of the House
of Assembly.

The causes which led to the adoption of the Hare system
were thus stated by the late Mr. Justice Andrew Inglis
Clark in the following paragraphs, contributed by him
to the report by Messrs. J. G. Davies and R. M.
Johnston on the elections for the Senate and House of
Representatives in Tasmania in 1901 (^) : —

The Clark-Hare system of voting was introduced into the
electoral law of Tasmania in consequence of the frequent fail-

(1) See Bibliography No. 16.

40 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

ure of the ordinary system of voting to secure a proportionato
representation of the preponderating opinions of the electors
on political questions either in single or plural electorates.
Under the first Electoral Act, which provided for the election
of the members of a bicameral Legislature, the city of Hobart,
by the " block vote," elected five representatives to the House
of Assembly as- one electorate, and the city of Launceston
elected three representatives to the same branch of the Legis-
lature in the same manner.

Under that system it was discovered that a majority of the
electors, in each of the two electorates, could elect all the
representatives, and leave a very large minority totally
unrepresented in the Legislature. To remedy this evil those
two electorates were divided into eight single electorates. But
under this system it was discovered that when three or more
candidates presented themselves for election, it very frequently
happened that the successful candidate was elected by a
minority of the total number of votes recorded. The same
thing sometimes occurred in the rural electorates, which were
all single electorates, but the number of candidates in the
rural electorates did not often exceed two. It was also dis-
covered that the division of the cities of Hobart and Launces-
ton into eight single electorates reduced the area of each
electorate, and the number of voters to such small dimensions
that the agents and canvassers of the several candidates could
easily interview every resident elector and ascertain very
closely the number of purchasable or otherwise controllable
votes.

After the representation of the cities of Hobart and Laun-
ceston was increased to six and four members, those electorates
were divided into five electorates, each of which returned two
members. At the same time, two rural electorates, each
returning two members, were created. Under this plan it was
discovered that the majority of electors in the total number
of the electorates which returned two members frequently
secured a much larger representation in Parliament than that
to which it was proportionately entitled, and thereby gave a
preponderance of voting power in the Legislature to a political
party which had secured only a minority of the total number
of votes recorded at a general election. In several instances
neither of the successful candidates in a dou))le electorate was
elected by a majority of votes. The lastmentioned result was
frequently produced by a large number of the electors voting
for onlv one candidate out of the five or six who were in the
field.

With a view of avoiding these serious defects, the cities of
Hobart and Launceston were converted into two electorates
under the Clark-Hare system, which enables every section of
political opinion which can command the requisite quota of
votes to secure a number of representatives proportion n to to
its numerical strength. It also utilises every vote recorded if
the elector chooses to exercise the whole of his power to indi-
cate his preferences. If any vote is not used to help in the
election of a representative, it is because the voter has chosen

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B.

41

1913.

to indicate his preferences for a less number of candidates than
the number of representatives to be elected in the electorate in
which he rotes. (")

(•) Tho followiug table show.s the constitution of the House of Assembly
from I80H : —

The Tlou.sc of Axacmhlij from 1856.

1

VIS

.2 £

to

III

Total Number of
Members.

Reference.

Remarkg.

1866-1870

22

Ho hart, 5

30

Electoral Act, 1856

The mode of voting in the

member.-;

(19 Vict. No. 24),

multi-member districts was

Launces-

Section 4

by striking out names so as

ton, 3

Electoral Act, 1857

to leave a number less than

members

(21 Vict. Xo. 32),
Schedule

or equal to the number to be
elected

1870-1885

32

32

Electoral Act, No. 4,
1870 (34 Vict. No.
12), Sections 2, 4,
7, 8

Hobart and Launceston were
divided into single-member
districts, and two more
members given to the North-
west Coast

1885-181)3

'20

8 two-

30

Electoral Act, No. 7,

One more member was given

membpr

1885 (49 Vicf. No.

to Hobart and one to Laun-

districts

12), Schedule 1
Electoral Act, 1890
(54 Vict. No. 13),
Schedule 2

ceston, and Hobart was
divided into three districts
and Launceston into two,
each j-eturning two members.
The country districts were
redistributed, and East
Devon, Kingborough, and
Wellington were made two-
member districts. In the
two-member districts the
voting was by striking out
names so as to leave one
name or two

1893-1896

21

8 two-

37

Electoral Act Amend-

A member was given to the

member

ment Act, 1893 (57

West Coast

districts

Vict. No. 8), Section
3
Electoial Act, 1896

1896-1898

27

Hobart 6

37

Hobart and Launceston were

members

(60 Vict. No. 49),

each made one district.

Launces-

Schedule 2

The two-member districts in

ton, 4

the country were divided

members

into single-member districts

1898-19 1

1 28

Hobart. 6

38

Electoral Act Amend-

A second member was given

membeis

ment Act, 1898 (62

to the West Coast

Launces-

Vict. No. 68), Sec

j

ton. 4

tion 3

members

1901-19U7

lio

35

Electoral Act, 1901 (1
Ed. VII. No. 57),
Section 6

1907

5 six-
member
districts

30

Electoral Act, 1907 (7
Ed VII.No. ()),l^ec-
tion 13

4*2 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

The Electoral Bill of 1896 was brought in by Mr. Clark,
then Attorney-General in Sir Edward Braddon's Ministry.
The Bill applied Hare's method to two electorates — Hobart
(6 members) and Launceston (4 members), leaving the
rest of the country in single-member electorates. The
rules for transferring surpluses originally proposed
(Appendix 1 below) were those of Hare, but in answer to
critics who thought that these rules left too much to
chance, Mr. Clark proposed the modifications from which
the rules of the Act have come to be known as the Hare-
Clark system, and by which the most important part of
the element of chance was removed. (Appendix 2.)

The element of chance in the transfer of surpluses had
been noticed by Miss Fawcett in 1872 (Henry Fawcett and
Millicent Garrett Fawcett, Essays and Lectures, Lon-
don, 1872, pp. 336-368), by H. R. Droop in 1881 {On
Methods of Electing Eepresentatives, Journal of the Sta-
tistical Society, XLIV., June 1881, pp. 141-196, it
p. 182), by Sir John Lubbock in L890 {Representation,
London, 1890) and others; and had been discussed by
Mr. Clark himself as long ago as 1874, in a paper in The
Quadrilateral. {^) Sir John Lubbock pointed out that
the element of chance might be reduced if rules such as
those afterwards employed by Mr. Clark were used; but
he did not think it necessary to use such rules. Mr.
Clark's contribution to the rules, although anticipated by
Sir John Lubbock, was original, so far as I can learn, and
these rules are still commonly known as the Hare-Clark
rules. Mr. Clark's principal claim to be remembered in
connection with the Hare system is not, however, derived
from these arithmetical details, but from his having been
the means of using the Hare system for the first time in a
Parliamentary election in a British country.

The Electoral Act of 1896 contained a provision that
it should remain in force only until 31st December, 1897,
but it was afterwards extended, and it remained the elec-
toral law of Tasmania until repealed by the Electoral Act
of 1901. The elections held under it were: for the State
House of Assembly: Hobart (6 members) and Launceston
(4 members), 20th January, 1897 (see Bibliography, Nos.
3, 4, 6, and Hobart Mercury, 21st January, 1897; Hobart
(6 members) and Launceston (4 members), 9th March,
1900 (see Mercury, 10th and 12th March, 1900) ; for the
Commonwealth House of Representatives (5 members) and
Senate (6 members), the whole of Tasmania being one con-

O See liiblu.gruphy No. 1.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 43

1913.

stituency for each House, 29tli March, 1901 (see Biblio-
graphy Nos. 16, 17, and Mercury, 30th March, 1st April,
5th April, 1901).

The quota used in the Act of 1896 was the quota orig-
inally used by Hare, although the quota now usually
admitted to be the correct quota — the Droop quota — had
been proposed as early as 1872, and had been used in Xew
Zealand in the Representation Bill of 1889 and by Sir
John Lubbock in 1890.

The Hare system came under discussion again in 1899,
when the Electoral Bill of that year (Bibliography
No. 7) was before the House of Assembly. Mr. Clark
meanwhile had become a justice of the Supreme Court of
Tasmania, and the Bill was brought in by Mr, D, C.
Urquhart. It was proposed to apply the Hare system to
the whole of Tasmania, which was to be divided into seven
districts returning from four to seven members each, and
new and more elaborate rules for dealing with surpluses
(see Appendix 3) were to be used. There was little dis-
cussion now of arithmetical details, and the debates were
mainly of the political effects and difficulties of the system.
The supporters of the system urged that it provided repre-
sentation for minorities. It is noticeable to one familiar
with present-day discussions that there was little mention
of the proportional representation of parties ; but this was
scarcely to be expected, for there were then no definit-e
parties as we have now. The opponents of the system
argued that it was not understood; that electors did not
want it ; and, in particular, that the country districts
(other than the West Coast) were against it ; that there
were no principles or parties to be represented ; and that
large districts were difficult to canvass. The bill was
withdrawn by tiie Government, and the Electoral Act of
1896 (in which, as previously mentioned, the Hare sys-
tem was uscid only in Hobart and Launceston) was con-
:'tinued until 1901."

In 1901 Sir Elliott Lewis introduced an Electoral
Bill ('^) in which the Hare system (with the rules of the
Act of 1896) was to be used for the whole of Tasmania.
The Hare system was opposed on much the same grounds
as in 1899, and the Government gave way, and reverted
to the single-member system throughout Tasmania.

The electoral law was again under consideration in
1906. It was desired that Commonwealth and State
should use joint electoral rolls, and the most convenient

(■*) t^ee liibii igrapliy ■ o. 15.

44 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

way to arrange for this was to adopt the five divisions for
the House of Representatives as districts for the House
of Assembly. The House of Assembly had hitherto had
35 members, but it was thought that 30 would now be
sufficient. Mr. J. W. Evans, for these and other reasons,
brought in an Electoral Bill, in which Tasmania was
divided into five districts, each returning six members, to
be elected under the rules of the Electoral Act of 1896.
This Bill was withdrawn, and another was introduced,
which became law next year as the Electoral Act of
1907. In this Act, new rules for transferring surplus
votes and the votes of excluded candidates were used,
and the Droop quota was introduced in place of the Hare
quota used in the Act of 1896. These rules embody
what is called the fractional method of transfer; they are
based on a device published by Mr. J. B. Gregory, of
Melbourne, in 1890 (^), and used independently by Miss
A.M. Martin, of Adelaide (*^). The rules are the same as
those proposed in the Proportional Representation Bills,
1902, 1905, and 1906 of South Australia, and are similar
to the rules in the Parliamentary Elections Bill, 1900, of
Victoria, and to the rules in the Commonwealth Electoral
Bill introduced in the Senate on 24th January, 1902.(6«»)
Their form is understood to be due to Professor
E. J. Nanson and Mr. John Mackey, of Melbourne.
The name '' Hare-Clark " is sometimes used of these rules,
but this is a misnomer. The frame of the rules is entirely
different from Mr. Clark's; his provisions for dealing with
surpluses are merged in a neater method, in which all
chance disappears; the Hare quota of the Act of 1896 is
abandoned, and, moreover, the rules are based on pro-
posals made by Mr. Gregory some years before Mr. Clark's
Bill was under discussion.

Under the Act of 1907 the following General Elections
for the House of Assembly have been held: — 30th April,
1909 (see Bibliography No. 26); 30th April, 1912 (see
Bibliography No. 30; and 23rd January, 1913 (an official
report on which is now in preparation ; see also Biblio-
graphy Nos. 35, 36, 37).

In 1912 the Tasmanian Workers' Political League
adopted in the " Launceston Voting System" for pre-elec-

(*) See Bibliography No. 4, p. in.

(*) See Bibliography No. 5, p 19, aii'l also Effective Voting the Basis
of Good Munieijxd Gorernnient : An E.rj>osition of the Principles and
Practice of Proportional Pepresentalion. Issued by the Proportional
Representation Committee ofOntario, Toronto, 1898, pp. '23-24.

(^*) A clear explanation of the rules is contained in a memorandum
circulHted with the draft Bill.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 45

1913

tions (^), a further modification of the original Hare sys-
tem. Instead of a single transferable Yote, the Launces-
ton Voting System gives several votes (but a less number
than the number of members to be elected), and there is
provision for transferring surplus votes and the votes of
lowest candidates. The idea of using several votes is bor-
rowed from the Brandt system, due to Mr. ?. J. Brandt,
of Melbourne, used by the Labour Party in Victoria for
its pre-elections : but in the Brandt system there is no
quota or surplus, and the votes of lowest candidates are
transferred until only the number required to be elected
remain. The object of having several votes in place of
only one is to make the quota larger, and so ensure that
the elected candidate shall have received support from a
considerable body of the voters; also, the provision for
several votes prevents the struggle for the first chcic-e
which has been found to be an undesirable feature of the
single transferable vote. The rules of the Launceston
Voting System are nrinted in Appendix 5.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1874.

1. [Andrew Inglis Clark.] Hare's System of Repre-
sentation.

(In The Quadrilat^al, Vol. L, No. 11, Nov.
[1S74], pp. 249-251).

This is an unsigned article, but I am informed by
Mr. William Burn, of Hobart, the only survivor of the
four members of '' The Quadrilateral," that the
author was Andrew Inglis Clark.

The leading features of the system ; the probable
effects of adopting it. Reference to the objection to
Hare's method of dealing with a surplus, and suggestion
that of the candidates not yet elected the one who has
the greatest number of first choices shall be entitled to
as many votes from papers on which he is marked second
as he requires for election.

1896.

2. Tasmania: ''The Electoral Act, 1896" (60 Vict.
No. 49).

For an account of this Act, see the Tntroduczion.
The speech of Mr. Attorney-General Clark in moving

(') See Bibliography ' o, 34.

46 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

the second reading of the Bill (1896, No. 3) is reported in
the Hobart '' Mercury " of 13th August. The debate on
the amendment to Clause 115, substituting the Clark
method of dealing with surpluses for Hare's method
propo^^ed in the Bill when introduced is reported in
the "Mercury" of 20th August. The rules originally
proposed and Mr. Clark's rules in the form finally
adopted in the Act are printed in Appendices 1 and 2.

3. R. M. Johnston (Government Statistician, Tasmania).
Observations on the Working Results of the Hare System
of Election in Tasmania.

{In Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society
of Tasmania, 1897, pp. 69-96 and two diagrams.
Also issued as a pamphlet by Government Printer,
Hobart, 1897, pp. 1-32 (iiichiding title and analysis)
and two diagrams, 8vo.)

1. The chief merit of the Hare system is the large
electoral division, permitting the units of any body of
opinion as large as a quota to luiite and obtain a mem-
ber. 2. The merits of the preference and transferable
vote. 3. Popular exaggerated estimates of the influence
upon results of the distribution of surpluses, illustrated
by the experience of the election of 1897 in Hobart and
Launceston. 4. General questions arising out of this
election : — modification of the Hare system introduced
by A. I. Clark; proportion between surpluses and all
votes in the 1897 elections-; the value of the element of
chance remaining with the Clark-Hare method ; the
relative values of the preferences at the 1897 elections ;
what is the best index of general favour (the aggregate
of all preferences better than the first choices) ; the
effect of marking only three preferences ; the propor-
tion of invalid ballot-papers (365 per cent, in Hobart),
and the nature of the defects (53 per cent, not due to
the peculiarities of the Hare system) ; improved form of
ballot-paper ; suggestions for the conduct of the
scrutiny. 5. How to simplify the ballot for those who
cannot read or write. 6. Reply to critics of the method
of distribution of surpluses used by the returning offi-
cers at the 1897 election. Table: Analysis of the voting
at the 1897 election in Hobart, showing the various
counts and the final result. Table showing the values
of the effective preferences for each candidate at this
election, with diagram. Tal)le showing the first, second,
and third preferences recorded for each candidate at
the same election, with diagram. Illustration of the
method of marking ballot-papers, and explanation of
the various counts of a scrutiny.

Reprinted in 19a.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 47'

1913.

1897.

4. W. Jethro Brown . The Application of the Hare
System in Tasmania.

{In Papers and Proceedings of the Koyal Society of
Tasmania, 1897, pp. 79-92 (supplementary pages).
Also as a ]xi>?rphlet, The Hare System of Election in
Tasmania, rejjrinted from the " Tasmania?! News,"
May 13th, Uth, 15th, and lUh, 1897, " Tasmanian
News " Office, Hohart, Svo., pp. 1-13. Also in Law
Quarterly Review, Jan., 1899, XV., 51-70 [see 9].
Also in The New Democracy, A Political Study
[see 10]).

Discussion of the modifications of Hare's proposals
adopted in the Electoral Act of 189G— the country not
one constituency but divided into districts, the elector to
give preferences to at least three candidates, the pro-
visions for transfer of surpluses. Account of the elec-
tion in Hobart in 1897, and copy of R. M. Johnston's
analysis of the voting (see 3).
Reprinted in 19<(.

1898.

5. Catherine Helen Spence. Effective Voting: Aus-
tralia's Opportunity. An Explanation of the Hare Sys-
tem of Representation.

f Adelaide: Shawyer and Co., 1898, pp. 1-28, ^vo.)

The time occupied in the scrutiny at the elec-
tion in Hobart in 1897 (p. 13). Analysis of the voting
(as in 3), and remarks (pp. 19-22).

1899.

6. R. M. Johnston (Government Statistician, Tasmania).
Further Observations on the Plare System.

(Government Printer ,. Tasmania, n.d. (? 1899),

12 2?i?., 8?'o.)

A comparison of the Hare system with the single-
member system, exemplified by elections in Tasmania.
An example showing that the Hare system gives pro-
portional representation.

7. Tasmania: House of Assembh/. The Electoral Bill,

1899 (Bill 4).

See Introduction. The debates on the second read-
ing, in which the continuance of the Hare system was
discussed, are reported in the "Mercury" of 14th, 15th,
and 16th June, 1899. The debates in Committee, on

-48 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

the clauses of the Bill involving the Hare system are
reported in the " Mercury " of 23rd June, 30th June, 19th
August, and 24th August. On 3rd August, 1424 electors
of Hobart in a petition asked that the Hare system
" introduced without the consent of the electors, and
limited to one Parliament, be not continued without
their consent." The Bill was reported with the pro-
visions as to the Hare system intact, but was after-
wards withdrawn by the Government (" Mercury,"
Sept. 20), and the Electoral Act of 1896 was extended.
The rules proposed in this Bill are printed in Appendix 3.

8. Herbert Nicholls. An Election under the Clark-
Hare System.

("Mercury" Office, Hobart, 1899, 12 pp., 8vo.)

The various stages of the counting explained ; the
rules used for transferring surpluses are those pro-
posed in the Electoral Bill, 1899 (see 7 and Appendix 3).

9. W. Jethro Brown. The Hare System, with Special
Reference to its Application in Tasmania.

(In Law Quarterly Review, Jan., 1899, XV., 51-70).
See 4.

10. W. Jethro Brown. The New Democracy. A
Political Study.

(London: Macmillan <t Co. Ltd., 1899, ocii.,
215 pp., Svo.)

Chapter III., pp. 32-67, The Hare System, with
Special Reference to its Application in Tasmania.
See 4.

11. W. Jethro Brown. The Electoral Bill of 1899:
Brief Explanation of certain Clauses relating to Voting
under, by W. Jethro Brown, M.A., LL.D. Presented to
both Houses of Parliament by His Excellency's Command.
4 pp. Fo.

(In Papers of the Parliament of Tasmania, Vol.
XLI., 1899, No. 26.) -

12. R. M. Johnston (Government Statistician, Tas-
mania). Hare System. Explanatory Observations regard-
ing the Clark-Hare Mode of Quota-Surplus Transfer (60
Vict. No. 49, Tas.).

(No imprint [Government I^rinter, Hobart]. 1899.
4 pp. Fo.)

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 4Q

1913.

1900.

13. T. E. AsHwoRTH and H. P. C. Ashworth. Pro-
portional Representation applied to Party Government.
A New Electoral System.

(Melbovrtie, d-c, George Robertson cC' Co. Pro-
prietary Ltd., 1900, viii'., 223 pj^., Svo.)

The elections of 1897 are referred to in Ch. VI.

14. E. J. Nanson. The Real Value of a Vote and How
to Get It at the Coming Federal Elections.

(J. T. Picken, Printer, Melbourne, 1900, 32 /;/;.,
Svo.)

A series of articles reprinted from the Melbourne
"Age" and the Melbourne "'Argus."' At pp. 15. 20,
the Hare quota, used in the Electoral Act of 1896, is
shown to be too high, and the Droop quota is shown to
be the true quota.

1901.

15. Tasmania: House of Assembly. The Electoral Bill
1901 (Bill 5).

See Introduction. The del^ate on the second reading
is reported in the ''Mercury" of October 10. The pro-
posal for five seven-member districts was defeated by
22 votes to 9 (" Mercury," October 11). The opponents
of the system, who were largely country members, used
much the same arguments against the Hare system as
in 1899. The West Coast districts were said to be in
favour of the system, and the Government brought in
an amendment proposing that the West Coast should
be a five-member district, and that the rest of Tas-
mania should be divided into single-member districts
("Mercury," 13 November). Finally on 26th Novem-
ber the Government proposed 3o single-member dis-
tricts, and this became law (" The Electoral Act,
1901 ").

16. J. G. Davies, Returning OfHcer, Tasmania, and
R. M. Johnston, Statistician of Tasmania. Common-
wealth of Australia. The Senate. Hare-Clark System of
Voting. Laid upon the Table by Command, and ordered
to be printed, 13th December, 1901. 8 pp. Fo.

{In The Parliament of the Commonwealth of Aus-
tralia (First Session of the First Parliament). Printed
Papers presented to Parliament. Vol. II., Paper
No. 46.)

Statement by Mr. Justice Clark of the causes
which led to the introduction of the Hare system
in Tasmania (see Introduction). Results of Election

50 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PFvOPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

for Tasmanian members of the Senate and House of
Representatives held March, 1901. Invalid Ballot-
papers.

Reprinted in 19 and 19a.

17. Commonwealth of Australia: The Senrtte. Federal
Election for Senate: State of Tasmania. (Return show-
ing Primary Votes and Subsequent Counts.) Return to
Order. Laid on the Table and ordered to be printed,
27th February, 1902. 4 pp. Fo.

{In the Commonwealth of Australia (First Session
of the Parliament). Vol. I. Journals of the Senate
and Printed Papers having Special Reference to the
Senate. Paper 54.)

1907.

18. Tasmania: '' The Electoral Act, 1907 " (7 Ed. VII.
No. 6).

See Introduction.— The debates on the Bill (1906, No.
37) and on the Constitution Amendment Bill (by which
the number of constituencies was altered) are reported
in the "Mercury" of 26th September, 27th September,
and 5th October, 1906.

The rules of this Act are printed in Appendix
4 below.

19. Great Britain: Rouse of Commons. Miscellaneous,
No. 3 (1907). Reports from His Majesty's Representa-
tives in Foreign Countries and in British Colonies respect-
ing the Application of the Principle of Proportional
Representation to Public Elections. Presented to the
House of Commons by Command of His Majesty, in pur-
suance of their Address dated June 18, 1906.

{In Great Britain. Parliament. Sessional Papers,
Miscellaneous No. 3 (1907), Cd. 3501.)

At pages 64-105 are a memorandum dated the 7th
day of February, 1907, by the Chief Secretary of Tas-
mania, the Electoral Bill,' 1906, as passed by the House
of Assembly, and the Report (see 16) by J. G. Davie&
and R. M' Johnston on the election of 1901 for the
Senate in Tasmania.

19<7. Great Britain: House of Lords. Selerf Committee
on Municipal Representation Bill. Report from the Select
Committee of the House of Lords on Municipal Repre-
sentation Bill (H.L.); together with the Proceedings of
the Committee, Minutes of Evidence, and Appendix.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 51

1913.

{In Great Britain. Parliament. House of Lords
Papers and Bills, 1907, No. 132.)

In the Appendix there are reprints of the papers by
Messrs. R. M. Johnston and W. Jethro Brown in 1897
(3 and 4) and the report bv Messrs. J. G. Davies and
R. M. Johnston in 1901 (16).

1908.

20. P. C. Douglas (Under-Secretary and Chief Elec-
toral Officer of Tasmania). Tasmania: The Hare-Clark
System of Election Modified by the Use of the Droop
Quota and of Gregory's Fractional Method of Transfer
as prescribed by the '' Electoral Act, 1907." Explanation
and Illustrations : Being a Summary of an Address given
at a Public Meeting of the New Town Branch of the Aus-
talian Natives' Association. Published by direction of
the Hon. the Chief Secretary.

fGover7imenf Printer, Ilohart, 1908, 32 pp., and
tables, 8vo.)

21. R. M. Johnston (Government Statistician, Tasmania).
The Electoral Act, 1907 : The New Hare System of Elec-
tion in Tasmania. Practical Illustration of the Working
of the System.

(Government Printer, Tasmania, 1908, 20 pp. 'nd
specimen counting-sheet.)

22. John H. Humphreys. A Comparison of the Bel-
gium '' List " Method of Proportional Representation
with the Single Transferable Vote.

(In Representation. The Journal of the Propor-
tional Representation Societv. First Year (1908),
No. 7, October, 1908, pp. 67-81.)

On pp. 78-79 the element of chance in the trans-
fer of surpluses, and the rules used in Tasmania to
avoid it, are discussed.

23. Tasmania: Chief Electoral Office for the State.
'' The Electoral Act, 1907." Hints to Returning Officers,
Assembly District.

f07ie sheet, folded in three. Fo.)

Intructions for the scrutiny. Plan showing arrange-
ment of furniture.

1909.

24. J. McCall. p. R. in Tasmania (The Recent Elec-
tions) .

•52 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

(In Representation. The Journal of the Propor-
tional Representation Society. Second Year (1909),
No. 14, September, 1909, pp. 154-160.)

A summary of the memorandum presented to the
Royal Commission on Systems of Election (see 28).

25. Professor E. J. Nanson. An article in the Mel-
bourne ''Age'' of 8th May, 1909.

{Quoted in Representation. The Journal of the
Proportional Representation Society. Second Year
(1909), No. 12, May, 1909, p. 101.)

The results of the election of 30th April, 1909. dis-
cussed.

26. P. C. Douglas. Under-Secretary and Chief Elec-
toral Ofhcer; E. L. Piesse, Assistant Returning Officer
for Districts of Denison and Franklin; W. A. B. Birch-
all, Parliamentary Draftsman, Assistant Returning Offi-
cer for Districts of Denison and Franklin. Tasmania.
General Election for House of Assembly, April 30, 1909.
Report on the System of Proportional Representation
used in accordance with '' The Electoral Act, 1907."
26 pp., and 8 folded scrutiny-abstracts. Fo.

{In Papers of the Parliament of Tasmania, Vol. LI.,
1909, No. 34.)

The rules for conducting the scrutiny. The Droop
quota compared with the Hare quota. The conduct of
the scrutiny. General observations on the election ;
the representation secured by the Labour Party pro-
portional to the number of its supporters. Comparison
of the rules used with those proposed in the Municipal
Representation Bill passed by the House of Lords in
1908 ; discussion of the element of chance in transferring
surpluses according to the Hare-Clark rules, the rules
of the English Bilb and the rules of the Electoral Act
of 1907; re-scrutiny of the papers used at the election
according to the rules of the English Bill; the Gregory
fractional method of transfer recommended to be
retained in Tasmania. Recommendations for amend-
ment of the Electoral Act of 1907.

Appendix : Rules of the Elect oral Act of 1907.
Rules of the Municipal Representation Bill (English),
1908. Tables relating to the General Election, 30th
April, 1909: I. Number of Electors on Rolls and Num-
ber who Voted; II. Number and Percentage of Informal
Ballot-papers; III. Sources of Informalities of Ballot-
papers; IV. Exhausted Ballot-papers; V. Nnmber of
Choices recorded for all Candidates; VT, Nnmber of
Choices recorded for each Candidate; VII. Analysis of
the Votes at the end of the Scrutiny; VIII. Average
Value as a Fraction of a Vote of each Choice recorded;

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 53

1913.

IX. Number of Examinations of Papers; X. Compari-
son with Number of Examinations required by Rules
of the Municipal Representation Bill: XI. Comparison
of Number of Packets into which Papers were sorted
according to Rules of the Electoral Act of 1907. and
according to the Rules of the Municipal Representation
Bill; XII. Table showing the Number of Votes
of which the Distribution might have been altered
if the Rule (h) (i) of the Municipal Representa-
tion Bill, 1908, for the transfer of surpluses had
been used in place of the Rules of the Electoral
Act of 1QD7 ; XIII. Re-scrutiny according to the
R.ules of uhe Municipal Representation Bill: Table
showing the approximate Number of Votes at all
Counts of v.hich the Disti-ibution was altered by the
use of Rule (b) (i). Scrutiny Abstracts for jMnss. Dar-
win, Denison, Franklin, and Wilmot. Re-scrutiny
according to Rules of Municipal Representation Bill :
Scrutiny Abstracts for Bass, Darwin, Denison, Frank-
lin, and Wilmot.

The report, without the appendix, is reprinted with
the Report of the Roval Commission on Electoral Sys-
tems, Great Britain, 1910 (see 27). Review in
"Representation" (The Journal of the Proportional
Representation Societv). Second Year (1909), No. 15,
December, 1909, pp. 180-3.

1910.

27. Great Britain: Roj/rd Commission on Systems of
Election. Report of the Royal Commission appointed to
enquire into Electoral Systems, with Appendices. Pre-
sented to Parliament by (IJommand of His Majesty.

{In Great Britain. Parliament. Sessional Papers,
1910, Cd. 5163.)

The adoption of the single transferable vote in Tas-
mania is referred to in § 120 (p. 33). The principal
provisions of the Electoral Act of 1907 (see 18), and
the report on the general election of 30th April, 1909
(see 25), without the appendix, are reproduced at
pp. 54-63.

28. Great Britain: Royal Commission on Systems of
Election. Minutes of Evidence taken before the Royal
Commission on Systems of Election. Presented to Par-
liament by Command of His Majesty.

{In Great Britain. Parliament. Sessional Papers,
1910, Cd. 5352.)

The Hon. John McCall, Agent-General for Tasmania,
presented a memorandum on the single transferable
vote used in Tasmania, and gave evidence before tJie
Commission (Questions 3008 to 305/, pp. Iff.-l^lj- f^
summarv of the memorandum was published m
"Representation," September, 1909 (see 23).

5-t BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

1911.

29. John H. Humphreys (Hon. Secretary, Proportional
Representation Society). Proportional Representation.
A Study in Methods of Election.

(London: Methuen <ۥ Co. Ltd., 1911, xxii.y
400 pp., Svo.J

There are numerous references to the Acts of 1896
and 1907, the elections held under them, and the report
on the election of 1909 (see index, p. 399).

1912.

30. H. E. Packer, Chief Electoral Officer for the State
of Tasmania; E, L. Piesse, Assistant Returning Officer
for the Districts of Denison and Franklin; J. F. Daly,
Chief Clerk in the Electoral Department, Tasmania. Gen-
eral Election for House of Assembly, April 30, 1912.
Report, 14 pp. and 5 folded result-sheets. Fo.

(In Papers of the Parliament of Tasmania. Vol.
LVIL, 1912, No. 11.)

Changes in electoral law since 1909. Conduct of the
election. Informal ballot-papers. Proportional repre-
sentation of the parties. The smallness of the majority;
electorates returning an odd number of memhers desir-
able. Losses by parties OA\ing to short-voting and
cross-voting. Postal ballot-papers.

Appendix: Table I. Number of Electors on Rolls
and Number who Voted, with certain Percentages : Com-
parison with previous Elections; Table II. The No. 1
Choices obtained by the Candidates of each Party;
Table III. Informal Ballot-papers : Number and Per-
centage : Comparison with previous Elections ; Table IV.
Votes lost by Parties through Voters not marking a
Preference for each Candidate of their Party; Table V.
Votes lost by Parties through Cross-voting ; Table VI.
Postal Votes: Comparison with previous Elections.
Result-sheets for Bass, Darwin, Denison, Franklin, and
Wilmot.

31. Australia: Commonwealth Bureau of Census and
Statistics, Melbourne. Official Year-Book of the Common-
wealth of Australia, No. 5, 1912.

fCommonvjealth Bureau of Census and Statistics ^
Melbourne, 1912, xl, 1278 pp., 8vo.)

A summary of the rules for voting and conducting
the scrutiny according to the electoral law of Tasmania,
pp. 1213-6.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 55

1913.

32. E. L. PiESSE. Proportional Representation. A
Lecture before the Australian Natives' Association, Hobart
Branch (No. 1), 4th June, 1912. Reprinted from ''The
Mercury," 5th June, 1912.

("Mercury'' Office, ITohart, 1912, S pp., Long
Svo.)

Objections commonly taken to the Hare system —
failure of the electors to understand it, the struggle for
first choices, the exclusion of the lowest candidate —
considered in the light of experience in Tasmania.

33. E. L. PiESSE. The Theory of the Quota in Pro-
portional Representation, I.

(In Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of
Tasmania, 1912, pp. 49-78. Also issued as. a pamph-
let by Electoral Department, Tasmania, pp. 1-30,
%vo.)

1. Disproportionate representation from single-mem-
ber districts; statistics. 2. Multi-member districts
necessary. 8. The systems to be considered. 4. Sta-
tistics of close contests (table showing strengths of
parties in Tasmania. 1909, 1910, 1912) ; influence of
quota on size of majority; importance of an odd. and
not an even, number of members in a district. 5.
Quota defined. 6-21. Single transferable vote systems;
the Hare and Droop quotas compared in contests
between candidates and contests between parties,
and the latter shown to be superior. 22-o2. List sys-
tems; three solutions of the problem of parti-
tion of seats proposed and considered for con-
tests between not more than three parties ; the
methods used in Europe ; comparison of the various
methods ; rules suggested for a three-party contest.

Part 11. , see 38.

34. Tasmania: The Tasmanian Workers' Political
League. The Tasmanian Workers' Political League : Elec-
tion Manual. Comprising Instructions for Candidates,
Returning Officers, and Deputy-Returning Officers for the
Proper Conduct of Pre-elections. Also Complete Rules
for Conducting a Ballot by means of the Launceston Vot-
ing System. Issued by Authority of the Annual Confer-
ence of the Tasmanian Workers' Political League, 1912.
Jas. Guy, Secretary Tasmanian Workers' Political League.
f' Tasmanian News " Printing Works, Hobart,
1912, 12 pp., 8vo.)

See the Introduction for the origin of this system.
The rules for conducting pre-election ballots are con-

56 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

tained in Appendix 5 to this bibliography. The debate
at the conference is reported in the Hobart " Daily-
Post " of 28th June, 1912, and the rules are explained
by Mr. Newham Waterworth in an article in this paper
of 20th August, 1912.

See 38 for a discussion of this system.

1913.

35. E. L. PiESSE, Proportional Kepresentation. The
French Party-List System applied to Tasmania. Keprinted
from the " Mercury/' Hobart, 5th February, 1913.

(Hohart: ''Mercury'' Office. 1913, 6 pp., Long
Svo.J

36. [A Correspondent.] Proportional Representation:
Some Practical Defects.

(Ifi ''The Times," London, 19th March, 1913.)

A statement of some defects which have appeared in

the results of the elections held under the Electoral
Act of 1907.

37. J. H. H. [John H. Humphreys]. Tasmania. A New
General Election. The Working of the Transferable Vote.

(In Representation. The Journal of the Propor-
tional Representation Society. Sixth Year, 1913, No.
27, April, 1913, pp. 6-13.)

A discussion of the General Election of 23rd January,
1913, and of criticisms of the working of the transfer-
able vote.

38. E. L. Piesse. The Theory of the Quota in Pro-
portional Representation, 11.

(In Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society
of Tasmania, 1913, pp. 15-37. Also issued as a pam-
phlet by Electoral Department, Tasmania, 8vo.)

A continuation from Part I. (33). 54-60. List Sys-
tems: M. Sainte-Lague's discussion, by the method of
least squares, of the problem of partitioning seats. 61.
References to French and Belgian writers. 62-65. The
method of the uniform quota, with an illustration based
on the General Election of 23rd January, 1913. 66-70.
Multiple transferable vote systems. 72. Statistics of
close contests. 73-77. Disproportionate representation
in single-member constituencies.

BY E. L. PIESSE, E.SC, LL.B. 57

1913.

Index of Authors.

No.

Ashworth, T. R. and H. P. C 13

Birchall, W. A. B 26

Brown, W. Jethro 4, 9, 10, 11

Clark, A. 1 1,2

Dalv, J. F 30

Da\-ies, J. G 16

Douglas. P. C 20,26

Humphreys, J. H 22, 29, 37

Johnston; R. M 3, 6, 12, 16, 21

MeCall, John 24

Nanson, E. J 14,25

Nicholls, Herbert , 8

Packer, H. E 30

Piesse, E. L 26. 30, 32. ^3. 35, 38

Spence, C. H 5

Waterworth, Newham 84

General Bibliographies of Proportional Representation.

The following are the most recent general bibliographies :

United States: Lihrary of Congress. A List of Books (with
References to Periodicals) relating to Proportional Representa-
tion. Compiled under the Direction of A. P. C. Griflfin, Chief
Bibliographer.

(Washington. Government Printing Office. 1904. 30 pp.
4fo.J

Intrv^duction (a historical account of the principal
publications). List of Books. Articles in Periodicals.
Author Index.

France: Chamber of Deputies. Rapport fait au nom de la
commission du suffrage universel chargee d' examiner diverses
propositions de loi tendant a etablir la representation pro-
portionnelle, par Charles Benoist (Depute). Chambre des
Deputes, Annexe au proces-rerbal de la seance du 7 Avril,
1905.

(Chamber of Deputies, Paper No. 2376 of 1905.) Biblio-
graphy, pp. 324-351.

France: Chamber of Deputies. Rapport fait au nom de la
commission du suffrage universal chargee d' examiner le projet
de loi et diverses propositions de loi portant modification aux
lois organiques sur 1' election des deputes et tendant a etablir
le scrutin de liste avec representation proportionnelle, par
Arthur Groussier (Depute). Chambre des Deputes, Annexe
au proces-verbal de la seance du 16 Mars, 1911.

(Chamber of Deputies, Paper No. 826 of 1911.) Biblio-
graphy, pp. 258-269.

» 5S BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

Appendix 1.

The Electoral BUI, 1896.

(As introduced into the House of Assembly.)

Bibliography Clause 115. In every case in which more than one candidate

• is to be elected for any district, the returning officer shall deal

with the ballot-papers as follows : —

1. He shall first arrange the ballot-papers by placing in

a separate parcel all those which have the figure 1
set opposite to the name of the same candidate, and
in so doing he shall reject all IniUot-papers which
have not the official signatures or stamps on the back
thereof, or which have anything written or marked
thereon by Avhich the voter can be identified, and all
ballot-papers on which no number has been placed by
the voter to indicate the candidate for whom he wishes
to vote, and all ballot-papers on which the same num-
ber has been placed against more names than one;
but he shall not reject any ballot-paper whereon the
number of candidates marked in the order of the
voter's preference is fewer than, or in excess of, the
number of members to be elected.

2. He shall then proceed to ascertain the "quota" of

votes necessary for the election of a candidate by
dividing the aggregate number of all the ballot-papers
contained in all the parcels by the number of mem-
bers to })e elected, and the result disregarding any
fractional remainder shall l)e the " quota."

3. He shall then proceed to count the number of ballot-

papers in each parcel, and every candidate who has
a number of first votes equal to or greater than the
quota shall be declared elected, and every ballot-
paper which has been once counted in the quota for
a candidate who is declared elected shall be set aside
as of no further use.

All the ballot-papers in each parcel which are in
excess of the quota shall be set aside to be counted
for other candidates as hereinafter provided, and on
all such ballot-papers so set aside the name of any
candidate for whom the requisite number of ])allot-
papers has already been counted shall be deemed to
be cancelled, and the returning officer shall then
severally transfer such ballot-papers to the candi-
dates indicated thereon respectively as the next in
the order of the voter's preference, and the votes
thus transferred shall be deemed to have been given
for the candidates to whom they shall be transferred
as herein directed, and shall be deemed to be first
votes.

This process shall be repeated until no candidate
has more than a quota of first votes, or votes deemed
first; and in every case in which the name of only one
candidate, or the names of a less number of candi-
dates than the number of members to be elected, have

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 59

1913.

been marked on any ])allot-paper with a figure set
opposite thereto as hereinbefore directed, and the
candidate or candidates whose names have been so
marked thereon have received the required quota of
votes exclusive of such ballot-paper, then the names
of the other candidates shall be deemed to have been
numbered on such ballot-paper in the order in which
they are printed thereon, and shall be so numbered
by the returning officer for the purpose of being
thereafter used by him in the next or any subsequent
counting of votes for which they may be available.

4. If, after all the ballot-papers have been counted and

respectively assigned to the several candidates as
hereinbefore directed, it is found that no candidate,
or an insufficient number of candidates, has detained
the quota of votes necessary for his or their election,
then and in such case the candidate who has obtained
the lowest number of votes shall be excluded from
the poll, and all the ballot-papers previously counted
for such candidate shall be deemed to have been
unused and to have his name cancelled thereon, and
they shall be respectively transferred to and counted
for the other candidates who have not received the
requisite quota of votes and who are indicated on
such ballot-papers respectively as the next in the
order of the voter's preference.

5. The same process of excluding the candidate lowest on

the poll and transferring to other candidates the
ballot-papers previously counted for the -^^'xcluded
candidate shall be repeated as often as may be neces-
sary until the requisite number of candidates have
received the necessary quota of votes, or until the
number of candidatr>s has been reduced to the num-
ber of members to be elected.

6. If at any time after the first counting of the ballot-

papers it becomes necessary to exclude the lowest
candidate from the poll as hereinbefore directed, and
it shall be found that two or more candidates have
the same number of votes and occupy_ together the
lowest nosition on the poll, then and in every such
case whichever one of such candidates was found to
have received the least number of votes upon the first
counting of the ballot-papers shall be deemed to be
the lowest on the poll; and if at any time it becomes
necessary to exclude from the poll one or more of any
number of candidates who have received the same
number of votes upon the first coun^-'n</ of the ballot-
papers, "ihe returning ofiicer shall decide which one
or more of such candidates shall be excluded from the
poll.

7. When, by successive applications of the directions here-

inbefore contained, the number of candidates is
reduced to the number of members to be elected the
candidates constituting such reduced number shall be
declared elected.

60 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

Appendix 2.

The Electoral Act, 1896.

Bibliography ^ Clause 102. Every election under this Act shall be conducted

No. 2. in the manner following : —

• * * * * * * «

3. In every case in which more than one candidate is to
be elected for any district, each elector shall have one
vote only, but may vote in the alternative for as many
candidates as he pleases, provided he votes for not
less than one-half of the number of members to be
elected ; and his vote shall be deemed to be given
in the first place for the candidate opposite whose
name upon the ballot-paper is placed the figure 1 ;
but in the event of its not being required to be used
for the return of such candidate, it may be trans-
ferred to the other candidates in succession, in the
order of priority indicated by the figures set opposite
their respective names ; and the elector shall insert
opposite to the names of the candidates for whom
he wishes to vote, the figures 1, 2, 3, and so on, in
the order of his preference. He shall not strike out
from the ballot-paper the name of any candidate.

Ascertaining the Poll.

Clause 115. In every case in which more than one candi-
date is to be elected for any district, the returning officer shall
deal with the ballot-papers as follows : —

I. He shall first arrange the ballot-papers by placing
in a separate parcel all those which have the fig-
ure 1 set opposite to the name of the same candi-
date, and in so doing he shall reject all ballot-
papers which have not the official signatures or
stamps on the back thereof, or which have anything
written or marked thereon by which the voter can
be identified, and all ballot-papers on which no
number has been placed by the voter to indicate
the candidate for whom he wishes to vote, and all
ballot-papers on which the same number has been
placed against more names than one ; and all
ballot-papers whereon the number of candidates
marked in the order of the voters' preference is
fewer than one-half the number of members to be
elected.

II. He shall then proceed to ascertain the "quota" of
votes necessary for the election of a candidate by
dividing the aggregate number of all the ballot-
papers contained in all the parcels by the number
of members to be elected, and the result, disregard-
ing any fractional remainder, shall be the " quota."

III. He shall then proceed to count the number of ballot-
papers in each parcel, and every candidate who has
a number of first votes equal to or greater than
the quota shall be declared elected, and every

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 61

1913.

ballot-pdper \A-hicli has been once counted in the
quota for a candidate who is declared elected shall
not be counted for any other candidate.

IV. As many ballot-papers in each parcel as are in excess
of the quota shall be set aside in the manner here-
inafter directed to be counted for other candidates
as hereinafter provided, and on all such ballot-
papers so set aside the name of any candidate for
whom the requisite numl)er of ballot-papers has
already been counted shall be deemed to be can-
celled/ and the returning officer shall then sever-
ally transfer such ballot-papers to the candidates
indicated thereon respectively as the next in the
order of the voter's preference, and the votes thus
transferred shall be deemed to have been given
for the candidates to whom they shall be transferred
as herein directed, and shall be deemed to be first
votes.
V. The ballot-papers which are set aside from any parcel
after the first count of votes as hereinbefore directed
shall be selected from that parcel in such manner
that they shall include as nearly as practicable in
respect of each candidate the same proportion of
ballot-papers having the figure 2 set opposite to
his name as the number of such ballot-papers
included in the whole parcel bears to the total
number of ballot-papers in the whole parcel : and if
any doubt or dispute shall arise as to the number
of ballot-papers which should be included in respect
of any candidate among the ballot-papers set aside
1rom any parcel, the decision of the returnin^^ officer
-hall be final.

VI. If in any case the number of ballot-papers trans-
ferred to another candidate as the second m the order
of preference indicated thereon shall exceed the
number required to give the quota of votes to that
candidate, the excess to be transferred to other
candidates shall be selected from the total num-
ber of the ballot-papers previously transferred as
aforesaid in such manner that the excess shall
include as nearly as practicable in the case of each
candidate the same proportion of ballot-papers hav-
ing the figure 3 set opposite to his name as the
number of such ballot-papers included in the total
number of ballot-papers previously transferred as
aforesaid bears to such total number ; and if any
doubt or dispute shall arise as to the number of
ballot-papers which should be included in such
excess in respect of any candidate, the decision
of the returning officer shall be final.

This process shall be repeated until no candi-
date has more than a quota of first votes, or votes
deemed first.

VII. If, after all the ballot-papers have been counted and
respectively assigned to the several candidates as
hereinbefore directed, it is found that no candidate,

62 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

or an insufficient number of candidates^ has obtained
the quota of votes necessary for his or their elec-
tion, then and in such case the candidate who has
obtained the lowest number of votes shall be
excluded from the poll, and all the ballot-papers
previously counted for such candidate shall be
deemed to have been unused and to have his name
cancelled thereon, and they shall be respectively
transferred to and counted for the other candi-
dates who have not received the requisite quota of
votes and who are indicated on such ballot-papers
respectively as the next in the order of the voter's
preference.
VIII. The same process of excluding the candidate lowest
on the poll and transferring to other candidates the
ballot-papers previously counted for the excluded
candidate shall be repeated as often as may be
necessary until the requisite number of candidates
have received the necessary quota of votes, or until
the number of candidates has been reduced to the
number of members to be elected.

IX. If at any time after the first counting of the ballot-

papers it becomes necessary to exclude the lowest
candidate from the poll as hereinbefore directed,
and it shall be found that two or more candidates
have the same number of votes and occupy together
the lowest position on the poll, then and in every
such case whichever one of such candidates was
found to have received the least number of votes
upon the first counting of the ballot-papers shall
be deemed to be the lowest on the poll ; and if at
any time it becomes necessary to exclude from the
poll one or more of any number of candidates who
have received the same number of votes upon the
first counting of the ballot-papers, the returning
officer shall decide which one or more of such can-
didates shall be excluded from the poll.

X. When, by successive applications of the directions

hereinbefore contained, the number of candidates is
reduced to the number of members to be elected,
the candidates constituting such reduced number
shall be declared elected.

Appendix 3.
The Electoral Bill, 1899.

Biblioffranhv Clause 127. In the case of every electoral district in which

No. 7. " more than one candidate is to be elected, and in which there

is more than one polling-place, the deputy returning officer of
each polling-place shall, as soon as practicable after the close
of the poll, and in the presence of such of the scrutineers as
choose to be present, open the ballot-boxes and deal with the
ballot-papers as follows : —

I. He shall first arrange the ballot-papers by placing in
a separate receptacle or parcel all those which have

1913.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 63

the figure 1 set opposite to the same candidate^ and
in so doing he shall, upon the proper recording-
sheet, mark the preferences 1, 2, 3, respectively by
a 1 in the proper column under the name of the
candidates for whom these preference rotes are
declared in each ballot-paper, as in Appendix A. At
the same time he shall reject all ballot-papers which
have not the official signatures or stamps on the back
thereof, or which have anything written or marked
thereon by which the voter can be identified, and
all ballot-papers on which no number has been
placed by the voter to indicate the candidate for
whom he wishes to vote, and all ballot-papers on
which the same number has been placed against
more names than one, and all ballot-papers whereon
the number of candidates marked in the order of
the voter's preference is less than three of the num-
ber of members to be elected :

II. He shall then proceed to ascertain the aggregate
number of No. 1, 2, and 3 preferences for each
candidate, as indicated upon recording-sheet :

III. Ballot-papers which have been rejected as invalid
shall not be counted as votes :

*******

V. The deputy returning officer shall then separately
make up the ballot-papers of the various candi-
dates respectively, recording on the inner wrapper
of each candidate's ballot-papers the aggregate num-
ber of preferences 1, 2, and 3. He shall then
securely bind in One parcel the several candidates'
separate parcels of ballot-papers, sealed with his own
seal and the seal of such scrutineers as desire to
affix their seals, and shall transmit to the return-
ing officer of the district such parcel so sealed as
aforeaid, and shall also transmit at the same time
to the returning officer of the district in separate
parcels securely fastened —

(a) The unused and spoiled ballot-papers;

(h) The certified copies of rolls supplied to the said
deputy returning officer on which the fact
of any person having received a ballot-paper
has been noted ; and

(c) An account, in which such deputy returning
officer shall charge himself with the number
of ballot-papers originally delivered to
him, the number thereof delivered and used
by voters, and the number not so delivered
or left unused, and the number set aside
for separate custody (which account is here-
inafter referred to as the ballot-paper
account).

EA'ery such ballot-paper account shall be
verified as well by the signatures of the
said deputy returning officer and the poll
clerk (if any), also by the signatures of such
of the scrutineers as shall be present and
shall consent to sign the same :

64 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

VI. If at any time after the first counting of the votes
it becomes necessary to exclude the lowest candi-
date from the poll as hereinafter directed, and it
shall be found that two or more candidates have the
same number of votes and occupy together the
lowest position on the poll, then and in every such
case whichever one of such candidates was found
to have received the least number of first prefer-
ence votes shall be deemed to be the lowest on the
poll ; and if at any time it becomes necessary to
exclude from the poll one or more of any number
of candidates who have received the same number
of votes upon the first counting of the ballot-papers,
the returning officer shall decide which one or more
of such candidates shall be excluded from the poll.
VII. When, by successive applications of the directions
hereinafter contained, the number of candidates is
reduced to the number of members to be elected,
the candidates constituting such reduced number
shall be declared elected.

Clause 128. In the case of any electoral district for which
more than one candidate is to be elected, and there is more
than one polling-place, the Returning Officer General, as soon
as he shall have received the full reports of the deputy return-
ing officers (to be transmitted to him as hereinbefore directed)
showing the total number of preference votes, 1, 2, and 3
respectively, polled in every district polling-place at such
election in respect of each candidate shall proceed as fol-
lows : —

I. He shall first compute and ascertain the total num-
ber of first preference votes polled at such election,
and shall divide such total number by the number
of members to be returned for such district, reject-
ing any fractional remainder which may appear
after such division, and the number of the said
quotient found by such division shall be the quota
or number of votes entitling the candidates respect-
ively for whom such quota shall be given to be
returned at the said election as members to serve in
Parliament :

II. He shall then proceed to compute the number of 1st,
2nd, and 3rd preference votes recorded in favour of
each candidate, and every candidate who has a
number of first preference votes equal to, or greater
than, the quota shall l)e declared elected.

III. As many first preference votes for any one candi-
date as are in excess of the quota shall, in the man-
ner hereinafter directed, be counted for other candi-
dates who have not received a quota as hereinafter
provided, and the Returning Officer General shall then
severally transfer such excess first preference votes
to such candidates, and the votes thus transferred
shall be deemed to have been given for the candi-
date to whom they shall be transferred as herein-
after directed, and* shall be deemed to be first votes.
All excess votes transferred as directed by this sub-
section are hereinafter referred to as transfer excess
votes of the first order :

1913.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 65

IV. The first preference excess votes set aside for trans-

fer to candidates who have not yet been excluded
shall be distributed in a proportion to be deter-
mined by reference to the total number of second
preferences of such candidates : that is to say, the
number of votes to be transferred to a candidate
shall bear as nearly as practicable the same pro-
portion to the surplus for distribution as the said
candidate's second preferences on the whole elec-
tion bear to the second preferences on the whole
election of all the candidates who are not yet
excluded ; and, if any doubt or dispute shall arise
as to the number of transfer votes Avhich should
be included in respect of any candidate, the deci-
sion of the Returning Officer General shall be final :

V. If m any case the number of excess votes transferred

to a candidate shall exceed the number required to
give the quota of votes to that candidate, the excess
shall be transferred to other candidates, and shall
be distributed in a proportion to be determined by
a reference to the total number of the third pre-
ferences of such candidates ; that is to say, the num-
ber of votes to be transferred to a candidate shall
bear as nearly as practicable the same proportion
to the surplus for distribution as the said candi-
date's third preferences on the whole election bear
to the third preferences on the whole election of all
the candidates who are not yet excluded; and, if
any doubt or dispute shall arise as to the number
of transferred votes which should be included in
respect of any candidate, the decision of the return-
ing officer shall be final. All excess votes trans-
ferred as directed by this subsection are herein-
after referred to as transfer excess votes of the
second order :

This process shall be repeated, if necessary, until
no candidate has more than a quota of first votes,
or votes deemed first.

vi. If, after all the votes have been respectively assigned
to the several candidates as hereinbefore directed,
it is found that no candidate, or an insufficient
number of candidates, has obtained the quota of
votes necessary for his or their election, then, and
in every such case the candidate who has obtained
the lowest number of votes, shall be excluded from
the poll, and all the votes previously counted for
such candidate shall be transferred to the remain-
ing candidates who have not yet been excluded, and
shall be distributed among them in the manner
hereinbefore provided for the distribution of trans-
fer excess votes of the first order (Subsections iii.
and IV.) :

VII. If in any case the number of any lowest candidate's
votes transferred to another, as directed in the pre-
vious subsection, shall exceed the number required
to give the quota of votes to that candidate, the
excess shall be deemed to be a transfer excess of

<6(] BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

the second order, and shall be transferred and dis-
tributed among the remaining candidates not yet
returned in the manner hereinbefore provided for
the distribution of transfer excess votes of the
second order (Subsection v.) :
VIII. The same process of excluding the candidate lowest
on the poll at each stage, and transferring to other
candidates the unused or the transfer votes of the
first and second order, shall be repeated as often
as may be necessary until the requisite number of
candidates have secured the quota of votes, or until
the number of candidates has been reduced to the
number of members to be elected.
Clause 130. In the case of every electoral district in which
more than one candidate is to be elected, and in which there
is only one polling-place, the returning officer himself shall
supervise all the operations and processes involved in dealing
with ballot-papers, and in balloting for the various candi-
dates, as hereinbefore provided in the case of districts
where there is more than one polling-place, and shall himself
supervise all the processes involved in counting the votes and
ascertaining the final results of the election, as hereinafter
provided —

I. He shall, as soon as practicable after the close of the
poll, and in the presence of such of the scruti-
neers as choose to he present, open the ballot-boxes
and deal with the ballot-papers as in the following
subsections : —

II. He shall arrange the ballot-papers by placing in a
separate receptacle or parcel all those which have
the figure 1 set opposite to the same candidate,
and in so doing he shall, upon the proper record-
ing sheet mark the i^reference 1 by a mark 1 in
the proper column under the name of the candi-
date for whom the No. 1 preference vote is declared
in each ballot-paper. At the same time he shall
reject all such defective ballot-papers as are
described in Subsection One of Section One hun-
dred and twenty-eight :

III. He shall then compute and ascertain the total num-

ber of first preference votes polled at sucli election,
and shall determine the quota entitling each candi-
date to be returned at the said election as a mem-
ber to serve in Parliament, in the same manner as
hereinbefore provided in Section One hundred and
twenty-nine. Subsection One ; and every candidate
who has a number of first preference votes equal to
or greater than the quota shall be declared elected,
and shall as such be excluded from the subsequent
operations of the poll :

IV. He shall then in proper order proceed to deal with

the transfer and distribution of transfer excess
votes of the first and second order, and with the
unused votes of candidates who as the next lowest
in turn are excluded from the poll, in the same
manner as hereinbefore provided (Section One hun-
dred and twenty-nine. Subsections Three to Eight)

1913.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 67

for districts in which more than One candidate
is to be elected, and where there is more than
One polling-place, but with the following modifica-
tions : —

In the ease of transfer excess votes of the first
and second order, as hereinbefore descril)ed, and
in the cases of the transfer votes of the next in
turn lowest excluded candidate, their distribution
at each successive count or stage shall include as
nearly as practicable in respect of each of the other
candidates not yet returned or excluded the same
proportion of the particular number of total trans-
fer votes as the aggregate number of all second
preferences, or, if not available because of exclu-
sion, the next in order preference available, polled
by the particular candidates whose votes are being
so transferred.

Appendix 4.

The Electoral Act, 1907.

Mode of Voting.

Clause 119. At every election votes shall be recorded in man-
ner following : —

I. No name shall be struck out from any ballot-paper :

II. In every case in which only One member is to be

elected for any district the voter shall mark his
ballot-paper in the manner following : —

(a) He shall place the number 1 within, or sub-

stantially within, the square opposite the
name of the candidate for whom he votes
as his first preference ;

(b) He shall also (where there are more than Two

candidates) give contingent votes for at
least Two of the remaining candidates, by
placing within, or substantially within, the
squares respectively opposite their names
the numbers 2 and 3, so as to indicate the
order of his preference ;

(c) He may, in addition, indicate the order of

his preference for as many more of the
other candidates (if any) as he pleases, by
placing within, or substantially within, the
squares respectively opposite their names
other numbers next in numerical order
after those already used by him :
HI. In every case in which more than One candidate is
to be elected for any district the voter shall mark
his vote upon the voting-paper in the manner fol-
lowing : —

(a) He shall place within, or substantially within,
the squares respectively opposite the names
of Three candidates the numbers 1, 2. and
3, so as to indicate the order of his prefer-

(Jb BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

(h) He may, in addition, indicate the order of
his preference for as many more candi-
dates as he pleases, by placing within, or
substantially within, the squares respect-
ively opposite their names other numbers
next in numerical order after those already
used by him.

Rules for the Scrutiny.
(Schedule 4.)
In this schedule, unless the contrary intention appears —
"Returning officer" means the returning officer for the

district :
"Quota" means the number of votes sufficient to elect a

candidate :
"Surplus" means the number of votes which a candi-
date has obtained, at any stage of the scrutiny, over
and above the quota :
" First choice recorded for a candidate " means a voting-
paper on which the number 1 is placed in a square
opposite the name :
"Second choice recorded for a candidate" means a vot-
ing-paper on which the number 2 is placed in the
square opposite his name :
"Transfer value" means that portion of a vote which is
unused by —

(a) An elected candidate who has obtained a sur-
plus ;
(h) A candidate excluded on account of his being
lowest on the poll, and which is therefore
transferred to the candidate next in the
order of the voter's preference. The trans-
fer value of all votes is either 1 or some frac-
tion of 1.

Method of Counting Votes where One Member only has to
be returned for a District.

1. The number of first choices recorded for each candi-
date shall be counted, and all informal ballot-papers shall
be rejected.

2. The candidate obtaining an absolute majority of votes
shall be elected.

An absolute majority of votes means a number greater than
One-half of the whole number of ballot-papers other than
exhausted and informal ballot-papers. The casting vote of
the returning officer shall be included in reckoning an abso-
lute majority of votes.

3. If no candidate has an absolute majority of votes, the
candidate who has the fewest votes shall be excluded, and
each ballot-paper counted to him shall (unless exhausted) be
counted to the unexcluded candidate next in the order of
the voter's preference.

4. If no candidate then has an absolute majority of votes,
the process of excluding; the candidate who has the fewest
votes and counting each of his ballot-papers (unless exhausted)

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 69

1913.

to the unexcluded candidate next in the order of the voter's
preference, shall be repeated until one candidate has an
absolute majority of votes.

5. Every ballot-paper, not rejected as informal, shall be
counted in every count until it becomes exhausted, when it
shall be rejected in all further counts. When a candidate is
excluded, any ballot-paper counted to him shall be deemed to
be exhausted if there is not indicated upon it a consecutive
preference for one unexcluded candidate.

6. If on any count Two or more candidates have an equal
number of votes and One of them has to Ije excluded, the
returning oflBcer shall decide which is to be excluded,
and if in the final count two candidates have an
equal number of votes, the returning officer shall decide by
his casting vote which shall l)e elected, but otherwise no
returning officer shall vote at any election.

Method of Counting Votes where more than One Member
has to be Returned for a District.

1. The number of first choices recorded for each candidate
shall be counted, and all informal voting-papers shall be
rejected.

2. The aggregate number of such first choices shall be
divided by one more than the number of candidates required
to be elected, and the quotient increased by one, disregard-
ing any remainder, shall be the quota, and (except as herein-
after provided in Rule 10) no candidate shall be elected until
he obtains a number of votes equal to or greater than the
quota.

3. Any candidate who has, upon the first choices being
counted, a number of such votes equal to or greater than the
quota shall be declared elected.

4. Where the number of such votes obtained by any candi-
date is equal to the quota, the whole of the voting-papers
on which a first choice is recorded for such elected candidate
shall be set aside as finally dealt with.

5. Where the number of such votes obtained by any candi-
date is in excess of the quota, the proportion of votes in excess
of the quota shall be transferred to tlie other candidates not
yet declared elected, next in the order of the voters' respect-
ive preferences, in the following manner: —

I. All the voting-papers on which a first choice is
recorded for the elected candidate shall be re-exam-
ined, and the number of second choices, or (in the
case provided for in Rule 12) third or next con-
secutive choices, recorded for each unelected candi-
date thereon shall be counted :
II. The surplus of the elected candidate shall be divided
by the total number of votes obtained by him on the
counting of the first choices, and the resulting frac-
tion shall be the transfer value :

III. The number of second or other choices, ascertained

in paragraph i. to be recorded for each unelected
candidate, shall be multiplied by the transfer value:

IV. The resulting number, disregarding any fractional

remainder, shall be credited to each unelected can-
didate, and added to the number of votes obtained
by him on the counting of the first choices.

70 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.
6. — (a) \\ iiere. on the coiintiug of the first choices or on any
transfer, more than one candidate has a surplus, the largest
surplus shall be first dealt with. If then more than one candi-
date has a surplus, the then largest surplus shall be dealt with,
and so on : Provided that, if one eandid;ite has obtained a sur-
plus at a count or transfer previous to that at which another
candidate oijtaius a surplus, the surplus of the former shall
be first dealt with.

(6) Where two or more surpluses are equal, the surplus of
the candidate who was the highest on the poll at the count
or transfer at which they last had an unequal number of
votes shall be first dealt with; and if they have had an equal
number of votes at all preceding counts or transfers, the
returning officer shall decide Avhich candidate's surplus shall
be first dealt with.

7. — (a) Where the number of votes obtained by a candi-
date is raised up to or above the quota by a transfer as
aforesaid, he shall thei-eupon be declared elected. And in
such a case, notwithstanding the fact that he may have
reached the quota, such transfer shall be completed, and all
the votes to Avhich he is entitled therefrom shall be transferred
to him, but no votes of any other candidate shall be trans-
ferred to him.

(h) Where the number of votes obtained by a candidate is
raised up to, Init not above, the quota by a transfer as afore-
said, the whole of the voting-papers on which such votes are
recorded shall be set aside as finally dealt with.

(r) Where the number of votes obtained by a candidate is
raised above the quota by a transfer as aforesaid, his sur-
plr.s shall he transfcn-cd to tlie candidates next in the order
of the voters' respective preferences, in the following man-
ner : —

I. The voting-papers on Avhich are recorded the votes
obtained by the elected candidate in the last trans-
fer shall be re-examined, and the number of third,
or (in tlie case provided for in Rule 12) next con-
secutive choices recorded for each un elected candi-
date thereon counted :
II. The surplus of the elected candidate shall be divided
by the total number of voting-papers mentioned in
paragraph i., and the resulting fraction shall be
the transfer value:

III. The num1)er of second (or other) choices, ascertained

ill paragraph 1 to be recorded for each unelected
candidate, shall be multiplied by the lastmentioned
transfer value :

IV. The resulting number, disregarding any fractional

remainder, shall be credited to each unelected can-
didate, and added to the number of votes pre-
viously obtained by him.
8. — (a) AVhere, after the first choices have been counted and
all surpluses (if any) have been transferred as hereinbefore
directed, no candidate, or less than the number of candidates
required to be elected, has or have obtained the quota, the
candidate wlio is lowest on the poll shall be excluded, and
all the votes obtained by him shall be transferred to the can-
didates next in the order of the voters' respective prefer-
ences, in the same manner as is directed in Rule 5.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 71

1913.

(b) The votes obtained by such excluded candidate as first
choices shall first be transferred, the transfer value of each
vote in this case being 1.

(c) The other votes of such excluded candidate shall
then be dealt with in the order of the transfers in which, and
at the transfer value at which, he obtained them.

(f/) Each of the transfers which takes place under the two
previous clauses of this rule shall be deemed for all purposes
to be a separate transfer.

9. — (a) Where the number of votes obtained by a candi-
date is raised up to or above the quota by any such trans-
fer as aforesaid, he shall thereupon be declared elected. And
in such case, notwithstanding the fact that he may have
reached the quota, such transfer shall be completed, and all
the votes to which he is entitled therefrom shall be transferred
to him, but no other votes shall be transferred to him.

(b) Where the number of votes obtained by a candidate is
raised up to, but not above, the quota by any such transfer
as aforesaid, the whole of the voting-papers on which such
votes are recorded shall be set aside as finally dealt with.

(c) Where the number of votes obtained by a candidate is
raised above the quota by any such transfer as aforesaid,
his surplus shall be transferred to the candidates next in the
order of the voters' respective preferences in the same man-
ner as is directed in Rule 7. Clause (c) : Provided that such
surplus shall not be dealt with until all the votes of the
excluded candidate have been transferred.

(d) Where any surplus exi.sts it shall be dealt with before
any other candidate is excluded.

10. The same process of excluding the candidate lowest on
the poll and transferring to other candidates his votes shall
be repeated until all the candidates, except the number
required to be elected, have been excluded, and the unex-
cluded candidates, who have not already been so declared,
shall then be declared elected.

11. Where at any time it becomes necessary to exclude a
candidate, and two or more candidates have the same num-
ber of votes and are lowest on the poll, then whichever of such
candidates was lowest on the poll at the last count or
transfer at which thev had an unequal number of votes shall
be first excluded, and if such candidates have had an
equal number of votes at all preceding counts or transfers the
returning officer shall decide which candidate shall be first
excluded .

12. In determining what candidate is next in the order
of the voter's preference, any candidates Avho have been
declared elected or who have been excluded shall not be con-
sidered, and the order of the voter's preference shall be deter-
mined as if the names of such candidates had not been on the
voting-paper.

13. Where on any transfer it is found that on any voting-
paper there is no "candidate opposite whose name a number
is placed, other than those who have been already either
declared elected or excluded, such voting-paper shall be set
aside as exhausted.

12 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

Appendix 5.

Rides for Conducting Pre-election Ballots, according to the
haunceston Voting System (based upon the Multiple Trans-
ferable Vote).

Section 4. — Mode of Voting.

(a) Where three or four candiates are to he elected the voter
l^laces within the squares opposite the names of the two candi-
dates \Ahose return he chiefly desires, the numl)er 1 ; and in
addition indicates the order of his preference for the remain-
ing candidates by placing within the squares opposite their
names the numbers 2, 3, 4, and so on.

(b) Where five or six candidates are to be elected the voter
places within the squares opposite the names of the three candi-
dates whose return he chiefly desires, the number 1 ; and in
addition indicates the order of his preference for the remain-
ing candidates by placing within the squares opposite their
names the numbers 2, 3, 4, and so on.

(c) Where seven ov eight candidates are to be elected the
voter places within the squares opposite the names of the
four candidates whose return he chiefly desires, the number
1; and in addition indicates the order of his preference for
the remaining candidates by placing within the squares oppo-
site their names the numbers 2, 3, 4, and so on.

(c/) Voters must vote or show a preference for at least six
candidates, otherwise their voting-papers will be informal.
In the event of less than six candidates offering, a vote or
preference must be must be shown for each ciindidate.

Section 5. — Definitions.

In the following section, unless the contrary intention
.appears —

"Returning oflicer " means the returning officer for the

district.
"Quota" mci:is the nuniljer of votes sufficient to elect

a candidate.
" Surplus " means the number of votes Vvhich a candidate

h IS o')cai^:ed at any stage of the scrutiny, over and

above the quota.
" First choice for a candidate " means the number 1

placed in the square opposite his name.
" Second choice for a candidate " means the number 2

placed in the square opposite his name.
" Next available candidate " on a)iy paper means the

candidate not yet elected or excluded (and not nlready

marked by the returning officer) to whom the next

consecutive choice is to be credited.
"Transfer value" means that portion of a vote which is

unused by —

(a) An elected candidate who has ol>tained a sur-

plus ; or

(b) A o-ididate oxchuU^d on account of his being

Ic) vest on the poll, nnd which is therefore
transferred to the candidate next in the order
of the voter's preference. The transfer value
of all votes is either 1 or some fraction of 1.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 73

1913.

Section G, — Method of Counting Votes.

1. The ballot-papers shall first be examined and all i^iforraal
papers rejected.

2. Wherever during the process of the count the i-ules pro-
vide for a transfer of surplus votes from one candidate to
other candidates, all the voting-papers concerned in the said
transfer shall be shuffled before the transfer is commenced.

3. The number of first choices for each candidate shall be
counted, and on each paper a mark shall be made opposite
the name of each candidate who receives one of such choices.
Each candidate shall be credited with one vote for each such
choice given to him.

4. The aggregate number of such first choices shall be divided
by one more than the number of candidates required to be
elected, and th^ quotient increased by one, disregarding any
remainder, shall be the quota, and (except as hereinafter pro-
vided in Rule 9) no candidate shall be elected until he obtains
a numl)er of votes equal to or greater than the quota.

5. Any candidate who has, upon the first choices being
counted, a number of such votes equal to or greater than the
quota shall be declared elected.

6. Where the number of such votes obtained by any candi-
date is in excess of the quota, the surplus shall be transferred
to the next available candidate in the following manner: —

(i) All the voting-papers on which a first choice is recorded
for the elected candidate shall he re-examined and
the number of second, or next ^-onsecutive, choices,
recorded therein for each unelected candidate shall
be counted,
(ii) The surplus of the elected candidate shall be divided
by the total number of votes obtained by him on
the counting of the first choices, and the resulting
fraction shall be the transfer value.

<iii) The number of second, or next available choices, ascer-
tained in paragraph (1) to be recorded for each
unelected candidate shall be multiplied by the
transfer value, nnd the resulting number, ignoring
fractions, shall be the share of the surplus to which
that candidate is entitled, if required.

(iv) For each unelected candidate the returning oSicer shall
select at random from the papers on which a second,
or other choice has been found for that candidate
under parngi-aph (1) a number of papers equal to
the number calculated as his share of the surplus
under paragraph (iii).
(v) If on crediting a candidate with a number of votes
equal to the number calculated as his share under
paragraph (iii) the candidate would not have a num-
ber of votes in excess of the quota, the returning
oiB&cer shall place a mark opposite his name on
each of the papers selected under paragraph (iv),
and one vote shall be credited to him for each such
paper.

74 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF PROPORTIONAL REPRESENTATION,

R.S. TAS.

(vi) But if on crediting a candidate with a number of votes
equal to the number calculated as his share under
paragraph (iii) the candidate would have a number
of votes in excess of the quota, the returning officer
shall select at random from the papers selected
under paragraph (iv) a numlier of papers sufficient
to give the candidate a quota, and no more. On
each of the papers thus selected the returning officer
shall place a mark opposite the name of the candi-
date, and one vote shall be credited to him for each
such paper. On each of the remainder of the papers
of such candidate selected under paragraph (iv) the
returning officer shall place a mark opposite the
name of the next available candidate, and shall
credit one vote to such next available candidate,
provided that as soon as n candidate reaches the
quota he shall be declared elected and no more
votes shall be credited to him.

7. Where on the counting of the first choices more than one
candidate has a surplus, the largest surplus sh;ill be dealt with
first. If then more than one candidate has a surplus, the
then largest surplus shall be dealt with, and so on.

8. — (a) Where, after the first choices have been counted and
all surpluses (if any) have been transferred as
hereinbefore directed, less than the number of
candidates required to be elected have obtained
the quota, the candidate who is lowest on the poll
shall be excluded, and all the votes obtained by
him shall be transferred to the next available
candidates on the ballot-papers from which he has
obtained his votes — that is. the papers_ on Avhich
his name has been marked by the returning officer.

(b) The returning officer shall in all cases make a mark

on the ballot-paper opposite the name of the
candidate to whom he transfers a vote.

(c) Whenever, during the transfer of an excluded candi-

date's votes another candidate reaches the quota,
he shall be immediately declared elected, and the
remainder of the excluded candidate's votes shall
be transferred to the next available candidate on
the remainder of the excluded candidate's papers.

9. The same process of excluding the candidate lowest on
the poll and transferring to other candidates his votes shall
be repeated until all the candidates, except the number
required to be elected, have been excluded, and the unexcluded
candidates, who have not already been so declared, shall then
be declared elected.

10. Where at any time it becomes necessary to exclude a
candidate, and two or more candidates have the same num-
ber of votes and are lowest on the poll, then whichever of
such candidates was lowest on the noil at the last count or
transfer at which thev had an unequal number of votes shall
be first excluded, and if such candidates liave had an equal
number of votes at all preceding counts or transfers the return-
ing officer shall decide which candidate shall be first excluded.

BY E. L. PIESSE, B.SC, LL.B. 75

1913.

11. In determining which candidate is next in the order of
the voter's preference,, any candidates who have been declared
elected, or who have been excluded, shall not be considered,
and the oider of the roter's preference shall be determined as
if the names of such candidates had not been on the voting-
paper.

Note. — If, during the process of the count, the returning
officer uses pencils of different colours in marking the names
on the ballot-papers, it will be found to greatly facilitate
counting operations. For instance, a candidate credited with
primary votes (first choices) could be marked with blue pencil ;
a candidate credited with transferred surplus votes could have
a red mark made opposite or across his name; whilst a candi-
date credited with transferred votes from an excluded candi-
date could have a green mark or two red marks made across
his name.

A RECTIFICATION IN THE CARTOGRAPHY OF
NORTH-EAST TASMANIA.

By Colonel W. V. Legge, F.R.G.S.
(Read 14th April, 1913.)

Plates I. and II.

The so-called Saddleback is one of the tor-mountains
eminently characteristic of the N.E. plateau of Tasmania,
which is the main divide for the river system in that part
of the State. Like its adjacent neighbour, Ben Nevis, it
rises from the southern edge of the plateau, though its spurs
running in that directioaa descend to the foot of the upland
and join with the ranges flanking the north bank of the
South Esk. The mountain takes the form of a short ridge
with an axis lyiucr about south-west — north-east, its
structure being like that of the other plateau-mountains,
diabase. The eastern face is precipitous, and towers over
the Ringarooma-Mathinna track, which passes it at an ele-
vation of about 2,200 feet, and not far from the base.

The Crestline, though jagged and rough, has an un-
dulating aspect from distant, eastern points of view, and
is continuous with a spur which runs up from the foothills
In the valley of the South Esk, rising with a fairly regular
slope to a prominence, south of the summit, from which
there is a slightly ascending dip up to the top, which takes
the form of a flattish dome with rather an abrupt northern
descent to the plateau.

The writer has sketched the aspect of the tor from
various eastern points, from none of which has it any ap-
pearance of a saddlebacked mountain ; nor could such a
hump-backed ridge take that form from any direction.

BY COLONEL W. V. LEGGE, F.R.G.S 11

1913.

The aspect-sketch of the eastern tors of the plateau
given with this note was taken from an altitude of about
2,700 feet on the northern side of the summit of Mt.
Nicholas, from which one of the most beautiful and com-
prehensive panoramic views of forest and mountain in all
Tasmania awaits any mountaineer or tourist, who chooses
to spend a day at St. Mary's. Saddleback isi here seen next
to the mountain Ben Nevis on the extreme left, with Mts.
Victoria and Albert (the true Saddleback) foreshortened on
the right. The remarkable table-like level of the plateau
is noticeable in the sketch ; but to view this to perfection
it must be seen on a frosty v/inter's evening before sunset
from the summit of the Blue Tier at Poimena, when it
stands out as level as the top of a wall fro-m Mt. Victoria to
Mt. Barrow.

It may be remarked in passing that the existence of
this great orographical feature seems tO' be quit© unknown
to the general public, notwithstanding that it is, in con-
junction with Ben Lomond (itself a loftier but smaller
plateau), the main regulator of the climatic conditions in
N.E. Tasmania. The reason for this lies in its concealment
from view both north and south by the broken nature of
the country, and on the fact that the true topographical
features of the State have not yet been shown on our maps,
on which the chief mountains are all shown as isolated
heights, standing, as it were, on the sea-level.

To return : We find that Mt. Albert, twin mountain
with Mt. Victoria, when seen from the Lottah district and
the George Biver Valley (Pyengana), from some points of
which latter it is hidden from Mt. Victoria, is called almost
universallv Mt. " Saddleback " by the country people. In
point of fact, if a titan-hand had done his best to cut a
mountain into that shape he could not have succeeded bet-
ter. An aspect-sketch is given of Mt. Albert to show its
claim to a local name of that sort. It is taken from a posi-
tion in the valley where its sister mountain, Victoria, can-
not be seen. The impression in the writer's mind when first
seeing the mountain from this position may be expressed :
"Why. that must be Mt. Saddleiback ; but surely it cannot
be. as that mountain rises above Mathinna a long way to
the westward from here!" Thus, it appears likely that
the misnomer, ''Saddleback," is the result of a cartographi-
cal error in the Survey Office, based, perhaps, on the infor-
mation of an official who was unacquainted with the true
aspect of the mountain near Mathinna now called by that
name.

78 A RECTIFICATION IN THE CARTOGRAPHY OF N.-E. TAS.

R.S. TAS.

The position, therefore, as regards the correct oro-
graphy of that part of Tasmania is that a new name is now
required for the so-called Saddleback, this appellation be-
ing left as a "vernacular" in the George River district, as
the title ''Albert" pertaining to it as the mountain adjoin-
ing Victoria cannot be interfered with.

It is therefore suggested and recommended that a
Scotch title (Tasmania being looked on as the Scotland
of the South) be given, and that there be another "Ben"
added to Ben Lomond and Ben Nevis, which arei closely as-
sociated with the mountain in question. Ben Nevis in
Scotland is the western termination of the great Grampian
Range, which contains to the eastward other "Bens," prom-
inent among them being Ben Avon. It therefore seems ap-
propriate that tihe Tasmanian mountain standing to the
eastward of our Ben Nevis should V)e i,nven that good old
Scotch name. It is hoped that this title will be acceptable
to the Department of Lands and Surveys.

Note added by the Author 13th May, 1913.— T\\^ name Ben Av«n elicited
some opinion at the meeting as to the advisalnlity of further duplication of
Scotch names in Tasmanian'geography. Tlie adoption of British names for this
purpose in Tasmania and other Australian States has, however, _ been largely
the rule under "Crown Government" from early days of colonisation; and may
be taken as a happy indication of our loyalty to the Mother country. Never-
theless in the present instance the title "Ben Esk" might be more appropriate
and would equally harmonise with the nomenclature desired by the author for
the three mountains in question, which are so prominently associated in our
North-eastern orographical system.

XIST OF NATIVE ^YOEDS OF THE OYSTER BAY
TRIBE, VAN DIEMEN S LAND.

Bv J. \V. Beattie

(Read 10th June, 1913.)

The following list of Native Words was found among
papers originally in the possession of Rev. William Bedford,
D.D., who succeeded Rev. Robert Knopwood as Principal
Chaplain oi' Yati Diemen's Land in 1823.

Mr. Bedford took a deep interest in the ''Native Ques-
tion," and was an active member of the Aboriginal Com-
mittee, an advisory body appointed by Colonel Arthur to
assist the Executive in effectually dealing with the very
dijQS.cult Native problems of the time.

The list and notes have been copied by myself, and are
an exact reproduction of the original in spelling and com-
position.

I have not been able, vet, to discover who the writer
"'H.W.M." was.

List of Native Words, with Note by "H.W.^I."

Buc-ga-na What do you call this

or that thing.

Ba-mi-en-da Emmu.

Oran-wan-wa to step.

Cham-not-ca Sheep.

Dre-na-kena, or Lee-naa Kangeroo.

Dig-e-na-Man-a-Waa the Minister, Rev. Mr.

Bedford.

En-cli-be-na good or palatable.

Governor-Waa His Honor the Go-

vernor.

80 LIST OF NATIVE WORDS OP THE OYSTER BAY TRIBE,

R.S. TASo

Le-gun-tha^Waa

Le-gun-tha

Lim-pu-ga

Lag- wee

Lo-ru-me-na

Lee-na, or Ly-en-na

Lod-the

Lu-gu-na

Log-Wan-na

La-ge-na

Le-bta-la, tha-gen-na, or

Wag-ge-na
Lun-na
Me-a^nen-qua
Me-yalla-cas-an-a-rea
My-yen-na
Mier-men-na

Min-Man-a-we&-bob-ax-re©
My-et1>ta
My-he-na
Mad-tha
Mun-na
Mi-gun-na
Min-gra-nith-ka
Mi-hilk-a-la^ma
Ma-varden-na
Mou-tbig-na
Nu-ge-na
Nu-garlantha
Olumptha
Oyster bay Waa
Penin-na
Po-co-la
Po-GO-na
Pa-mattrta
Par-a-pel-a

Pae-a-nu-bra, or Per-ni-per-na
Pig-e-na, or Wig-e-na
Pa-gen-gun-ya
Par-a-wee
Pud-ca
Rung-we
Re-gun-na
Re-nea
Tta-van-ya
Ta-gar-a-ga
Ta-Wal-a-wee

Kangaroo dog.

Common dog.

Shoping.

Walking.

scratching.

Water.

tree's.

leg's.

Wife.

salt.

Hobert Town.

House.

Will you live with me.

talking.

you.

smooking.

fighting.

five.

Body.

privates.

Mouth.

Nose.

bad, or disagreable.

silence.

boat.

Eyes.

stealing.

Possum.

Head.

Oyster bay.

Laughter.

Bullocks.

smoke.

potatoes.

Cook.

the Sun.

Hair.

Horse.

I want.

fish.

to run, or make haste.

Oysters.

hand.

Cloathing.

Crying.

Eating.

BY J; W. BEATTIE.

81

19]3.

Ta-ken-a-pee

Talla-Walla-Wa

Tag-wee

Te-b8l>e-men-e-ana

Tid-qua

Ti-er-id-ka

Tra-ban-na

Vestra

Weig-tha

Wag-grun-na

Wood-tha

Wan-a-pack-a-la-lea

Fa-cu-na, or pho-ca-nali

Pe-erbid-ca

to give me.

Come heare.

go there.

go gather berry's.

Sugar.

Ship.

Blankett.

Star.

Moon.

teeth.

Bird.

Work, or Labour.

Rain.

Thunder.

Native words) spoke quick with a guttural sound.

Some of the Oldest asked the boy's Bill and Jack to
enquire about Thunder. I told them it was the Voice of
God, who made the Sun and Moon and stars and every
otheT thing good Around them that His Name was Jesus
Christ and that he could see them and knew all they did,
they all listened very Attentively And one Old man or one
of the Oldest of them surprised Me by Asking if he would
soon Come again. I could perceive Most of them Could
understand, and Often told the boy's the Names of things
I Asked them.

H. W. M. 1824.

NOTES ON THE LIST OF NATIVE WORDS OF TFIE

OYSTER BAY TRIBE, PRESENTED BY

MR. J. W. BEATTIE. (1)

By Hermann B. Ritz, M.A.
(Read 8tli Sept., 1913.)

This list bears the colophon "H.W. M., 1824," which may
mean that it was drawn up by Sergeant Montgomery, of the
51st Foot (King's Own Light Infaniry), stationed in Tas-
mania in 1824 There certainly was such a person here at
that time, and the list itself shows that it was written by a
man who conscientions'y paid strict a+^^tention to details, and
recorded them faithfully, as far as his literary attain nients
enabled him to do so. The punctilious respect for persons in
authority is sliown by the way the recorder mentions " the
Minister, Rev. Mr. Bedford," and *' His Honor the
Governor," both of whom entered upon their duties in 1824,
the former as Incumbent of St. David's, and the latter as
Lieutenant-Governor.

In taking down the native words, H.W.M. evidently took
great pains, getting the Aboriginals to pronounce them in
syllables, and carefully, and on the whole very succe>sfully,
separating these by hyphens.

At first sight, these words seem quite different from those
recorded in the lists previously published ; but on closer
inspection they are found to be quite in harmony with them;
indeed, more than half of them are practically identical with
them.

In my paper, " The Speech of theTasmanian Aborigines,"
read before the Royal Society of Tasmania, on the 14tli
June, 1909, (2) I explained my theory on the etymology of
the Tasmanian vocabulary, and the present list decidedly
confirms \ny conclusions, as will be seen when we examine each
word of H. VV.M.'s list in detail. I may fairly claim to have
shown in my previous papers on tliis subject, that by my
theory every Tasmanian word and phrase that has been
published, can be rationally explained to be in strict
accordance with the known primitiveness of the life and
manners of tlie Tasmanian A'^ioriginals, and the present list
strongly confirms the soundness of my theory. It will be

(1) See pages 79-81.

(2) These Papers and Proceedlngn, 190:3, pp. 44-81.

BY H. B. ItlTZ, M.A. 83

1913.

convenient to reaJers of the present paper, to have a brief
statement of the principal poiut of my theory, as regards the
-etyiiiolouy of Tasmauian words.
Tbey are: —

(a) The Aboriginal's mind worked on the same hnes as
tbose foHowed bj a very youug child. The first object to be
distinguished is (»iie that moves while the objects sui rounding
it are at rest. The speech-sounds, or rather, the cous-^nants,
most naturally expressing motion are the continuants, viz.,
1, m, n, r, iig. The sibilants are not found iti the Tasn)aniau
speech, and the vowels are too indistinct to serve as charac-
teristics.

(b) Next, the modifications of motion would be oliserved ;
if m(»ti()n came before rest, it would be expres-<ed by the group
b, p, w, m ; if motion came after rest, it would be expressed
by the group g, k, w, r, ng ; while rest itselt would be
expl•es^ed by the group d, t, 1, n.

(c) The members of each group are readily inter-
changeable, ptactically at the discretion of the individual
speaker, though, of course, some forms may have become
conventionally fixed.

(d) The vowels are interchangeable, within certain limits.

(e) Each syllable begins normally with a coiisommt;
where a vowel is found as initial, it is most likely the remains
of a syllable originally beginning with w.

(f) In a group oi syllables, any interior letter is liable
to be slurred, and eventually elided, if the syllable to which
it belongs does not bear the phrase-accent.

In my discussion of the details of Mr. Bea.ttie's list,

(a) The spelling will be uniform, chiefly on the lines
followed by H. Ling Koth, in Appendix F. of his *' The
Aborigines of Tasmania."

(b) The statements will as a rule be positive, though
they are necessarily based on conjecture. Still, the
harmony of the facts with my theory is so consistent, that
there is no justification lor excessive diffidence on my part.
Hence, my statements may fairly be considered as valid
pending disproof based on fads and logic.

(c) The following abbreviations will be ussd : —

(1) "H.W.M.," for the original recorder of the
present list.

(2) "H.L.E," for H. Ling Eoth : " The Aborigines of
Tasmania.

("3) " H.B.R.," for Hermann B. Kitz : " The Speech of
the Tasmanian Aborigines" (3).

(3) These Papers and Procetdings, 1909, pp. 44-81.

84 NATIVE WORDS OF THE OYSTER BAY TRIBE,

R.S. TAS^

Mr. Beattie's List.
(The words actually on tlie list are printed in italics, and
are transcribed exactly as ihey appear in the oriijinal list.
They are marked with consecutive uuiiibers for referencn.)

1. Buc-ga-na = What do you call this or that thing.

This is *' pugana," moaiiiutr *' hig thing," z>., " the thing
that en^a'osses the attention for the moment."

2. Ba-vii-e7i-da = Emmu.

Tlie spelling of " Emu " seems to show that the orthoepy
of the initial vowel has changed since 1824.

H.L.R. gives "punamunta" for "emu." Tins is an
ahbreviation of " puufana-munta," where "pueana" means
"big" Now "palla" als> means "big" (H B.R.), and it is
often shortened to "pa." Hence " {)a-munta " me ins the
same as " puuamuuta," and is the standardized form of
" b a- mi-en- da."

3. Cran-wan-wa = to step.

This is " krana" (a shortened "krakana"), nieanini,' "to
stand," + " pena," meaning "moving forward," + " pe,'*
meaning "to act" (H.B.R.). The whole of it means: —
"The action of (alternately) standing and moving forward."

4. Chavi-not-ca = Sheep.

This is " kana," to speak, + " muna," mouth, + " itya,"
diminutive suffix. Hence: — " The thing that speaks with a
little mouth," the voice of a sheep being " little " in com-
parison with its bulk.

5. Dre-na-kejia =■ Kangeroo.

This is " ta(sf)-rena-kana," meaning :— " walk-quick-noise."
Tims : — "Tlie thing th-^t walks q lickly and noisilv."

6. Lee-naa = Kangeroo.

H.L.E,. gives "lena" for "brush-kangaroo." It is "the
switt thing."

7. Dig-e-ncb Man-a- IVaa = the Minister, Rev. Mr. Bedford.
This is " tigana-muna-pa(lla)," that is "heart, mouth, big'*

(H.L R). 'J hus :— "He that speaks with L'r.-at sympathy " ;.
literally :—" He that has a big h<art in his mouth." This
would ct-nainly be an excellent designation of Di. Bedford,
whose symi)athy with the unfortunate Aborigines was very
deep, and who had, monover, just arrived, and would realize
their misery more keenly than many of those who had become-
accustomed to this state of affairs.

BY H. B. RITZ, M.A. 85

1913.

8. En-cli-he-na = good or palatable.

This is " an " (for " wan " (v. No. 3) or " pena") rapaning
** the moving or pointing thintr," i.e., "the hand," + " ka,"
"the chin or jaw," 4- "lipa," "moving with a purpose"
(H.B.R.), + " na," the common suffix for nouns. Hence : —
*'The thing which the hand moves to the jaw or mouth,"
because it is " good to eat."

9. Governor- Waa = His Honor the Governor.

The English origin of "Governor" is obvious. "Waa"
is a form of " palla," meaning " big," or " important." This
form of " prilla " occurs also in Nos. 7, 10, 41, and probably
in No. 61 (q. v.).

10. Le-gun-tha- Waa = Kangeroo dog.

11. Le-gun-tha = Common dog.

No. 10 is simply No. 11 with the addition of " Waa," " big."
The common part "leguntha" is " lagan (a)-ta(gana),"
i.e., " swiftfoot." " Lagana " and '■ tagana " are renlly iden-
tical, as " I " and " t" are interchangeal)le. The meaning is
*' moving away" (H.B.E,.). If the motion isemphMsized, the
"1" is used; the use of the "t" indicates that the "thud"
of the footfrill is in the speaker's mind. Most of the names
of animals given in the existing lists mean simply "the
moving thing," and appear in one form or another of the
comhination "liquid 4- guttural" (H.B.R.).

12. Lim-pu-ga = Shoping.

" Shoping " is clearly an error for " shipping," for " liua "
means " w^ter," and " puga(ta) " means " to float " (H.L.R.).
The word thus means : — " the thing that floats on the water."
" Puo:a(ta) " is "pa-ka-ta," where "pa" is "motion before
rest," "ka" is motion after rest," and " ta " is "rest." The
wiiole phrase " pugata " desciihes very well, in a primitive
way, " the thing that moves up an<l down, but does not move
from the spot," that is, "a boat riding at anchor." " Pnga,"
of course, also describes the "bobbing" motion. Hence
^' lin-pu-ga" is " the thing that moves up and down on the
water." When the recoider pointed out some ships, the
native would first notice the water ("Una"), and only on
further prompting would he notice the things that moved up
and down ("puga").

13. Lag-wee == Walking.

This is " laga-pe," " foot-action."

-86 NATIVE WORDS OF THE OYSTER BAY TRIBE,

R.S. TAS.

14. Lo-ru-me-na = scraiclu'ng.

This is'Mori'' (finger) (H.L.R) + "mena" (for"pena")
(lanco). "Lori" irs^lf is " la<2r-ri," "the movable foot."
H.L.R. gives "riena" for "hand" and also for "finger"; it
ineiins simply "the most agile members of tbe body," from
" rene " "quiet:." "Lorirneni "means "making a lance of
the finger," v^hicli clesi;rif>es the operation of "scratching'^
very aptly. H.L.R. gives " larre " for scratch.

15. Lee-na = Water.

This is simply " lina," " the movable substnnce."
H.L.R. gives " lina" for " water " (v. No. 6j.

16. Ly-en-na = Wa/er.

H.L.R. givHS "li^na" for "water." The points of difference
between "lina" ami "lienna" are, that the latter has a
diphthong, " ie," instead of a simple vowel, " i," and it has
the siifiix "na" (v. No. 8). This diphthong (»ften in'licates
" not straight," the vocal flexion descrihinir the local otie ^
e.g., ' riauna riacnnna" (H.L.R.), "dance," means "varied
motion + varied voice" ("kannai ; "mina" or " pena,""
" stick " or " leg " ; " mieiia," " knee " (H.L.R.), and " [.iena,"
"leech" (H.L.R.).

17. Lod-the — tree's.

The apostn^phe as part of the sign of the English plural
is usual in this list. Lod-the is simply " lotta," "Eucalyptus
tree" (H.L.R.). The only si^n of the pluril in the Tas-
manian speech is the reduplication of a word. " Lotta" is a
contraction of "ligata," i.e., " laga " ("foot") + "ta"
(stationary). To the Aboriginal, a tree was a living thing,,
and its trunk was its foot, which was fixed to the spot.

18. Lu-gu-na — leg's.

This is the same as " lagana " (v. No. 11).

19. Log' Wan-na = Wife.

H.L.R. gives " lovvanna" and " Iowa," for " woman."
This is " lag-pen-na," "the nimble-footed" servant, who
had to do all the work incidental to canjp lite.

20. L.a-ge-na = salt.

H.L.R. gives "ie^ana" for " wa.ter." This is " lag^»na,"
"foot" in another aspect, tiie water "resting on thn ground
and moving at times." It is douotful whether the Aborigin-
als used salt as seasoning. In th" case of the present word,
it i«i probable that when the native tasted the -alt presented
to him for nomenclature, he meant to say that it had the-

BY H. B. RITZ, M.A. 87

1913.

same taste as the sea-water, and therefore said '* higana,"
which the recorder took down as the native word for '* salt."
In the existing lists, quite a immher of such natural mis-
apprehensions can be traced. (H.B.R.)

21. Le-hta-la = Hohart Town,

This is "li-pa-tal-a," or, in full, " lina-pMlla-tagala" ; that
is, " wal:er-biof-walk," meaning; " (the goal of) a long journey
by water," With the primitive boats of the Aborigiuals, it
would be a long journey from Oyster Bav to Hobart.

22. iha-gen-na = Hohart Town.

This is simply " tagana," z'.e , "a journey,"

23. Wag-ge-na -■=■ Hobart Town.

This is "Pa(lla)-kan-a," meaning " the big talk," z.^., the
place where there is much noise, in contract to the bush.
"The big smoke" for "London" or any other large city,
would be an analogous expression.

24. Lun-na = House.

H.L.R. gives "lenna" for "house." As the shelters of
the Aboriginals consisted merely of some pieces of bark or
wood brought, to the spot, they were " movable" things, and
"lenna " would express this idea (v. No. 6).

25. Me-a-nen-qua = Willyou live with me.

This is *'mena-nina-Ica," i.e., "I-you-talk," meaning "we
keep c »mpany together." It is evident that if two people
intended to talk to each other, they must remain near each
other; e-pecially as the Aboriginal " talk" largely depended
on gestures.

26. Me-ijalla-cas-an-a-rea = tat king.

Tlie "s" is clearly out of place in a word consisting of
purely Tasmanian elements; it is therefoie probably an error.
If we read it as " n," we get " mialla-kan-ana-ria,^' which
would mean " varied motion (v. No 16)-voice-hand-fingers,"
graphica.ly expressing " speech aided and illustrated by
gestures "

27. My-yen-na = you.

The (tommon Tasmanian word for "you" is " nina," /.e.,
"that thing," "the other person." The explanation of the
word here given is suirgested by "jVly-he-na = Body" (v.
No. 31). The word is, in each of these cases, " ndeua," that
is, "a thing that is or can be bent." TF.L.K gives " miack "
for " corpse," that is, " mien-k," the thing that was capable

88 NATIVE WORDS OF THE OYSTER BAY TRIBE,

R.8. TAS.

of beino: l»ent, but is so no Lmger, for "k" is the sij^m of
"rejection" (hL.B.K). It is probible that H.W.M. pointed
at a native and told him " This is you," and the native
promptly said '• Tliis is my body" ; whereat H.W.M. wrote:
"miena = you" (v. No. 20).

28. Mier-men-na =z smooh'ng.

This is "mia-mina," i.e., " bpnt-stick " and refers to the
tobacco-pipe, to which H.W.M. mny have pointed when
telling the native tliat he was " smooking" (v. No. 20)

29. Min-Man-a-wee-hoh-ar-ree ^= fighting.

This is ''' mi?ia-ymna-pe-pa(lla)-pa(lla)-an^ a)-ria^' tliat is,
*' stick-stick-active-i>iyf-big-haud-fiiigers," meaning " Sticic is
active against stick in a very grear, effort made with luinds
and fingers."

30. My-ett-ta =five.

This is " miatta," a variant of *' matta," /.e., *' lump,"
meaning a " lump formed bv bending the fingers " ; compare
the English " bunch of fives."

31. My-he-na = Body.

See No. 27. The emphatic " h " is characteristic of H.W.M-

32. Mad-iha = privates.

This is '' matta " (v. No. 30).

33. Mim-tta = Mouth.

H.L.K.. gives "muna" for "lips" (v. No. 20).

34. Ml-gun-na = Nose.

H.L.R. gives " meuna" for "bird's bill." The standard-
ized form of these words is *' pe-kan-na," i.e., "pointed
(upper) jaw." The use of "beak" for " uose " is found in
many languages.

35. Min-gra-nith-ka = had, or disagreable.

This is "mina-kar;ina ork;inana-ka." i.e., "I or my — mouth —
(H.L.R.) rejects," because it is "disagreeable or bad" to my
taste.

36. Mi-hilk-a-la-ma = silence.

This is " mial-kala or kana-pe," i.e., "Sit down, or stop-
talk-do, or make," meaning " make the talk take a rest."

37. Ma-va-den-?ia = boat.

This is quite unlike :iny Tasmanian word for " boat." If
it were " pa-pata-na," i.e., " big stamp," it might mean

BY H. B. RITZ, M.A. 89

1913.

" b'tot " ; the bare foot would make a " little " stamp. It is
probable that " boat" is a mistake for " V>oot."

38. MoU'thig-na = Eyes.

H.L. K. ^ives "mongtena" for "eye." This sugsrests tha*
the wo'd is " mun-tij^ana " or "muntena" (in contracted
form), Hnd me;ins ''mouth-heart" (v. No. 7), th «t is "a
mouth-like openinor that express's feelings." " Mou-thig-
na" may be an erior for " Mon-thig-na."

39. Nu-ge-na = stealing.

This is probably a variant of " lugana," i.e., "quick,
nimble."

40. Nu-ga-lantha = Possum.

H.L.E. gives " neulausfta" for " opossum." This is " nuga
or luua-lagata" (v. No. 17), meaning " nimble" on the "tree,"
which is characteristic of the opossum.

41. Olumptha = Head.

H.L.R. gives "ulumpta" for "head." This is one of the
few woids thnt have a vowel as initial. The rule of the
consoiia tal initial is so generally observed, thfit it is
reasonalile to assutne that in the case of the exceptions an
initial consonant has been lost. Here, the oricrinal form may
be " Wa-len-matta" or " Pa(lla)-|pn-matfa,'' that is, "the big
moving round-thing." (Compare the English idiom
"pumpkin.") The characteistic point would be the
"moving" or " movableness," and. therefore " len " would be
strom^ly accented, with the result that, the first and third
words would be slurred, and become "Wa" aiid " mta."
The " w" would impress its character on the following vowel
and make it " u " ; thus "u-lnn-mta," and, by further assimi-
lation and contraction, "ulunita."

42. Oyster hay Waa = Oyster hay.

"Oyst<^r Bay" is obviously English. " Waa" is " Palla,"
"big" (v. No. 9). The locality is even now called "Big"
Oyster Bav.

43. Penin-na = Laughter.

H.L.R. gives "peninna" for "laugh."

44. Po-co-la = Bullocks.

This confirms H.B.E 's cfmtnntion that this is aTasmaniaa
"woni, atid not, as Jorgensen and his followers asseried, a
variant of the English " bullock." It is " puga-la(ga)," that

90 NATIVE WORDS OF THE OYSTER BAY TRIBE,

U.S. TAS.

is, " the big thiug (with) fe'^t." The English plural forms
given in this list, as in the others found in H.LR, have no
equivalents in Tasmanian speech. The Aboriginals had no
abstract ideus, nnd the only way in which they could exjiress
plurality w^as by enuoieratiiig the individuals, that is, by
repeating the name given to an individual. A striking
instance is the word ^liven for " ten," viz., " karde-lcarde,"
/.<?., "kata-kata," that is *' five-five " (fingers). See H.B.K.
See also No. 17.

45. Po-eo-na = smoke.

This is a misprint for " po-ee-na," i.e.^ " poina," meaning
'•long'* (pena) + "not straight" (oi diphthong, v. No. 16).
The word means therefore " a curling column " (ot smoke).
(Compare No. 28.)

46. Pa-matt-ta-=ipotatoes.

Fenton, in his History of Tasmania, quotes from Robinson's
jonrnal: — ' Parmatter— potatoes " (p. 9H). There is no
native word for '' potatoes " in H.L.R. The word is " pa(lla)-
matta," i.e,, "bier-round thing:."

47. Far-a-pela =^ Cook.

This is "palla palla," i.e., "very big (man)," referring
either to the stature of a particular cook, or else to the cook's
gre.it importance for the comfort of the community.

48. Pae-a-nu-bra = the Sun.

This is a misprint for " palla-nubra," z>., " big eye "
(H.L.R.).

49. Per-ni-per-na = the Sun.

H.L.R. gives "perenna" for "lance." Hence this word is

*• perenna-perenna," z>., "many lances" or "many beams"

(of lii^ht), as seen when the sun shines through foliage or
crevices in the wall of the " lenua."

60. Pig-e-na = Hair.

51. Wig-e-na = Hair.

Tlie.se words are practically the same. HL. F?. gives the
variant "p«'inghana" f<>r " hair matted with ochre " (so as to
form " sticks''). See H.B.R.

52. Pa-gen-gun-ya = Horse.

This is " Pa(lla)-kan-lsan-ka," i.e., " big-voice- voice-voice,"
meaning "the thine: that re|)eats tlie same sound loudly";
this is a very natural descri))tion of a horse's " whinnying."

BY H. B. RITZ, M.A. 91

1913.

53. Par-a-wee = I want.

H.L.R. gives " parra we " for "to abstain," also for "to
throw awaj." "I want," therefore, means here " I lack,"
and not "I desire." Norman gives " parra (r)wa(r)" for
** go away." H.L.R. gives "pagra" for " woe's me," and
"pakara" for "to fling." This last meaning explains the
word : it is "pa-ka-ra," i.e., propulsion + violent expiration
+ motion (of the missile). "Away" therefore covers all
theSH meanings, and the final "wee," i.e., "pe," is simply an
emphatic repetition of the initial "pa." " Parawee." i.e.,
" pa-ka-ra-pe," thus means " the thing that is away" (from
me, to my sorrow).

54 Piid-ka := fish.

H.L.R. gives " pucrale " and "pugra" for "to swim,"
where " le " and " ra " simply moan " motion." The word is
therefore "pug-ra," i.e., " the big thing thao swims." As the
"Native words spoke quick with a guttural sound'
(H.W.IM.), the native word might be written phonetically as
"pudka" or "pukka" or " pugra," iudifierently.

55. Rung-wee = to run., or make haste.

H.L.R. gives " rene " for " to run " ; " rung " is a regular
variant of "rene" (H.B.R.); " pe " is sign of emphasis (v.

No. 53).

56. Txc-gun-na = Oyster.

H.L.R. gives " lugana " for "oyster"; "reguna"isa
regular variant of this. H.L.R. gives also "regana" for
" basket" (used in gathering oysters) (v. .'io. 20). It is the
same as " lagana," " foot," and means " alive, but resting on
the spot" (v. Nos. 11 and 17.)

57. Re-nea = hand.

H.L.R. gives "liena "for" hand." It is a variant of
"reuea," and means " the moving member par excellence.''^

58. Tta-van-ya = Cloathing.

The doubling of the initial letter is clearlv otiose; and the
" V " is simply an error for " w." The standardized form of
the word would be "tawanna," i.e., "tagana." Norman
gives "tuernar" (i.e., " tugena ") and "tuernarnar" {i.e.,
tu(g)enana") for "clothing"; it means "moving off," i.e.,
" the things that can be taken off " (v. No. 11).

59. Ta-gar-a-ga = Crying.

This represents another aspect of "tagana" or " tagara,'^'
viz., "the thing that falls down." H.L.R. gives " tagarena"

92 NATIVE WORDS OF THE OYSTER BAY TRIBE,

R.S. TAS.

for **tear," and " tRsjara-vnena" for "to weep." The final
" ga" is simply *' ka," "voice." "Tagaraga" means there-
fore '* weepiug and wailing."

60. Ta- Wal-a-wee Eating.

This is "tagala" (or " tagana ") -f- " pe," ?>., " to go
down-make," meaning "to j>ut down" (food).

61. Ta-ken-a-jpee = io give me.

This also is " t?.gana-pt'," i.e., "to lay down" ("for me to
take"). This alludes to the p'-actice, cominoiily observed
amoDg primitive races, of layini< on the ground such things
as are to be given to another individual, instead of passing
them from hand to hand.

62. Talla- Walla- Wa =^ Come heare.

This is "ta(ii)ala pallawn," i.e., " walk (to the) bisr man,"
the "big man" (H.L.R.) being the "warrior" (Sergeant
Montgomery).

63. Tag-wee = go there.

This is " taga-pe," i.e., " move (your) foot." Compare
Nos. 11 and 18. •

64. Te-let-e-men-e-anob = go gather hemfs.

H.L.R. gives " telbete lebea" for "to eat heartily," also
"lepina" for "neck"; " tel " is "tagala" (v. No. 62), "to
godowji"; "te" is "to stop." Thus "telbete lebea " is a
form of " tagal i-pe-te-lepina," meaning " to make go down
to stop in the neck," i.e., " to eat till you are full Uf» to the
neck." This accounts f<T the part " tebete." " Men-e-ana"
is " me-ni-na," i.e., " I-you-there." The whole phrase is
therefore " (let) me and you (go) there to eat"; "there"
meaning " a berry-bearing bush " (pointed out to the i^ative).

65. 7 id-(jua^=Stigar.

Tins is " teka" or "taga(na)," + "pa" or " wa," sign of
emphasis; that is, "a thing to eat eagerly"; in standard
form " tak-pa."

m. Ti-er-id-ka =• Ship.

This is " tia-ri-taka," i.e , "a heap or mass— swift-move" ;
meaning " a bulky thing that moves swiftly." As an alterna-
tive, " ri " may be taken in its meaning of " hand " or " arm "
(v. No. 57). The ]>hrase would then mean "a bulky thing
with a hatid {i.e., an oar) (to enable it) to move." However,
this would rather refer to a boat than to a "shij)."

BY H. B. RITZ, M.A. 93

1913.

Q7. Tra-ban-na = Blankett.

H.L.R. gives "t-^ri" for "basket"; if "banna" is a con-
traction of "palla-iia," the phrnse means *' h hi | bMskefc," that
is, "a vvr.ipper" in whicli men lie as if in a " basket."

68. Vesira = Star.

Tlie " s "is foreign to T^smanian speech; "v" is also
foreign, but it may be written for "w" (v. No. 58), and could
then stand for " p." If W . W.M. pointed (" pe ") t . a " ^tar,"
savins^ at the same time "star," the native wonll most
natur.iily say " pp-star-i," adding the usual finril vowel, and
laying stress on " pe," which word he knew, nnd sinning
ov^^r " stara," which had no meaning to him ; thus H.W.M.
would get " we-st(a)ra," and write " vestra."

69. Weig-tha = Moon.

H.L.R. gives " wii^getena," " weetah." " weena," for
"Moon." Our word, standardize!, is " wig-ti," evidently a
variant -if tli^se given by H.L.li.

70. Wag-grun-na = teeth.

Tiiis is " [)H,g " (o'- •' pug ")-" rnne-na" ; H.L.R. i^ives the
form "wughrinna" for "tooth." Tliis would refer to the
round or rather cylindrical things moving (with the lower
jaw).

71. Wood-tha = Bird.

This is a variant, of "mut'a," which H.L.R. quotes as
m»a'iing "pigeon." " Alutta" is a con' i action of *' puufata,"
meininir "a round or pluin[) tiling." Perhaps the " mutton-
bi d" (>ooty j)etiel), the export of which is the st iple indu-try
of the Tisuianian half-cast s settled on the islands of Bass
Straits, was originally the " mutr, i-bird," ?>., the " plump "
or "fit" bird ; the description would be very apt,

72. Wan-a-pack-a-la-lea =■ Work, or Labour.

'i'his is "P (lla)-'ia pikali, lia." " Pallt" or " pa lawa *' is
"man " ; "pakala" is " buHock" ; "li-a" is ' movin*:." The
phrase would then mem "to move (like) a human bullock."
Re^rulir Work was distasteful to the Tasmanian abor-\:inal
man, and he wouid naturally speak of it as tit only for
inferior beings.

73. Fa-cii-na = Rain.

74. pho-ca-nah = Rain.

1 h se words are clearly identical. H L.R gives " pokana''
and "pogana" f >r "r-in." This is " the round 'hiug (z>.,
"drop") that makes a noise," viz., " pug(a)-kana.''

94 NATIVE WORDS OF THE OYSTER BAY TRIBE,

R.S. TAS.

75. Pee-bid-ka = Tlumder.

H.L.R. gives the variant " poimettja " for ''thunder." It
is " pe(na)-matta-ka," i.e.^ " lauce-big mass-noise," and means
"a (fiery) lauce (followed by) a big mass (falling with) a
noise."

In the final note, H.W.M. metitions the rajiid, guttural
diction of the Aboriginals, which H.L.R. also mentions. His
explanation of thunder shows that lie was eager to do
missionary service. He was probably in error when he took
that old native to refer to the Second Advent; as thund^-r is
rarely heard in Southern Tasmania, and the memory of
primitive people is shoi t, that native probably meant to ask
simplv whether there would be more thunder soon, evidently
considering H.W.M. to be able to tell him what was going on
in the sky.

In conclusion, I submit that I have now established the
genuineness of Mr. Beattie's record, and considerably aug-
mented the force of the arguments I have uiged in support
of mv theory on the nature of the language of the Aborigines
of Tasmania.

l^OTES ON THE SECTION AT ONE THEE POINT,
NEAR HOBART. Plates iii. to ix.

By FiiiTz NoETLiNG, M.A., Ph.D.

(Read July 14, 1913.)

]. Introductoky Remarks.

More than tJiirty years ago Mr. R. M. Johnston, in a
paper (1) read before this Society, pointed out the great
geological interest of a section exposed on the western side
of Brown's River-road, near One Tree Point. On the
whole Mr. Johnston's observations hold good up to the
present day, though some details have to be altered. Mr.
Johnston has shown that we have here a volcanic rock of
the Basalt-aronp overlying sedimentHry rocks, which con-
tain an abundance of plant remains. The most important
of these Mr. Johnston sent to the late Baron von Mueller,
who was able to identify them with species well-known
from the auriferous drifts of Victoria. In itself this
would 1 e a most important fact, but the flora, according to
the Baron's determination, is of such an extraordinary
nature, that it would be almost unique, if his determinations
■could be accepted as correct.

Many years later Messrs. McLeod and White examined
the Basalt, and came to the conclusion that it is a basalt
in which Fayalite, the red variety of Olivine, has replaced
the Augite and Olivine (2).

I have frequently studied this section, remarkable in
more than one way, and I have come to the conclusion
that it allows for an intei-pretation quite different from
that given by Mr. Johnston. The main point on which I
differ from him is of tectonical nature. Mr. Johnston
thinks that the southern pori}ion of the section has been
thrown up, but a careful examination has convinced me
that it is not the southern portion that has moved, but the
northern one ; further, there is not an up-throw of the

(1) Notes showing that the Estuary of the Derwent was occupied
by a fresh water lake during the Tertiary Period. These Papers and
Proeeedinos, 188 1, p. 74-.

(2) Notes on a Favalite Basalt from One Tree Poini..— These Papers and
Proceedings, 18J8-1899, page 77.

96 SECTION AT ONE THEE POINT,

U.S. TAS.

southern, but a down-throw of the northena portion. The
ends of the leaf beds are turned upwards near the fault,
and this admits of only one explanation, viz., that
thi« part moved downwards in relation to the southern one.
If this view be admitted, the interpretation of the section
tak« s a (^lifferenl aspect at once, when we replace tlie down-
thrown portion to its original level. I further noticed
that the leaf beds of the northern portion are considerably
thicker than those of the southern one. Therefore we
must assume that, if the portions on either side of the fault
originally formed one continuous layer, a considerable part
of the leaf beds must have disappeared in the southern
(remaining) portion. This observation holds good, whether
the southern portion is thrown up as Mr. R. M. Johnston
thinks, or whether the northern portion has slid down, as
I opine.

The origin of the curioiis Breccia seems to me still some-
what doubtful. Mr. Johnston thinks it represents old
landslips which fell in the "lake." There are, however,
many objections to such a view, which I will set forth
later on.

This section is perhaps the best illustration of the
more modern geological history of Tasmania, and the
sequence of strata, as well as its tectonical features, afford
a wonderful mass of information regarding the latest phases
of the geological evolution of Tasmania. 1 think it will,
therefore, be advisable to describe first the section as it
now stands, then to' discuss its different membei-^, and,
lastly, to deduce those conclusions which seem to afford an
explanation of the facts observed.

2. The Leaf Bed Series.

Though not ecxposed at One Tree Point, it is pretty
certain that the lowest member of the whole series is a
yellowish sandstone, but so far the contact of Sandstone
and Breccia has not been observed (3). It may be that
the latter rests immediately on the Sandstone, or that some
beds of different, more argillaceous nature, intervene be-
tween the two. On the whole this is of little importance
as far as the questions here discussed arc concerned, if we
always bear in mind that the Breccia does not fo-rm th<>
base of the series.

(3) A little further towards Hobart a sandstone of yellowish colour
appears from underneath the Breccia. There is no doubt that this
sandstone belongs to tlie Leaf Bed series, of wlurli it most probably
forms the basal member. This question requires, however, further
confirmation.

BY FRITZ NOBTLING, M.A. PH.D. 97

^1913.

Mr. R. M. Johnston has already noticed that the leaf
bed series as a. whole, wherever they occur, are not found
higher than about 40 feet a,bove the present sea level, and
from this psculiai^ deposition he concludes that, excepting
for the south-easterly dip, the leaf bed series is practically
in the same position as it was when it was deposited. He
turtJier assumes that the strata in question are of lacus-
trine origin, and in his first paper he draws a vivid picture
of the "lake" filling up the Dei^vent estuary. Assuming
that Mr. Johnston's hypothesis be correct, it requires —

(a) That the valley of the Derwent existed almost in
its present shape jDievious to the deposition of the leaf bed
series.

(I)) That the strata deposited in this lake gradually
thin out towards the hill ranges on either side.

The first proposition assumes that the deep canyon of
the Detrvvent was completed to about the present day level
in Pre-Eocene times (4). In other words, that the greatest
portion of the Derwent valley is geologically of very old
age (5). This is a very fascinating theory, but it mainly
depends on the age of the leaf bed series. There is every
reason to believe that the Tertiary strata of Australia are
much younger than Eocene; in fact, it is more than pro-
bable that they are not older than Miocene. Natui^ally
this would greatly reduce the age of the valley in which
the lake was whose waters deposited, the leaf beds- This
is a question which cannot be decided for the present, and
w'e have to leave it an open one, but I do not think that
the Derwent valley dates back as far as the Upper Cre-
taceous period. As regards the second proposition, we
should expect tliat the leaf bed series gi'adually gets
thinner towards the shore line of the old lake, which
naturally must be somewhere along the Mount Nelson
ridge, for instance, on the western side. Though I ob-
served the leaf bed series on the lower part of the new
road to Mount Nelson, I have net been able to ascertain
whether thev comply with this requirement of the lake
hypothesis or not. If anything can be said from the
rather unsatisfactoi*}' outcrops it is this, that the thickness
of the leaf beds is not reduced towards the hillside.

On the other hand, Mr. R. M. Johnston's own sections,

(4) For the sake of argument I accept the view that the Leaf Beds
are of Eocene age, though according to more modern researches this
view is no longer tenable.

(5) Accepting the present view of the Eocene age of the Le-af Beds
and the hypothesis as to their origin, the Derwent Valley, at least that
portion above the present sea-level, would be of Cretaceous age.

98 SECTION AT ONE TREE POINT,

K.S. TAS.

particularly his Fig. 2, the section opposite Sandy Bay
Point, offer a most serious objection to his own hypothesis;
leastways they are capable of quite a different interpreta-
tion. As shown by bim in Figure 2, the leaf beds abutting
against the Palaeozoic rocks are bent upwards. Now, such an
effect will never be produced during sedimentation ; only
a subsequent downward movement of the strata can pro-
duce such an eft'ect. Mr. R. M. Johnstons Figure 2
plainly suggests the existence of a trough fault ; that is to
say, that the leaf beds were deposited at a much higher
level than they are now, and that subsequently the whole
mass moved downwards along two great faults, one of
which is running approximately parallel to the Mount
Nelson range, and that during this downwai'd movement
it was broken, the different pieces acquiring the southern
tilt. Of course, if it can be proved that the leaf bed series
are preserved in a trough fault, the "lake" hypothesis, not-
withstanding its seductiveness, has to be abandoned. Before
we decide we will have to make further investigations, and
I refrain from expressing my opinion one way or other;
for the purposes of this paper I accept Mr. Johnston's lake
hypothesis, because the main results will not be affected
by it. Should, however, future investigations prove that
the leaf bed series rest now inside a trough fault, many
of the seemingly incongruous features would easily explain
themselves.

Mr. B. M. Johnston has already noticed that the leaf
bed series have a very unifoi'm dip towards south, and are
traversed by a series of faults, which run apparently nearly
parallel in north-west, south-eastern direction. These
faults have produced a feature known as step faults ; thafc
is to say, while one- end of the mass of rock remained
stationary, the other moved downwards. In the leaf bed
series apparently the southern end of the mass between
two faults moved downwards, while the northern end re-
mained stationary. I may point out that this is a feature
frequently obsein^ed in strata preserved in trough faults;
for instance, in the coal basins of Giridih, in Bene^al.

3. Description of the Section at One Tree Point,

The sequence of the strata as seen in the above sectioii
is as follows (see Plate iv.) : —

(a) Northern part.

(5) Vesicular Basalt, about 18 feet.

BY FRITZ NOETLING, M.A., PH.D. 99

1913.

(4) Leaf beds-

(b) Altered, 4 to 6 feet.

(a) Normal, about 90 feet.

(3) Breccia, about 12 feet.

(2) Leaf beds, normal, about 40 feet.

(1) Breccia, about 80 feet.

(b) Southern part.

iv. Humus, about 4 to 5 feet.

iii. Basalt.

(b) Normal,
(a) Vesicular.

ii. Leaf beds.

(a) Altered, about 4 to 5 fe^t.

(b) Normal, about 40 to 42 feet.

(c) Arenaceous, about 18 feet.

i. Breccia, about 130 feet.

The sequence of strata as given above shows that
the two parts of the section north and south of the fault
are somewhat different. The differences are slight only,
and may not be material, yet they have to be noted.

The most important is the appearance of a Breccia
bed in the lower portion of the leaf beds; where it reaches
the surface it has a thickness cf about 18 feet, but it very
rapidly becomes thinner in the direction of the dip, and
has probably died out completely before reaching- the level
of the road. This conclusively proves that though the
deposition of the leaf beds was continuous, it was locally
interrupted by lay el's of Breccia. In other words, the
agencies which produced the Breccia continued to some
extent during the deposition cf the leaf beds, though on
the whole it would appear that the Breccia is older than
the leaf beds.

The leaf beds are overlaid by a fairly thick layer of
vesicular Basalt, which is, however, of small horizontal
extension, and rests unquestionably on altered leaf beds.
The southera portion is somewhat obscured : the altered
leaf beds foi-m a conspicuous yellow band, which extends
from underneath the Basalt up to the fault; above this
are about five feet of leaf beds, which appear as if they
had been worked up, and seemingly dip in northern direc-
tion ; these are followed by a bed of humus appearing as
a conspicuous dark band.

The remarkable feature is that the humus does not
overlap the Basalt, but abuts against it, and the same ap-

100 SECTION AT ONE TREE POINT,

Pw.S. TAS.

plies to the worked up leaf beds. I shall have to deal
with this feature presently. The southern portion appears
to be more regular. Under a thick layer of Basalt which,
rapidly thins out in northern direction follows a layer of
vesicular Basalt, which rests on altered leaf beds, of con-
spicuous yellow colour, of about 3 to 4 feet in thickness;
below these are the normal leaf beds which g-et rather
arenaceous towards the base, resting on Breccia of gi'eat
thickness-

These leaf beds are again observed at sea level, abo<ut
40 to 50 feet below the main section, overlaid by massive
Basalt, which is divided by a vesicular band (6).

4. Description of the Strata Observed.
A. The Breccia. (PI. v. and vi.)

Mr. R. M. Johnston has given a most accurate de-
scription of this very rock, whose peculiar features he
well noticed. It is "a motley assortment of coarse and
huge angular blocks principally of the fossiliferous mud-
stone." This feature is exceedingly well shown in Plate vi.

Though without doubt the blocks of mudstone form
far the majority, there occur many boulders of Diabase
frequently of large dimensions (See Plate v.). These
boulders are always well rounded, and thus sharply con-
trast with the angular blocks of mudstone. The boulders
are imbedded in an argillaceous, somewhat gritty matrix.
At the northern portion a mudstone boulder of fairly
large size is deeply pressed into the underlying leaf beds.
(See Plate vi.). The dark lines of stratification seen in
the white leaf beds closely follow the contour of tJie
boulder, and this proves conclusively that it must have
pressed into the leaf beds while these were still in a
plastic state.

I have been greatly puzzled as to the origin of this
Breccia. It unquestionably closely resembles a moraine
produced by the action of glaciers, and I think that under
other circumstances nobody would hesitate to consider it
of glacial origin. On the other hand, no scratched
boulders have so far been found, and I cannot quite
imagine how a glacier could have passed over bods
which were unquestionably in a soft and pliable state (7)

(6) To judge from Mr. Johnston's figures th^i Breccia could be
observed at sea-level in 1881. During my visits the Breccia was not
visible, being covered under a layer of debris.

(7) Unless they were frozen hard.

BY FEITZ NOETLING, M.A., TH.D. 101

1913.

without disturbing them further than pressing a boulder
into the top layer. Mr. R. M. Johnston thinks that the
Breccia represents the debris of landslips that fell into the
"lake." This is a very fascinating theory, and looks very
convincing at first, but on closer inspection there are
many objections to it. To begin with, there are certain
rea/sons against the lake hypothesis, but I will let that
pass (8). The main objection to the landslip theory is
the composition of the Breccia; how is it possible that in
a debris produced by a landslip well rounded boulders are
mixed with angular blocks ? In all the landslips I have
seen in the Himala^^as the debris consisted of shar]o angular
fragments, which were, moreover, never imbedded in a
matrix as seen at One Tree Point. Further, if the
landslip fell into the water one should assume that the
action of the waves started at once the process of sifting.
Instead of preserving its present appearance, where blocks
of all sizes are irregularly mixed up, the heavier blocks
would have eventually settled towards the bottom, leaving
the lighter ones near the top. In fact, I cannot imagine
how an entirely unstratified mass remained as such in the
water for any length of time. And, again, if the mass of
debris fell from above, how is it that only one solitary
block has been observed to be pressed into the underlying
strata, which were, as it must be kept in mind, in a pliable
state when the Breccia was deposited? If such a mass of
debris, as shown in PL vi., fell on the top of a soft mud
one should imagine that numbers of the hard boulders
became imbedded in it. But though some large boulders
were within an inch or so from the top layer of tlie leaf
beds, they were not pressed into it, as is well seen in Plate
vi. The whole appearance of the leaf beds and Breccia
proves that the deposition of the latter on the top of the
former must have been a quiet, rather than a violent, pro-
cess. Further, the Breccia layer in the middle of the leaf
beds in the northern portion becomes thicker towards
north; that is to say, towards a direction where there
were no cliffs from which the debris could have fcillen,
though I would not lay too much stress on this. Taking
everything into consideration, this "landslip" hypothesis af-
fords, therefore, such a lot of difficulties, that it is no
longer tenable.

For the present I am unable to replace it by any
other theol'3^ and the origin of the Breccia is still a
problem. If we could conclusively prove that it were a

(8) See above page.

102 SECTION AT ONE TREE POINT,

R.S. TAS.

moraine, many of the present difficulties would disappear.
One of the- chief arguments against the moraine hypothesis
is the present position of the leaf bed series, but were the
view that the leaf bed series rest in a trough fault, that
is to say, are now in a lower position than they were
originally, correct, one of the chief objections against the
glacial origin of the Breccia would disappear.

B. The Leaf Beds.

The leaf beds represent a series of finely laminated
clay of whitish colour, which towards its base on the
southern section becomes somewhat arenaceous. When
exposed to the air the leaf beds soon crumble away, and
this unfortunately renders the presei'\'ation of the fossil
remains most difficult (9).

Mr. R. M. Johnston has given a large number of
figures of plant remains collected by him, and described
by Ettingshausen and von Mueller. The association of this
flora is rather a curious one; next to such genera like
Betuhij which occurs in cold and Arctic climates, or
Fagiis, which is essentially a genus preferring a cooler
climate, or Quercns and Salix, also genera existinor in
temperate cooler zones, we have in Clnnaynonum, Sapo-
tacites, or Cassia, genera of essentially a tropical nature.
It is very difficult to accept such conflicting evidence as
final, and considering the very unsatisfactory state of
preservation, I cannot help thinking that somewhere a
mistake has been made (10.)

If it could be shown that the tropical genera have
been erroneously determined as such, and that only genera
indicating a. cool climate occur, the theory of the glacial
origin of the Breccia would gain considerable support.
Ill that case the leaf bed series had to be included in the

(9) At the same time it is pretty certain that a good many of the
leaves were fairly macerated when they bi^came deposited in the silt.

(10) During the discussion that followed the reading of this paper
Mr, Rodway remarked that at that time wlien Ettingsliausen determined
these leaf-remains, phyto-paheontology was in rather a backward state,
a remark with which I heartily agree. When I remember the unsatis-
factory state of our knowledge of fossil i)lant remains, even as late as
the end of the seventies or the beginning of the eighties, and when I
consider the great progress made sincf". it is more tlian probable that
Ettingshausen's determinations are more or less wrong. Mr. Rodway
stated fossil leaves were usually given the names of tliose recent genera
with which tliey liad a general resemblance, a practice which is entire-
ly wrong, because, without the knowledge of the fruits or blossoms, which
are far more important than the leaves, the determination must always
remain doubtful. I think that every jjala^ontologist will agree with
this, and that the many incongruities resulting from determining the
geological age of a series of beds from jilant remains alone result only
from wrong identifications of such remains.

BY FRITZ NOETLING, M.A., PH.D. l03

1913.

Pleistocene, and the Basalt would be cf Post-Pleistocene
age. This view would much better agree with observa-
tions made along the north coast of Tasmania. I have
repeatedly expressed the opinion that the view of the
Eocene age of the fossiliferous beds near Wynyard is
erroneous. In a, subsequent paper I will show that these
beds are most probably contemporaneous with the stan-
nifei-ous dnfts. Considering that Mr. R. M. Johnston
identified one cf the leaves found in the Wynyard series
with one of the most common ones of One Tree Point, viz.,
Sapofacifes oiigonevrif^, the synchronism of the leaf beds in
the Derwent valley with the Wynyard beds can be taken as
an established fact. Granting this, the leaf beds are of
Pleistocene age, and another objection against the glacial
origin of the Breccia would disappear.

On tlie other hand, if it could be proved that the
genera indicating a cooler climate were wrongly deter-
mined, and the flora were really one indicating a wai-mer
climate, the glacial origin of the Breccia would not be
quite disposed of, because it would be quite possible that
instead of one glaciation only there were several alternat-
ing with warmer periods, as in Europe and Northern
America. This is a view that must not be entirely over-
IcK>keci. For the present this question must be held in
abeyance till a revision of the determination of the flora
has been made, but on the whole I am inclined to think
that the final verdict will be to consider the leaf bed series
as of Pleistocene but net of Eocene age.

C. Thf^ BasaJt.

(PI. vii., viii., and ix.).

The Basalt overlying the sedimentaiy rocks shows
some peculiar features. In the first instance it must
have had a rather low t-emperature when erupted. This
is conclusively proved by the small alteration or meta-
morj^hism the leaf beds sustained. Nowhere has any evi-
dence of fritting been observed ; all the alterations pro-
duced ai"e a change of colour from white into yellow, and
even this is not always maintained. The low temperature
of the Basalt is further proved by the small alteration of
the included fragments of rocks through which the magma
broke. This frequency cf inclusions is another peculiar
feature ; some of these are of large size, but unfortunat-ely
they have so fai' not been examined. Mr. Johnston in-
csidentally mentions that they consist of fragments of the

104 SECTION AT ONE TREE POINT,

R.S. TAS.

"surrounding stratified rocks. " Now, though I carefully
searched for fragments of the Palseozodc mudstone, I failed
to find them. On the other hand, fragments of schistose
rocks, which do not occur anywhere near, are most numer-
ous. This seems to indicate that the magma only broke
through beds belonging to the Prc-Cambrian schists (11)-
Probably the explosions preceding the eruption completely
shattered the overlying Palaeozoic strata, and when eventu-
ally the eruption of the magma took place it only filled
the cauldron-like cavity produced by the explosions, en-
closing and enveloping only rocks from greater depths.
The examination of these inclusions is another problem
that awaits solution, and probably much information as t#
the coimposition of the strata in greater depth may be
gleaned from it.

Another feature of the Basalt is its absence of coluni-
nar structure (PI. vii.) ; instead of the customarv columns
the Basalt is massive, and rather inclined to part in hori-
zontal layers- This peculiarity makes it appear as if there
had been several eruptions producing different flows. Of
these I have not found any evidence; the Basalt presents
the appearance of one prciduced by a single eruption.
Sometimes it shews a vesicular appearance, particularly in
contact with the underlying strata. But such a layer of
vesicular Basalt right in the middle of the massive one is
also seen at the southern end of the section. I attribute
it to a particularly strong percentage of water in this par-
ticular parti of the magma, but it must not be taken a^s
proof of several eruptions (12). Even a casual examina-
tion proves that enormous masses have been removed, and
that what we see now forms only a small portion of the
original mass. The Basalt eruption at One Tree Point
was therefore not a fissure eruption, but is produced in
harmony Mnth other occurrences by a single eruption of a
cone-like mass, of which now a small portion along its
western edge is preserved. (PI. viii.).

Messrs. McLeod and White made a chemical and
microscopical examination of this Basalt, and have proved
the complete absence of magnesia. They have further
shown that the small red grains represent the red variety
of Olivine, Fayalite ; Augite, according to the authors, is

(11) This would indicate that in tho Derwent Valley the Permian
series most probably rests directly on Pre-Cambrian Schists.

(12) In tlie great Basalt stream flowing from the plateau of the
Dscholan down the valley of the Yaniiuk numerous layers of vesicular
Basalt can be observed in the massive ])ortions. These layers, which
start as suddenly as they die out, are. in my opinion, due to local
development of steam.

BY FRITZ NOETLING, M.A., PH.D. 105

1913.

also absent. Accordingly the rock is considered a Basalt
in which Fayalite has replaced Augite and Olivine.
Whether under these conditions it is correct to term this
rock a "basalt"' appears somewhat doubtful to me, par-
ticularly when we consider that it greatly differs in its
structure from the true Olivine Basalt. However, it
would be confusing to introduce a new name, and until
the terminology has been revised, I prefer to use the
name Basalt.

Mr. R. M. Johnston states that he obtained some bones
and teeth probably belonging to a small marsupial related
to Hi/pslprymnus in the cooling joints of an older sheet of
Basalt. I have shown above that w© have no reason to
suppose that tliere was more than one eruption, and the
probability that these bones are of much later age, and
were washed into a cooling joint, has to be taken into
serious consideration. As at the same time these bones
are very poorly preserved, and do not allow for determina-
tion, except a vague resemblance to a family of marsupials,
they might as well be left out altogether.

But if the possibility that the bones became subse-
quently washed into the cooling joints could be finally dis-
proved, and Mr. Johnston's view become an established
fact, the presence of the modern genus Hypsiprymnus
would speak for a very recent age of the Basalt, and
severely shake the opinion of its Eocene a^e.

5. Tectonical Features.
(PI. iv., viii., and ix.),

A careful examination of the strata shows that the
leaf beds of the northern portion are slightly bent up-
w^ards where they abut against the fault- This is con-
clusive proof that there is no overthrow, as Mr. R. M.
Johnston assumes ; but that the northern portion has slid
down along the fault. Therefore, if we wish to know the
position of the strata before their dislocation we must lift
the northern portion for about 80 feet, and place it ba-ck
in its onginal position.

I have attempted such a reconstruction on Plate ix.,
but we see that if the sunken portion is lifted and replaced
in its original position a fresh difficulty presents itself. It
has been shown that the total thickness of the leaf beds is
much smaller in the southern than in the northern portion.
Therefore, if the leaf beds of the northern poi-tion are
really tlie continuation of those of the southern one, a con-

106 SECTION AT ONE TREK POINT,

R.S. TAS.

siderable pox'tion of the latter must have been destroyed,
and are now replaced by Basalt (13).

This is quite in harmony with the facts of volcanic
activity. Before the eruption of the magma took place
a considerable portion of the overlying strata is blown off
by explosions. It is vei^ probablej that the peculiar mass
of leaf bods above mentioned represents a portion of the
destroyed leaf beds which fell back.

As the isolated patch of ve«iciilar Basalt observed in
the northern portion moves to a higher level than it is
now, the boundary line between Basalt and leaf beds must
have risen very rapidly towards north.

This indicates the form.er existence of a cauldron-like
hole, which was subsequently filled with Basalt. In other
words, the Basalt formed originally a cone, a great portion
of which was subsequently destroyed.

We can now trace the history of the events which
eventually resulted in the present features with the
greatest acciu-acy, but for the moment we will refrain from
expressing a view as to the geological time when they took
place- In order to make the sequence of events clearer,
we will not work backwards in descending order, but work
upwards from the earliest event we are able to trace. On
the supposition that Mr. R. M. Johnston's lake theory is
correct, and that tbe leaf beds are practically in the same
position now as they were when deposited, we have the
following sequence of events : —

1. The formation by erosion of the Derwent estuary to
nearly its present depth. This was folkiwed by the forma-
tion of shore deposits, beginning with

2. Sandstone, followed by the deposit of

(15) I may be permitted to point out still anotuer difficulty; suppos-
ing that tlie "amount of the downthrow is more than 8o feet, in other
words tliat tlie northern part of the section does not reprr->?ent the
direct' continuation of the southern one. Tliis would naturally mean
that the portions of the section on either side of tlie fault are not
contemix>raneous, as lie assumed, but tlmt the southern jjortlon is
older than the northern one. In an undisturbed section we would
have, then, the following sequencer-

Northern portion.

Southern portion.

In tills case the mass of strata removed above those that are now
to be seen would be far greater than here assumed ; aU the strata, (4),
f5> and (6), and a great part of (5) would have boon destroyed.

(7)

Basalt.

(6)

c Leaf Beds.

b Breccia.

a Leaf Beds.

(5)

Breccia

(4)

Sandstone (?)

(5)

Leaf Beds.

(2)

Breccia.

(1)

Sandstone (?)

BY FRITZ NOETLING, M.A., PH.D. 107

1913.

3. Breccia (a period of intense denudation), and termi-
nat-ed by the deposition .of

4. Well stratified leaf beds. (Tlie agencies producing the
Breccia must have continued during the formation of the
leaf beds, because layers of Breccia are intercalated in the
leaf beds.)

.5. Pause in the deposition of sedimentary rocks, dur-
ing which the leaf bed series (including all the beds from
2 to 4) were laid dry. (It is veiy probable that during this
process the leaf bed series acquire the remarkable regular
dip towards south.)

6. Partial destruction of the leaf beds by volcanic ex-
plosions, followed immediately by the erujotion of Basaltic
magma of probably very low temperature.

7. Dislocation of the leaf bed series and the overlying
Basalt by faults striking in an approximate north-western
direction, and having a northern dip, going hand in hand
with the destruction of the Basalt cone.

8. Period of extensive denudation and erosion of the
bed of the Derwent below the present sea level. (Sea level
lower than at tlie present day.)

9. Deposition of arenaceous beds on Basalt at Droughty
Point.

10. Rise of sea to its present level. (Partial filling
up of the Derwent valley with sea water.)

11. Formation of hill wash consisting of volcanic
debris, ashes, etc., representing the present day soil.

12. Formation of shell deposits by the aborigines.

13. Present day deposits.

All these events can be traced with the greatest
acciu'acy, and they must have followed each other in the
above order. There can be not the slightest doubt tliat the
period during which the Breccia was deposited in the
lower parts of the Derwent valley must represent a period
of most active denudation in other parts of Tasmania.
Great masses of angular debris of sedimentary rocks mixed
with well rounded blocks of Diabase were quickly moved
and redeposited at convenient places. This period of
great activity was followed by one of comparative rest,
during which a fine silt was deposited which preserved the
impression of delicate leaves floating about in the water.
Occasional relapses of the fonner energetic denudation
must have occurred, however, during this period, resulting

108 SECTION AT ONE TREE POINT,

R.S. TA3.

in the deposition of Breccia beds bet-ween the well stratified
leaf beds.

The climatic conditions of this period must have been
different from those prevailing at the present day, be-
cause the list of plants given by Mr. E,. M. Johnston would
indicate a somewhat milder climate than that of the pre-
sent day. However, as I pointed out above, the deter-
minations of the species are not beyond doubt. One fact,
however, appears to be certain, the annual rainfall must
have been much heavier than it is now during the time
the Breccia was dej)osited.

It is impossible to say anything as to the length of
the period that lapsed after the leaf series had been tilted
up aiid the outburst of volcanic action- In all probability
it was not very long, however.

It further appears that the destruction and denudation
of the newly-formed Basalt cone commenced no sooner
than it had been built up. This destruction ^must again
have taken place during a time of most energetic denuda-
tion. The River Derwent cut its channel right through
the leaf series, probably deep into the underlying Permian
beds. Simultaneously the whole series was broken by
faults ; the latter tectonic movements do not appear to
have been very energetic, and they probably ceased very
soon, while the denudation of the Basalt cone continued.
Until the exact extent of the former cone is known, it is
impossible to form an idea as to the quantity of matter re-
moved, but it must have been of great magnitude, because
what is seen to-day represents only a very small portioR
of the original bulk. (PI. viii.). It is, further, probable
that the process of active denudation came to a standstill
when the level of the sea discontinued to recede, and a
movement in the opposite direction set in. By this movement
the valley of the Dei-went became filled up to its present
level ; in fact, it almost appears as if it had been higher
still- The data for this hypothesis are, however, ver}''
insufficient, and I do not wish to say more on this point.

6. The Age of the Leap Bed Series and the Basalt.

Mr. R. M. Johnston, when speaking of the leaf bed
series in his G-eology of Tasmania, refers it to the Tertiary
period generally, but on page 261 he states that in one of the
leaf specimens of the Turritella group, near Wynyard, he
recognised the well-known form Sapotacites oliyonenris Etting,
which occurs in the leaf beds of the Derwent, notably at One
Tree Point. Mr. Johnston, therefore, thinks that the infra-

BY FPvITZ NOETLING, M.A., PH.D. 109

1913.

basaltic leaf beds belong to the Palseogene, and as lie con-
siders the fossil if erous beds of Table Cape to be of Eocene
age, we mu&t infer that he attributes the same age to the
leaf bed series of the Deinvent valley. Under these cir-
cumstances the erosion of the old Derwent valley in which
the leaf bed series was deposited must have taken place
in Pre-Eocene times; in other words, it would date back
as far as the Cretaceous period.

More recent researches, particularly of Victorian
geologists, have conclusively proved that Tate's views as to
the Eocene age of the Australian Tertiary Beds are no
longer tenable. All the Tertiaries of Australia are much
younger ; in fact, it appears very doubtful whether the
Eocene is represented at all in Australia. It is more than
probable that the Table Cape beds are of much younger
age than hitherto assumed, and consequently the leaf beds
of the Derwent are much younger than Eocene. If my
views are correct, they cannot be older than Pleistocene,
and we need not assume a Pre-Eocene erosion of the
Derwent valley if, as I believe, the leaf bed series were at
the time of their deposition in a much higher level than
they are now, and only came to their present position by
a downward movement which immediately preceded the
eruption of the Basalt.

The Post-Pleistocene period represents, therefore, the
time during which the leaf bed series were raised from the
water, and it is probable that eruption of the Basalt took
place during the same period, though it is by no naeans im-
probable that the latter is somewhat younger- The
period following the eruption of the Basalt was a time of
extensive denudation which destroyed an enormous portion
of the Basalt ccne and a large portion of the leaf beds.
During the same period the Derwent valley was scooped
out. As the sea level was theii at its lowest, or nearly its
lowest, this stage must represent the time when Tasmania
was connected with the mainland of Australia. Towards
the end of the Pleistocene, long after the glaciers had dis-
appeared, a gradual rise of the sea level commenced, but
previous to final separation from the mainland the present
flora and fauna had settled in Tasmania. The remains of
the former fauna were a few isolated specimens of gigantic
mai-supials which found a haven of refuge in Northern
Tasmania, where they died out before tliey had time to
spread. The last to follow were the aborigines, and veiy
soon after their aiTival the rising sea had completely
severed Tasmania from the mainland.

110 SECTION AT ONE TREE POINT,

R.S. TAS.

The above results have been summarised in the ap-
pended table, which, however, requires a few words of ex-
planation. Thcugh the actual sequence of the strata is
beyond doubt, the age attributed to the different beds is
open to dispute. It all depends on the age of the leaf
bed series. As far as this is concerned, one fact is cer-
tain, that it does not belong to the Eocene epoch, and
we need not attribute a Pre-Eocene age to a pre-leaf
bed Derweiit valley. Even if my view as to the Pleistocene
were not correct, the leaf beds are not likely to be oldor
than Miocene.

Plates.

iii. General view of One Tree Point.

iv. fSection at One Tree Point.

V. Diabase boulder in breccia.

vi. Ijreccia and leaf-beds— boulder pressed into leaf-bed^

vii. Basalt overlying the leaf-l^eds.

viii. Section at One Tree Point.

ix. Partial reconstruction of One Tree Point Volcano.

BY FRITZ NOETLING, MA., PH.D.

Z fa

c o

lii

■< 2 D

ii

Tasmania completely
separated.

Tasmania connected

by nanow isthmus

with Austialia.

Tasmania connected

by broad isthmus

with Australia and

forms its s<aU1i-

eastern i)art.

Tasmania forms an
ice-clad island in an

Antarctic Ocean.

Lat. of Tasmania
about 70°

11

Period of

rest.

Period of
most active
denudation.

Formation

of present

Dcrwent

Valley.

(Perhaps same
as before).

Period of

comparative

rest.

Period of most

energetic
denudation.

as

Present day
Sea-level.

Gradual

rise of

Sea-level.

Sea-level

at least

250 feet

below

present level.

Gradual
rise of
Sea-level,
which i)rob-
ably reached
its highest
point during
the deposi-
tion of the
leaf-beds.

e4
'P.
o

2

O

Temperate.

Moderately
Cold.

i
1

Temperate

Si

<

8

<

s

o
?-.

•<

-<
<^

cx5

00

o

.s

<D
O

a

Aryan and Tasmanian
Races, 1803-1878.

Appearance of the present day
Fauna. (Present day Flora
may have appeared earlier).

Extinction of the
Gigantic Marsupials.

CO

c
ce

c

'5

1 %

c/;

O

o

1

(Perhaps same as above).

•BUnBJ 2J> BJOf J

ABp :^u^s^Jj^

Deposits.

Hill- wash

and

Sand-dunes.

Shell-heaps.

liiU-wash

and

Sand-dunes.

Peat-de})osits
of N.W.
Tasmania.

o
c

ei

zn

1-3

si

o

1

2

S3
<i>

Pleistocene

or

Glacial.

SOME AUSTRALIAN BRACHIOPODS
By F. Blochmann,

Professor of Zoology in the University of Tiibingea

(Communicated by W. L. May)

Plates x.-xii.*

Eead 8tli September, 1913.

The following Paper was sent by Professor Blochmann to Dr. J. C.
Verco, of Adelaide, who translated it, and sent it to Mr. W. L. May,
by whom it is communicated to the Society.

The specimens of Terebratula {Liothyrina) fulva and Argyrotheca
(Cistella) Mayi, described below, were taken by Mr. May on 26th
March, 1910, during a dredging trip of the Tasmanian Field Naturalists'
Club. {Sec Tasmanian Field Naturalists Club Report on Easter CanipOut,
1910, to Coles Bay, Freyc'met Peninsula, East Coast, Tasmania.)

Dr. Verco, of Adelaide, who presented to me some time
ago a fine collection, of Australian Brachiopods, sent to me
at the beginning of this year a number af Brachiopods,
which were collected by Mr. W. L. May, of Forest Hill,
Sandfordi,, Tasimania, on the Tasmanian Coast. This
material, for which I on this occasion heartily thank both
these gentlemen, contains, besides two new species, com-
plete and well preserved examples of the species Tere-
bratula (Liothyrina) fulva, created by me in 1908, which
was known hitherto only by one single empty shell, obtain-
ed by the Challenger expedition from Twofold Bay, on the
South-East Coast of Australia. By means of the examples
now lying before me, the specific independence of this
Australian Terebratula, created by me, is quite certainly
established. I give now a complete description of this
species, and add thereto descriptions of the other two
new species.

1. Terebratula (Liothyrina) fulva, Blochmann.
(Plates x., xii., fiir. 1-6, 12a, 12b.)

{T. uva, Broderip p.|». Davidson, Cliall. Rep. p. 31, PI. ii.,
fig. 3, 3a, 3b. Liothyris uva, Broderij* p.p. Davidson, Rec
Brachiopoda, p. 10, PI. 11., fig. 7. Liothyrina fulva,
Blochmann, 1906, Zool. Auz. xxx., p. 698, and 1908
Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool. Bd. xc, p. 617, PL 38, fii?. 22a, 22b,
PI. 39, fig. 26.)

*The plates are from photographic prints supplied by the author. The prints
were danaaged before they reached the Society, und in consequence it has not
been possible to produce clear plates.

BY F. BLOCHMANK. 113

1913.

In outline, slender to broad pearshaped, broadest in tlie
middle. Beak short, with slightly pronounced edges,
moderately sharply curved dorsalwards. Deltidial plates
touching each other. Lateral edges in the neighbourhood
of the hinge with a weak convexity directed dorsalwards,
otherwise straight. Ventral valve, somewhat deeper than
the dorsal; both equally arched. Growth-striae invalid.
Colour, pure white, very transparent. The Brachial ap-
paratus of both the new exmples (fig. 1, 5, and 6) cor-
responds essentially with the charact-ers of the Challenger
example. In the shell illustrated in fig. 6, the bridge of
the Brachial apparatus is somewhat more strongly bent
ventralwards, and at the front edge somewhat more ex-
cavated than in the Challenger specimen- (The |>eculiar
yellowish colour of the Challenger example has arisen, as
the present fresh shells show, through some circumstance
after death of the animal.) The number of pores

of the one example (fig. 1 and 2) amount to 136, of the
other ("fig. o and 4) to 104, in the Challeuger example to
120-130. The inner surface of the sihells shows the pre-
sence of mosaic, which is found in most of the Liothyrina,
as illustrated by me for L. vitrea (1908, Pi. 37, fi*?. 15).
T. fulva has no cirri bases, and in both rows of cirri slen-
der spicula. (As the examples at my disposal are dry, the
spicula of the arms are partly broken, and also somewhat
out of position. I am, therefore, unable to give a good
illustration.) The headplates on the dorsal side of the
sidearms in the back half are stout. and plentifully
branched, and fairly thickly thomed, but in the front
half small, with few slender extensions, sparingly thorned.
In the body-wall, pai'ticularly in the dorsal part, are found
stout strongly thorned plates, differing somewhat in for-
mation, in the two examined examples (fig. 12 a and b).
The mantle contains only in the course of the sinus^
and nearly to the extreme ends of the sinvis-branches,
simple fine spicula; on this account the coui-se of the
sinus, in dry examples, stands out very distinctly.

Dimensions of the two illustrated examples in rnillimetres.

Fig. 1 and 2. Fig. 3 and 4.

Leui^Hh 17-0 15-0

Breadth 11 -5 12-0

Thickness 9-0 9-0

Habitat . 3 miles east of Schouten Island, on the East
Coast of Tasmania. Depth 73 m. (40 fathoms). This

114 SOME AUSTRALIAN BRACHIOPODS,

R.S. TAS.

locality is about 500 km. distant from Twofold Bay, vrhere
the Challenger example comes from. It may consequently
be assumed that this species extends to the South *nd
the South-East Coast of Australia.

2. Teiiebratella Mayi, n. sp. (Plate xi., fig. 7, 8, 9.)

A small kind, nearly as long as broad. Greatest breadth
in the middle. In the front half of the dorsal valve a
faint median sinus. Growth-strise distinctly to strongly
developed. Ribbing slightly pronounced, and quite absent
on the older* parts of the shell. Beak, in young examples
with faintly, in older ones distinctly, developed edgee.
Deltidial plates in the illustrated example touching each
other. In the largest example (from which fig. 9 is
derived) they are separated, which possibly results from
absorption in the dead shell. The Brachial apparatus is
not completely preserved in any of the examples (only
empty shells are displayed), yet they show, aa we can con-
clude from the remnants, the characters of Terehratella
dorsata (fio-. 9). There is a bigh median-septum developed,
which is connected at the back with the hingeplate. At
the point where the connection of the descending limb
reaches the septum, this subsides, curving gently towards
the front, to end rather far in front of the middle of the
Yalve. The described general characters of the shell would,
apart from its small size, hardly suffice to permit a defi-
?iite distinction of the jtresent species from 1\ dorsata.
Nevertheless, the characters of the pores provide clear
distinction.

Terehratella mayi— outev surface of the middle part of
the dorsal valve (10(3 x , 9 sq. mm.)

The nunaber of pores in the sq. nun. amount to 300 (in
T. dm-saia, 180-212). Th<! inner diameter of the shell
tubes is U)fi., and the outer oval opening of the same
measures 60/35^.

BY F. BLOCHMANN. 115

1913.

Dimensions in miUimet)'t»s.

Largest example. Example figs. 8,9.

Length 12-0 10-5

Breadth 11 0 ... 93

Thickness ... 60 5-5

Habitat, off Cape Pillar, Tasmania, at a depth of 180 m.
<100 fathoms).

3. Argykotheca (Cistella) Mayi, d. s}-. (Phite xi.,

fig. 10, 11.)
Outline, nearly rectangular, broadened more or less to-
-v^rards the front, so that the outline is nearly triangular.
The front edge is slightly indented. Both valves have a
slight median-sinus. Hinge line nearly straight. Dorsal-
valve is perforated. Beak very short and broad ; beak
•edges sharp. Adjoining these towards the middle is a flat
^rea. Stem hole very wide, bordered on the side by very
narrow deltidial plates, and in front by the edge of the
hinge. The ventral valve is quite flat, the dorsal a good
deal arched. In the ventral valve a moderately high

median-septum reaching beyond the middle. In the

dorsal valve a median fujTow, bordered on the sides by a
low ledge, sinks down from the hinge border nearly to the
middle of the valve. Where the furrow ends a high,
thick, median-septum ai'ises, reaching quite to the edge of
the valve, and the base resting upon the valve is about
double the length of the free edge. The ciTira are short
and broad, with pronounced crural prolongations. The
descending limbs attach themselves, after a short course, on
the inner surface of the valve, and disappear. On each
side of the lower part of the side surfaces of the septum
arises a small band descending to the surface of the valve,
a renmnnt of the anu-lcop. Number of pores in the pq. mm.
about 200. Diameter of the outer opening of the shell-
tube, 15-1 7m.

Dimensions in millimetres.

Length 2-5

Breadth 2 0

Thickness 1-0

Habitat, about 18 km. (10 miles) east of Schouten Is-
land, East Coast of Tasmania. Depth, 145 m. (80 fathoms).
Only empty shells were obtained. This species is certainly
■distinct from the Argyrotheca (Cistella) australis (Tnms.
Roy. Soc. S. Aus., Vol. xxxiv., 1910, PI. xxvii , figs. 10-12),
formerly described by me, also from all other known species.

NOTE ON STRZELECKI'S DETERMINATIONS OF
HEIGHTS IN TASMANIA.

Messrs. Giblin, Piesse and Hutcliisou, in llieir paper on
the Heiglit of Beii Lomond (ante, pp. 5-14), refer, at p. 13,.
to Count Strzelecki's determinations of the heights of several
summits on Ben Lomond.

Couut Strzelecki, in 1841, determined many heights in
Tasmania. These wer*^ published in the Tas7nama?t Journal,
i., 147-9, and afterwards in the work quoted on p. 13. These
heights, though determined with great care by the use of Gav
Lussac's syphon mountain barometers and WoUaston's boil-
ing point apparatus, difiPer considerably from the heights
found subsequently in the trigonometrical survey.

The following note from these Papers and Proctedings f(»r
1849 (i., 168) is therefore of some interest: —

13th June, 1849. "Sir William Denison stated that tli a
"instruments used by Count Slrzelecki, and since purchased
" by Government, have been found very faulty— a fact which
" may account for some obvious errors in tlie elevations re-
" corded by that gentleman."

THE FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK OF THE
SOCIETY ; WITH SOME ACCOUNT OF EARLIER
INSTITUTIONS AND SOCIETIES IN TASMANIA.

(Plates xiji. - xx.)

By E. L. Piesse, B.Sc, LL.B.,

Houorarj Acting Secretarv.

(Read on 13tli October, 1913, at a Meeting held in cele-
bration of the Seventieth Anniversary of the Society.)

I. — Earlier Institutions and Societies

The Van Diemen's Land Agricultural Society

(1821) 118

The Ian Diemens Juand Scientific Society iV^t^) 119

The Colonial Gardens (1818) ... ... ... 1-20

The Mechanics' histitution of Holart (1826) ... 123

The Hohart Town Horticultural Society (1839) 123

The T^asvianian Society (1838) ... ... ... 124

The Franklin Museum, Ancanihe (1842) ... 131

The Terniinaiion of Sir fohn Franklin's Goveimor-

ship ... 133

IL — 27z^ Royal Society of Tasmania, 1843-8

The Foundation of the Society, 14th Oct., 1843 136

The Society /ram 1843 to 1848 142

The Tasrnanian Society, 1848-8 ... ... 146

111.— The Society from 1848 to 1863

The Expansion of the Society, 1848 147

The Membership 152

The Museum and Library ... ... ... 153

The Papers and Froceedifigs ... ... ... 157

The Gardens 157

Meteorological Observations ... ... ... 159

International Exliibitio7ts ... ... ... 159

Fisheries ... ... ... ... ... ... 159

The Secretaries ... ... ... ... ... 160

The New Museum 160

Appe7idix. —

The Tasmanian Society in August, 1843 ... 162

The Inaugural Meeting, Vith October, 1843 ... 163

List of Officers 166

118 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

R.S. TA3.

The completion of the sev2ntieth year of tha Royal
Society of Tasmania is a fitting occasion for an account
of its foundation and early work. If not the oldest scien-
tific society in Australia, it is at all events the only one
whose work and publications have been unbroken for
seventy years (1); and the circumstances of its origin will
be of interest to many besides iis present members.

Scientific societies and institutions existed in Tasmania
many years before the foundation of our Society, Some
account of them and of their work, and particularly of
those with which the origin of the Society is connected —
the Colonial Gardens^ the Mechanics' Institution at Hobai*t,
the Tasmanian Society, the Franklin Museum at Ancanthe
(Kangaroo Valley), and the Hobart Town Horticultural
Society — will be an appropriate introduction to the narra-
tive of the foundation of the Society.

I.— EAELIER SOCIETIES AND INSTITUTIONS.

The Van Dieme?is Land Agricultural Society (1821).

The earliest Society having objects akin to those for
which our Society was established was the Van Diemen's
Land Agricultural Society, founded at Hobart in 1821 (2).
The principal object of tfiis Society was to put down sheep-
stealing, but it was ai?o concerned with the improrvement
of the husbandry of the colony. Governor S'orell was the
President, and after him Governor A;:i;hur. It is mention-
ed in the almanacs from 1824 to 1829, in which year the
next Society to be mentioned, the Van Diemen's Land
Scientific Society, was formed.

(1) The only scientific society in Australia which claims an
earlier origin than our Society is the Royal Society of New South
Wales. It is commonly said that the latter Society originated in
1821 as the "Philosophical Society of Australasia." Tliis Pliilosophical
Society has not been traced after 1825. It is considered to have
been revived in 1850 under the name "Australian Philosophical
"Society.'^ This also fell into decay, hv.t vi^as revived in 1856. under
the influence of Sir William Denison (see note 57), as the " Philoso-
"phical Society of Newr South Wales," which in 1866 became the
present Royal Society of New South Wales. The earlier societies
had no publications of their own ; the Tra.nsactions of the Philosoohical
Society of New South Wales date from 1862. (See Rev. W. B. Clarke,
Inaugural Address, Trans. J:.S., y.S.W., i. (1867), p. 1; Professor John
Smitii, Anniversary Address, Jour)inl nnd Proceedings U.S., N.S.W., xv.
(1881), p. 1; J. H. Maiden, Presidential Address, ib., xlvi. (1912), p. 1.)

(2) Curr. An Account of the Colony of Van Diemen's Land (London,
1824), p 89. Ilohart Town '-Jazefte and Van Diemen's Land Advertiser,
6th January, 1822 W. C. Wentworth. A Statistical Accoirnt of the British
Srttl'ments in ^?^^•fm^n.s•m' (London, 1824), ii. p. .'iS. At po. 106-112 of the last
work is an extract from a ))resi(lential address to the Society, in which a compari-
son is made of the relative advantages for immigrants and the stock-industry of
New South Wales and Van Diemen's Jiand— between which settlements there was
at the time great jealousy and rivalry.

OF THE SOCIETY. 119.

1913.

The Van Die^neti s Land Scientific Society (1829).

The Hobart Town Courier of liHli Decern l.er, 1829,
announced the formation of a Scientific Society in Hobart,
in the following paragraph : —

"We have great jDleasure in announcing that a very use-
"ful society is now forming, called the Van Diemen's Land
"Society. It is to be constituted, we learn, in imitation of
"the Royal and other literary and scientific societies of
"Europe and India, and its chief objects are intended to
"be the collection of useful information regarding the
"island and its productions, so as to promote the prosperity
"of the colony — a museum of natural histoiy for the forma-
"tion of which Va,n Diemen's Land is so singularly adapt-
"ed, abounding as it does with new and unknown speci-
"mens in all the three kingdoms of nature, and — what we
"approve of more than all is — th© establishment of what
"has been called an Economic or Experimental Garden, or
"the cultivation of a piece of ground set apart for eliciting
"and discovering the properties and uses to w^hich the
"vegetable productions of the island may be applied, and
"to a.scertain the improvements which may be adopted
"in their cultivation-"'

Ross's Hobart Toiun Almanac for 1830 contains a list
of the officers of the Society; His Excellency Colonel
Arthur was Patron ; Dr. John Henderson, President; Dr.
Adam Turnbull, M.D., Secretary and Treasurer. A meeting
for the election of new members was held on 15th January,
1830, (3) and on Saturday, 16th January, the "annual
meeting" was held in the Courthouse at 3 p.m. (4) In the
jjresence of the Patron, the President delivered his in-
augural address, in which, after taking a view of the bene-
fits likely to b© derived from the Society, h© "proceeded
"to remark on the ])resent state of the natural sciences,
"particularly as regards their nomenclature" ; and sug-
gested, in place of the existing nomenclature, "the substitu-
"tion of certain syllables and letters, of which might be
"compounded names expressive of th© diagnostic marks of
"each particular plant." Several members debated these
proposals; Dr. James Ross, LL.D., remarking that "what-
"ever new species might be discovered by the members
"would for m.any years to come readily find a plac© in the

(3) Andrew Bent states in the next issue of the Colonial Times
that there were some differences among the members, and that four
leading citizens who were candidates were hlackballed on the ground
that they were engaged in "retail trade/' Regret for this occurrence
was recorded in the minutes of a later meeting.

(4) Hobart Town Courier, 23rd January, 1830.

120 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

R.S. TAS.

''excellent classification which learned men had adopted
"in the old world."

In the evening the Society met again at the Macquarie
Hotel, to entertain the Lieutenant-Governor at dinner.
-"' Mr. Cox," reports the Courier, " had done his best to
"cover the table of our philosophers with the first speci-
"mens of our fish, flesh and fowl." The scientific occupa-
tions of the afternoon were laid aside, and a long toast-list
occupied the company until midnight.

Thus successfully launched, the Society met monthly,
and was occupied with papers and discussions on many
subjects; and it established a museum. But a fuller ac-
count of its proceedings would keep us too long from our
subject, and must be deferred to another occasion. (5)

The Colonial Gardens (1818).

The land now occupied by the Botanical Gardens, with
other land at Pavilion Point, afterwards laid out as the
grounds of Government House, 50 acres in all, was "pre-
"sented" in 1806 or 1807 by Governor Collins to John
Hangan, after whom the locality was called Hangan's
Farm. The farm was purchased in 1813 by R. W. Loane,
who in 1818 was dispossessed by Governor Sorell as having
no title. Loane, writing in 1824 in support of an applica-
tion for compensation for this land, says : "It now forms
"part of the Government Garden" ; and in 1825 a report
was made to the Government that the 50 aeres included
"nearly the whole of the Government Garden," as well as
a valuable freestone quarry. (6) No definite reference of
an earlier date to the Gardens has been found; but in the
statement of salaries from 1st April to 30th June, 1818, in
the quarterly account of the Police Fund of Van Diemen's
Laud for the quarter endinof 30th September, 1818 (Hohart
Town Gazette a?id Southern Reporter, 9th January, 1819),
there is an item '^ J. Faber, Sai)erintendence of Government
"Garden and Grounds, <£5 ; " and the Launceston Examiner
of 22nd July, 1848, refers to the Gardens as havinor been in
cultivation for 30 years. It a})ppars tlien that a g^arden was
laid out at some time between 1817 and 1821, and jirobablj
in 1818. (7)

<5) See West, History of Tasmania (Launceston, 1832). i., 127, Hender-
son. Observations on the Colonies of Neto South Wales and Van Diemen's Land
(Calcutta, 1832), pp. iv.-vii.

(6) Chief Secretary's Office, 9,307 (Arthur).

(7) No record has been found of the exact date. Governor SorelPs
letters and despatches, the most important records of the time,
have long been missing from the proper official custody. Prior to the
formation of this garden, there had been a garden belonging to the

OF THE SOCIETY. 121

1913.

In 1826 Governor Arthur commenced the erection of a
new Grovernment House at Hangans Farm. For several
years previously there had been some uncertainty as to
the site of the capital town of Van Diemen's Land.
Brighton and New Norfolk (or Elizabeth Town, as the
settlement to the south of the Derwent on the site of the
present New Norfolk was then called) had been proposed;
but Governor Ai'thur determined in 1826 that Hobart
Town should remain the capital. Government House of
those days was an incommodious wooden building on the
site of the present Franklin Square, and the new Govern-
ment House was to be a much more suitable I'esidence. (8)
The new Government House was shortly abandoned, (9)
but Governor Arthur gave his attention to the garden, and
on 28th September, 1827, in a minute to the Colonial
Secretary, in which he directed that more labour should
be supplied from the Penitentiary, he wrote :

"It was my wish that a Botanical Garden should be
''proceeded with in the Domain, and I had hoped it might
''have commenced this season ; nothing having yet been
"done in collecting the Plants, Shrubs, etc., with which the
"Colony abounds. It is discreditable not to stir in this,
"and I am anxious about it, as I find it is remarked by
"strangers."' (10)

Prior to 1828 the Gardens seem to have been in charge
of an overseer- In 1828 the first Superintendent (Mr.
William Davidson) was appointed. Mr. Davidson had

Government on the site of Hutchlns School. "The ground was
"originally a garden belonging to the Government, but had ceased
"to be cultivated in, when the large garden in the Domain was
"appropriated to the use of the Lieutenant-Governor "— Despatch, 8
Sept., 1847, Lieut.-Gov. Sir Wm, Denison to Earl Grey, Secretary ' of
State for the Colonies. (A garden in the vicinity of Hutchins School is
.shown on a plan of a survey made in 1804-5 — see these Papprs and Proceedings,
1889, p. 246, reprinted in J. B. Walker's Early Tasmania, p. 64).

(8) A few days after his arrival in Tasmania, Sorell wrote to Governor Mac-
quarie (Despatch No. 2, 3rd May, 1817): "The State of the Government House
"rendering it uninhabitable not only with regard to comfort, but even as to
"security and common decency; I have undertaken some additions and alter-
"ations— and I am at Mr. Birch's until the House can be occupied." In 1820
Governor Macquarie determined that a new Government House should be built at
Macquarie Point, in line with Macquarie St. (Oespatch Xo. 10, 3rd July, 1825,
Arthur to Secretary of State). In 1825 Deputy Surveyor General Evans reported :
"The present house occupied l>y the Governor of Van Diemen's Land has ever been
"in an unsafe state since I first saw it in 1811—1 think it probable that some severe
"gale of wind will cause the destruction of it." The new Government House pro-
posed >>y Arthur was to be a two-storey bailding of 25 room-s— C.S.O. 576/10
(Arthur), a file containing many papers on the proposed buildini:.

(9) "It was the intention of the Governor to have built himself
"a palace here, there being an excellent freestone on the spot, a great
"deal of which was laid out and cut ready; the plan of the house
"and foundations were laid, and a garden planted, but the project
"was eventually abandoned, owing, as I understand, to tlie great
"expense that would have been incurred before Its completion."—
Widowson, Present State of Van Diemen's Land (London, 1829), p. 27.

(10) C.S.O.. 4.588 (Arthur).

122 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

U.S. TAS.

come to Australia early in 1828, bringing with him "up-
"wards of 2,000 vines and other fruit trees' (C.S.O. 16,124,
Arthur), and he settled at Launceston. The Civil Com-
mandant at Launceston, writing to the Colonial Secretary,
reported that he was "a Northumberland man, aged 24
"years," and that he had obtained "a great many prize
"medals from the Botanical and Horticultural Societies of
"Northumberland and Durham and Newcastle-upon-
"Tyne."' (11) Mr. Davidson was appointed in November,
1828, at a "salary of .£100 per annum, with a ration and
"a house to live in."

In 1829 the house at the Gardens still occupied by the
Superintendent was built, and the wall was commenced.
The wall was of stone, faced with brick, and fireplaces and
.flues were built in it, so that the wall could be heated to
assist the ripening of fruit. Governor Arthur gave vigilant
attention to the building of the wall, as to many other
matters connected with the Gardens, and the official
papers contain a sharp reprimand to the Colonial Engi-
neer, because stones for the wall "are drawn by cai'ts up-
"hill from a quarry at some little distance, when, it appears
"to me, they might be equally well procured almost on
■^'the spot."

Mr. Davidson developed the Gardens rapidly. In 1829
he applied for a quantity of worked trees from "the
"Government Garden at Launceston and the Garden at
"George Town," and in the same year a large quantity
-of trees and seeds weire ordered from England. The
Hobart Toivfi Courief of 28th March, 1829, reported that
Mr. Davidson had gathered the seeds of 150 species of
native plants on the slopes and siimmit of Mt. Wellington
for growth in the Gardens. By 1830 the area enclosed
was about 13 acres, and Mr. Davidson reported that "12
"gardeners and 12 of the chain gang are necessary for
''cultivating the Garden and cleaning the Domain." The
Gardens became a popular resort, and on 19th December,
1832, Governor Arthur directed that they be closed on
Sunday, the Superintendent having represented "the
"extreme inconvenience and injury which arises from the
"great number of persons who resort there on the Sun-
"days."

Mr. Davidson remained Superintendent until 1834,
when Mr. Martin Tobin was appointed. (12) In 1840 Mr.

(11) C.S.O. 7139/3 (Arthur). This file contains numerous papers relating to the
Gardens from 1828 to 1834, from which most of the statements that follow are
taken.

(12) C.S.O. 16124 (Arthur).

OF THE SOCIETY. 123

1913.

Tobin was succeeded by Mr. Herbertson. (12a) The ex-
penditure on the Gardens, which was about £300 a year
in Governor Arthur's time, was much increased during
Sir John Franklins administration, and in 1842 was over
£800. (13)

The Mcchaniis Institution of Hobart (1826).
A Mechanics' Institution was founded at Hobart in
1826, vnder the pationage of Governor Arthur, and flour-
ished for many yeajs. In 1827 we read of lectures on
astronomy, steam engines, and chemistry. In 1829 a
library and apparatus were obtained- '*Tn 1830 two hun-
"dred members were enrolled, and the institution was pro-
•'moted by all classes of society." (14) In 1838 Sir John
Franklin obtained a grant of £100 a year from public
funds. In reply to a deputation from the institution, he
sai<i that 'in the new Custom-house now in progress,
"there was a room constructing which was intended for a
''museum, and that he should be most happy to appro-
'■priate that to the use of the Institution as a lecture-room,
^'together with an ante-room for their books, models, and
''other property."' (15) The Institution seems to have
been- very active in the forties, and one of the newspapers
remarks that its proceedings were far above the heads of
those for whom it was intended. An account of the In-
stitution in 1-53 is jjiven by Captain H. Butler Stoiiey in
A Year in Tasina?im (Hobnrt, 1854), pp. 169-173.

The Hobart Tonn Horticultural Society (1839).
The Courier of 8th November, 183'.', reuorts the forma-
tion of a Horticultural Society. Captain Swanston was
its President; R. C. Gunn flB) one of its Secretaries.

(12a) C.S.O. 6958, 12il (Franklin).

(13) Sir John Franklin revived the proposal for the new Govern-
ment House. In the years 1841-3 a sum of £10.000 was appropriated for
its construction but no great progress was made, and Sir E. Eardley-
Wilmot, Sir John Franklin's successor, stopped the building. It was
resumed under Sir William Denisx^n and was completed in 1857, at
a cost, it is said, of £120.000 — Fenton, History of Tasmania (Hobart,
1884), p. 511.

(14) West, History of Tasmania (Launceston, 1852). i., 125.

(1.5) Hohart To^n Courier, 6th April, 1838. The Courier, in a review
of Gould's Birds of Australia, published on T2th October, 1838, refers
to a museum in Hobart; t'.jis museum may have been that of the
Mechanics' Institution, or, possibly, the museum founded by the Society
of 1829.

(16) R. C. Gunn, F.R.S. (180S-1881). "the most eminent botanist of
"Tasmania " is mentioned several times in this narrative. He was
elected to 'the Society in 1848, and contributed several articles to the
Papers and Proceedings. He gave his herbarium to tlae Society in 1877,
A large number of his papers are in the Mitchell Library, in Sydney.
For an account of his life and ix)tanical work see J. H, Maiden,
Records of Tasmanian Botanists, these P. and P., 1909. pp. 15-13, the
references there cited, and the Lavnceston PZxaminer of 24th March,
1881.

124 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

R.S. TAS..

Its first show was held on the regatta ground at Pavilion
Point on 3rd December, 1839, the day of the Second Tas-
manian Anniversary Regatta. It held three shows during
the summer season ; and in connection with the show of
January, 1840, Lady Franklin gave a prize for "the neat-
"est kept cottage and cottage garden."' The Horticultural
Society continued in existence until the foundation of the
Royal Society.

The Tasmanian Society (1838).

In the year 1837 Sir John Franklin became Lieutenant-
Governor of Tasmania. He was already famous for two
voyages to the Polar Seas ; he was a member of several
learned societies ; and he and Lady Franklin had many
scientific friends. It was natural, then, that the Governor
should attraci to Tasmania the many distinguished men
who were his guests during his Governorship ; and that
many others interested in scientific subjects should cor-
respond with him. From the inquiries which were made
of His Excellency, he was led to form a scientific society,
the origin of which is thus described in a "Minute'' of a
meeting of the Tasmanian Society held on 3rd October,
1843. (17) "The Tasmanian Society was begun in the
"latter part of 1838, under the patronage of Sir John
"Franklin. Inquiries had been earnestly made to His
"Excellency by men of the greatest eminence in Natural
"History and Science to communicate to them information
"on the subjects of their respective pui^uits. Feeling that
"neither his local information nor the time at his disposal
"was sufficient to answer the wishes of these friends in
"various parts of the world, His Excellency deteraiined
"upon inviting the gentlemen of the countiy, whom he
"knew to be in possession of the requisite information, to
"unite in forming a Society for the purpose of illustrating
"the Natural History, Agriculture, Statistics, etc., of this
"country."

The Society does not seem to have had at first any dis-
tinctive name. Its minute book for 1841 is entitled
"Minutes of 'The Society, Van Diemen's Land' '' ; but in
the first number of its journal, TJie Tasmanian Jonrnal
of Natural Science, Agriculture^ Statistics, etc., nnblislied
in August, 1841j it is called the "Philosophical Society of
Tasmania." In the preface to the first complete volume,
published in 1842. the Society is called the Tasmanian
Society, and this name it retained.

The following extracts from an "Introductory Paper,''

(17) Hobart Town Advertiser, 20th October, 1843.

OF THE SOCIETY. 125

1913.

by the Rev. John Lillie, of St. Andrew s Church, Hobart,
published in the first number of the Tasmariian Journal,
give some account of the work of the Society, and of the
objects of its journal: —

"The plan of the Tasmanian Journal of Science had its
"origin with a few individuals, w^ho recently formed them-
"selves into a Philosophical Society, principally with the
"view of assisting each other in the study of the nattu'al
"history of their adopted country. The meetings of this
"Society have been held once a fortnight, in the Library
"of Government House, where eveiy facility and encour-
"agement have been afforded them by their distinguished
"patron, Sir John Franklin, who has taken the liveliest
"interest in their proceedings, and contributed in no small
"degree, by his zealous co-operation and advice, to the
"publication of this Journal.

"At these Meetings it has been usual for one of the
"members to read a paper upon some scientific subject^
"which has afterwards been made the theme of conversation
"and friendly discussion. It is the papers read upon these
■'occasions which have supplied materials for the present
"Journal, which, parvis componere magna, may tlierefore
"be regarded as the 'Transactions' of the infant Philosophi-
"cal Society of Tasmania. Its members, however, would
"not be understood as holding forth pretensions to the
"ambitious appellation of philosophei-s in the modern ac-
"ceptation of the term. On the contrary, they are deeply
"sensible that, in matters of science, they ai'e rather to be
"estimated by the sincerity and fondness of their atta<ch-
"ment, than either the strength of their powers, or the
"extent of their actual attainments. Most of them are
"actively engaged in professional and other necessary
"duties, which render it impossible for them to give more
"than a very limited share of their attention to scientific
"pursuits; and all of them labour under the gi^eat dis-
"advantage of a wide separation from the philosophical
"institutions and men of science in Europe. Living in
"this new and remote quarter of the world, where there is
"so much to awaken curiosity, they were naturally led, by
"the verv noveltv of the objects, as well as for the sake of
"their own mental improvement, to devote their few leisure
"moments to the study of external nature. And in com-
"ing thus broadly before the public, their object has prin-
"cipally been, besides stimulating and giving method and
"scope to their own exertions, to excite and cherish a
"kindred spirit of inquirv among their fellow colonists.
"Under the conviction that they are now living at the

126 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

R.S. TAS.

"fountain-head of v/liat promises, ere long, to swell into a
''mighty stream of civilisation, they have been anxious to
"impress upon that stream, while it is yet susceptible of
"it, a salutary direction towards liberal and scientific pur-
"suits. And the hope which especially animates them is,
"that their exertions, humble and feeble as they are, may
"be the means of rousing abler minds to put forth their
"energies in the same noble cause.

"They consider themselves only in the light of pioneers —
"humbly leading the way to the accomplishment of a most
"worthy and desirable end ; and, while they are conscious
"of the slenderness of their resources for such an important
"object, they are not without hopes that the excellence
"of their design will in some measure atone for the imper-
"fection and faultiness of its execution.

"The leading and characteristic object of this Journal
"is to furnish original papers upon the Natural History
"and Physics of Tasmania- It is intended in the first in-
"stance to embrace more particularly the departments of
"Zoology, Botany, Geology, and Meteorology. An im-
"portant part of the plan at present contemplated, and of
"which this first number may be considered as affording
"an average specimen, is to publish in consecutive articles
"all the species of indigenous plants and animals which
"are yet known, as well as such as may from time to time
"be discovered ; accompanying the scientific description of
"each with such details of its economy, habits, geogTaphical
"distribution, and other particulars, which can only be
"satisfactorily ascertained and described by those who have
"had opportunities of examining the individual in its liv-
**ing and natural state. It is also intended to give occa-
ssional papers upon peculiarities in the structure and phy-
"siology of the many curious plants and animals which are
"natives of this country, some of the most interesting of
"which are still desiderata among scientific men in Europe.

"Under the head of Geology, it is proposed to bring to-
*'gether, as far as our means of information may extend,
"such facts as may contribute towards a systematic know-
"ledge of the mineralogical characters, the relative posi-
"tion, and fossil contents of the various rocks of this
"Island ; a most interesting field of research, which is as
"yet unexplored.

"In Meteorology it is proposed to give the dailv instru-
"mental observations made at Port Arthur, tos^ether with
"such additional facts and observations as mav be obtained
"from other parts of the country, in elucidation of the
"laws and character of our climate.

OF THE SOCIETY. 127

1913.

''In this and other departments very important assist-
"ance is anticipated from the Magnetic Observatory about
"to be established at Hobart Town by the authority of the
"Home Government. (18)

''In the prosecution of the plan of a Journal which we
"have thus briefly sketched, it will be our aim to adhere,
"as much as possible, to a simple exposition of facts, as
"they present themselves in ISiature; and especially to
"shun all unnecessary discussion upon dubious and unde-
"termined questions of theory. Such discussions must, we
"conceive, in our present circumstances, be both prema-
"ture and injurious. They are not likely to be possessed
"of much scientific value in themselves; while they could
"hardly fail to divert attention from the less showy and
"imposing, but incomparably more solid and important,
"object of preparing and accumulating materials for future
"and more advanced inquirers to operate upon. We should
"like to impress upon this Journal the useful character of
"being a trustworthy repository of well-ascertained facts —
"a faithful record of the interesting forms and laws under
"which mineral, vegetable, and animal existences exhibit
"themselves in this comparatively unknown region of the
"globe. Such a character may take off from its c^ualifica-
"tions as a work of popular interest ; but we are persuaded
"it will add greatly to its value in the opinion of those
"who are best able to judge of its merits.

"The importance of such a Journal to the interests ot
"the Colony is sufficiently apparent. .The knowledge com-
"municated by it may, in numerous cases, contribute
"directly to the development of its natural resoiuxes. In
"a soil and climate destined by nature for agriculture,
"geological, and botanical researches are calculated to be
"of the highest practical value

"Now the information which a scientific journal might
"afford, in regard to the qualities of soil, the different kinds
"erf manure, and even more appropriate methods and in-
"struments of cultivation, might materially aid in dispos-
"ing and encouraging, as well as directing, the settler to
"more vigorous and successful exertions, both in widening
"the limits of cultivation, and augmenting the fertility of
^'the land already cultivated.

(18) The reference is to the Rossbank Observatory, established in Hobart
in 1840 by Sir .James Clark Ross, of the Antarctic Expedition in the Erebus
and Terror. (Dr Lillie's paper had been written before the arrival of
the expedition. For an account of the f stablishment of this Observatory see
Ross' Voyage of Di.<<covery and Research in the Southern and Antarctic Benions
durincr the years 1839-13 (London. 1847), chapter v. There is a sketch of the
Observatory at p. 95 of vol. i. The six sided stone buildings between Govern-
ment House and the cottage now occupied by the Private Secretary was one of
the Observatory buildings.

128 FOUNDATION AND EAELY WORK

R.S. TAS.

"Tasmania abounds in minerals, and in those chiefly
"which experience has shown to be of most importance for
"economical jDurposes. Iron, coal, lime, and sandstone are
"found in great abundance. The first has not been worked
"at all ; and the second but very partially and imperfectly.
"Very little attention, we believe, has been paid to the
"application of lime for the improvement of land; and
"scarcely any to the adaptation of particular kinds of lime^
"or the limes of jDarticular districts, to particular soils.
"Every one must see what beneficial results might arise
"from the diffusion of sound scientific views upon these
"important subjects, and what a powerful impetus might
"thereby be given to the evolution of those mighty re-
"sources which the liberal hand of Nature has treasured
"up in the bosom of our Island

"But there is a more important view of our Journal, in
"its relation to the general interests of the Colony — we
"mean, its bearing on the intellectual and moral character
"of the community. Though not professedly devoted to
"moral or religious subjects, it may nevertheless perform
"important service to both. In morals especially, causes
"which operate by an indirect and unobtin,isive agency are
"not always the least efficacious. The circulation of a
"Journal of Science, upon matters of local interest, amon^
"the inhabitants of this rising country, is calculated to
"produce a most salutary effect upon their character : by
"leading them to the study of Nature, and habituating
"them to reflect on the interesting objects around them, it
"would afford valuable exercise to their mental powers,
"and open up new and most productive soui*ces of pleasure
"and enjoyment. The situation of a settler in Australia is
"peculiarly in want of such a stimulus. He is not unfre-
"quently a man of intelligence and education. But living
"in comparative seclusion, and far removed from the stir-
"ring scenes and transactions of European society, his
"mind is apt to become relaxed, and to lose its former
"tone and vigour ; or to be narrowed and contracted by
"exclusive converse with petty details ; or, still worse, to
"be given up to the sordid passion for accumulating wealth.
"In such circumstances, whatever would tend, like the
"Journal in question, to excite his attention to, and lead
"him to find an interest and pleasure in, the events and
"appearances of surrounding Nature, could not fail to be
"peculiarly beneficial. It would serve to alleviate the
"monotony and todiousnees of his situation— to prevent
"the inactivity and consequent deterioration of his mental
"faculties — to counteract the power of ungenerous and Ae-

OF THE SOCIETY. 129

1913.

"basing passions, and to add the dignity of a cultivated
"and well-informed mind to the simplicity of rural occu-
"pation and sequestered life-"

The first number of the Tas?fia?itan Journal was pub-
lished on 20th August, 1841, price 2 6. Sir John Franklin
sent copies to the Secretary of State for the Colonies, with
a despatch (19) in wdiich he expressed his own interest in
the Society, and explained the reasons which had led him
to allow the Journal to be printed at the Government
Printing Office : (20)

"I have the honour to transmit to Your Lordship two
"copies of the 'Tasmanian Journal of Natural Science,
" 'etc.', a periodical work commenced by a Society in whos^
^'labours I take great interest from a conviction that such
"discussions as take place at the meetings of this body,
"however imperfect and elementary may be the informa-
"tiou obtained, tend not only to the development of the
"resources of a country like this, but to the general im-
"'provement and enlargement of the public mind.

"Such a Society would, I conceive, be beneficial to the
^'community, even if the only result of their deliberations
"were to withdraw the mind for a time from the engross-
"ing calculations of traffic, and the contemplation of mere-
"ly local interests, Avhich make so large a demand upon
"the time and attention of the Colonists.

"But when the wide field of research is considered, which
"this and the neighboiiring Colonies present, both with
''reference to Physical questions of universal interest, and
"also— taking a more circumscribed view of the subject—
"to the means which may daily be discovered of adding to
''the natural richness of the Territory, or of extracting
*'from it wealth as yet undiscovered ; and when it is re-
"membered with what anxiety the Philosophers of Europe
"have laboured, often unsuccessfully, to obtain accurate
"information conce'rning the Natural History of these
"Regions, the advantages to be derived from the publica-
'tion of such a Journal appear in a still stronger light.

"With these impressions I have given to the Societv
"in question every encouragement in my power, and upon
"its being represented to me by the Members that their en-
"deavours to get the Journal printed at any of the Private

(19) No. 129, 27th August, 1841.

(20) This ciroumstance aroused much criticism in the local news-
papers. The Government Printing Office had been established in 1839,
under the superintendence of Mr. James Barnard (an original member
of the Royal Society, and, except for a few years, a member of the
Council from 1847 to his death in 1897), and the Governor had stated
that the office was for the exclusive use of the Government, and that
no private printing would be done.

130 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

R.S. TAS.

"Printing Establishments had proved ineffectual from the
"absence ox the necessary type, etc., I thought it right to
"allow the work tO' be printed at the Government Printing
"Office, subject to the condition that the labour, ink,
"and every expense attending upon it should be paid for
"by the Society, which also, of course, provides paper, and
"all other materials.

The Tasmanian Journal was at first published quar-
terly, and by the end of 1842, the first volume, of five
numbers, was completed. (21) The contents of this volume,
and of the two others afterwards published, are of extra-
ordinary interest. There was then no other scientific
society or periodical in Australia. The Society had cor-
responding members in the neighbouring colonies, and
also in Europe; and consequently it had the opportunity
of publishing much scientific work from other countries;
and many names afterwards famous are to be found among
its contributors.

Some time after the formation of the Society, Mr-
Ronald Campbell Gunn. at that time Private Secretary to
Sir John Franklin, became its Secretary. (22) In 1841
Mr. Francis Hartwell Henslowe, who had succeeded Mr.
Gunn as Private Secretary to Sir John Franklin, also suc-
ceeded him as Secretary of the Society. (23') The Rev.
John Philip Gell, Principal of the Queen's School at Ho-
bart, became Secretary in 1842. (24)

The members of the Tasmanian Society, in August,
1843, at the end of Franklin's Governorship, are set out in
the Appendix. (25)

(21) This volume, and numbers 6 and 7, published about August or
September, 1845. were printed at the Government Printing Office at
tJie expense of Sir John Franl^lin (Minute of Tasmanian Society. 3rd
October. 1843, published in Hobart Town Advertiser, ZOth October, 1843).

(22) Minute of 3rd October, 1843.

(25) Mr Henslowe continued to be Sir John Franklin's Private Secre-
tary for 'the remainder of his term of offioe. He was afterwards
appointed Police Magistrate at Campbell Town. He was a member
of the Royal Society from 1861 to 1856.

(24) Tn 1838 Sir John Franklin had written to friends in England,
asking them to select a piincipal for his projected College, and Mr.
Cell was chosen bv Dr. Arnold. (Franklin, Sarmtive of Some Pnssar/es in
the Hhtory of Van. Dinn n's Land, London, 1846, p. 75.) Mr. Gell came to
Tasmania, and the foniulati'in stone of the College was laid nt New Norfolk on dth
November 1840 But difficulties intervened, the building was not car-
ried on, and Mr Gell became Principal of the Queen's School. He
was afterwards incumbent of St. John's, Goulburn-street. for a time,
and when Sir John Franklin's College was revived as Christ's College,
Bishopsbourno, Mr Gell became Its Warden. He returned to England
in 1848. He married Sir John FrankUn's daughter, and was for
many years rector of Buxted, in Sussex.

(25) See p. ir.2.

OF THE SOCIETY. 131

1913.

The FrciJiklin Museu??t at Anca?ilhe, Kangaroo Valley
(1842).

Early in 1842 Lady Franklin purchase-d two blocks of
land, one of 400 acres, and one of 10 aores^ together forming
the "Ancanthe"' estate, situated in Kangaroo Valley, "a
"secluded but picturesque valley at the foot of Mount
''Wellington, three miles from the city and a mile from
"New Town." (26) On the smaller block Sir John Franklin,
on 12th March, 1842, laid the foundation of a museum,
to bei built "on a classic model" and collections and a
library were placed in the building. "It was originally
"intended by Lady Franklin," writes Sir John Franklin,
(27) ''that the Tasmanian Society of Natural History should
"be the trustees of this property, but as that body had no
"legal or chartered existence, and was, moreover, threat-
"ened with extinction when I left Van Diemen's Land,
"this part of her wishes could be no further carried into
"effect than by making complimentary mention of them
"in the aeed, and selecting the trustees from their number.
"Some circumstances which occun^ed in Van Diemen's
"Land, shortly before my departure, induce m© to be thus
"minute. • . . The endowment was not made to the
"favourite foundation at New Norfolk, for over this the
''sbadowsof aui)ihilation had already fallen, but to any col-
"legiate institution whatever which might be founded in Van
"Diemen's Land with the approbation of the bishop of
"the diocese for twenty years t-o come, and in default of
"any such foundation at the end of that period, to the
"improvement of the existing schools of the colony at the
"discretion of the trustees."

Anticipating a, later part of this narrative, it may be
added here that the completion of the deed of settlement
was> onei of the last acts of Sir John and Lady Franklin,
who executed it on 2nd November, 1843, tiie day before
they embarked from Hobart for England. The trustees
under the dee-d were Bishop Nixon, Mr. J. E. Bicheno
(Colonial Secretary), the Rev. T. J. Ewing (Principal of the
Queen's Oi*phan Schools, New Town), the Rev. J. P. Gell,
and Mr. R. C. Gunn. The trust in regard to the Tas-
manian Society directed that until a College or University,
having the approbation of the Bishop, should be estab-
lished, the trustees were to permit the Museum "to be used
"and inspected by the Society for some time established in

(26) Captain H. Butler Stoney, A Year in Tcsmania (Hobart, 1854^
p. 156.

(27) Narrative, p. 78.

132 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

R.S. TAS.

"Hobart Town, called the 'Tasmanian Society,' or by any
"other Society or Societies, pei-son or persons, or by the
''public at large,' as the trustees might think proper.

Of the collections, little record remains; they are said
to have come into the custody of the Society (28), no doubt
at about the time when the cases and fittings were pur-
chased by the Society. (See p. 156) A catalogue of the
books, 152 in all, in th© library of the museum in 1844
is published in the "Tasmanian Journal," ii., 313-6. Some
of these books are now in the library of the Society ; others,
doubtless, are among the books belonging to Christ's
College. The rules of the library were as follow: — (29)

''Rules of the Library of the Franklin Museum. Ancan-
"the. 1844.

"I. That the booksi admissible into the library be of
"three classes only.

A. Works illustrative of Tasmania and the neighbour-

ing colonies.

B. Works written by authors who are, or have been,

inhabitants of Tasmania.

C. Works printed and published in Tasmania, unless

of a kind objected to by the trustees-
'TI. That the booksi be taken out of the library with the
"2>ermission of one of the trustees.

'TIL That they be called in once every year, in the
"month of December."

The Tasmanian Society seems to have received the rents
for some years, and afterwards they were received by
Christ's College. (30) The Rev. J. P." G-ell, in a letter to
Archdeacon Marriott in 1847, writes as if Christ's College
already had the disposal of the Ancanthe estate. It does
not appear that any Bishop of Tasmania has expressed his
approbation of Christ's College as recjuired by the deed of
trust, and in the decree pronounced in the equity suit of
1874 the Coiurt declined to state that the College had a
title to the property; but the rents have continued to be
received by the trustees of the College property. (31)

(28) Affidavit of Bishop Bromby in tlie equity suit in connection with
the property and trusts of Christ's College in 1874, the Bishop of
Tasmania and others v. Reibey and others.

(29) Tafimaniaa Journal, ii., 316.

(30) See note 58,

(31) The Tasmanian Society, the New Norfolk College, and the
Ancanthe Museum dc not complete the list of the benefactions of Sir
.fohn and I^dy Franlclin to Tasmania. Of others, it is appropriate
to m^ention here the gift of Betsy (or Willaumez) Island (now also
called Franklin Island) in Storm Bay, near the entrance to the
Derwent, Lady Franklin purchased this island in 1840, and it was
conveyed to Dr. E. S. P. Bedford and Mr. R, C, Gunn as trustees
for her (deed registered No. 4723), In 1866 the Tasmanian Acclimatisa-

OF THE SOCIETY. 133-'

1913.

The Tennifiation of Sir John Franklin s Governorship.

Sir John Franklin, when he succeeded Ailhur, found the
principal residents of Tasmajiia. divided into factions; but
he had been welcomed by all, and he strove to restore
social peace, and to promote the harmony of parties. In
these aims he soon found success to be ini(>iissiijle. A tri-^
buto he paid to his predecessor endangered his popularity;
while the supporters of Arthur's policy found that the
Governor was critical of them. Two of Arthur's nephews
occupied important offices — Captain John Montagu as
Colonial Secretary, and Captain Matthew Forster as Chief
Police Magistrate — and they had considerable local influ-
ence, particularly in connection with the Derwent Bank,
of which CajDtain Swanston was manager, and which to-
wards the end of Franklin's governorship held mortgages
over the greater number of estates in the island. Franklin
soon formed the opinion that thcB© connections were not
in the interest of the country, and an estrangement gradu-
ally arose between him and the party of C;iptaiu Montagu.
The estrangement became acute through certain incidents
connected with the removal of the District Surgeon of
Richmond and with the erection of the tower of St.
George's Church, Hobart ; and early in 1842 the Governor
suspended Montag'U from office.

Montagu returned to England to place his case before
the ColonipJ Office- Meanwhile the sources of the differ-
ences between the Governor and the Colonial Secretar}^
had become well known, and were vigorously debated in

tion Society was formed, and on 29th November. 1866. Lady Franklin
executed a deed, in which she declared that she wislied the island
to be vested in trustees, by vvliom it should be held for the purposes of
the Society so long as those purposes should be carried out in a
manner beneficial to the public of Tasmania, but that if the purposes
of the Society should not be so carried out, then the island should be
held by the trustees for such other purposes beneficial to the public
of Tasmania as the trustees should direct. On 27th December. 1868,
the island was conveyed by Dr. Bedford and Mr. Gunn to Messrs.
Robert Officer, R. C. Gunn. Morton Allport, and John Woodcock
Graves, as trustees (No. 5 6667). Mr. John Woodcock Graves was the
Secretary of the Acclimatisation Societv, and the island was used
for manv vears bv that Societv. In 1903 it was vested by Act of Parlia-
ment (1903 No. 42, s. 15) in the Trustees of the Tasmanian Museum and
Botanical Gardens. (Betsy Island had much earlier been the scene of
an experiment in acclimatisation — of the rabbit. In the chronological
table of events in Bent's Tasmanian Almanack for 1829 there are the
following items:— "1827. May 10th.— Silver-haired rabbits, pheasants, and
"peacocks imported from England per the ship Tiger; many thousand of the
"rabbits increase on Betsy Island, Mr. King intending to make the skins
"an article of export to China. 1828, March Sc'th.— 30,000 silver-hair rabbits
"belonging to Mr. King upon Betsy Island.' The common rabbit was already
in Tasmania. The Hobart Town Gazette and Vati Diemen's Land Advertiser of
24th June, 1825, mentions that rabbits were being bred in various parts of the
country, and gives directions for the growth of parsley as being "their
"favourite food." The Colonial Times of 11th May, 1827, mentions that "the
"common rabbit is becominti so numerous throngh'ut the colony, that they ar«
"running about on some large es^ates by thou.sands.")

134 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

R.S. TAS.

the local press. (32) Sir John Franklin's friends had an
organ in Hobai-t, and another in Launceston, while the
Montagu party controlled several papers. The Secretary
of State received Montagu favourably, and, after consider-
ing his case, decided that Franklin's suspension of him
from office had not been well-judged. The despatch in
which his decision was conveyed to Franklin was also com-
municated to Montagu, and by him was sent to Tasmania,
and was published in the newspapers. The turmoil thus
created was increased by the circulation in Tasmania of
Montagu's "Book," a bound folio of 312 manuscript pa.ges,
which contained the case stated T>y him to the Secretar}'"
of State against Franklin, and other statements considered
by Franklin to be libellous reflections on the character and
honour of himself and his household. "The Book" could
b© seen at the Derwent Bank by any who chose to ask for
it, and its contents became generally known. The colony
thus became rent with dissensions, and partisan feelings
were daily enflamed by the press.

The state of society and of the administration at the
end of Franklins office have been referred to thus in de-
tail, for they liad mucli influence on the circumstances of
the foundation of the Society, (33)

Franklin's term of office expired early in 1843, but the
despatch announcing his recall and the appointment of
Sir John Eardley Wilmot as his successor was delayed by
storms, and Sir Eardley Wilmot arrived before Franklin
had had official notice of the termination of his office.
Franklin was still in occupation of Government House,
and an embarrassing situation was relieved by Sir Eardley
Wilmot visiting Launceston.

Six days after Sir Eardley Wilmot had landed the mem-
bers of the Tasmanian Society met at Government House
to present an address to their founder and presidemt. The
proceed in jj-s are tlius recorded in tlie TasmaJiian Journal,
Volume ii., No. 7, pp. 158-9: —

"Govea-nment House, 23rd August.

"The members of the Society met specially for the pur-
"pos© of jDresenting the following address: — •

" 'To His Excellency Sir John Franklin, K.C.H., K.E.,

" 'Lieutenant-Governor of Van Diemen's Land,

" 'etc., etc. The Address of the Kesident Mem-

" 'bers of the Tasmanian Society for the Promo-

^tion of Natural Science. Ao-riculture, Statistics, et'^

(32) There were six newspapers in Hobart about this time.

(33) The preceding paragraphs are based on West's chapter on
Franklin's governorship and on Tranklin's Narrative.

OF THE SOCIETY. 135

1913.

" 'May it please Your Excellency.

" "The approaching termination of Your Excellency's
" 'residence in this Colony imposes upon the members of
" "the Tasmanian Society the painful duty of express-
" 'ing, however inadequately, their sorrow at an event which
'* 'entails upon them so irremediable a loss.

'" 'While the share vrhich Your Excellency has contri-
" 'buted to the scientific renown of our native country com-
" 'mands the warmest expressions of our admiration and
" 'gratitude, we feel more especially bound to acknowledge
" 'the( part you have taken in promoting what we must
" 'ever consider to belong to the best and highest interests
" 'of Tasmania.

'' 'In you we lose the founder of our Society, and a
" 'benefactor of unsparing liberality; in you we are about
"^ 'to be deprived of the Guide whose scientific experience
" 'hasi given effect to our feeble exertions, and invested
" 'them with an importance which they could not other-
" 'wise have obtained.

'' 'Nor can we permit it to pass unremembered, that the
" 'friends of science have, upon this and no other claim,
" 'been ever treated as your personal friends, and admitted

'to your domestic circle; and that our heartfelt regrets
^' 'attend our approaching separation from one who is her-
" 'self the brightest ornament of that circle, whose zeal
" 'and whose kindness have enhanced the value of all Your
" 'Excellency has bestowed or we received, and have
"-'augmented the deep concern w^ith which we lament your
"'departure.

" 'We have the honour to be,
" 'Your Excellency s faithful and affectionate Servants,
. "T.R. Tasmania'" [and 34 others].

"His Excellency was pleased to receive the Society's
"Address very graciously, and to acknowledge it in the
"following terms: —
" 'My Lord Bishop and Gentlemen,

" 'It is impossible for me to receive unmoved an Address
" 'of this nature from my associates of the Tasmanian
" 'Society.

'' 'You have kindly enhanced what little services I may
" 'in former fields of exertion have been able to perform
" 'for the cause of science far beyond their deserts ; and, in
" 'this country, I can only regret that neither my means
" 'nor my ability have been adequate to give more than
"'some initiatory encouragement to your efforts for the
" 'development of the natural phenomena of this very
■"^ 'interesting portion of our globe.

136 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

R.S TAS,

" 'Under auspices still more favourable tha.n my own^
" 'I cannot doubt that you will steadily pursue your exer-
" 'tions in a cause which you justly consider to belong to
"■ 'the best and highest interests of Tasmania, and which
" 'I am persuaded will tend much to elevate the colony
" 'in the estimation of the European community. Your
" 'transactions have already been received with favour and
" 'interest by names whose patronage is an encouragement
" 'and an honour; and I shall not fail to keep alive and
" 'cultivate those kindly dispositions, and to procure for
" 'you every assistance in my power.

" 'My connection with you, endeared as it has been by
" 'the domestic hearth around which we have assembled,
" 'will ever be cherished, not by me only, but by her to
" 'whom you have so kindly alluded, and who feels deeply
" 'and gratefully the manly and generous sentiments in
" 'which your tribute to her originates.

'• ' John Franklin.' "

II. THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF TASMANIA, 1843-8.
The Foiindatwji of the Society, \Uh October, 1843.

Franklin required time to arrange his affairs, and there
were few suitable vessels sailing for England, and it was
impossible for him toi leave Tasmania for some months.
Sir Eardley Wilmot directed that his predecessor should
be treated with the honours due to his late office, and
Franklin retired to the house of one of his friends, and,
shortly before his departure, made a sort of progress
through the country, in which addresses of farewell were
presented to him from all sections of the colonists.

Meanwhile Sir Eardley Wilmot had determined upon a
plan for reconstituting the Tasmanian Society. Before
narrating liis proposals, however, it is necessary to refer to
some of the details of the establishment of the Lieutenant-
Governor in those days. Franklin had found when he
succeeded Arthur that three official residences were pro-
vided for him — the Government House in Macquarie-
street, Hobart, the Government Cottage at Launceston,
and the Government Cottage at New Norfolk — and that he
was also entitled to the use and profits of the Colonial
Farm at New Town, and of the Colonial Gardens; and
for the service of all these, liberal provision was made at
the public expense, in addition to the official salary of the
Govcrno]-. Franklin continued to enjoy these privileges;
but before the termination of his office, it wa^ decided by

OF THE SOCIETY. 137

1913.

the Secretary of State that in future these establishments
were not to be maintained from public funds, and, in con-
sideration of the additional expense thus thrown upon the
Governor, the Governor's salary was increased. Sir Eard-
ley Wilmot received instructions on these matters before
he left England.

Immediately on his arrival in Tasmania he visited his
various residences, the Farm and the Gardens, and on
15th September in a despatch to the Secretary of State
he reported on their condition, and made the following
proposal for the future disposition of the Gardens (34): —

"The fact is that every building, and every part of all
''these above-mentioned places, as well as ray official resi-
"d^nce at H >barton, ;ire in the most extraordinary and most
"unjustifiable state of dilapidatioai.

■'The Colonial Gardens are an exception to the above
"remark, being one of the greatest ornaments, as well as
''benefits, to this colony; and as it was impossible as well
"as unnecessary for me to keep up the Garden at my own
"expense, and as I did not understand from Your Lord-
"ship's instructions, that, although I was not personally
"to receive any pecuniary benefit from the Gardens, yet
^'that they were to be abandoned, T have proposed that the
"Government should place them under the management of
"a societv called 'The Van Diemen's Land Horticultural
^' 'and Botanical Society," which Society, with some assist-
"ance from the Government, will take the expense on
"themselves.

"The rules and regulations of this Society ai'e modell'd
"after those of the Linn?ean and Horticultural Societies in
"England ; and I have respectfully to ask Your Lordship
"to approve of this arrangement, and to ask you to lay
"before Her Majesty our humble request, that she will be
"graciously pleased to be Patronees of this Society, and
"allow it to be called the Royal Society of Van Diemens
"Land, for Horticulture, and Botany, and the advancement
"of Science. As the Colonial Gardens now cost the
"Government eight hundred and two pounds per annum,
"I propose that the Government shall be save<1 In If that
"expense, and that four hundred pounds per annum shall be
"allowed to the Society to assist it in carrying out the
"great national objects it has in contemplation."

The Tasmanian Society met on 3rd October, and elected
Sir Eardley Wilmot as President, in succession to Sir John

(34) Despatch No. 2, 1.5th September, 1843,

138 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

.R.S. TAS.

Franklin. A minute of the proceedings (35) contained
an accoiunti of the formation and work of the Society, and
has already been quoted. The minute also contained the
following paragraiph : —

"The promotion of Art as well as Science has of late
''been recognised among the objects of the Tasmanian
"Society. It is believed that while the promotioin of
"scientific inquiry cannot but assist in developing the re-
"sources of the Colony, and in exciting interest respecting
"it abroad, yet that the promotion of Art will have an
"immediate effect on our social improvement of a more
"decided character; and that our efforts will be zealously
"approved of at Home in this respect. The election of
"the Bishop of Tasmania as our Vicei-President is a pledge
"that this development of our labciurs will be neither in-
"efficient nor unsuccessfully prosecuted."

Sir Eardley Wilmot then convened a meeting of the
Society to be held at Grcivernment House on 14th October,
and to this meeting were also invited members of the
Horticultural Society and the Mechanics' Institution, Sir
Eardley Wilmot's intention being that the three societies
should be "blended together, and each form a section of
"one extended Society." (36)

The members of the Tasmanian Society found them-
selves somewhat unprepared for the proposals of their
President ; and some of them objected to the proposed
exaction of an entrance fee as a condition of their joining
the reorganised So.ciety. They pointed out that Lady
Franklin had provided them with an endowment, and that
they already had a well-established position in scientific
circles; and they thought that the proposals of the Presi-
dent showed insufficient consideration for them. They
asked for time to consider the new rules ; but the Governor
was averse from delay ; and upon signs of further opposi-
tion from the members, he adjourned the meeting of the
Society sine die. West remarks (i., 236) : "Thev thought
"past services demanded a consideration of their wishes.
"They had received in trust an endowment from Lady
"Franklin of some prospective value ; they corresponded
"with men of the first scientific circles; and they
"had published a journal which widely extended the phy-
"sical knowledge and European fame of this^ hemisphere.
"None who are experienced in the causes of political dis-
"content will consider such trifles without serious effect
"on the tempers of parties and the peace of rulers."

(3.5) Hobart Town Advertiser, 20t]i October, 1843.
(36) LauncesUm Examiner, 11th October, 1845.

OF TFE SOCIETY. 139'

1913.

** With the exception of five," .says the Launceston
Exaini7ier, (37) "the members quitted the room, with
"many others; and Sir Eardley AVihnot forthwith proceed-
''ed to establish a new Society from among those who re-
"mained. . . . His Excellency then revised the rules to
"adopt them to the new Society, which he at once entitled
" ' The Horticultural and Botanical Society of V'an Diemea's
'' 'Land,' striking out all the irrelevant clauses."'

The estrangement between the two Societies appears;
from paragraphs in the newspapers to have been associated
with the social and political divisions of the community.
Paragraphs commenting on the merits of the Societies,
worded in the vigorous language then customary in the
colonial press, appeared in the papers of each party, and
doubtless hindered the healing of the breach. (38)

In a book of rules shortly afterwards published by the

Society, the following account is given of the proceedings

at the after-meeting, at which our Society was formed :

''' At a Meeting of Gentlemen assembled at Government House,

"'on the lull of October, 1843, at the request of the Lieu-

" tenant-Governor, Sir Eardley Eardley Wilmot, His Ex-

'' cellency, after expressinrj an opinion that the formation of

" a Botanical and Horticidtiiral Societj/, having in view

" likewise the development of the nattmd resources of the

^^ Island of Van Diemtns Land, ivould be attended with

" great advantage to the commtinity generally, was pleased to

" state, that if such a Society were formed upon a plan

''''then proposetC by His Excellency, a large 2'Ortion of the

" Garden in the Government Domain shoidd be jjlaced at the

" entire disposal of the Members : and farther, that he, the

" Lieutenant-Goveymor, U'ould recommend to the Government,

^^that a7i Anmial Grant of Four Hundred Poiinds should

''''be made to the Institution, for the purpose of paying its

" Officers and promoting its objects generally. His Excellency

''^loas then requested to take the Chair, and the following

*' Resolutions were moved and carried : —

"1st. — That a Society be formed, to be called 'The

" ' Botanical and Horticultueal Society of Van Die-

" ' men's Land.'

" 2nd. — That the leading objects of the Society shall be to
"develope the physical character of the Island, and illustrate
"its natural history and productions.

(37) The report of the meetiiiff published in the Launceston Ex-
ami m r oi 21st October, 1S43, is printed in full in the Appendix (p. 163).

(38) The organ of one party published a satirical account of a meet-
ing of the "Hypothetic Geoponical .-Society" {Courier, iSrcl August,.
1844) ; the appointment of a new superintendent of the Gardens prO'
voked the Adeerti-ser (16th May, 1845) to a leading article on "that very
"extraordinary scientific scheme, the Royal Horticultural Society" ; while
Murray's Review, the least restrained of the papers of the day,
attacked the Tasmanian Society in an article headed "The Mud-Fog:
Society" (20th October, 1843).

'140

FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

U.S. TAS.

"3rd. — Thai- tlie Society shall consist of a President,
Twelve Members of Council, a Treasurer, Secivtary, and an
iudefinite number of Fellows.

"4th.— Tlint tlie Lieutenant-Governor of the Colony for
the time-being shall be the President.

" 5th. — That the President shall annually appoint four per-
sons, Members of Council, to act as Vice-Presidents, and to
perform his duties during his absence.

" 6th. — That the President and Council shall have the
ordering and management of the Projun'ty, Officers, Ser-
vants, and affairs of the Society.

"7th. — That the President shall nominate and elect as
Fellows, such persons as he shall deem tit, until the number
shall reach Fifty.

" 8th. — That when the Society shall consist of Fifty Fellows,
the nominations and elections of all persons proposed for
admissioQ shall he by ballot, according to the Kules to be
hereafter established.

" The President then nominated the folloiving Gentlemen to
be Fellows of the Society, viz. —

Mr. A. Perry,

"Major H. C. Cotton,
" Mr. W. T. N. Champ,

" Capt. C. SWANSTON,

" Mr. J. Hone,

" Rev. John Lillie,

" Mr. P. Fraser,

"J. Allport,

"R. Kerr,

" T. HORNE,

"J. Barnard,
" T. T>. Chapman,

^' Dep. Com. Gen. Maclean,

*' Mr. J. Burnett,
'* J. L. Burnett,
*' J. Burnett, jun.

" Dr. A. TURNBULL,

" Mr. A. H. Maning,
" A. T. Manino,
" R. Power,

" W. SORELL,

" R. K. Nuttall,
" J. Roberts,
"T. Welsh,
"A. F. Kemp,
" Capt. F. C. Smith,

J. Kerr,
G. T. BoYES,
As. Com. Gen. Fletcher,
Mr. E. P. Butler
Dr. Officer,
Mr. R, FiTCAiRN,
Capt. Forster,
Mr. J. E. BicHENO,
J. Dunn,
J. Dunn, junior,
Mr. T. G. Gkegson,

J. Beamont,
Ccipt. A. Rice, 5lbt Regt.
Lieut. Scott, do.

Mr. T. Anstey,
V. Fleming
W. Proctor,
Sir J. L. Pedder,
Mr. W. Kermode,
J. Abbott,
G. D. Holcombe,
J. P. Poynter,
J. Milligan.

OF THE SOCIETY. 141

1913.

" It ivaa then resolved, —

u9th._'rhat the following Fellows shall constitute the
'' Council until the first Annual Meeting of the Society, viz.—

" Sir J. L. Pedder, Mr. Champ,

"Mr. BicHENO, Major Cotton,

''Kev. John Lillie, Mr. Botes,

*'Capt. SWANSTON, FrASER,

''Mr. Hone, J- Burnett, senior,

" Allport, Btjtlee.

c^xOth. — That Captain Swi.nston be the Treasurer of the
" Society.

"11th.— That Mr. Champ be Secretary until the First
" Annual Meeting.

''The President then named the following Members of the
" Council to act as Vice-Presidents iintil tfie Jirst Annual
" Meetim/, viz.—

" Sir J. L. Pedder, Rev. John Lii.lie,

" Mr. Bicheno, Caj-t. Swanston."

Rules for the Society were adopted at a meeting held at
Government House on 28th October. These contain many
of the provisions of our present rules. But it is of interest
to notice that the Council was required to "meet regularly
"once in every week,"' and there was provision also far
special meetiiigs. The rules provided (contrary to the
practice of many learned societies then and since) that
ladies might be admitted as Fellows, with the same privi-
leges as gentlemen, except that if they nominated "any
•' Geiitlenian, being a Fellow of the Society, to be their
"proxy," such proxy "shall not be changed within the
"year."' The Secretary, it was provided, "shall possess a
"scientific knowledge of the leading branches of Natural
"History, particularly of Botany and Geology"; and the
rules contemplated the formation of a museum and library.

A few days afterwards, on 3rd November, Sir John
Franklin embarked from Hobart, "amidst a burst of gen-
"erous and enthusiastic feeling," he remarks in his Narra-
tive, " whiih. much as I had confided in the attachment
"of the people of Van Diemen's Land, could not but sur-
"prise as well as deeply affect me." Accompanied by Bishop
Nixon, the party "first visited a settlement of respectable
"free agriculturists, on the banks of the Huon River. Here,
"located upon land belonging to my wife, upon terms which
"were to enable therm to become shortly the independent
"possessors of it, they had hewed themselves an opening in
"the dense forests which clothe the banks of that river, and
"had laid its soil open to the sun." Sailing for Launceston,
Franklin landed at Swan Island, and laid the first stone of

142 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

K.S. TAS,

the lighthouse. After visiting Goos© Island and Flinders
Island, the vessel called at George Town, and a deputation
from. Launceston presented an address of farewell. Frank-
lin then visited Circular Head, the last spot on which he
set foot in Tasmania; and on 29th November he quitted
our shores. (39)

'J'he st(n'y ot his last voyage is well known. Numerous ex-
peditions were sent out by the British Government to dis-
cover his fate; and when official efforts had been abandon-
ed, and Lady Franklin fitted out a last expedition, under
McClintO'ck, the people of Tasmania contributed £1,600
towards the cost. McClintock, in 1859, found the record
of Franklin's death, on 11th June, 1847. A copy of Mc-
Clintock s narrative, presented to the Society by Lady
Franklin, is still in our library.

The Society from 1843 to 1848.

On 20th November, 1843, Sir Eardley Wilmot announc-
ed to the Legislative Council the formation of the Society,
and his plans for the management and maintenance of the
gardens (40) ; and on 1st January, 1844, the Society enter-
ed into possession of the portion of the gardens entrusted
to it. (41)

On the 12th September, 1844, Sir Eardley Wilmot an-
nounced to the Society that Her Majesty the Queen had
signified her consent to become Patron of the Society ;
i.hat the constitution of the Society had been approved ;
that the grant of £400 per annum had been confirmed ;
and that its designation should thenceforward be "The
"Royal Society of Van Diemen's Land, for Horticulture,
"Bf)t;>ny, and the Advancement of Science." (42)

Mr. W. T. N. Champ was the first Secretary of the
Society. At that time he was Chairman of the Commis-
sioners for Titles; he afterwards became Colonial Secre-
tary; and he was the first Premier of Tasmania under

(39) Abridged from Franklin's Nnrratire, pp. 96-99 the preface to
wliich wa.s written a few days before he sailed from Greenhithe on
19th May, 1845. on his last voyage to the Arctic Seas.

(40) Finance Minute, 1844.

(41) At about the same time Wilmot handed over the Government
Garden at La-unceeton to the Launceston Horticultural Society, this
being in addition to the grounds it already had fronting on Brisbane
and Cameron streets (Lninicenton Kxamiiier, 18th Oclolter, 1843). This
.Society had been established in 1858 (Taxvianian Journal, ii., .S12). As
early as 1834 R. C. Gunn had proposed to devote part of his land
near Launceston to a Botanical Garden (C.S.O., 15,700 (Arthur)). The
Horticultural Society's Gardens were transferred to the Municipal Council in
1863, ;ui(l are now the City Park.

(42) The Society seems to have been the first "Royal Society" outside
of the United Kingdom.

OF THE SOCIETY. 143

1913.

responsible government (1856). He afterwards settled in
Victoria — see obituary notice in Hobart Mercury, 30tli
August, 1892.

On 1st February, 1844, (43) Mr. John Abbott, Registrar-
General of Births, Marriages, and Deaths, and later a
member of the Council, became Honorary Secretary. Mr.
Abbott was a son of Major Abbott, Deputy Judge Advocate
of Van Diemen's Laud, and afterwards Civil Couiniandant
at Launcestoii. He contributed a paper on vital statistics
of Tasmania to Volume 2 of the Papers and Proceedings
(18o4) Mr. Abl)ott died in 1875 — see obituary notice in
Hobart Merai?y of 12rh Julv, 1875.

On 12th September, 1844, Dr. George F. Story (44)
became Secretary, receiving the salar}^ of .£200 a year. In
November, 1845, in consequence of the Lieutenant-Gover-
nor having intimated that the grant would be reduced to
£200 a year, (45) Dr. Stoiy resigned, and Dr. John Lillie,
D.D., (46) became Hcnorarv^ Secretary. He continued to
act as Secretary until Dr. Milligans appointment in 1848.

(45) The date is taken from a notebook of Mr. Francis Abbott. Jun,
CSuperlntendent of the Gardens. 1859-1803), and now at the Botanical
Gardens. The minutes of the Society for 1844 have not been found,
and Mr. Abbott's notebook has enabled several gap.s in the narrative
to be! filled.

(44) George Fordyce Story. M.D., 1800-85. Dr. Story lived for many
years at Kelvedon. near Swansea. See notice in Mr. Maiden's Kecords
of Tasmanian Botanists, thes*^ Papers and Proceedings, 1909, pp. 27-8.

(45) The grant was not, however, reduced.

(46' Sir Robert Hamikon, in his Inaujiural Address to the Australasian Associa-
tion for the Advancement of Science at its meetinji: in Hobart in 189i (Report,
pp. 1-21), says of Dr. Lillie (pp. 6-7) :— " Horn and educated in Scotland, Dr. Lillie
•'came (Hit to Tasmania in 1837 as Minister of St. Andrew's Presbyterian Church
" in Hot art. He was a man of rare eloquence, as well as of g'eat grrasp and power,
"and his influence in directiufj the public mind into hijiher channels than are
" occupied by the mere de.sire for the accumulation of wealth, by awakening it to
" objects of liberal and scientific enquiry, and by enlarging on the advantages
"arising from tiie possession of an enlightened and well-disciplined understanding,
"must have had a beneficial effect on the minds of the ri.sing commiuiity of Tas-
" mania. He was constantly inculcating the niiixim that a comnnmity, not less
"than an individual, must look to itself for the means of developing its resources
"and forming and establishing its character. ' It is not what stands in casual and
"'adventitious connection Avith us, but what grows out of us — the living and
"'genuine offspring <>f our own social organisation— which must ultimately give
" 'us our place and name amont; the nations of the world.' As President of the
" Van Diemen's Land Mechanics' Institute, he delivered addresses on ' The Ad-
"' vantages of Science,' on 'The Opportunities of Intellectual Improvement,
" ' chieHy with reference t'> the circumstances of this Community,' and on ' Knovv-
"' ledge as the means of correcting Prejudice,' which are models of clear and
"vigorous thought, and show a true appreciation of the lofty aims and objects of
" scientific training and teaching. These addresses, which are as true and as
"applicable to the circumstances of the community now as the day they were
"written, would l)e well worthy of republication. They are the only pubhshed
"addresses by him of the sort which I have been able to obtain; but he was
"indefatigable as lecturer on scientific subjects, and he devoted much time and
"thought to the furtherance of education generally, and especially to the necessity
"of directing it into proper channels. He left the Colony in 1858, and died in
"New Zealand in 1866 at the age of 59. I hope that some sympathetic hand may
"yef be found to write some account of his life and work, and to rescue fiom
"oblivion such lectures of his as are still to be found in scattered pamphlets pub-
"lished at the time." Dr. Lillie was an original member of the Society, and re-
mained a member until 1861. He served on the Council for many years.

144 FOUNDATION AND EAULY WORK

R.S. TAS.

For the first four years, the gardens absorbed all the
energy of the Society. (47) In the first annual report
(May, 1845), the Council gives the following account of its
management of the Gardens (pp., 8-11): —

''The attention of the Council was, in the first place,
''directed to such alterations as by the division of the
"original Garden were rendered necessary, in order to
"carry out with efficiency the primary objects of the
"Society; and it having always been intended that the
"Secretary should reside in the house theretofore occupied
"by the Superintendent, (48) accommodation was pro-
"vided for the Secretary in town, until a cottage could be
"built in the Garden for the Superintendent. The cottage
"wa^s therefore begun, and will now be ver}^ shortl}'^ ©ffect-
"ed, and when finished, a space will be left capable of being
"converted into a public entrance to the Garden, through
"which Visitors will hereafter be admitted.

"On the public drive through the Government Domain
"being laid out, (49) at least an acre of excellent land was
"left between the Garden fence and the new road, which
"the Lieutenant-Governor has permitted the Society to
"add to the Garden, and steps are now taking for the
"purpose : when this is completed, it is proposed to divide
"the entire area into such compartments as may best tend
"to develop the physical character of the island, and
"illustrate its natural history and productions. Three
"compartments are at present in view : namely, one for
"the botanical arrangement of plants, classified, a.nd label-
"leid ; another for the cultivation of such plants as ar©
"used in agriculture, medicine, and the arts ; and a third
"for the reception of such trees, fruits, and plants which
"it may be in any way useful or desirable to introduce
"into the colony.

"It may be remarked that, at the recent General Meet-
"ing before adverted to, it was proposed to investigate, by

(47) Sir Eardley Wilmnt, early in 1P44, erected a wall at the Gardens at
tlie public expense. After Sir Fardley Wilmofc's death the expenflitiire was
disallowed by the Colonial Auditor as an improper charge on public
funds (Despatch No 188. 19th November, 1847, Lieutenant-Governor, Sir
William Denison, to ErtI Grey. Secretary of State for the Colonies). Possibly
this wall is the brick wall to the east of the ftovernment House kitclien garden.
Probably it is to Sir Eardlev Wilniot's wall that a tradition at the gardens refers—
that a former Governor built a wall to keep out grasshoppers, using for it bricks
intended for Government House, aiul that he incurred the censure of the Secretary
of State for so doing.

(48) This is the stone cottage now occupied by the Superintendent.
built in 1829.

(49') "One of the first acts of Sir Eardley Wilmot was to give direc-
tions for the formation of roads through the Government Domain
for carriage drives, and convenient space on each side tor pro-
meniides."—Ilohart Town Advirt .se»-,26th September, 1843.

OF THE SOCIETY. 145

1913.

"chemical analysis and otherAvise, the nature and proper-
"ties of the gums, resins, and other vegetable products of
"this island, as well as the qualities of those vegetable sub-
"stances that may be rendered useful in medicine, dyeing,

"etc

"The Society has had two Horticultural Shows : one in
"December, for summer flowers, fruits, etc. ; the other in
"February, for autumnal flowers, fruits, vegetables, etc. ;
"both of them proved very satisfactory. The fii-st was
"held at the Pavilion on the day of the regatta; the latter
"in the Music Hall in Collins-street."

The horticultural shows held by the Society were dis-
continued at the end of 1845, in consequence of the estab-
lishment of the Hobart Town Gardeners' and Amateui's'
Horticultural Society; and the shows of the new Society
were supported by the membei"s of the Royal Society. (50)
Towards the end of 1845 Mr. F. W. Newman, of Sydney,
was appointed Superintendent of the Gardens. (51)

During 1844, 1845, and 1846, the meetings of the
Society were held in town, frequently at the office of the
Colonial Treasurer. In 1846 and 1847 the Society met
in the house at the Gardens.

The report presented at the annual meeting held in
Februaiy, 1846, indicates that the Society was about to
cany out its higher objects as a scientific institution
(p. 9):-

"It is proposed that the Monthly Meetings, which have
"been hitherto almost exclusively occupied in ballotting
"for Members and appointing Office-bearers, shall be
^'specially devoted to the reading of a paper, and extem-
"poraneous discussion upon some point either theoretically
"or practically connected with those branches of natural
"science which it is the design of the Society to cultivate
"and encourage. . . . Acrreeably to the sug^eestions of His
"Excellency, the President of the Society, the Council
"intend, as soon as they shall have adequate funds at
"their disposal, to fit up the rooms of the cottage lately
"occupied by the Secretarv, as a Museum and Reading
"Room."

At the monthly meeting held in June, 1846, Dr. Lillie
read a paper on "The Eucalyptus and other genera of the
"natural order Myrtaceae indigenous to Van Di ©men's

(50) Report, 1846, p. 8.

(51) Mr Newman is tlie first Superintendent mentioned in the Reports
of the Society. Mr. Abbott's notebook records that Mr. Herbertson (who
had previously been employed under the Governor) was appointed
head gardener on 16th November. 1843; Mr. Grant became Snr>erintena-
ent on 30th May, 1&44 ; and Mr. J. Dickenson on 5th May, 1845.

146 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

R.S. TAS.

"Land, in relation to the peculiar character of the soil and
"climate." There is no record of any other paper being
read, however, and the. proposed development of the
Society was not carried into effect until after the appoint-
ment of Dr. Milligan as Secretary, in 1848.

The Tasmaiiian Society, 1843-1848.

In November, 1843, Sir Eardley Wilmot resigned the
office of President of the Tasmanian Society, and Sir John
Franklin was unanimously re-elected. (52)

Mr. Abbott's note book records that on 7th March, 1844,
a proposal was received by the Royal Society from the
Tasmanian Society seeking amalgamation, and that the
Royal Society subsequently determined that it could not
entertain the proposal.

The Tasmanian Society seems about this time to have
retired to Launceston, where its most active member, Mr-
R. C. Gunn, resided. No. 9 of the Tasnia?iian Jouriial,
published about April, 1845, (53) contains the minutes
of meetings held at Launceston from June^ 1844. to March,
1845. At the meeting of 4th June, 1844, the Rev. J. P.
Gell resigned the office of Secretary, and Mr. Gunn be-
came Secretary in his place.

The Society met "in a private and domestic way," (54)
writes Mr. Gunn. It continued to attract membeTS of
considerable distinction, and papers of great value were
contributed to its journal. The journal was published
quarterly from April, 1845, to January, 1847, and after-
wards half-yearly until January, 1849. The second volume
(1843-6) and the third and last volume (1846-9) were pub-
lished in Tasmania by Henry Dowling, of Launceston, and
in London by John Murray. To the end the Tasmanian
/ournai, under Gunn's editorship, maintained the high
standard of its early numbers. In type, in paper, in
illustrations, in its record of discovery, in the distinction
of its contributors, it is safe to say that the earliest of
Australian scientific journals has never since been sur-
passed in the Southern Hemisphere.

Efforts continued to be made to reconcile the two socie-
ties. The Tasmanian Society applied in 1846 for a share of
"the amount voted for the advancement of science" (mean-

,„(5^^ ^%^- ^^^" ^° H^s Excellency. Mr, C. J. Latrobe, 26th November.
1846.— €.S.O., C.B., volume 225, No. 795.

(53) No. a, at an interval of at least 12 months after No 7 had been
published late in 1844 or early in 1845. Nos. 8 and 9 were printed
at the office of the Lavncesfon Examiner:

(54) Letter to Mr. Latrobe. 26th November, 1846

OF THE SOCIETY. 147

1913.

ing the £400 a year granted to the Royal Society). It was
natural that the older Society, with no resources (unless
indeed, it still received the rents of Ancanthe), should teel
that it deserved some help when another Society which
did little scientific work received a considerable grant. Mr.
Latrobe, to whom the application was made, was disin-
clined to help two societies, but willing to make a grant to
a combined Society, and he made efforts to bring the two
societies together. (55) It was probably as a result of his
intervention that a special meeting of the Council was
held on 29th January, 1847, for "the consideration of a
"proposition for uniting the Royal Society and the Tas-
"manian Society." The minutes of the meeting record
that:— "After maturely deliberating on the question, the
'^ Secretary was instructed to communicate with the Secre-
''tary of the Tasmanian Society, with the view of ascertam-
"ino- the distinct grounds en which such union should take
''eff'ect, the Council being unanimously of opinion that
"such union is most desirable, in itself."

The minutes of the next meeting of the Council that a
meeting of the Tasmanian Society held at Launceston on
24th February, 1847, had negatived the proposal of a

union,

The Tasmanian Journal contains the minutes of vari-
ous meetings of the Tasmanian Society in 1847 and 1848,
the last on 10th May, 1848 (in the number for July,
1848). The last number (January, 1849) does not mention
any meetings. (56).

III. THE SOCIETY FROM 1848 TO 1863.
The Expansion of the Society, 1848.

Sir William Thomas Denison, a captain of the Royal
Engineers, and a Fellow of the Royal Society of London,
assumed the governorship of Tasmania early in 1847. He
will long be remembered in Tasmania for the many public
works he carried out, and for his many projects for the
advancement of Tasmania. He seems to have interested
himself at once in the Society, and to him must be attn.
buted its expansion in 1848.

No materials are available for an account in detail of
Sir William Denison's intervention. He refers to its
result in a letter to Admiral Beaufort, 5th February,

(55) See his minute in C.S.O., C.B., vol, 225. No. 795,

(56) For further references to the Tasmanian Society, see p. 150.

148 FOUNDATION AND EARLY AVOIIK

R.3. TA<J.

1849 : "I have set on foot a scientific society ; that is, 1
"have succeeded in making a society, which had been nomi-
"nally established several years, perform some work, and
"I hope to be able to forward liome a specimen of its
"labours shortly." (57)

Sir William Denison resumed Mr. Latrobe"s efforts to
unite the Koyal Society and the Tasmanian Society, as
appears from a reference to "negotiations with the local
"Government'' in the minutes of a meeting of the Council
on 7th June, 1847.

In his finance minute for 1848, read to the Legislative
Council on 17th March, Sir William Denison said: "I
"have retained the amount of £400 allowed to the Van
"Diemen's Land Society, and have ins^erted a sum of £100
"to be paid to a similar Society at Launceston. I have
'placed these sums, however, on the estimates in the hope
"that, by some mutual arrangement, or by a coalition
"between all the individuals or societies having at heart
"the promotion and diffusion of scientific knowledge, a
"general Society might be formed, to whom the Govern-
*'ment might with justice be called upon to afford assist-
"ance to a greater amount than is now done to these
"detached societies, in consideration of the benefit likely
"to accrue to the country from its operations."

In the report presented to the annual meeting held on
4th May, 1848, the Council, after referring to the desira-
bilitv of appointing a paid Secretary, say :

"The Council recommended this step in their last An-
"nual Report to the Society ; but it was not acted upon,
"in consequence of a wish expressed on the part of His
"Excellency the President to reorganise the Society, and
"combine it with other societies, in order to promote, as
"His Excellency believed, its usefulness. ... It is
"understood that His Excellency now finds his plan of
"'amalgamation impracticable."

In April, 1848. Mr. William Heiitv, the Spcretarv of the
Launceston Horticultural Society, proposed to Sir William
Denison that a " federal " society should be formed from

(57) Varv'tie.'< of V Ic.p-Hi'fKd Life (London. 1870), 1.. 107. Sir William
Denison seems t.o havo vpndered a similar service to the Philosophical
Society of Ne^f South Wnles (see note 1). In a letter to Sir Koderick
Murcliison. 25th Jnno. 18:56 (ib.. i.. 354), Denison wrote: "I have got my
"Philosophical Society to work at luHt. ... I detenniiied I wonlil not l)e
"President of an efTeto body, so I called the members together, read
"a paper on railroads, got them to agree to meet regularly once a
"month for eight months in the year, and shall now. by the help of
"occasional papers from myself, and of suggestions to others, manage,
"T dare say. to gciierat<^ first, an appetite for writing, and then a.
"taste for oliservation, in order to have something to write about."

OF THE SOCIETY. 149

1913.

existing societies. (57a) His proposals are contained in a
*' prospectus " which was published in the Examiner of 22nd
July, 1848.

'TROSPECTUS for an enlargement of the objects and
"constitution of the Royal Society.

''Name. — The Royal Society of Van Diemen's Land.
"Objects. — The advancement of agriculture, horticul-
"ture, agricultural chemistry, botany, and geology, and
"'other branches of science and natural history, and the
''various objects of productive industry, arts, and manu-
''factures.

''Means of Support. — The Grovernment grant of £
"and a subscription of 10s. 6d. per annum from each
"member.

"Constitution and Procedure. — All subscribers to be
*'' ipso facto members, to elect their President, and Council,
"and Secretary, the latter to receive a salary of £
"per annum and travelling expenses. Each Member to
"be entitled to a copy of the proceedings. The following
"societies to be affiliated branches, but their present
"management not to be interfered with, viz., the Horticul-
- "tural Societies of Hobart Town and Launceston, the
"X§Lsmanian Society, the Midland Society. (57b) These
"societies will continue to raise and spend their own funds
"as at present. Their privileges will be that of inserting
"in the Transactions of the Royal Society their selected
"papers, also abstracts of their reports, and the right of
"correspondence for advice and co-operation with the
"Secretary of the Royal Society.

"Prizes to be offered by the Royal Society for essays
"and reports connected with the objects of the Society.

"Stated meetings to be held at Hobart Town, also at
"Oatlands, Campbell Town, Launceston, Westbury, etc. (in
"manner of the Chemical Association of Scotland), for the
"discussion of selected topics and reading of papers and
"lectures.

"The Secretary. — His duties will be the general superin-
"tendence of the affairs of the Society (subject to the
"Council) ; to visit the districts of the colony as geologist
"and botanist; to arrange the meetings for reading of
"papers, etc.; to give lectures; to arrange for the periodi-
"cal publication of the Transactions, and correcting them

(57a) Hobart Courier, 15th April, 1848. Launceston Examiner, 6th May,
22nd July, 1848.

(57b) The Midland Agricultural Association, established at Campbelltown in
1838.

150 l-'OU>^DATION AND EARLY AVORK

U.S. TAS.

"for til© press; foreign correspondence; correspondence
"with the affiliated societies; preparing the annual report,
"etc. ; superintending the museum and librar}^"

(Signed by about forty gentlemen representing the Tas-
nianian ancl Horticultural Societies, and the Midland
Agricultural Associaton).

Sir William Denison sent these proposals to the Council,
which received them somewhat coldly. (57c) Meantime,
however, the rules of the Society had been revised, and a.
new rule (17) was added, as follows: — "Any Member of
"the Tasmanian Society may be admitted into the Royal
"Society, without recommendation and without ballot, on
"his application to that effect to the Secretary, accom-
"panied with the 3^ear's contribution."

The Tastfiania?i Jotir?ial, as already stated, does not men-
tion any meetings of the Tasmanian Society after May,
1848, while the Papers a?id Froc(edi?igs of our Society for
1849 record meetings of the Society for the reading and
discussion of scientific papers from August, 1848. Mr. R.
C. Gunn, the most active member of the Tasmanian
Society, was elected to the Royal Society m July, 1848.
Five other prominent members of the Tasmanian Society
joined the Royal Society in 1848, and four m 1849. The
Lauficeston Examiner of 18th August, 1849, in a review
of the last number of the Tasmanian Jour7ial, wrote : '"We
"understand the Society is at an end." (58)

Early in 1848, Dr. Joseph Milligan (59) was appointed

(57c) Minutes of Meeting of Council, 13th July, 1848.

(58) Captain H. Butler Stoney in A Year in Tasmania (Hobart, 1854),
after referring to -the trusts of the Ancanthe estate, writes (p. 157) :
"We are uncertain whether the College at Bisliopsbourne fulfils all
"the conditions ; but there Is reason to believe that the Museum and'
"the lands, etc.', forming its endowments, liave been lianded over to
"the trustees for that College. The funds upon which the Tasmanian
"Society depended for its support, in a great measure, being tlius
"withdrawn, and the Royal Society having been formed about the
"same time with similar objects, most of the members of the former
"joined the latter, under the impression that one strong Society would
"more effectually accomplish its end than could be effected by two,
"having only the same amount of means at command, and double the
"amourit of expenditure to defray."

It is clear that there was nothing of the nature of a formal union
of the societies. None of the property of the Tasmanian Society passed-
to the Royal Society. One of tlie sets we have of the Tasmanian
Journal was given to us by R. C. Gunn in 1849-. the other we obtained
in 1864. None of the books or records of the Tasmanian Society
seem to have come into our possession at that time-, the Minute-book
for 1841 did not come to us until 1878. A large num>)er of unbound
sheets of the Tasmnniftn Jnitrnal remained in R. C. Gunn's possession, and
after his death were bouglit by a bookseller.

(59) Joseph Milligan, 1807-1884. Ho obtained the diploma of the
Royal College of S^irgeons of Edinburgh in 1829. and in 1830 he wa^
appointed surgeon to the Van Diemen's Land Company at Surrey Hills.,
where he remained 10 or 12 years. Sir John Franklin appointed him
to be inspector of convict discipline. He was subsequently superintend-
ent of tlie aborigines at Flinders Island. He was a member of the

OF THE SOCIETY. ISli

1913.

paid Secretary of the Society "in its proper and originally
"intended character of a Scientific Society, '^ in succession to
Dr. Lillie. Sir William Denison rendered it possible for
the Society to secure Dr. Milligan's services, bv giving him
at the same time an appointment under the Government.
The salaiy proposed to be paid by the Society was £150,
but at Dr. Milligan's recaiest this was reduced to £100 for
several years, in order that funds might be available for
other purposes of the Society.

Dr. Milligan's appointment, and the constant interest
shown by Sir William Denison in the Society — of which
ample evidence is given by the numerous resolutions of
thanks passed from time to time by the Council and the
Society, and by the numerous papers he read — at once re-
sulted in the expansion of its work. The Gardens were
maintained as heretofore; but the Society now held fre-
quent meetings for the reading and discussion of papers,
a Museum and a Library were established, and in 1849 the
first number of the Papers and Proceedings was published.

For the reorganisation of the Society the members will
always hold Sir William Denison in grateful memory. It
was he who brought into the Society the most active of
the members of Sir John Franklin's Society, and who in-
spired in our Society the good traditions which they had
established. Sir Eardley Wilmot was the founder of our
Society; but with him we may associate as founders of its
traditions his predecessor Sir John Franklin and liis suc-
cessor Sir William Denison. To these three Governors the
Society owes its existence, and the spirit in which its early
work was done.

Before referring in some little detail to the work of the
Society from 1848 to 1863, it is convenient to mention now
that in 1854 an Act of the Legislative Council made pro-
vision for vesting the joroperty of the Society in trustees,
and for other matters connected with the management of
its affairs. In 1855 the name of the Colony was changed
to Tasmania, and the Society then became "The Royal
k50cietv of Tasmania for Horticulture, Botany, and the
"Advancement of Science." This remained the correct title
of the Society until 1911, although both in the Society's
Rules and publications, and in common usage, the shorter

Tasmanian Society and an original member of the Eoyal Society.
He contributed many papers to the Ta.smanian Jovmal and to the
Pavers and Proceediiuis, of which one of the best known is a vocabu-
lary of the language of the aborigines of Tasmania. See later refer-
r^nees in this narrative, an obituary notice in the Report for 1884, and
Mr. Maiden's Records of Tasmanian Botanists, these Papers and Pro-
dmux, 1909, p. 22.

152 FOUNDATION AND EAKLY WOEK

R.S. TAS.

title was used. In 1911, by tlie Royal Society Act, 1911,
the Act of 1854 was repealed, and the Society was made a
body corporate by the name of "The Royal Society of Tas-
''mania," with perpetual succession.

The Membership.

The number of original members nominated by Sir
Eardley Wilmot on 14th October, 1843, was 50 (including
the President). By the beginning of 1844 the number had
increased to nearly 100.

The number of members in 1847 was 81. After Dr.
Milligan's appointment, the numbers grew rapidly. At
the end of 1848 there were about 120; in 1849 about 140.
The prosperity which followed the discovery of gold en-
abled the Society to increase rapidly. In the yeaxs 1853
to 1855 the number of names in the lists in the annual
reports (in addition to honorary and corresponding mem-
bers) is about 330; but the names of those who failed to
pay their subscriptions were not then removed so promptly
as ooir rules now require, and this number included many
whose membership had lapsed. The largest number who
paid subscriptions in any year was about 240 (in 1854).
In comparing these numbers with the membership in later
years, it must be remembered that in the early fifties many
scientific men in neighbouring colonies which had no scien-
tific societies joined our Society ; and the privileges in con-
nection with the Gardens attracted many local members.
From 1856 the membership decreased, and in 1863 only
about 100 annual subscriptions were received- (60)

The subscription was originally £1, with an entrance fee
of £2. The entrance fee was abolished in 1844 or 1845
(61). In 1853 the subscription was raised to £1 10s. (62)

A Northern branch was formed at Launceston on 26th
September, 1853, at a meeting held at Franklin Lodge, a
building in the Horticultural Society's Gardens, now the

(60) The Society has always had the support of many members
who have not been specially interested in its work as a learned
body, and the number of these has varied with the prosperity of the
island, and the energy with which members have invited their friends
to join From 1860 to 1880 the number who paid annual subscriptions
was usually from 80 to 100, rising occasionally to 120, In the early
eighties the numbers were about 120, and in 1886 and 1886. 148. After
1886 the numbers decreased again, and by 1904 the Society was
reduced to 67 ordinary members. The number increased from 1907,
and now is 156. the largest for over 50 years.

(61) Report, May, 1845, p. 11.

(62) Report, 1853, p. 4. No change in the subscription was made until
190S, when associates were admitted at 15/, and the subscription for coun-
try members was reduced to £1. In 1912 the subscription for all mem-
bers became £1/1/.

OF THE SOCIETY. 153-

1913.

City-park. Later, the branch held its meetings in a room
in the Public Buildings. Some show cases were obtained
from the Society in Hobart, and a collection of specimens
of gpology and mineralogy was got together. (63)

In 1857 the branch had about thirty members. Interest
waned, and there does not seem to be any reference to it
in the Society's Reports after 1860; but it is mentioned in
Walch's Almanac until 1878.

The cases and specimens of the museum of the Northern
branch were afterwards bought by the Mechanics" Insti-
tute of Launceston. The collections were kept for a time
at the Public Buildings, but in 1885 or 1886 were moved
to the Institute. In 1887 the Victoria Museum and Art
Gallery was commenced, and on its completion the collec-
tions of the Institute were moved to it. (63a) The Boyal
Society was thus the parent both of the Tasmanian
Museum and the Victoria Museum.

The Museum and Library.

The original Rules of the Society provided for a Museum
and a Librar^^; and as early as 1844 there is mention of
"some dried plants for our Museum." In the Report for
1845, the Council reported that Sir Eardley Wilmot had
given a valuable collection of specimens of natural history,
and had written to the Royal Society, the Linnaean So-
ciety, and the Antiquarian Society (of all of which he
was a member), and other societies, asking for books for
the librar}' ; and that it was intended to fit up the rooms
of the cottage lately occupied by the Secretary as a
Museum.

In 1846 the first book for the Society's Library — Lou-
don's Encyclopaedia of Plants — was ordered; and in 1847
the University of Cambridge presented several bibles and
books on divinity.

In June, 1848, Sir William Denison gave permission for
the use, free of charge, of "the large Committee Room at
"the Legislative Council Chamber'' as a Museum and
Library and meeting-room for the Society; and obtained
a grant of £100 a year towards the expenses of the
Museum. The Committee Room and an adjoining room
were occupied by the Society until 1852.

The Rep'ort for 1848 records that a Library was now

(63) Henry Button, Flotsam and Jetsam (Tasmania and London, 1910), p. 315.

(63a) Flotsam and Jetsam, pp. 315-6. Ernest Whitfeld, History of the

Launceston Mechanics' Institute and Public Library (Launceston, 1905),

154 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

R.S. TAS.

being got together. The Library appears to have been
intended to be a public one : —

''The nucleus of a Public Library has been formed,
''which, it is to be hoped, may, through the cordial sup-
"port of Members of this Society, and of the community,
"aided by the liberality of Government, expand into an
"institution at one© creditable as a national undertaking,
"and of the highest importance in making available to
"practical purposes in this new country the rich stores of
"knowledge accniing from the labours and researches of
"the learned and scientific in other parts of the world. The
"Library comprises at present only about eighty volumes,
"besides pamphlets; almost all of which are presentations
"from Members.'"'

"The Books are being registered, and Rules and R,egula-
"tions are about to be framed for rendering them as wide-
"ly accessible to the public as the circumstances of the
"Society will permit.'*' (64)

In 1849, the Tasmanian Public Library (65) was form-
ed, and the Council consequently restricted the purchase of
books to such as were of a scientific character :

"In the last Annual Report it was said 'the nucleus of
' 'a Public Library has been formed.' Since then the Tas-
'manian Public Library has been established, claiming as
'a separate institution the sympathy and support of the
'community.

"This has led the Council to restrict the purchase of
'Books for the Society's Library to such as are of a scien-
'tific character. Amongst the books bought are 20 parts
'of 'Groulds Birds of Australia' ; the residue will be proi-
'cured through Mr. Gould's agent here. It is a costly
'work, but indispensable to the study of Australian Or-
'nithology. Equally expensive, and quite as essential to
'a student of the Natural History of Tasmania, is the
''Mammals' of the same author; of this the first part has
'been procured, and Mr. Gould's agent will supply the rest
'as they issue from the press. The increase of the Library
'has, of course, been limited — the register comprising only
'about 250 volumes besides pamphlets." (66)

The first catalogue of the Library was published in the
Report for 1850. A second catalogue was published in
1856. (67)

(64) Report, 1848, pp. 16-16. "

(65) The Library was at first a subscription library, and in 1849 a
grant of £100 a year for the purchase of books was made by the Govern-
ment. The Library was at first at No. 1 liarra-ck-street. There had been a sub-
scription library in Hobart as early as 1826.

(66) Report, 1849. p. 18.

(67) The Library was again catalogued in 1885. by Mr. Morton.

OF THE SOCIETY. 155

1913.

Considerable sums were expended in the purchase of
books, and in 1860 it was reported that the expenditure
had become "beyond the means of the Society." The
expenditure on the Library for the previous five years had
been nearly £90 a year; and was one of the sources of the
debt under which the Society laboured until, by Dr.
Agnew"s exertions, it was paid off in 1864.

The Museum collections grew rapidly, and the accom-
modation at the Legislative Council Chamber was soon
inadequate. In 1851 the Council entered into negotiations
with the Building Committee of the proposed Royal Ex-
change. It was proposed to provide rooms in the Ex-
change building both for the Society and the Public
Library ; but the negotiations were broken off.

In 1852 the Society took a lease of premises in Harring-
ton-street, opposite St. Josephs Church, and its Museum
and Library were moved frorri the Legislative Council
Chamber. The Society had now to provide rent, and the
Council was anxious that as soon as possible the Society
should be in premises of its own. The accommodation at
"what was now called the Museum was also likely soon to
be exhausted, if the collections continued to grow. The
Council pointed out that they had been encouraged by the
Government to undertake a Museum ; and that the
Museum, being open to the public, had become an import-
ant local institution. They therefore felt justified in ap-
plying to the Crown for a site for a Museum, at the same
time undertaking to raise by public subscription a sum
towards the erection of a building.

The Grovernment received the Council's application fav-
ourably, but it was some yearsi before a site was decided
on. In 1854 it was suggested that the Council should re-
ceive Fitzroy Crescent (68); and the Eeport for that year
says (p. 8) :

"The Council have now the pleasure of stating that the
"Government has agreed to the transfer by the Crown to
"the Society of that valuable area of enclosed ground
"known as Fitzroy Crescent for a building site, and for the
"purpose of initiating a Zoological Garden, for which it is by
"Nature admirably adapted, being possessed of considerable
"diversity of soil and surface, and having a perennial
"stream of pure water running through it."

The Society seems to have come into the occupation of

(68) In 1851 a public subscription had been raised for forming a
promenade and pleasure grounds at Fitzr(jy (or Garden) Crescent. In
1854 the subscribers agreed to the site being given to the Society.
C.S.O , Denisou, volume 267 No. 5,979

156 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

R.S. TAS,

Fitzro}'- Crespent for a time; but no steps were taken to-
wards the erection of a building or the formation of gar-
dens— ^one reason being the scarcity and high price of
labour.

In 1853 the Society purchased "the highly-finished and
"well-contrived cases and fitttings of the Franklin Museum
"'at Ancanthe, New Town," and these were gradually
brought to Hobart and re-erected in the Harrington-street
Museum. In 1854 the grant for the Museum was increased
to £200.

In 1856 the Secretary wrote to the Colonial Secretary,
stating that some members of the Council considered that
the site in Fitzroy Crescent- — as also a site suggested in the
Domain — was inconveniently situated for a public
museum, and asking that a site be reserved in on© of the
following situations : —''At the corner formed by Mac-
"quarie-street and Murray-street, in the quadrangle en-
"closed by the wall of the gaol, which it is understood will
"very soon be removed; or at the corner formed by Mac-
"quarie-street and Argyle-street, now garden ground, oc-
"cupied by the Aide-de-camp ; or in Collins-street, upon a
"piece of ground between Elizabeth-street and Murray-
"street, the property of the Crown, which is now occupied
"as a Coachmaking Establishment." (69)

In rejDly, the Colonial Secretary informed the Society
that a portion of the gaol site would be reserved ; that a
grant of money towards the erection of a building would
be made ; and asked that plans be prepared.

In 1857, however, the Society was informed that the
gaol site was to be sold ; but that the claims of the Society
would be considered when the land attached to G-overn-
ment House (Macquarie-street) was available.

In 1858 a site, in what is now Franklin Square, was
gazetted ; and the Council at once undertook the collection
of public subscriptions towards a building. Mainly by the
exertions of Dr. Milligan, there was raised by the end of
1859 a sum of £1,646 13s., (70) and this sum grew with
interest to over £1,800.

But in 1859 the Government decided to reserve the
whole of the Government House grounds, in order that the
site might be available at a future time for new House?
of Parliament, and the Society was offered accommodation
in the new Government Buildings then about to be erect-
ed in Murray-street. (71)

(69) Report, 1&56, p. 16.

(TO) The subscription list is printed at pp. 48-52 of the Report for 1859.

(Tl) Report, 1869, p. 20.

OF THE SOCIETY. 157

1913.

Finally, in 1860, the site of the present Museum was
giveoi to the Society. (72)

The Papers arid Proceedings.

During the first five years of its life the Society publish-
ed only annual reports. There was little else, indeed, to
publish, for scarcely any original papers were read before
the Society. Many of the members were members also
of the Tasmanian Society, and contributed to it« Journal.

The last number of the Tasma?iian Journal is dated
January, 1849; and our Papers and Proceedings appear to
have been intended to takei its pla,ce. The Council, at a
m^eeting held on 7th March, 1849, decided that the size,
form and type of the forthcoming Journal of the Society
should be those of the Tas/nanian Journal.

Volume i.. Part 1, of tlie Papers and Proceedings of the
Royal Society of Van Diemeii' s Land is dated May, 1849.
It consists entirely of reports by Dr. Milligan on the Coal
Basins of the island, illustrated by hand-coloured sections ;
and, by the good offices of Sir William Denison, was print-
ed at the Government Printing Office.

Volume i., Part 2, was published in January, 1850, and
its contents were similar to those of the Tas7nanian Jour-
nal — original papers read before the Society, detailed
reports of the proceedings of meetings, and miscellaneous
notes and articles from other sources. This form our
Papers and Proceedings retained during the remainder of
Dr. Milligans Secretaryship.

Part 3, completing Volume i., was published in 1851 ;
Parts 1, 2, 3 of Volume ii. were published in 1852, 1853,
and 1854; Part 1, of Volume iii., in 1855; and Part 2,
which completed Volume iii., in 1859.

After 1859, there was no publication (except annual
reports) until 1863. (In one of the Society's sets, there is
bound a paper by F. Al'bott, F.E.A.S., which seems to
have been published in 1860; but probably this was not
intended to form part of a volume.) In. 1863, publication
was resumed, in monthly numbers, and in a different form.

The Gardens.
Mr. F. W. Newman remained the Superintendent of the
Gardens until his death in 1859. The Annual Reports of
the Society contain many references to Mr. Newman's ex-
cellent management, and the Gardens grew rapidly in

(72) Report. 1860, p. 19.

158 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WOKK

R.S. TAS.

favour as a resort of the public. In those days visitors
signed their names in a book at the entrance, and there
was consequently some record of their number. In 1847,
there were 2,287 visitors; in 1850, 9,191; in 1853, 12,635;
in 1856, 13,251; in 1859, 15,725; in 1863, 20,488; in
addition to many names not entered on days when the
band of the regiment in garrison played in the Gardens.

The pond in the Gardens was made in 1848, and saved
much expense for water, which previously had been carted
from the town.

In 1854, the Government grant for the Gardens was
increased to £600; in 1863 it was reduced: to £550, and
in 1867 to £400; in 1877 it was raised to £600; in 1880
it was reduced to £450; and in 1881 raised again to £600.

The Annual Reports record the introduction of many
new varieties of fruits, grains, and grasses. In 1847, 28
new kinds of apples were introduced; and the Papers and
Proceedings ibr 1854 (Volume ii., p. 485) record a list of
42 varieties of apples submitted for the opinion of mem-
bers. The Reports for 1846 and 1854 mention the intro-
duction of new pasture grasses; and in the Report for 1860
is published a. list of grasses adapted for agricultural pur-
poses, then cultivated in the Gardens.

The area of the Gardens, originally about 12 acres, was
gradually enlarged, until in 1856 over 20 acres were in cul-
tivation.

In 1857 a catalogue of the plants growing in the Gardens
was published. The Report for 1858 contains a supple-
mentary list; and lists of plants introduced each year are
published in the Annual Repo'rts.

In 1859, Mr. Francis Abbott, jun. (a son of Francis
Abbott, F.R.A.S., whose meteorological observations were
published by the Society) was appointed Superintendent.
Mr. Abbott had been apprenticed in the Gardens in 1850.
He remained Superintendent until his death in 1903.

In the straitened circumstances of the Society in the
early sixties, the Society had some difficulty in maintain-
ing the various brances of its work, but the Council con-
sidered that the Gardens must not be allowed to suffer.
An extract from the Report for 1862, p. 19, is of some in-
terest, as showing that Tasmania was already becoming a
sVimmer resort :

"The Society has ever felt that, irrespective of their
"great scientific value, it was a duty in reference to the
/'more immediate interests of Hobart Town and the Colony
"generally, to keep the Gardens in such order as should

OF THE SOCIETY. 159

1913.

"enhance the advantages of the place as a summer resi-
"dence."

Meteorological Observatto?is.

The Tasma7iia7i Journal contained meteorological ob-
servations taken at various places in Tasmania; and the
Society continued this work. The Society superintended
the keeping of meteorological observations at several light-
houses and other stations in Tasmania, and the prepara-
tion of the observations for publication. The most im-
portant of the observations were those of Mr. Francis
Abbott, F.R.A.S., of Hobart, which extended from 1841
to 1878, Thesa observations were published from time to
time by the Society, and in 1859 a compilation of the
observations for the years 1856-8 was published as an
appendix to Volume iii. of the Papers atid Proceedings.
Other compilations, extending the averages over longer
periods, were afterwards published.

The Society seems to have provided the instriunents for
country observations. In 1859 noi less a sum than £93 16s.
8d. was expended for instruments and printing.

International Exhibitions.

In 1850, Sir William Denison invited the aid of the
Society in preparing and arranging the contributions from
Tasmania to the Exhibition of Industry of all Nations, to
be held in London in 1851. A Committee of members
was formed, and a considerable collection, of which a cata-
logue was printed, was sent to London. One exhibit at-
tracted some attention in England, although the difficulty
of carrying it prevented it from reaching England until
long after the Exhibition had bee'n closed — "an 'Enormous
'■ Tlank,' 144 feet in length, 20 inches in breadth, and 6
"inches in thickness ... of 'Blue Gum,' cut at Long
"Bay, in D'Entrecasteaux Channel." (73)

The Society also assisted in preparing exhibits for the
Paris Exhibition of 1855; and when a permanent exhibi-
tion of the products of Tasmania at the Crystal Palace
was established in 1857, the Society again undertook the
collection and preparation of the exhibits. (74)

Fisheries.
There were many papers and discussions in the Society
during the fifties on the introduction of the salmon into
Tasmania. In 1858 the Society presented a valuable re-

(73) Papers and Proceedings, 1S52, volume ii., p. 535.

(74) Report, 1857. p. 24.

160 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WOEK

R.S. TAS.

port to tlie Government on this subject; and at about
the same time experiments were carried out at the Ci-ystal
Palace, with a view to determine the most suitable tem-
perature and thei best means of obviating unfavourable
conditions of climate, etc., in th© course of the voyage to
Tasmania. (75)

The Report for 1860 mentions the introduction of tench
into the pond at the Gardens ; and large numbers of this
fish were afterwards distributed throughout Tasmania.

The Secretaries.

Early in 1860, Dr. Milligan, -Who had served the Society
since 1848, obtained 18 months leave of absence to enable
him to visit England; and the Society placed on record
its appreciation of his services. Dr. Milligan did not re-
turn to Tasmania; but he did not forget th© Society, and
presentations to our Library and Museunij reached us al-
mo'st yearly until his death. He died in 1884, and by his
will he left the Society the sum of £350.

The Honorable William Archer, F.L.S., M.H.A., (76)
acted as Secretary until July, 1861. Mr. Archer was a
botanist of some distinction, and to him, jointly with R.
C. Gunn, Hooker dedicated his Flora of Tasmania.

In July, 1861, Dr. (after Sir James) Agnew became
Honorar}^ Secretary. Dr. Agnew remained Honorary Sec^
retary until a time within the memory of most of the pre-
sent members; and the Reports for many years contain
tributes to the distinguished services he gave to the Society.

The New Museum.

With a reference to the building of the present Museum,
this narrative will fitly come towards a conclusion. To
the stim raised by the Society bj subscription, the Govern-
ment added £3,000; and when the sit© was at last settled
in 1860, a contract was let to Messrs. Seabrook and Son
to erect a building to designs by Mr. Henry Hunter.

The portion of the building then erected was the two
rooms at the corner of Argyle and Macquarie Streets, the
two galleries paralle'i to Macquarie-street, and the entrance
hall and stairs. The total cost, with fittings, was about
£4,800.

On 29th January, 1863, the Society held its first meet-
ing in th© new building, which, twice enlarged, has now
been our home for over 50 years.

(75) /^ei9o/<, 1869, p. 24.

(76) See Mr. Maiden's Records of Tasmanlan Botanists, tliese Papers
and Proceedings, iy09, p. 11.

OF THE SOCIETY. 161

1913.

It only remains to add that at the end of 1885 the
Society gave back to the Crown the Botanical Gardens and
the Museum, which, with the collections of the Museum,
were vested in a body of trustees, of whom six are chosen
from the Society; and that, in consideration of the ser-
vices rendered by the Society in the promotion of science,
and in the formation and management of the Museum and
Gardens, the right w^as reserved to the Society to have
exclusive possession of sufficient and convenient rooms in
the Museum, for the safe custody of its Library, and for
its meetings, and for all other purposes connected with it.
(77)

Tasmania is now a more highly organised community
than sixty or seventy years ago. Not only are the Museum
and Gardens vested in a public trust, and supported en-
tirely from public funds, but Departments of the Govern-
ment— the Department of Agriculture, the Geological
Survey, the Weather Bureau, the Fisheries Board — are
now charged with various duties formerly performed by
the Society. The Society is now able to give all its activi-
ties to the work usually attempted by kindred societies —
the reading and publication of papers, and the acquisition
and maintenance of a library. Our annual volume of
Papers and Proceedings places on record ]>apers on the
history, the resources, and the natural phenomena of Tas-
mania. It is sent to the principal libraries of the world, to
the Governments and learned societies of the Empire and
of foreign countries. In friendly correspondence with
societies and institutions throughout the world, the So-
ciety takes its part in adding to the common fund of know-
ledge ; and in return we receive from them the records of
their work. The Library, though not always cared for,
has grown steadily, and not the least valuable of its con-
tents are those which our predecessors of fifty years ago
obtained for us. It is for the members of the present day
to see that our contributions to knowledge are maintained,
and that we in turn pass on to our successors a library
which they will value, as we value that which we have
received. Maintaining the traditions of our founders, we
may look forward to future anniversaries at which the
continued interest of the Society to its members and its
usefulness to Tasmania may be commemorated.

(77) Act 49 Vic., No. 34 (1885).

162 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

R.S. TAS.

THE TASMANIA^ SOCIETY IN AUGUST, 1843.*

llc^iticnt ifflembcr^

His Exckllency SIR, JOHN FRANKLfN, K.C.H., K.R.
THE LORD BISHOP OF TASMANIA.

F.R.S., D.C.I..

JAMES AV. AGNEW, ESQ., M.D., Saltwater

Creek, Tasvum's Peninsula.
MRS. ALLPORT, Hobart.

GEO. BAGOT, EsQ.,5Lv^fl'.0.L./. Re<it., A. B.C.
JAMES BARNARD, Esq., Hobart.
W. H. BAYLIE, Esq., Longmarsh, Ross.
EDWARD S. P. BEDFORD, ESQ., Hobart.
T. L. BKLCIIER, ESQ., blst Regt.
HON. J E. BICHENO, ESQ., Colonial Secretary.
CAPT. BOO r EI, Commandant, Port Arthur.
HON. G. T. AV. B. BOYES, ESQ., Auditor.
C. BRADBURY, ESQ., Hobart.
WM. HENRY BRETON, ESQ., P.M., Laxm-

ceston.
DAVID BURN, ESQ., Rotherwood.
MAJOR COTTON, Deputy-Surveyor-General,

Hobart.
W. L. CROWTHER, ESQ., ditto.
REV. R. R. DAVIES, Norfolk Plains.
R. H. DAVIES, Esq., Wextbury.
REV. T. DOVE, Maria Island.

(JToiTc^pontimg ptembers

JAMES BACKHOUSE, ESQ., York, England^

M. LE CAPITAINE BERARD, Le Rhin.

REV. PROFESSOR BUCKLAND, Oxford.

R. H. BLAND, ESQ., York, Swan River.

REV. W. B. CLARKE, Paramatta, N. S.
Wales.

W. COLENSO. Esq., Paihia, New Zealand.

CAPT. ARTHUR F. COTTON, Madras En-
gineers.

CAPT. F. R. M. CROZIER, R.N., H.M.S.
Terror.

HON. HENRY ELLIOT, St. Petersburg, Russia.

HON. E. C. FROME, E.SQ., Surveyor-General,
Adelaide, South Australia.

HIS EXCELLENCY SIR GEORGE GIPPS,
Sydney, New South Wales.

JOHN GOULD, Esq., F.L.S., London.

HIS EXCELLENCY CAPT. GREY, Adelaide,
South Australia.

J AS. HAiMLIN, Missionary, Orooa, New Zea-
land.

EDMUND C. HOBSON, Esq., M.D., Port
Phillip.

JOSEPH HOOKER, E.SQ., M D., H.M.S.

Erebus.
M. JAQUINOT, Captain in the naval service of

H.M. I lie King of the French.
H. JOHNSOX, ESQ., M.D., New Zealand.
J. B. JUKES, Esq., F.G.S., H.M.S. Fly.

REV. THOMAS J. EWING, Head Master of
the Queca's Orphan Schools, Neiv Town.

HON. P. ERASER. ESQ., Colonial Trtasxirer.

M. C. FRIEND, ESQ., F.R.S., George Town.

JAMES GRANT, Esq., Launceston.

HON. T G. GREGSON, ESQ , M.L.C., Risdon.

R. C. GUNN, Esq , Penquite, Laimceston.

F. H. HENSLOWE, Esq. , Hobart.

H. JEANNERET, Esq., M.D., Flinder\s Island.

W. P. KAY, Esq., Director of Public Works.

J. H. KAY, Esq., Lieut. R.N., Magnetic Ob-^
servatory, Hobart.

T. J. LEMPRIERE, ESQ., D.A.C.G., Port-
Arthur.

R. H. LEWIS, Esq., Hobart.

REV. JOHN LILLIE, ditto.

JOSEPH MILLIGAN, ESQ., ditto.

W. R. PUGH, Esq., Launceston.

MRS. WHITEFOORD SMITH, diVo.

W. VALENTINE, ESQ., Campbelton.

M. VERRP:AUX, Naturaliste, Hobart.

P. KING., R.N., Port Stephens,
J. LATROBE, ESQ., Port

CAPT. P.

N. S. W.
HIS HONOR C.

Phillip.
H. LYALL, Esq., H.M.S. Terror.
ROBERT M'CORMICK, ESQ.. H.M.S. Erebxis.
W. M'LEAY, ^^ii., Sydney, New South Wales.
ALEX. MACONOCHIE, E.SQ., Commander

R.N., Sujjerintendent of Norfolk Island.
FELTON MATTHEW, ESQ., New Zealand.
REV. J. MAUNSELL, Manikau, New Zealand.
REV. T. B. NAYLOR, Norfolk Island.
CAPT. PARKER, London.
1\I. RENAUD, /.e7Mm.
PROFESSOR REN N IE, Sydney, New South

Wales.
JOHN RICHARDSON, ESQ., M.D , Haslar

Hospital.
CAPT. RICHMOND. New Zealand.
JAMES ROBERTSON, ESQ., H.M.S. Terror.
CAPT. JAMES C. ROSS, R.N., H.M S. Erebus.
ANDREW SINCLAIR, Esq., Surgexn R.N.
CA]>T. STOKES, R.N., H.M.S. Beagle.
COUNT STRELESKI, London.
CAPT. STURT. Adelaide, South Australia.
REV. R. TAYLOR, Waimati, l^ew Zealand.
REV. CHAS. P. WILTON, Newcastle, N.S.W.
WM. WYATT, E^(i., Adelaide, South Australia.

^ecretArg.

JOHN PHILIP GELL, ESQ., Queen's School, Hobart.
*Tasmanian Journal, ii., IGO.

OF THE SOCIETY. 163

1913.

THE INAUaURAL MEETINa OF THE SOCIETY,
14tli OCTOBER, 181.8.

(From the Launceston Exa}?ii?ier, 21st October, 1843.)

Sir Eaxdley Wilmot, having accepted the office of Presi-
dent of the Tasmanian Society, convened a meeting of its
members at Hobart Town on Saturday last: a number of
other gentlemen were also invited to attend, with a view
to the enlargement of the Society, and the extension of its
sphere of usefulness. His Excellency addressed those pre-
sent, and explained the alterations in the constitution of
the Society which he proposed to adopt, and read such of
the new rules as were of chief importance.

We are informed that the preamble read set forth tlie
origin of the Society by Sir John Franklin, and stated
that the great object contemplated by its founder was the
development of the resources of the Colony by the illus-
tration of its natural phenomena. Fully appreciating the
value of the ends in view, Sir Eardley Wilmot had deter-
mined to appropriate the Government Garden, about 14
acres in extent, as an endowment for the Society, in addi-
tion to a money grant of £400 per annum from the
public funds. His Excellency candidly avowed that the
Secretar}^ of State had forbidden the Garden to be culti-
vated any longer at the public expense ; that in conse-
quence som© addition had been made to the "Governor's
salary, and that therefore there was no credit due to him
for making a sacrifice-

It was proposed to change the name from the ^'Tas-
"manian" to the ''Royal Tasmanian Society," Sir Eardley
Wilmot promising tO' solicit Her Majesty to become its
Patron. The rules provided for the government of the
Society by the election of a President (Sir Eardley Wil-
mot) ; four Vice-Presidents (the Bishop, Mr. Bicheno, Rev.
Mr. Lillie, and Captain Swanston) ; a Council of twelve to
be nominated by His Excellency ; and at first fifty Fellows
— in which number the members of the Tasmanian Society
were to be included, as of right. The annual subscription
was fixed at £1, with an entrance fee of £2 by all the
members, whether old or new.

Rev. Mr. Lillie cordially approved of the new organisa-
tion of the Society as unfolded by His Excellency; but an
objection was taken to the entrance money by the Rev.
Mr. Ewing, who thought the existing members should not
be subject to that preliminary expense. Mr. E. Bedford

164 FOUNDATION AND EARLY WORK

U.S. TAS.

suggested that the £2 should be paid by the old membeors
as a "donation," and not as an "entrance fee/' in order
that the "Tasmanian Society" about to be merged in the
extended one should be fully recognised. In answer to a
question by Mr Champ, as to the grounds upon which the
old Society claimed exemption from the payment of the
entrance money, or to be dealt with otherwise than the
new members, Mr. Henslowe replied that, in his opinion,
the Society had fairly earned its position; and, moreover,
that it already possessed property to some extent, Lady
Franklin having made over to it her estate of Ancanthe,
comprising a museum, with four hundred acres of land
attached; a cottaget, letting for £25, and the land for £50
per annum — an income of £75 a year — was available for
keeping up the Museum and other purposes of the Tas-
manian Society.

A disposition to make concession as to the entranca
money for the old members was then evinced. It is right
to state that Sir Eardley Wilmot was not till then aware
of Lady Franklin's munificent gift. Much desultory con-
versation ensued, and a rather growing irritability was
visible. The Rev. J. P. Gell proposed the printing of the
new rules, in order that they might be fully considered by
the members, who, hei doubted not, would most readily
accede to the propositions when made acquainted with
them ; but His Excellency was averse from any delay, and
seemed toi entertain the belief that the objections against
immediate amalgamation, without further modification,
were not tenable. Mr. Belcher then got up and said that
he believed the members of the Tasmanian Society were
against the proposed increase of its body ; upon which Hia
Excellency, as its President, immediately adjourned the
meeting of the Society sine die.

With the exception of five, the members C|uittied the
room, with many others; and Sir Eardley Wilmot forth-
with proceeded to establish a new Society from among
those who remained, having resolved that the object con-
nected with the grant of the Government Garden should
be carried into' immediate effect. His Excellency then re-
vised the rules to adopt them to the new Society, which
he at once entitled "The Horticultural and Botanical
"Society of Van Diemen's Land," striking out all the
irrelevant clauses. In the list of Vice-Presidents^ for the
Bishop, the name of Mr. Foster, Controller-General, was
inserted, and the names of Sir John Pcdder and Mr. Mac-
lean were also mentioned for the honour; but we believe

OF THE SOCIETY 165

1913.

it was not fully decided. There were eighteen persons
present, besides His Excellency, who was at first anxious
that the "council of twelve' should have been at once nom-
inated from them ; but the election was at length deferred
to the next meeting, fixed by His Excellency for to-day.
Capt. Swanston was appointed Treasurer, and Mr. Champ
requested to officiate as Provisional Secretary until the
next meeting, with instructions to get the rules printed
and circulated in the interval.

It is impossible to deny the utmost credit and praise to
the Lieutenant-G-overnor for his energy and disinterested-
ness in thus accomplishing a beneficial public object, as
well as for his obvious desire to unite all parties and sec-
tions on the neutral and common ground of science. The
only shadow of an imputation that can possibly attach to
His Excellency in the jorosecution of the present design
is the appearance of undue hastiness, approaching to pre-
cipitancy, in having, as President of the Tasmanian So-
ciety, called that body together, and before they were
individually even made acquainted with what was contem-
plated, and had had the opportunity of calmly discussing
and recording their opinion on the measure, admitting
strangers outnumbering them to share in the discussion —
a wise man said "that he took time to make haste" : in
this case it does seem that the most eligible and regular
course would have been for the President first to have com-
municated with the existing Society separately, when a
unanimous and cheerful acquiescence would doubtless have
been immediately yielded.

On one point alone could the Tasmanian Soeiety have
been justified in being tenacious, and that was its name:
an object most effectively secured by His Excellency. The
liability to payment for entrance could certainly have been
easily arranged — even better than in the way proposed by
Mr. Bedford--of calling it a "donation" instead of "en-
" trance"— a distinction almost without a difference, as was
made manifest by Sir Eardley Wilmot. The Society could
have shown a "set off"' and"" pleaded "valuable considerar
"tion" as well in its property of £75 a year, as in its
organisation and copyright. By organisation— a work of
time— is meant its correspondence, with eminent men in
various parts of the globe, as, for instance, Sir John Hers-
chell. Dr. Buckland, Professor Murchison, Dr. Richardson,
etc.; and by copyright is meant its name and its journal,
which have already acquired for this Colonv some little
celebrity and distinction in Europe.

166 FOUNDATION OF THK SOCIETY

U.S. TAS.

LIST OF OFFICERS.

Superi)iie7idents of the BotamcaJ Gardens.

WILLIAM DAVIDSON, 1S2S-18P.4.

MARTIN TOBIN, 1884-1840.

J. HERBERTSON, 1841-1844.

— GRANT, 1844-5.

J. DICKENSON, 1845.

F. VV. NEWMAN, 1845-lS.^i1.

FRANCIS ABBOTT, Junv., 1850 19(13.

JOHN WARDMAN, 1911-

Secretaries of tJie Royal Socieiy.

WILLIAM THOMAS NAPIER CHAMP, Secretary, 1S4,MS44

JOHN ABBOTT, Honorary Searetary, 1844.

GEORGE FORDYCE SFORY, Secretary, 1844-1845.

JOHN LILLIE, Honorary Secretary, 18451848.

JOSEPH ]MILLIGAN, Secretary, 1848-1860.

WILLIAM ARCHER, Secretary, 18G0-1861.

JAMES WILSON AGNEW, Honorary Secretary, 18fil-lSSl, 1S8J-1S!);.

JAMES BARNARD, Honorary Secretary, 1881-1S84.

ALEXANDER MORTON, Andstant Secretary, 1886, Secr>^tary, 1887-1007.

ROBERT HALL, Secretary to the Council, 1908-13.

FRITZ NOETLING, Honorary Secretary, 1910-1911.

Curators of the Museum.

THOMAS ROBLIN, 1862-1883.

ALEXANDER MORTON, 1883-1907.

ROBERT HALL, 190S-r.)]2.

T. THOMPSON FLYNN, Honorary Curator, 1012-1913.

G. H. HURLSTONE HARDY, A^sixtant Curator, 1913-

PLATES.

xiii. Governnieiit House, Macquarie-street.

xiv. The Franklin Museum. Superintendent's House, Botanica)
Gardens.

XV. Ciisbonis House and Legislative Council Chainhers. The
Pio^al Society's ^luseuin, Harrington-street.

xvi. ' The Royal Society's Museuu). The Tasmanian Museun)
and Art Gallery.

xvii. Sir John Franklin. Lady Franklin

xviii. Sir J. E. Eardley Wilinot. Sir William Denison.

xix. Ronald Cam]jbell Gunn. William Thomas Na])ier CliamjK
George Fordyce Story. John Lillie.

XX. Josei)h Milligan. William Archer. James Wilson Agnew.
Thomas Roblin.

l^OTES ON A FOSSIL WHALE FEOM WYNYARD,
TASMANIA.

Plates xxi., xxii.

By H. H. Scott,

Curator af the Launcestou Museum.

(Communicated by Me. E. N. Atkinson.)

EeacI LStli October, 1913.

The specimens here referred to were discovered by Mr. K.
N. Atkinson in tbe tertiary fossil-beariui,' strata of the Table
Cape series, imbedded at the present tide line. This horizon
is practically basic, and is therefore here assumed to be
miocene. The history of the several recoveries of fossil
cetacean remains in Australia, New Zealand, and Tasmania,
has of late years been made the subject of an extensive
paper by Dr. T. S. Hall, of the Melbourne University. (1)
Quite recently, also, Mr. F. Chapman, of the National
Museum, Melbourne, has noted the occurrence of Scaldi-
ceius in the Beaumaris cliffs. (2) In these several re-
cords Tasmania is accredited with a single fossil tooth,
discovered by Prof. Baldwin Spencer, and referable
under Dr. Hall's revised taxonomy to Parasqualodon
Wilkinsojii — being therefore senericaily and specifically homo-
taxial with Victorian specimens first recorded by Prof.
McCoy in 1864. (3) As tar as is known to me, this is the
first recorded instance of fossil whale bones belonging to the
appendicular skeleton being noted in Australia or Tasmania,
and therefore the find is of more than local interest. Against
this obvious gain there must be set the manifest disadvantage,
that all the tertiary fossil whales have been described from
teeth and skulls, while the appendicular skeleton lemains
quite unknown.

In the present Table Cape cetacean the teeth and skull
being unknown makes direct comparison with the recorded
tertiary whales of Victoria impossible. In a general way
also this applies to other tertiary fossil whales, including
those recorded from Europe, North and South America.

As illustrating this point, I may just say that out of 343

(1) On the systematic position of the species of Squalodon and Zeuplodon, de-
scribed from Australia and New Zealand. Proc. Boy. Soe. Vict. 23 (N.S.) 1911,
p. 257.

(2) On the occurrence of Scaldicetes in Victoria. Records Geological Survey of
"Victoria, vol. 3, part 2.

(3) Geological Mag. v. 4 (1S61) p 145 pi. 8, f. 1.

168 XOTES ON A FOSSIL WHALE,

R.S. TAS.

distinct finds of fossil cetacean remains recorded in the cata-
logue of the British Museum (4) the several parts of the
skeletons thus preserved are as follows :— Vertebrae, l-ld ;
tympaaics, 62 ; perotics, 8 ; skulls, 47 ; jaws, 9 ; teeth, 55 ;
humeri, 6 ; radii, 4 ; ulnj©, 4 ; ribs, 6 ; scapula, 1.

It will thus be obvious that the discovery of the arm^
bones of the Table Cape whale, without any fragments of
the skull for collateral evidence, renders the problem un-
usually complicated, even when a large comparative collection
is available for study, and doubly so in the absence of such.
Lastly, in this connection it must be said that the cetacean
that left its remains in the Table Cape rocks was an imma-
ture animal, and as the skeletal variations due to immaturity,
sex, and individuality are enormous — even among existing
^vhales—the problen/is still further complicated.

In some whales the epiphyses of the vertebrae, and even
the limbs, never completely ankylose, while in other genera
they ankylose to extinction. The bones available, in the
case of tlie present fossil, consist of parts of one arm, some
vertebrae and ribs, with various vertebral epiphyses, all of
which, in point of size, approximately agree with a fully
grown dolphin of the genus Tursiops. But, as will be shown
preseatlv, these bones could not have been derived from any
dolphin of the genera Delphuiiis^Tursiops, or Globiocephalus.

Taking the arm bones first, as being of the greatest im-
])ortance'^ I propose to compare their epiphyses with those of
a common dolphin (D. delphis) dissected by me in August,
1903. This was an immature male, of a total length of
6 feet 5 inches, as against 8 feet 1 inch for an adult of the
same species, also similarly dissected.

Immature Dolphin.
Humerus-all epiphyses anky-
losed.

Mature Dolphin.

Humerus--all epiphyses anky-
losed to extinction.

Eadius and Ulna — all epiphy-
ses ankylosed to extinction.

Metacarpals — epiphjses all
ankylosed.

All vertebral epiphyses anky-
losed to extinction.

Sternum — all segments anky-
losed, thus presenting a
single solid piece of bone.

Radius and Ulna— proximal
epiphyses ankylosed to ex-
tinction, distal epiphyses
still open.

Metacarpals proximal, epi-
physes still open.

Vertebral epiphyses still
open.

Sternum— in three pieces,
viz., manubrium, gladiolus,
and ziphioid.

(4) With the exception of the ziphioids, this total does not include the smaller
toothed whales, whose congeners still exist in our seas.

BY n. H. SCOTT

1913.

Tongue Bones— so called-—

basihyal — a single

bone.

109

)lid

Tongue Bones — so called —
basihyal — in three pieces
— viz', 1 true basihyal, and
2 thyro-hyals — all distinct
moieties.

A careful examination of these data ^Yill prove that the
epiphyses in the smaller toothed whales ankylose up accord-
inc to the same general rules as those that govern the growth
of land vertebrates generally, including man himself, i here-
fore a dolphin with its liumeral epiphyses closed, and only
tlie distal opiplivses of the radius and ulna open, is very
close to the standard of full growth. This conclusion is also
reached bv another method of computation, namely, by
tahino- the\actual lengths of the two dolphins under review,
a proceeding which yields a four-fifths growth for the imma-
ture creature. Eeverting now to the fossiUvha e :^In he
arm of this animal all the epiphyses, both proximal and dista ,
are open, and therefore if it belongs to a genus m which
ankylosis takes place at maturity the animal may be tairly
assumed to be less than four-fifths fully grown and perhaps
only half grown. ,, . ^ -, , -,

From mv personal knowledge of the smaller whales, added
to such comparative tests as are available to me, I should say
the animal at the time of its death did not exceed 12 ieet m
lencrth. If this is correct, we are dealing with an animal
whose length at maturity did not exceed thirty feet and was
possibly less. Just here it may be convenient to say that
one arm of a whale may show more epiphysial deve opment
than the other, so that if two workers were to study these
arms without knowing their histoiy, one might grant the
whale a slightly more advanced age than the other woulcl-
all of which, of course, suggests the need for great caution.

The humerus of this fossil whale is devoid of its proximal
epiphysis, but in the dolphin family this does not add to the
total length since the head is at right angles to the shaft it
we assume that the same rule applies to the fossil, we get the
following comparative measurements of the arm bones ot
three animals : —

Fossil Whale.

Humerus (including distal
epiphysis)

^ 125 mm.
Radius (distal epiphysis
missing— 10 mm. allowed)
= 100 mm.
Ulna > distal epiphysis muti-
lated—10 mm. allowed)
=- 130 mm.

Turuops (fully grown T
foot male).

Humerus \^adult)

95 ram.

Radius ;adult)
Ulna (adult)

= 110 mm.

85 mm.

D. Deiphi^ (fully grown
S feet 1 inch).

HumemsTa^luIt)

Radius (adult)

70 mm.

: 90 mm.

Ulna (adult)

= 80 mm.

170 notrf; ox a fossil whale,

E.S. TAS.

Expressed in another form we get :-

Second JiHrgesc

Name of Whale.

Largest Ann

Bone.

Bone.

Smallest Arm

Bone.

Dolphin

Radius

Ulna

Humerus

Tursiops

Radius

Humerus

Ulna

(rlobiocephalus

Radius

Ulna

Humerus

Table Cape Fossil

Whale

Ulna

Humerus

Radius

This information assists ns in our search, since the humerus
is the longest bone in the arms of cachalots and platan ists,
but shorter in whalebone whales, Z//^/////^", IIyperoodo7i, Grampus^
and all dolphins. Wo can eliminate the cachalot and the
])latanistid. Again, we can, with the osteological data avail-
able, immediately cut out Delphinns, Tursiops, and Glohioce-
pJialus, since the shafts of both bones of the lower arm in
the fossil are of equal diameter, and not as much flattened as
in the dolphin group, where also the radius exceeds the ulna
in width. Geologically, it may be added, that the largest
members of the dolphin group, viz., Orca and Pseudorca, are
unknown earlier than the newer pliocene, and since our fossil
is (with all caution exercised in the act of presumption)
older than that, our field is practically rid of the modern dol-
phin group altogether. We have next to consider the whale-
bone whales, and the ancient, though still lingering, group of
ziphioid cetaceans, which, according to Prof. Flower, are
" the survivors of an archaic frimily that once played a far
more important part than now among the cetacean inhabi-
tants of the ocean." These latter were apparently fairly
numerous in the miocene oceans of Australia, and their re-
mains were recorded by Prof. McCoy from Geelong.

In the right whale (Balcena mysticetus) the radius and ulna
vastly exceed the humerus in length, in fact in about the
ratio of eight to five. The rorqual is somewhat similar in
this respect, although the r.itios may not be quite so high.
Influenced by these facts, I am tempted to discount the
possibility of the fossil whale having any affinities with the
whalebone whales, for even in the young of these animals
the brachial and anti-brachial measurements would mani-
fest the ratios of maturity. If, therefore, we are not dealing
with an absolutely new whale altogether, its affinities by the
above chain of reasoning should be with the ziphioid cetacean
group, and it now remains for us to see what osteological
evidence supports this conclusion.

The first thing that strikes an observer is the disproportion
between the size of the arm and the ribs, for while the arm
suggests a whale larger than Tursiops, the ribs are interme-
diate between that animal and the common dolphin of eight
feet in length.

BY H, H. SCOTT. 171

1913.

This agrees very well with the osteology of the ziphioids,
ill which whales the ribs are slender and less Duuierous than
obtains in the dolphin group. Also, the sternal ribs are un-
ossified in the ziphioids, and as far as the evidence yielded
by the remains of the fossil animal goes, the sternals are
absent. Naturally this latter point must not be pushed too
far in dealing with fragmentary remains.

The shapes of the rijjs in the fossil make many interesting
departures from the dolphin type, their sections conforming
to a more oval outline.

The epiphyses of the centra approach more nearly to
Tnrsiops than they do to Delphinus. having the same amount
of flattening as they contribute moieties to the naural canal.

From such fragments of ihe neural spines as have sur-
vived, I should judge them to have been more slender, and
taller than those found in the dolphins, which also agrees
with the osteology of an immature ziphioid, as far as it is
known, I have been unable to collect any trustworthy data
respecting the articulation of these fossil ribs, with their re-
spective diapophyses and centra. One specimen looked
promising, but as it has obviously sagged in the matrix I
reluctantly abandoned the quest.

Coming now to the arm, which is tlie most perfect part of
the whole find. The ratios between the upper and lower arm
are agreeable with those found among ziphioids, as are also
the straighter shafts and more even development of the bones
of the lower arm. The departures from the dolphin group
may be thus recapitulated : —

(1) Humerus more uniform in width throughout.

(2) Ulna not constricted in the region of the olecranon
process.

(o) Olecranon, a wide fan-like crest and not a mer^
tubercle as in the dolphins.

From the published descriptions of the Squalodotis it
differs in having the arm bones more flattened, and thus
making a nearer approach to the true whales ; as also in
having articular surfaces that ap^^arently manifest no ap-
proach to the land carnivora.

Comparison with Eurhinodelphis is impossible since no
description of the arm bones is available to me — if indeed
these parts of the skeleton have been recovered. The exten-
sive cetacean collection of the British Museum is not enriched
with a single fragment of these creatures. In classification,
Dr. Beddard allies Eur Jiitiodel phis with the Platariistidcr, and
if this taxonomy is sound it would cut out the Table Cape
whale on the ratios of the upper and lower arm (vide supra).

172 NOTES ON A FOSSIL WHALE,

U.S. TAS.

Lyclekker, however, allies Enrhmodelphis more directly with
the Ztphiidce.

From such evidence as I liave thus set forth I consider that
the fossil whale approaches more closely to an immature
z'q^hioid than anything else, and provisionally classify it as
being such. In conclusion, I wish to thank Messrs. E. D.
and R. N. Atkinson for granting me the honour of collecting
these notes from their interesting specimen.

The Launceston Museum, 4th Sept., 1913.

THE DEMOGRAPHY OF TASMANIA.

By L. F. GiBLiN.

(Read 8th September, 1913.)

Abstract

The chief results of the Census of 1911 are now acces-
sible, and this circumstance^ naturally suggests a review
of Tasmanian demography. The returns, however, are
still incomplete, and all that is attempted in this paper is
to call attention to some of the more remarkable phen
nomena in Tasmanian population, leaving a fuller discus-
sion until all the data are available.

Migration.

The seasonal fluctuations in Tasmanian migration are
well known, but need emphasising as a warning against
comparing the population at different times unless both
estimates are for the same day of the year. By distribut-
ing the annual loss equally throughout the year, and
taking it away from the migration figures, we get the aver-
age quarterly fluctuation for the last ten years.

Quarter ending Fluctuation.

March 31st , -1,320

June 30th -1,851

Sept. 30th -2

Dec. 31st +3,173

The average annual loss since 1901 is 1,535, but
different years show very marked variations, of which it is
not easy to find an adequate explanation. The figures,
however, have been a good deal adjusted, and it is not yet
certain that they represent the facts exactly.

Natttral Increase.^
The Tasmanian figures are now ahead of those re-
corded for any country of the world, the average for the
last five years just beating the last available figures for
Bulgaria, which previously headed the list. There ai'e

174 THE DEMOGRAPHY Of TASMANIA

R.S. TAS.

no very special features about the death-rate;, but the
birth-rate has several points of interest.

BiriJi-rak a?id the Maternity Bonus.

Last year there was a rise in the recorded rate in all
the Australian States, coincident with the coming into
effect of the Maternity Bonus on October 10, 1912. It
was at first thought that this was due to registration of
births being more promptly caiTied out. But the greater
part of the increase has jDersisted during the first six
months of 1913, and it is now clear that it corresponds to a
permanent increase in registered births per 1,000. It
may be simply that births arei registered which were for-
merly not registered. We have no means of checking the
registration of births. The difference between successive
census enumerations of course equals natural increase plus
net immigration. It is always assumed that the figures for
natural increase are correct, and that the large errors
which occur are due to defective record of migration. But
it may very well be that the birth figures are in defect,
and that this deficiency is now being corrected to a large
extent by the effect of the Maternity Bonus. The alter-
native is that there is a real increase of the birth-rate — after
a long period in which it has been first decreasing and then
almost stationary— due partly to general prosperity and
partly to the large increase in immigration durng the last
two years.

Fertility.

In place of the crude birth-rate the census makes avail-
able the figures for fertility, that is, the number of births
per 1,000 women aged 15 — 45.

The comparison with crude birth-rate is of interest : —

Birth-rate. Fertility.

Australia 1880 ... 35.2 ... 170

1890 ... 35.0 ... 159

1900 ... 27.3 ... 117

1912 ... 28.6 ... 126

Tas3iiania 1912 ... 30.5 ... 134

It will be noticed that the position of Tasmania
relative to the whole of Australia is practically unaltered
by taking fertility in place of birth-rate.

There is another test which may be taken. Birth-
rate is as much an economic as a physiological phenome-
non, and the readiness of the man to undertake the burden

BY L. F. GIBLIN. 175

1913.

of parentage may be gauged by the number of births per

1.000 males aged 20 — 55.

For 1912 these figures are: —

Australia 117,

Tasmania 133,
a rather striking result in view of the lower economic
status of the Tasmanian population.

Religion and Size of Families.
The influence of Religion on the birth-rate may be
shown by taking out the average size of family. Taking
the religion of the mother as the test, we have —

Religion of Mother. Average Family.

Church of England 3.74

Roman Catholic ... 4.14

There is then a difference of about 11 per cent, in favour
of the Roman Catholic in the birth-rate, or about 20 per
cent, in the rate of natural increase, assuming that the
ma.rriage-rates and death-rates are practically the same for
both denominations.

Birth-rate and District^.

We find the high birth-rate — 33 to 36 — in certain dis-
tricts mainly occupied with dairying, potatoes, fruit, min-
ing, and timber. In the pastoral districts and old-settled
farming districts, which are more concerned with grain,
hay, and stock, the bii-th-rate is low — about 25. The
figures for the to\vns, Hobart and Launceston, are high,
but are swollen by births that properly belong to the sur-
rounding districts ; their real figui'es are probablv about
the average for the whole island — 30 to 31.

There are three anomalous districts. Sheffield has a
birth-rate of 26 or less, while six similar Xorth-Western
districts have an average of 36. Beaconsfield has a birth-
rate of 27. when the other mining districts average 34.
Port Cygnet has a birth-rate of 19 or less, while the other
fruitgrowing districts average 33. These figures are only
approximate, on account of changes which have taken
place in the boundaries of registration districts. The
explanation may possibly be found when the age distribu-
tion ill these districts is available.

Birth-rate and Occupation.
A tabulation of births according to occupations of
fathers gives extraordinary results. In the following table

no THE DEMOGKAPHY OF TASMANIA.

R.3. TAS.

the number of males over 20 following different occupa-
tions is taken from the census results, and the occupa^
tions of the fathers of children from the registration of
births.

Nmnber of BirtJis per looo Males over 20 Years
According to Occupatio?i.

Commofnvealih.

Tasmania.

Domestic . .

. ... 70

68

Land

. ... 72

82

Professional

72

. ... 78

Mining-

. ... 78

,. ... 80

Commercial..

. ... 88

89

Transport . .

. ... 105

87

Industrial ..

. ... 142

212

The figures for '

'Industrial'

occur

>ations are \va

credible. One may susppct that farm labourers, who were
tabulated as "Farming" at the Census, were put down
as labourers simply and so became " Industrial " on regis-
tering a child. Unfortunately, on account of the registra-
tion work having changed hands frequently, the Tas-
manian Statistical Office is not able to express a definite
opinion on this point- Even allowing for a considerable
error, there is a suggestion in the above table of a selective
birth-rate of a most unpromising kind, which calls for full
investigation.

Masciili?iity.

The Masculinity of Tasmanian population, i.e., the
number of males per 100 females, is fairly steady at 104
to 106 for all ages, but the variations with age are remark-
able. Beginning at 105. it keeps that figure to the age
of 15, and then falls abruptly, so that at 20 years it is
92. It then rises strongly and continuously till the age of
55, when there arc 118 'males per 100 females, and then
falls till the age of 80. when the masculinity is 92, while
in the last few years of life the males are once more in
excess.

A similar graph for Ilobart shows the same phe-
nomena exaggerated. The masculinity at the age of 20
sinks to 62. It then rises till the age'of 48. but does not
get above 91, and then falls again till it reaches 66 at the
age of 77, with the same sui)erior longevitv of the male
showing itself in the closing yeai^s.

TASMANIAN BJRYOPHYTA, Part III.*

By L. RoDWAY.

(Bead 13th October, 1913.)

Fara= 7— BRYACEAE.

Habit erect or suberect, simple, new branches springing
from the base or in pairs from close below the inflorescence.
Leaves in many rows, ovate, lanceolate or subulate, nerved,
often dentate and limbate at the margin, smooth surface,
cells rather large rhomboid or hexagonal to nearly linear.
Capsule on a long seta, globose, ovate, or pyriform, usually
cernuous or pendulous; lid conic or shortly rostrate; cal-
yptra, small, cucuUate, smooth, narrow ; peristome in the
most advanced forms of two well-formed series; the exos-
tome of 16 lanceolate, cartilaginous teeth, formed of a
double row of short cells with a zi<^-zao- suture iu the centre
on the e/xterior surface, trabecules on the inner ; endostome
with a deep membrane and 16 slender, porous processes, two
or three slender cilia between the processes. From this all
states of reduction may be met with till both series are
reduced to a rudimentary condition.

A natural family most easily recognised by the cell
structure. Also in the more typical forms by the pen-
dulous pyrifoimi capsule with' perfect peristome, besides the
habit of innovations obscuring the terminal insertion of the
seta.
Peristome poorly developed.

MiELiCHHOFERiA. Exostome rudimentary; endostome

of 16 slender processes from a short membrane.

Leaves lanceolate.
Orthodontium. Exostome of 16 very short lanceolate

teeth ; endostome of 16 short, slender processes.

Leaves narrow linear.

Peristome well d^eveloped. Fruiting terminal.

Mniobrtum. Cells long-rhomboid. Leaves ovate-lan-
ceolate. Capsule short and broad.

PoHLiA. Cells linear. Leaves ovate-lanceolate. Cap-
sule oblong.

Leptobryum. Cells nearly linear. Leaves long-linear.
Capsule pyriform with a slender neck.

* Parts I. and II. of this revision of the Bryophyta of Tasmania were published
in these Papers and Proceedings, 1912, pp. 3-24 (Part I.), 87-138 (Part II.). The
present part completes the Mosses ; the Hepatics will be included in a subse-
quent part. No new species are proposed.

178 TASxMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.-

Peristome well developed. Fruit from below innovations.-
Brachymenium. Endostome an erose membraue.
Bryum. Eudostome with processes and cilia.

MiELICHHOFERIA HoniScb.

Small, tut'ied, suberect, sparely branclied, fruit on a short
lateral branch placed low down on the stem. Leaves lan-
ceolate, small; nerve bold, vanishing above; cells linear,,
thin walled. Seta long; capsule horizontal, clavaite-pyriform,
often gibbous on the lower margin so as to curve the
capsule upwards, mouth small; lid short, convex; calyptra
cylindric; exostome reduced to 16 convex protuberances;
endostome of 16 erect, slender, rather long processes aris-
ing fi-om a short membrane.

Mielichhoferia Echluoti HornscL.

Stems slender, mostly under 1 cm- Leaves pale green^
erecto-patent, broadly lanceolate, acute, imbricate, about
1mm.; margin serrate above; nerve broad below, narrow
above and vanishing below the apex. Seta 1cm. ; cap-
sule horizontal, nearly cylindric to gibbous on the lower
margin, 2-4 mm.

Knocklofty. Colebrook.

Orthodontium Schw.

Small, tufted, erect, simple or with innovations below the
seta. Leaves linear with a flat slender nerve, cells large
lax, linear, thin walled, becoming rather hexagonal to-
wards the tip, very long in the lower part. Seta slender,
long ; capsule erect or nearly so, clavatenoblong, mouth nar-
row ; exostome of 16 short, lanceolate teeth ; endostome of
16 short, slender cilia; lid shortly rostrate, oblique; cal-
yptra cucuUatei.

Small mosses with a superficial resemblance to Weissia.

Capsule sulcate.

Capsule oblong australe

Capsule fusiform sulcatum

Capsule plain.

Capsule narrow oblong lineare

Capsule pyriforin Imiceolatum

Orthodontium australe H.f. et W.
Small, erect, in dense or loose mats; stems about 5 mm...
Leaves erect, linear, 3-6 mm., acute; nerve lost a little be-

BY L. RODWAY. 17f>

1913.

low the apex. Seta 1-3 cm. ; capsule narrow-oblong, witii
a tapering base, 2-3 mm., slightly oblique. Exostome teeth
slender, erect ; endostome processes slender, slightly longer.
Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Eaglehawk, etc.

Orfhodotituim sulcatum H.f. et W.

Habit of the last. Leaves erecto-patent, linear, 4-5 mm.,
acute ; nerve slender, continuous, or lost in the apex. Seta
1-2 cm. ; capsule nearly fusiform, erect, sulcate, 2-3 mm.
Exostome teeth slender, erect; endostome processets slen-
der, rather longer.

Doubtfully distinct from 0. australe

On deaclwood slojDes of Mt. Wellington.

Orthodontium lineare Schw.

Small, gregarious ; stems about 1-2 mm. Leaves linear,
3 mm., acute; nerve narrow, lost below the apex. Seta
slender, 1 cm. ; capsule narrow-oblong, 1.5 mm.

Beaconsfield, on the ground.

OrfJioclontiam lanceolatum Mitt.

Small, gregarious. Le.a,veis linear-lanceolate, subacute,
3 mm. ; nerve lost at a, distance from the apex. Seta 5-8
mm. ; capsule pyriform, with a rather wide mouth and slen-
der neck, 1 mm. ; exostome teeth linear, short, erect ; en-
dostome processes much shorter.

On bark of living trees. Gully near Gordon, D'Entrecas-
teaux Channel.

Mniobryum Schimp.

Slender plants growing in compact tufts. Leaves small,
lanceolate; nerve rather bold, not excurrent; cells long,
narrow-rhomboid, thin walled. Seta from the apex, slen-
der; capsule inclined short and usually with a broad
mouth; lid hemispheiric, mamillate; peristome as in Bryuriiy
or.ly the cilia veiy shoit.

The habit and very lax cells distinguish the genus.

Mniohryuyn lasmanicum Broth.

Stems 3-5 cm., reddish where mature. Leaves ovate-
lanceolate, acute, 1-1.3 mm.; margin distantly serrate;
nerve flat, vanishing below the apex. Rest not seen.

New Town Rivulet.

PoHLiA Hedw.
Slender mosses with new branches springing from the
base and not close under the inflorescence as in Brynm.

180 TASMANIAN BKYOPHYTA

R.S. TAS.

Leaves lanceolate, elongating round the inflorescence; nerve
bold; cells narrow to linear, broader towardsi the base. Cap-
sule pendulous, clavateHpyriform, with a shoitly tapering
neck. Peristome as in Brijurn. Often included in Brynm.
Differing in shape of cells and not innovating from the top
of fertile stems.

Pohlia nutans (Schreb). Lindb.

Stems short, erect, usually under 1 cm., new branches
spring low down the stem, that is, not close below the
fertile apex. Leaves broadly to narrowly lanceolate, taper-
ing to an acute apex, erect, mostly 3 mm., margin coarsely
or obscurely serrate, not bordered, revolute in the middle,
nerve lost in the apex in lower leaves, excurrent in the
upper ones, cells long, nearly linear, strongly incrassatei.
Seta terminating the stem, long, slender, 3-4 cm., capsule
pale reddish yellow, cernuous or pendulous, 3-4 mm., narrov7
23yriform or nearly clavate, narrowed into a slender neck
below, constricted below the mouth, broadest below the
middle. Lid rather broad hemispheric, apiculate.

Very common.

Pohlia cruda (L.) Liudb.

Rather robust, branches often 3-6 cm., slender. Leaves
shining, ovate to ovate^lanceolate, acute, :2.5 mm. ; nerve
lost at a distance from the apex ; margin remotely serrate ;
cells long, vermiform.

In and about streams on plateau of Mt. Wellington.
Barren specimens only.

Leptobrytjm Wils.

Small, erect, stems simple or with few branches arising
only from the base. Leaves narrow, flexuous-subulate with
a broad nerve; cells nearly linear, broad towards the base.
Capsule pendulous with a long neck, narrow pyrifonn ; ^evi-
stome well developed, as in Bryum.

Leptobryum fy^nforme Br. et Sch.

Pale yellow-green in silky masses, stems usually under
1 cm. Leaves chiefly on tlie ends of the branches, filiform,
flexuose, 5 mm., flat, formed of a broad nei-ve except at the
sheathing base, margin serrate at apex. Seta slender, 2-4
cm. ; capsule inclined or pendulous, broadly pyriform, sud-
denly contracted below into a long slender neck, 2 mm. ;
lid broadly pyramidal.

Tasman's Peninsula, Back River, Nile.

BY L. RODWAY. iBl

1913.

Brachymenium Schw,

Small, erect, innovating from below the fertile apex as in
Bryum. Leaves ovate; nerve bold; cells rhomboid. Seta
long; capsule oblong; lid conic; exostome of 16 closely
articulate teeth ; endostome reduced to the membranous
base, and few irregular processes.

Differing from Bryum only in the endostome.

Brachymenmm Preissianum (Hpe.)
Small, caespitose, usually 2 mm. high. Leaves ovate-
acuminate, I mm.; margin plain, closely revolute; nerve
bold, shortlv excurrent ; cells rhomboid, rectangular below.
Seta 2 cm., slender; capsule oblong, dark red, 1.5 mm.,
horizontal, neck short, mouth constricted; lid conic,
calyptra very small, cucullate ; exostome teeth lanceolate,
fairly long; endostome membrane with long slender cilia.
On wall, Hob art.

Bryum Dill.

Small plants with terminal fruiting, but innovating by
two shoots arising close below the fertile apex so as to ob-
scure the true position. Leaves ovate-spathulate to lanceo-
late; nerve well developed, usually excurrent; cells rather
large, thin walled, hexagonal or rhomboid, broader towards
the base Seta long; capsule pyriform to oblong with a
solid neck, inclined or pendulous; lid convex, apiculate ;
peristome double; exostome of 16 lanceolate attenuated
teeth ; endostome a. deep carinated membrane bearing
above 16 narrow risually porous processes as long as the
teeth, with one to three intervening ciliai. The shape of
the processes varies a little in different species, also the
size and number of the cilia. These latter when well de-
veloped bear cross appendages.

A very large genus usually divided into subgenera upon
habit and the structure of the endostome. In systematic
work the relation of the antheridia. is generally made much
use of, but not always with advantage.

Group A. Plants ratlier larofe for the genus. Leaves
mostly clustered at the ends of the shoots, ovate, oblong, or
spathulate, apex little acuminate. Capsule with a taper-
ing base.

With a distinct border.

Margin with many serrations.

Nerve excurrent in a short, bold point.

Cells large lax B'dlarclierl

Cells small stiff hrevlramulosvm

182 TASMANIAN BP.YOPHYTA,

Nerve just excurrent in a slender

Border broad, well-defined

Border ill-defined

Nerve excurrent in a long point-
Margin with short serrations

Mar<iin coarsely serrate

Margin with a few serrations at apex,

or none

E.S. TAS.

point.

leptothecium
tnicrorliodon

rnfescens
creberrimum

Border little or none.

Margin serrate

Margin plain.

Mouth of capsule constricted
Mouth }>road

Nerve shortly excurrent.
campylothecium

fas7na.7i,iciwi
eras sum

Group B. Leaves ovate, with a tapering acuminate apex, to
lanceolate. Nerve excurrent. Plants mostly smaller
than in Group A, and the leaves often not clustered at the
ends of the shoots.

Leaves ovate, clustered at the tips; border narrow.
Margin serrate.

Capsule deep red pyrotheclum

Capsule brown cajnllare

Margin plain.

Mouth constricted intermedium,

Mouth broad microsiporum

Leaves ovate, dispersed forquescens

Leaves lanceolate, dispersed, unbordered.

Margin subserrulate caespiticioides

Margin plain cnrvicollum

Group C. Leaves dispersed along the shoot. Nerve lost in
or below the apex, rarely very shortly excurrent. Capsule
with a short tapering neck. Plants of various sizes.

Rather robust. Leaves oblong obtuse,
or below the apex.

Margin unbordered

Border of 1-2 linear cells

Border of incras«ate cells

Small. Leaves narrow, oblong, rather
obtuse, unbordered. Nerve lost

below the apex

Small. Leaves acuminate unbordered...

Small. Leaves with a broad border,

serrulate above

Nerve lost in

hlandum

laevigatum

rubiffinosum

chrysoneuron
erythru carpoides

laevic/atulum

BY L. KUDWAY. 183

1913.

■Group D. Small plants with dispersed leaves. Capsule
^mall, the base very shortly tapering or obtii&e; when fresh
the barren base or ajDophysis usually broader than the
spore-case.

Base of capsule not obtuse.

Nerve excurrent ... ovicarjmm

Nerve lost in the apex to shortly excurrent.

Margin plain Sullivan i

Margfin subserrulate subcupulatum

Nerve lost in the middle argenteum

^ase of capsiule very obtuse.

Margin not revolute. Nerve shortly excurrent.

Border thickened, serrulate dlchotoimim

Border plain ... cupulatum

Margin revolute. Nerve boldly excurrent.
Leaves broad. Excurrent nerve

shorter than lamina (/ambierense

Leaves narrow. Excurrent nerve

as long as lamina argillicola

Bry 11771 Billardieri Schw.

Medium sized, seldom exceeding 1 cm. Leaves clustered
at the apex, erect, broadly oblong to obovate-spathulate,
2-4 mm. ; margin with a conspicuous border of 3-4 series
•of linear incrassate cell&, revolute below, sharply serrate;
iierve shortly excurrent in bold cuspidate point. Cells
rather regularly rhomboid, rather thin-walled, averaging
■55 X 20 A*. Seta 2 cm. Capsule cylindric, 4 mm., ba^e
very tapering, straight or curved, mouth little or not at all
constricted ; lid broad hemispheric with a central umbo.

Common m grassy places, slopes of Mt. Wellington, Bruni
Island, Sheffield, etc.

Bryum hrevimmidosum Hpe.

Medium with short robust innovations under 1 cm.
Leaves rigid, numerous, erecto-patent, densely packed at
the ends, obovate-spathulate, 2.4 mm. ; margin with a broad
thickened border, revolute except towards the apex, where
it is sharply serrate; nerve rather strong, red, excurrent in
a short cuspidate point; cells rather regularly rhomboid,
averaging 25 x 11m. Seta 3 cm.; capsule clavate, 4 mm.,
cernuous or pendulous, mouth not constricted, neck taper-
ing, but not long; lid pyramidal, umbonatc.

Very similar to B. Billardieri, but more compact, leaves
anore rigid and cells only half as large. In some specimens

184 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS,

the cells are rather large, excurremt nei^e longer, the
border less developed, and the serration smaller than in
the type.

Very common about Hobart.

Brywn lejdotheciiwi Tajl.

Often robust and exceeding 3 cm. Leaves rosulate and
spreading at the tips cf the innovations, often appearing
as whorls along old stems, obovate to broadly spathulate,
3 mm. ; margin with a broad border of linear incrassate
cells, sharj)ly serrate above, revolute below ; nerve only just
excurrent from the apex in a minute, cuspidate, recurved
23oint; cells long-rhomboid, unequal, averaging 54 x 12/"
Seta very lo^ng, capsule clavate, usually curved, 3 mm.,
tapering at the base, mouth little contracted; lid pyramidal,,
umbonate.

Very common everywhere in woods.

Bryum fnicrorhodon CM.
Medium size, erect, the innovations about 1cm. Leaves
mostl}? clustered in globose rosulate tufts at the ends, often
in tiers along the branches, crecto-patent, not spreading,
broadly ovate, oblong to oblong spathulate, shortly acumi-
nate, 2ram. ; margin revolute below, serrulate above^
slightly thickened, but without a well-defined border; nerve
red excurrent in a short mucro ; cells regularly broadly
rhomboid, 35 x 13^. Seta 3 cm.; capsule oblong, 3 mm.,
with a, shortly tapering neck ; lid hemispheric with a very
small umbo. With much the appearance of B. lejptothecium
it is intermediate between that species and 5. campylotheckmi.

Slopes of Mt. Wellingtoii, Mt. Field. Bruni Island, Forth
River, etc.

Brymii rvfescens H.f. et W.

Medium sized, innovations short except in strong shade.
Leaves oblong-spathulate, acuminate, erecto-patent, den-
sely clustered at ends of innovations or more dispersed when
elongated, 2 mm. ; margin with a narrow border of thicken-
ed linear cells, revolute below, with short serrations above;
nerve excurrent in a long slender cuspidate point; cells
irregularly rhomboid, thin walled, averaging 65 x 20At.
Seta slender, 3 cm. ; capsule broadly cylindric, 4 mm., with
a tapering base; mouth not constricted; lid broadly
hemispheric with a central umbo.

Very close to B. BUIardlt'ri and apparently connected by
intermediate forms. The typical plant has a reddish colour,
with a deep red nerve, seta and capsule, but this is incon-
stant.

In woods, Mt. Wellington, Cradoc, Strahan, etc.

BY L. RODWAY. 185

1913.

Brywn crehevriminn Tayl.

Short, the innovations seldom reaching 0.5 cm. Leaves
crowded a.t the tips, erecto-patemt, oblong-spa.thulate, 1.5
mm. ; margin with a distinct border of 2-3 series of linear
indurated cells, coarsely serrate above, slightly revolute be-
low ; nerve excurrent in a rather long, slender, cuspidate
point; cells irregular, more rectangular than rhomboid,
thin walled, 60-80 x 12-20^. Seta 3 cm.; capsule clavate
with a slender tapering neck, mouth not constricted, 3 mm. ;
lid pyramidal with a sharp umbo.

Near B. rufescens but smaller in all parts.

Mt. Welliugtou, Mt. Nelson, Eichmond, Lnke Sorell, etc.

Br yum hinnim Schreb.

Rather large, the innovations slender, often attaining
3 cm. Leaves dispersed along the shoot but larger towards
the apex, ovate-oblong, acuminate, 2-3 mm. ; margin with
a narrow thickened border of linear cells, revolut© below,
a few serrulatioms at the apex, otherwise plain ; nerve bold,
veiy shortl}'^ excurrent; cells rhomboid, averaging 40 x 14m,
Seta long, capsule clavate-pyriform, 4 mm., neck tapering,
mouth little constricted ; lid hemispheric, umbonate.

Very common in woods.

Br y inn campylothecmm Tayl.

Stem generally about 1 cm. Lea,ves clustered at the
tips, spreading, obovate, 2.5 mm.; margin unbordered,
serrulate; nerve bold and shortly excunrent to slender
and excurrent in a longer point; cells rather regular, averag-
ing 40 X 20 fx. Seta rather strong, 2-3 cm.; capsule clavate-
pyriform, neck tapering. 3-4 mm., mouth slightly con-
stricted, lid pyramidal.

Mt. ^Vellington, Bruni Island, Tunnack, etc.

Bryiim t<ismanicutn Hpe.
Medium to rather robust, stems with the innovations
often reaching tO' 2 cm. Leaves larger upwards but not
rosulate, concave, erect, imbricate, ovate, acuminate, 1.7
mm., marginal calls rectangular, but not forming an in-
durated border; margin plain; nerve bold, shortly ex-
current in a slightly recurved tip ; cells rhomboid-rectangu-
lar, very thin walled 60 x 11 ij-. Seta long; capsule linear-
pyriform with a tapering neck and constricted mouth ; lid
small, rather flat, umbonate; endostome with a shorter base
than in most species, processes short with large pores, cilia
not developed. '

•' Very common in woods.

186 TASMANIAN BIIYOPIIYTA,

R.S. TAS.

Bryum crassum H.f. et W.

Small, but in damp localities the innovations elongating.
Leaves of firm texture, erect, imbricate, 1.5 mm., broadly
to narrowly ovate, nearly obtuse; margin Cjuite unborclered,
plain or minutely subseniilatei ; nerve bold, very shortly
excurrent; cells oblong-rhomboid, incrassate, averaging
30 X 10/x. Seta 1.5 cm.; capsule pyriform, 2 mm., neck
shortly tapering, mouth slightly constricted, lid large
hemispheric, umbonate.

Slopes of Mt. Wellington.

Bryum pyrothecium Hpe. et CM.

Stem short with short innovations. Leaves erect, clus-
tered at the tip, ovate, gradually acuminate above, 1.5
mm. ; margin with a very narrow thickened border, re volute
below, serrulate above; nei-ve excurrent in a slender cus-
pidate point up to J length of lamina; cells irregularly
rhomboid, thin walled, averaging 60 x 17^". Seta long,
red; capsule clavate-pyriform, deep red, 3 mm-, base
shortly tapering, mouth little constricted ; lid hemispheric,
umbonate.

Very close to B. capillar e.

Mt. 'Wellington.

Brywn cajnllare L.

Rather small, densely caespitose, stems usually undeir 5
mm. Leaves mostly in a terminal cluster, broadly ovate,
oblong or subspathulate, acuminate, 1.5 mm.; margin with
a narrow yellow border of very long, linear incrassate cells,
serrulate above ; nerv^e narrow yellow, merging above into
the border and forming a long, slender, cuspidate, hair
point; cells rhomboid, thin walled, averaging 60 x 18;u.
Seta long, capsule clavate, 3 mm., neck gradually tapering,
mouth not constricted, lid broad, pvramidal. acute.

Mt. Nelson.

Bryuin intermedium B ridel.
E-ather small, closely caespitose, stemsi seldom exceeding
5 mm., densely radiculose below, the leaves usually in a
globose terminal tuft, but more dispersed when growing
in moist situations. Leaves from broadly to narrowly
ovate, but always gradually tapering above into an acumi-
nate apex, alx)ut 2 mm. ; margin revolute with a narrow
border of incrassate linear cells, otherwise plain ; nerve
broad, red, rather long excurrent in a slender, cuspidate,
point; cells irregularly rhomboid, averaging 60 x 17i". Seta

BY L. ROD^VAY. 187

1913.

long; capsule clavate-pyrifonn, 2-3 mm., neck gradually

tapering, mouth constricted, lid small, hemispheric, um-

bonate.

Colebrook, Mount Nelson.

Bryum microsporum Broth.

The shoots including innovations seldom exceeding 0.5
cm. Leaves clustered at the tips, erect, ovate, with a
tapering acuminate apex, 1.7 mm.; margin with a narrow
border of 2-3 series of incrassate linear cells, plain or with
one or two obscure serrations near the apex, generally
revolute; nerve in the upper leaves long excurrent; cells
irregularly rhomboid, thin walled, averaging 64 x 20 ju. Seta
long; capsule clavate-pyriform, base little tapering, mouth
not constricted; lid pyramidal, umbonate-

Very close to B. intermedium.

Mt. Nelson, Woodbridge.

BryuTn torquesceas Br. Sch.

Densely caespitose, stems 5-10 mm. Leaves dispersed,
twisted when diy, broadly ovate, shortly acuminate, 2mm. ;
margin revolute with a very narrow border of rectangular
cells, serrulate above, sometimes plain ; nei-ve excui^rent
in a long cuspidate tip ; cells irregular, rhomboid, thin
walled, 60 x IS/x. Seta long, capsule clavate, curved, 4 mm.;
neck long tapering, mouth not constricted, lid pyramidal,
acute.

Specimen in Gunn's collection with no record of locality.

Bryum caespitlcioides CM.

Small, but under favourable conditions the innovations
elongating to 2 cm. Leaves dispersed, lanceolate, 1.5-2.5
mm. ; margin revolute, serrulate above, marginal cells
rectangular, not incrassate; nerve bold, with an excurrent
cuspidate tip, vaj-ying in length from under :^ to | the
length of the lamina; cells narrow rhomboid, 50 x 9/i Seta
3-4 cm. ; capsule linear pyriform with a short to long
tapering neck, mouth slightly contracted; lid pyramidal,
shining. Variable in breadth of leaf, length of excurrent
nerve and base and size of capsule which varies from 1.5
mm., with a bluff base to 3 mm., with a slender neck.

West Coast, slopes of Mt. Wellington, Lake Sorell, etc.

Bryum curvicollum Mitt.
Densely caespitose, usually under 1 cm., but sometimes
the innovations elongating. Leaves dispersed, patent, nar-
row lanceolate to broader, 2-3 mm. ; margin plain with

]88 TASMANIAN BUYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.

3-4 series of linear cells, but not forming a distinct or
thickened border ; nerve bold excurrent in a. very short bold
point; cells long rhomboid, walls thin, averaging 40 x 10/^.
Seta long ; capsule clavate-pyrif orm, dark, with" slender curv-
ed neck, but in drier conditions the capsule pale, and the
neck not conspicuously long or bent; mouth slightly con-
stricted, lid pyramidal.

Mt. Nelson, slopes of Mt. Wellington, Colebrook, etc

Brywn hla^idum H.f. et W.

Rather robust, in dense mats in running water, dark with
livid yeillov/ish-green shining tij^s, branches 1-2 cm. Leaves
erect, imbricata oblong, obtuse, of thin texture, trans-
2>arent, 2 mm., m.argin entire or subserrulate ; neirve slender,
red, vanishing in the extreme apex ; cells linear-rhomboid
with an ill-defined border of linear cells on ihe margin^
towards the apex becoming short rhomboid. Rest not
seen.

On rocks in running water, slopes of Mt. Wellington,
Meander River, Maria Island, etc.

Bri/um laevigatuni JiJ. et W.

Robust, often exceeding 3 cm-, black below, yellowish-
green at the tips. Leaves erecto-patent, distributed along
thei shoot, concave, translucent, of rather firm texture,
broadly oblong, generally apiculate, 3 mm. ; maJ-gin with
one or two series of linear cells, subserrulate ; nerve bold,
tapering above and lost in or below the apex ; cells shortly
rhomboid, strongly incrassate, unequal, averaging 29 x 16 h.
Seta slender, 5-6 cm. ; capsule pyriform, 2.5 - 4 mm., base
tapering, mouth rather constricted ; lid hemispheric, um-
bonate.

Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Alma Tiers.

Bri/um ruhiglnosum H.f. efc W.

Erect, densely caespitose, stems simple, often 5 cm., rather
robust and red. Leaves delicate, broadly oblong, slightly
apiculate, 2.3 mm. ; margin with a thickened border of
long incrassate cells, broader and revolute below, plain
above ; nerve red, vanishing at a distance from the apex ;
cells regularly rhomboid, thin walled, averaging 50 x \1 h-.
Rest not seen.

St. Patrick's River.

Brywn chrysoneuron CM.

Rather small, in dense cushions, stems about 5 mm-
Leaves dispersed, lanceolate, rather obtuse, 1 mm. ; margin

BY L. RODWAY. 189

1913.

plain, quite unbordered; nerve very bold, lost below the
apex; cells oblong-rhomboid, averaging 50 x 12^. Seta
1.5 cm.; capsule clavate, 2 mm.; neck slender, tapering,
mouth little constricted; lid pyramidal.
Kingston - Longley-road.

Bryum erytlirocarpoides Hpe. et CM.
Small, seldom exceeding 5 mm. Leaves oblong to oblong-
lanceolate, acuminate, 1mm. ; mai'gin quite unboirdered,
subserrulate above ; nerve vanishing in or below the apex,
rarely porcurrent, cells rhomboid, 27 x 8ju. Seta 1.5 cm. ;
capsule oblong, brown, 2 mm., with a short tapering neck
and slightly constricted mouth ; lid short, broadly pyra-
midal-
Very common on shaded soil about Hobart.

Bryum laevigatuhim Broth.

Rather small, the shoots seldom exceeding 5 mm. Leaves
dispersed, oblong to^ oblong-lanceolate, 1.7 mm.; margin
with a broad border of elongated cells below, lost above,
serrulate; nerve lost in apex to just excurrent; cells
irregularly rhomboid, incrassate, averaging 45 x 12^*- Seta.
2-3 cm. : capsule dark, broadly pyriform with a tapering
neck, 2.5 mm., but the breadth sometimes reduced and the
neck less tapering ; mouth rather constricted ; lid pyra-
midal.

Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Meander River.

Brymn ovicarpum Brotli.

Small, densely caespitose, shoots seldom exceeding 3 mm-
Leaves erect, broadly ovate, acuminate, mostly under 1 mm.;
margin plain or very slightly subserrulate with one series
of rectangular cells on the margin ; nerve bold percurrent
or shortly excurrent in a cuspidate tip ; cells obtusely
rhomboid, rather incrassate, 21x8/". Seta 1 cm. ; capsule
oblong, dark, 1.2 mm.; base swollen, rugose, a little taper-
ing to rather obtuse ; lid conic.

Very near B. Sullivani.

On wall. Waterworks, Hobart; Huon-road, Barnes Bay,
Longley, Colebrook.

Bryum Sullivani CM.

Stems slender, 1-2 cm., forming a rather dense livid

green mat. Leaves dispersed, patent, ovate, concave, subob-

tuse to shortly acute, 1 mm. ; margin plain, unbordered ;

nerve brown, lost in the apex to shortly excurrent; cells

190 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TASv

regularly rhomboid, 36 x Sp-. Seta 1.5 cm. ; capsule oblong,
dark, 2mm., base swollen rather obtuse; lid convex-conic,
acutely umbonate-

Circular Head, Huon-road 9 miles.

Bryimi subcujjulatiim C.^i.

Pale yellow green, slender, about 1 cm., densely tufted.
Leaves distributed along the stern, ovate, acuminate, sub-
acute, 1 mm.; nerve percurr en t to very shortly excurrent,
margin subserrulatei towards the apex, about two series
elongated, otherwise not bordered; cells rhomboid, very
irregular. Seta slender, 1 cm. ; capsule inclined, oblong,
1-1.5 mm., with a rather swollen apoph3^sis and a very
shortly tapering neck.

Zeehan.

Bryum argenteum L.

Small, densely caespitose, silvery white or pale green,,
innovations usually under 5 mm. Leavesi erect, imbricate,
shining, broadly oblong, subacute toi acute, base green^
colourless and transparent above ; margin plain ; nerve
vanishing about the middle, 1-4 mm., cells very large,
rhomboid- Seta slender, 1-2 cm. Capsule pendulous or
inclined, brown, oblong, 1 mm. ; mouth rather broad, base
shortly tapering ; lid pyramidal.

Common on damp rocks, roadsides, roofs, etc.

Bryum dichotomiim Hedw.
Syu.: B. -pachytheca CM.

Small, caespitose, the innovations under favourable cir-
cumstances occasionally elongating to 1 cm. Leaves dis-
persed, lanceolate, acute, 1.5 mm., with a border of 2-8
series of linear-rectangular cells, serrulate ; nerve bold,
shortly excurrent; cells linear-rhomboid, incrassate, un-
equal, mostly 40-60 x 12/^. Capsule dark red, broadly
oblong, 2-3 mm., momth slightly constricted, the apophysis
dark, swollen, rugose with a very obtuse base ; lid broad
hemispheric, umbonate, shining.

Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Bruni Island, Huon, George
Town, etc.

Brymn cnpylcUum CM.

Small, caespitose, in dry places stunted, in protected
localities the innovations slender, often 1-5 cm. Leaves
dispersed, ovate-lanceolate or ovate-acuminate, the base
narrowing, 1.3 mm. ; margin plain, not revolute, sometimes
obscurely subserrulate, not bordered, but 1-2 series of cells

BY L. RODWAY. 191

1913.

elongated ; nerve short!}' excurrent in a, white, cuspidate
tip or very ?hort ; cells narrow rhomboid, thin walled,
40-60 X 16iW. Seta often very long ; capsule broadly oblong,
in some cases very short, apophysis very swollen, rugose,
obtus-e, dark; lid broad, pyramidal, shining.

Very close to B. dichotomy m ; differing in the broader
leaves with simple nearly entire margin.

Laiinceston streets, Fitzroy Place (Hobart), Evandale
Junction.

Bryiim. (jamhierense CM.

Small, under 5mm., caespitose. Leaves clustered at the
ends of the shoots, ovate-lanceolate from a broad base,
1.3 mm.; margin revclute below, serrulate above, bordered
by linear cells ; nerve strongly excurrent and white at
the cuspidate tip; cells very unequal, the lower ones nearly
quadrate, the u]jper ones irregularly rhomboid, rather in-
crassato, averaging 45 x lOy". Capsule dark red, oblong,
2 mm., mouth slightly constricted; apophysis dark, swollen,
rugose, obtuse; lid broad, shining pyramidal.

Very close to B. dlchotomam, aud many specimens a.ppear
intermediate.

Very common in grassy country-

JSryum argillicola Broth.

Very small, yellow green, caespitose, 2-3 mm. Leaves
erecto-patent, mostly in a terminal cluster, narrow ovate
lanceolate, L3 mm., inclusive of tlie excurrent nerve;
margin revclute, obscurely subserrulate above ; nerve red
with a bold excurrent, cuspidate apex as long as the
lamina; cells broadly rhomboid. 20 x 8m. Seta 1.5 cm.;
capsule ovate, 2 mm., mouth slightly constricted, base
broader and obtuse but not swollen and inigose.

Port C3^gnet, Margate.

Fam. 8— BAKTEAMIACEAE.
Habit various; from small erect and densely tufted to
creeping and often long and robust; branches few and
irregular. Leaves lanceolate with long acute points, seldom
shorter; nerve round, excurrent; cells usuallv oblong to
rectangular, each with a prominent papilla, rarely smooth ;
margin and nei-^^e serrated, rarely almost entire. Seta

long; capsule globose or oblong, the sterile base small, in-
clined or pendulous rarely erect, striate or furrowed
rarely smooth ; mouth small ; lid small convex ; caljrptra
small linear, cucullate; peristome double, single, or none,
seldom well developed; peristome teeth 16 simple, of one

192 TASMANIAN BRYOPH^TA,

R.S. TAS.

series of cells; endostome when present rudimentary.

Antheridia, in most genera, numerous in a terminal disk.
A natural group readily known by the leaf structure.

Bartramia. Densely tufted, rarely nlongated, antheridia in
the terminal axils but not gathered into a conspicuous
disk.

Bartramidula. Decumber.t, very small. Leaves sauill,
ovate, imbricate, the nerve vanishing below the apex.

Philonotis. Elongating and vaguely branched. Leaves
small, the cells thin walled, rectangular, not much re-
duced towards the base. Antheridia in a terminal disk.

Breutelia. Coarse plants, vaguely branched. Leaves long,
tough; basal cells quadrate, which usually extend as a
band up the margin. Antheridia in a terminal disk.

CoNOSTOMUM. Tufted. Leaves with strongly excurreii t nerves.
Peristome well developed, th© teeth adherent at the apex,
forming a cone over the mouth.

Bartramia Hedw.

Erect, dichotomously branched, usually small in dense
tufts, cuticle of tlie shoot of small cells. Leaves opaque
lanceolate to narrow-subulate, papillose; cells small, rec-
tangular. Capsule globose, striate; lid shortly conic;
calyptra fugacious; exostome of 16 teeth or none; en-
dostome a narrow basal membrane with 16 keeled proicesses.
Antheridia in the terminal axils, not forming an ex-
panded disk.

Stems elongated Norvegica

Stems short, tufted.

Leaf-base rectangular.

Leaves spreading... . . papillata

Leaves erect fragilis

Leaf-base not rectangular stricti folia

Bartramia Norvegica Lindb.
Syn.: B. Halleriana Hedw.

Stem elongated and pendulous, often 12 cm-, with few
irregular branche®, at a high altitude reduced to 3 cm-
and erect. Leaves squarrose, long and slender, from a
sheathing base, 10 mm.; margin spinulose, recurved; nerve
continuous ; cells rotundo-quadrate, small, incrassate, elon-
gated in the sheathing base. Seta on a short lateral
branch, 5 mm. ; capsule inclined, oblique, sulcate, globose ;
exostome teeth short, lanceolate, dark brown.

Very common on the slopes of mountains.

BY L. EODWAY. 193

1913.

Bartramia ^Ja^JzV^afa H.f. et W.

Stems short, closely tufted, seldom exceeding 1 cm.
Leaves spreading, narrow-linear, suddenly contracted from
a rectangular, expanded, hyaline, sheathing base, 4 mm. ;
serrate on the margin and nerve, mai'gin incurved; nerve
■continuous ; cells rectangular with small obtuse papillae,
basals larger, pellucid. Seta 2 cm. ; capsule slightly in-
<jlin6d, glcbose-pyriform, sulcate; exostome teeth short,
lanceolate.

Kinoston, Maria Island, Western Tiers, etc.

o

Bartramia fragilis Mitt.

Stems short, erect, in dense tufts- Leaves erect, im-
bricate, stiff, linear suddenly contracted from a rectangular
pellucid base, 4 mm.; margin spinulose; surface shortlv
papillose ; nerve broad, continuous. Seta 1 cm. ; capsule
erect, oblong, 1.5 mm. Doubtfully distinct from

J5. papillata.

Westiem Tiers.

Bartramia strictifolia Tayl.

Small, erect in dense tufts, dark below, the tips pale
o^reen, seldom exceeding 1 cm. Leaves erect, closely im-
bricate when diy, naiTow linear- lanceolate from a broad
TDut not defined base, tapering to an acute point, 2.5 mm- ;
margin spinulose-serrate, nerve continuous ; cells regular
rectangular. Seta. 1 cm- ; capsule globose, erect, 1.5 mm. ;
mouth small; lid short and small- Peristome teeth small,
slender, incurved, inserted on a shoii. colourless membrane.

Maria Island, Bruni Island.

Bartramidula. Schimp.

Stems small, erect from a creeping stolon. Leaves ovate,
imbricate, the nei'\"e vanishing below the apex. Capsule
globose, pendulous or erect ; peristome none ; lid rather
flat with a short obtuse umbo ; calyjijtra small, broadly
cucullate.

Distinguished by the small size, creeping habit and
g^^mnostomous capsxde.

Bartramidula 2>usilla (H.f. et W.) Sell.

Small, caespitose, creeping, the branches erect under 1
cm. Leaves small, 0.6 mm., imbricate, narrow ovate, acute,
obscurely dentate; cells rectangular, averaging 38 x 14^
T'ln.iiting branch short at the base of innovations. Seta
slender, bent or straight at the apex, 1 cm. Capsule

194 TAS-MA^'IAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS..

oiobosc, pcncliiloiis. smooth, 1.5 mm., mouth small, lid
minute-

Common in wet open situations.
Var. : WeijDtoii.flii. Capsule erect, nodulose ; mouth broader.

Port Cygnet, Gordon, Margate.

Philonotis Bride!.

Suberect or decumbent, vaguely branched, spreading,
branching oiten dichotomous. Leaves squarrose lanceolate^
acute; nerve bold continuous to shortly excurrent; cells
rectangular, rarely quadrate, those of the base not con-
spicuously shorter. Capsule globose or oblong, inclined
or pendulous, striate; peiistome as in Barfranila. Auther-
idia numerous, forming a relatively broad disk siirrounded
by an involucre of large leaves.

Distinguished from BrenfeUa by less robust habit and the
different leaf structure.
Stems slender ; leaves remote.

Leaves prominently papillose scahrifoli<i

Leaves serrate tenuw

Stems long, sim])le and slender fert'dis

Stems rol)ust, leaves imbricate rujens

FJi 'do notify scabrifolia H.f. et W.
Syn. : Ph. remotifolia H.f. et VV.

Slender, pale sage-green, the branches usually fascicled
at the ends of the stems. Leaves patent, not crowded,
ovatedanceolate, tapering to an acute point, 0-8 mm. ; mar-
gin, nerve, and surface strongly scabrid; nerve shortly ex-
current, cells quadrate-rotund. Sleta 2-3 cm.; capsule in-
clined ovate-globose, sulcatte, 2-2.5 mm., mouth broad;
exostome teeth lanceolate; endostome processes slender
from a basal membrane.

Colebrook, Mt. Nelson, near Lannccston, Western Tiers^
etc.

PhUonofis tenuis Tavl.

Stems slender, simple or with fascicled branches, usually
2-3 cm. Leaves erect o-pa tent, not crowded, lanceolate,
tapering to a very slender point, 3 mm., margin and nei-ve
serrate ; nerve rotund, excurrent in a long point ; cells
linear-rectangular, transparent. Seta 3-4 cm. ; capsule
globose!, inclined 2.5 mm., striate. Exostome teeth lanceo-
late, rather short; endostome with a membranous base and
short, irregular processes.

Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Mt. Nelson, Mt. Roland, etc-

BY L. RODWA^. 195

1913.

FhilonotLS fertiUs Mitt.

Stems very slender, suberect, numerous in dense masses,
4-8 cm., usually with a fascicle of branches at the apex.
Leaves patent, ovate-lanceolate, tapering to a slender apex,
3 mm. ; nerve bold, continuous ; margin slightly thickened,
boldly serrate, surface obscurely papillate; cells broadly
linear. Rest not seen. Growing in very damp places and
pvobal)!y only a form of Fh. tenuis Tavl.

Ben Lomond, Recherche.

Fh'donotis ri(/evs Broth.

Stems numerous, erect, simple, or with terminal fascicles
of branches, covered below with dark brown radicles.
Leaves erecto-patent, closely overlapping, of rather firm
texture, ovate-lanceolate, tapering to a rather slender apex,
2 mm. ; nerve bold, continuous, margin and nerve sharply
serrate, surface papillate, cells rectangular, shorter towards
the base.

In appearance reseniVtling Breutelia affinis, but the cell
structure quite distinct from that of a Breutelia.

Near Sorell-

Breutelia Schimp.
Robust and coarse, branches long, spreading, copiously
covered with purple or brown radicles. Leaves squarrose,
lanceolate from a broad base, tapering to an acute apex,
usually with three or four deep plaits on each side ; nerve
excurrent ; cells narrow oblong to linear above, long linear
below, with a band of quadrate cells at the basal margin
sometimes not well developed. Capsule pendulous, ovate or
oblong, sulcate when dry : mouth constricted ; peristome as
in Bartramia. Antheridia numerous in a broad terminal
disk surrounded by an involucre of larger leaves.
Medium sized. Leaves with obscure or no plaits.
Band of marginal quadrate cells distinct.

Leaves imbricate when dry nffinis

Leaves not imbricate comniutata

Band of few broader cells or none.

Uppt^r cells short ... pendula

L^pper cells liiif^ar Sicberi

Robust. Leaves with deep longitudinal plaits.

Base of leaf contracted divaricafa

Base of leaf geniculate sheathing.

Border of obloTig colourless cells , comosa
Border of quadrate brown cells ... crassa

196 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

U.S. TAS.

Breutelia affinis H.f. et W.

Medium sized, procumbent in rather dense mats, the
stems covered with brown radicles except at the tijDs, fas-
ciculately branched above, usually 3-5 cm. Leaves squar-
rose, ovate-lanceolate, tapering to a slender apex, imbricate
when dry, plaits shallow, only towards the base, 3-5 mm.,
surface rather roughly papillate; margin revolute, serrulat-3
to serrate above, rough from the i^apillae below; nerve
slender excurrent ; cells shortly linear above, longer towards
the base, with a broad band of quadrates on the lower
margin. Seta 2-3 cm- ; capsule broadly oblong, pendulous,
2 mm.

Very common on ground.

Breutelia commntata Hpe.

Habit of B. offinis, but usually smaller, seldom exceeding
2.5 cm. Leaves patent, only slightly imbricate when dry,
ovate-lanceolate, with a, slender apex, 2 mm., roughly
papillate, margin recurved, serrate above ; nerve long ex-
current; cells oblong above, linear below, a well marked
band of broad quadrate cells on the lower margin. Seta
pale 2 cm. ; capsule oblong, pendulous.

Very cloise to B. afjinis and not differing materially in any
detail. Doubtful species.

Very common on ground.

Breutelia pendala Hook.

Decumbent, vaguely branched, mostly 3-5 cm., clothed
with brown radicles. Leaves patent, ovate-lanceolate,

tapering to a very slender apex, 3-4 mm. ; margin recurved,
serrate, surface rather roughly joapillate ; nerve slender,
excurrent in a rather long point; cells linear to oblong
above, longer below, those of the lower margin rectangular
to quadrate, but these chara,cters vai-y much in degree in
different specimens. Seta slender, capsule narrow-oblong,
pendulous.

The spreading leaves, less pronounced border of quadrate
cells and longer upper cells depart from the striicture of
B. coj?imutata, and approach in some specimens very close
to B. Sieberi.

Kingston, Knocklofty, slopes of Mt. Wellington.

Breutelia Sieberi Hornscli.

Decumbent, about 3 cm., with few dichotomous branchess,

covered, except the apex, with black radicles. Leaves

squarrose, yellow, glossy, usually secund, not imbricating

when dry, ovate-lanoeolate, with a slender acute apex,

BY L. RODWAY. 197

1913.

2.5 mm., not plicate, papillae few and small ; nerve serrate,
excurrent; margin acutely serrate above; cells linear, only
a few broad ones at the angles. Seta 1-2 cm.; capsule
rather small inclined, broadly oblong furrowed.
On wet ground, Longley.

Breutelia dlvaricata Mitt.

Eobust, 5-8 cm., with few irregular branches, not densely
clothed with radicles, pale olive green. Leaves ovate-lan-
ceolate, naiTowing at the base, tapering to a slender apex
2.5 mm., strongly plicate ; nerve slender, excurrent to
lost in the apex; margin serrate, external surface minutely
papillose ; cells irregiilar from oblong-quadrate to rec-
tangular above, linear below, with an ill-defined band of
broader cells on the lower margin. When growing in
water the stems are slender, very long, the leaves divaricate,
dark green, with a broad base and a very excuiTent nerve.
Rest not seen.

Cheshunt, Maria Island, Mt. Wellington.

Breutelia comosa Mitt.

Robust, with suberect dichotomous or fasciculate branches,
6-12 cm., usually covered for the greater portion with brown
radicles. Leaves squarrose, ^^ellowish, glossy, 4-5 mm.

plicate, lanceolate from a broad geniculate, sheathing base,
tapering to a slender apex, surface minutely papillose,
margin serrate; nerve slender, continuous; cells rectangular
above, linear below, the sheath bordered by 4-6 series of
large delicate, colourless cells. Seta 3 cm. ; capsule pen-
dulous, oblong, furrowed.

Common Mt. Wellington, Western Tiers, etc.

Breutelia crassa H.f. et W.

Robust, elongating to 15 cm., suberect with few branches.
Leaves squarrose, yellowish, glossy, lanceolate from a broadly
sheathing geniculate base, plicate, tapering to a slender
apex, 5 mm., papillate; margin serrate; nerve slender,
shortly excurrent; cells narrow rectangular to linear above,
long linear below, the border of the sheath of 4-6 series of
enlarged, quadrate, brown rather incrassate cells. Seta
5 cm. ; capsule inclined, narrow-oblong, furrowed.

Probably only a robust condition of B. comosa with more-
rigid leaves, papillae larger, border cells brown, and more
incrassate.

Mt. Wellington.

198 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

U.S. TAS.

CoNOSTOMUM Swaitz.

Small, erect in dense tufts. Leaves lanceolate, keeled,
imbricate; nerve excurrcnt ; margin serrate; cells rectariii,-
ular. Capsule broadly obovate, striate, inclined, on a
long seta ; lid small with an oblique rostrum, calyptra large
for the family, cucullate; peristome teeth linear-lanceolate,
connivent in a cone and adhering together at the apex.

Cofosfomnm 2y^isi^ium H.f et W.

Small, tufted, erect, yellowish-green with erect innova-
tions from below the fertile apex. Leaves erect, imbricate,
lanceolate, very acute, 1-2 mm. ; nerve bold slightly to much
excurrent. Seta yellow, slender, 2-3 cm. ; capsule broadly
ovate or nearly globose, inclined striate when dry, 2 mm.

Common on mountain plateaux and occasionally at a
low elevation.

Couostomiim ausfrale Swart z.

In d=ense bright green tufts of similar habit to the last
but lao^ger. Leaves narrow lanceolate, erect, imbricate
with a long hair point, 2-3 mm. inclusive, external surface,
except at the base coarsely papillose; neirve bold, loni;,
excurrent. Seta 3-4 cm. ; capsule erect or nearl)?^ so, globose,
shining, striate when dry, 3 mm.

Mt. Wellington, Mt. Field, Western Tiers.

Fam. 9— SPLACHNACEAE.

Erect, clustered, w^th few short dichotomous branches.
Leaves broad, membranous and flaccid, nerve slender,
smooth; cells large, thin walled, rhombic or pentagonal.
Capsule erect on a long seta, small and cylindric upon an
apophysis often large or exceeding the capsule ; lid very
small, convex or conic; calyptra small conic or cleft on
one side; peristome of 16 geminate or 8 bigeminate nar-
row-lanceolate teeth, sharply reflcxed when drv.

A well defined family readilv distinguished by the
peculiar capsule.
Tayloria. Apophysis long, cylindric, but little broader iiian

the spore-case.
Tetraplodon. Apophysis spLciienl, much broader than tlie

spore-caS'C.

Tayt.oria Hook.
Medium sized, sometimes elongating. Leaves large celled,
of delicate texture, spathulate. Seta bold, capsule erect,
^pore case short narrow cylindric with a longer cylindric

BY L. RODAVAY. 109

1913.

apophysis at the ba.se little ca- not at all broader than

the spore-caso ; peristome teeth short, sharply recurved.

Leaf acute, nerve excnrrent.

Margin plain ociohlephara

MMi'giu dentate callophijUa

Leaf ol)tuse, nerve vanishing obkunssiniff

Tayloria ocfoblephara (Hook) Mitt.
Syi). : Splachmiim o<'lohlpp>horuni Hook.
Stems numerous, erect, forming dense cushions. Leaves
pale green or tinged with red, ovate-spathulate with a
filiform apex, 2-4 mm., but variable, sometimes oblong, at
others the apex reduced. Margin plain to obscurely

serrate ; nei-ve slender excurrent in perfect leaves, but on
rapidly growing shoots often vanishing even below th--
Tniddle. Seta erect, usually about 1 cm. ; capsule broadly
cylindric, dark, about 1 mm., at its base a. cylindric
apophysis longer and generally narrower; lid nearly flat,
obtusely mamillatc ; calyptra small cucuUate ; teeth of
peristome short, lanceolate, geminate, sharply recurved
when cii}^-

t Very common at all altitudes and correspondinglv
variable. Some specimens with leaves more serrate than
usual approach T. cdllophi/lhi.

TaijJorur c(>Uop/i//Ih( (CM.) Mitt.

Stems elongated, 5-10 cm., simple or with few branches,
clothed nearly to the apex with purple radicles. Leaves
delicate yellow-green, squarrose, narrow spathulate with a
slender apex, 3 mm. ; margin prominently dentate ; nerve
slender excurrent in a cuspidate piliferous tip. Seta
bold, 1-1.5 cm.; capsule cylindric. 2 mm., with a tapering
apophysis of same length.

Said to have been gathered on slopes of Mt. Wellington,
but the only specimen in the collections is from New Zea-
land.

Very near forms of T. octobhqJiara.

Tayloria. obtusissimo Broth.

Stems long, decumbent, 5-7 cm. Leaves yellow-green,
squarrose, obovate-spathulate, obtuse, 3 mm. ; margin plain
or irregular from the turgid cells ; nerve very slender,
vanishing some distance below the apex ; cells quadrate or
hexagonal a.bove, long-rectangular towards the base. Rest
not seen.

Southern side of Mt. Wellinoton.

200 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.

Tetraplodon Br. ScbiiU:
Rather small, densely caespitose, capsule broadly oblong
with a nan'ow mouth and an inflated apophysis ; peristome
teeth bigeminate.

Nerve excurrent iasmanicwn

Nerve lost above ... Gunuianuni

Tetniplodon tasmanicwn Hpe.

Erect in dense tufts, simple, 1 cm. Leaves yellow-green^
jDatent, 2 mm., obo'vate-lanceolate ; miargin entire, undulate
above ; nerve fairly broad, yellow, excurrent. Seta stout,
brown, 5 mm. ; capsule inclusive of apophysis about i mm. ;
apophysis globose with a white zone round the upper half ;
peiristome teeth recurved when dry, bigeminate.

Mt. Zeehan, Adamson Peak, La Perouse.

Tetrajdodon Gunnianum (Hk.)
Syn. : Splachnum Gunnii Hk.
Habit of T. tasmanicicm, only rather larger. Leaves
obovate, squarrose, 2 mm. ; margin sub-dentate, nerve
slender, vanishing above the middle. Seta short, stout, 2-3
mm. : capsule as in the last species, but the apophysis-)
larger, more discoid ; peristome erect whe^ti dry.
West Coast. On Tree ferns.

Fam. 10— FUNAIilACEAE.

Small or medium size, soft, in tufts, or dispersed, erect,
simple or with few branches. Leaves few, ovate-lanceolate,
with a thin nerve, smooth; cells large, hexagonal to rhom-
boid. Capsule spherical, oval or pyriform, erect or cernu-
ous on a long seta ; lid short, convex ; calyptra with a long
beak and inflated base, cleft on one side or many lobecl ;
j^eristome of 16 lanceolate teeth usually twisted or some-
times short and straight or absent; endostomc when pre-
sent of 16 short lanceolate teeth.

A well-defined group with laxly-constructed leaves. The-
capsule larger than tJie barren base. The peristome when
perfect is double, but the endostome is never well
developed; the exostome in the most advanced forms has
incurving teeth which are attached to a cribiform disk.
GiGASPERMDM. Creeping, witli sessile capsules.
Physcomitrium. Capsule obccniic, with a broad mouth ;

calyptrai small mitriform.
FuNARiA. Capsule pyriform ; caly]>tra oblique with au;

inflated cucullate base.

BY L. ROD WAY. 201

1913.

GiGASPERMUM Lindb.
Small, creeping, witli short erect branches. Leaves
broad, imbricate, nerveless, of delicate texture, the cells
large rhomboid and thin walled. Capsule hemispheric on
a very short seta immersed in the terminal leaves ; mouth
very broad, lid flat, calyptra broad and shoTt, peristome
none.

Gigaspermwn rejjens (Hook) Lindb.
Syii : Leptangium repens Mitt.
Erect, leafy branches budlike, 2 mm. Leaves pale im-
bricate, the upper O'ues broadly ovate, with a long slender
apex, 1-1.5 mm.; margin subserrulate.

On the gTound, Bellerive ; Cataract Hill, Launceston.

Physcomitrium Brid.

Small, erect. Leaves oblong, nerve slender, lost below
the apex. Capsule obconic; lid shortly convecx, abruptly
rostrate or apiculate; calyptra with a short inflated cleft
base; peristome, none.

The tjenus is close to Funaria, but has a different modifica-
tion of the base of the calyptra.

Fhyscomitrium conicum Mitt.

Small, erect, simple, mostly about 5 mm. Leaves ob-
long, acuminate, 2 mm. ; margin of one series of longer
cells, serrate above; nerve slender, lost in or below the
apex. Seta b mm. ; capsule obcouic, with a broad moutb,
1.5 mm.

Leith's Creek.

Phi/i^coinifrium laxmn H.f. et W.

In loose tufts, 1 cm. Leaves dispersed along the st-emj,
narrow to broadly oblong, acuminate, 2.5 mm. ; mai^gin
plain; nervei vanishing below the apex to rather low down
on the leaf. Capsule as in Ph. conicum.

Probably a shade form of the last.

Upper Meander River.

Funaria Schreb.
Small, simple, erect. Leaves ovate to lanceolate; cells
large, lax. rhomboid. Capsule on a rather or very long
seta, pyriform, oblique, and inclined, sometimes nearly
erect ; lid short and convex ; calyptra with a large inflated
base split on one side ; exostome when well developed of 16
slender lanceolate teeth, twisted and attached at the apex
to a cribiform disk, from this a series of reductions till

202 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.

the cycle may be quite absent; endostome a short basal
membrane and 16 slender processes.

The genus may be readily divided into two sub-genera.

EntOSthodon. Capsule erect, with a fairly distinct neck ;
peristome none, or of short incurved teeth.
Peristome none.

LeavfS broadly ovate opopJiysata

Leaves lanceolate prodtwia

Peristome present.

Nerve lost below the apiculus ... (jracUf
Nerve excurrent cnspldata

Eufunaria. Capsule inclined ; peristome double.
Capsule smooth.
Mouth broad.

Leaves not crisping when dry ... glabra

Leaves crisping wlien dry crisptda

Mouth rather narrow tasmanica

Capsule furrowed; seta curved ... ... hy<jvomet7nca

Fanaria apophysata (Tavl.)

Very small, simple, 1-2 mm. Leaves in a terminal tuft,
patent, imbricate, broadly o<vate, acuminate, 0.5 mm. ;
margin plain ; nerve slender eixcurrent in a fine point.
Seta seldom much longer than the capsule ; capsule linear-
pyriform, 2 mm., half of which is barren neck, slightly
constricted below the mouth ; annulus thin dark red ; peri-
stome none.

Macquarie Plains, Kingston.

Funaria 2^roducta (Miti.)

Very small, 1 mm. Leaves erect in a. cluster, lanceolate,
base broad but much attenuated above, very acute, 1
mm, ; margin plain ; nei'v© excurrent. Seta 5 mm. ; cap-
sule from nearly globose with a short neck tO' more slender
with a loing tapering neck, 1 mm. ; mouth slightly con-
stricted ; peristome non©.

Blackman's Bay, East Coast, Western Tiers, Mt. Nelson,
etc.

Funnria graclJe H.f. et W.

Stems very short. Leaves ovatei-acuminate, sometimes
with a strong apiculus, 1 mm. ; nerve red usually lost in or
below the apex, but in lower leaves often continuous, or
again in some specimens dissolves just below the apex,
the apiculus again indurated. Seta slender, 1-2 cm.; cap-

BY L. RODWAY. 203

1913.

sule pyriform, neck short. 1 mm., daik red ; peristome of
short dark teeth.

Blackmail's Bay, Kingston, etc.

Fimaria cuspidata H.f. et AV.

Stem very short. Leaves broadly ovate, acuminate,
1 mm. : nerve red, bold, excurrent in an acute point ;
capsule clavate-pyriform, tapering into a short neck, 1
mm. ; peristome teeth short, incurved, with a broad base
and slender point.

Continuous with F. gracih^

Carlton.

Fnvana glahra Tavl.

Small, about 3 mm., simple. Leaves clustered, imbri-
cate when dry, readily I'estoring, broadly ovate-spathulate.
apiculate, 1.5 mm.; margin subserrulate. the marginal
cells rectangular, incrassate; nerve slender, vanishing
below the apex. Seta 1 cm. ; capsule broadly p^^riform,
inclined, bent, unequal, 2 mm. ; neck short, mouth broad ;
exostome teeth lanceolate with slender tips twisted when
young, erect when old, only slightly barred ; endosto-me
processes similar and nearly as long, adhering to the exos-
tome below.

Very common.

Funarla crispuhi H.f. et W.

Small, erect, 2.3 mm. Leaves in a terminal cluster of
rather more delicate toxture than in F. (jlaJira, crisping
when dry and not readily restoring, obovate-spathulate,
apiculate, 2 mm., margin serrulate with one row of rec-
tangular incrassate cells; nerve slender, red, vanishing in
the upiDer portion. Seta slender, 1 cm. ; capsule pyriform.
inclined, bent, pale, I mm., mouth rather broad; peristome
as in F. glahra, from which it differs only in textur© of
leaves, and that is due probably to growing in intense
shade. The recorded difference in capsule and peristome
not consistent.

Huon, Meander River, etc.

Funaria, tasmanira H|)e.

Short and simple, seldcin exceeding 5 mm. Leaves in
a terminal tuft, broadly ovate-spathulate, apiculate, 2-3
mm., margin regularly serrulate, the marginal cells not
elongated nor incrassate ; nerve slender, vanishing in the
upper third. Seta slender, 2 cm., straight or nearly so,
capsule inclined, linear-pyi-iform, slightly oblique, smooth,
3 mm. ; mouth rather constricted, ring not developed, neck

204 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.

veiy tapering • exostome twisted, the teeth long slender
with filiform colourless points, bai's distant and not bold;
endo'stome processes similar and half as long, pruinose,
adhering at the base to the peristome.
Rhyndaston.

Funariu hygvometrica (L.) Sibth.

Erect, simple or with few branches, usually under 1
cm., but much elongating in moist shaded places. Leaves
elliptic, apiculate, usually 2-3 mm. ; margin plain with
one line of linear slightly thickened cells ; nerve slender
continuous. Seta very long curved towards the apex ;
capsule pyriform, oblique, bent furrowed, 2-2.5 mm., taper-
ing into a short neck ; mouth slightly constricted, very
oblique, ring strongly developed, red; exostome teeth
twisted, their points attached to a cribiform disk, teetii
bold, barred, lanceolate; endostome of 16 pale processes
of same length as exostome.

Very common, especially on burnt ground.

Fani. 11— HYPNACEAE.

Habit various, from simple creeping to dendroid, seldom
jDulvinate. Leaves lanceolate to orbicular, usually smooth ;
cells usually long, but in one subfamily rotundo-quadrate,
small and papillate. Seta arising from a very short branch
lew down on the stem, never terminal, long and slender ;
capsule oblong to cylindric, usually curved ; lid conic to
rostrate ; calyptra narrow cucullate ; peristome always
double and well developed ; the exostome of 16 lanceolate
teeth with a zig-zag commisural line in the centre exter-
nally, and coarsely lamellate on the inner surface; endos-
tome with a deep membranous base and 16 slender per-
forate or gaping processes; cilia long or short, slender,
3-2-1 or none.

A very large family clearly distinct from the terminal
fruiting forms, but passing into Neckeraceae insensibly. The
seta is always long, the peristome perfect, and, except in
the Lrslceas, the cells are elongated. Many bryologists
now split this large family into numerous smaller ones,
but this would not carry any advantage in a local flora,
though it can with advantage be divided into three sub-
families.

Sub-family. — Hypneae. Habit variou.«. Leaves mostly ovate-
lanceolate, smooth, nerve well developed, single, rarely
reduced or absent.

BY L. EODWAY. 205

1913.

Hypnum. Medium sized, decumbent, vaguely branched

Leaves patent ; nerve lost above the middle.
Drepanocladus. Elongated water moss. Leaves very

acute, the terminal ones secund, forming a sickle-like.

end to the shoot ; nerve lost above the middle.
Campylium. Slender water moss. Leaves small, strongly

divaricate; nerve lost in the apex.
Ptychomnion. Robust ground moss. Leaves strongly

divaricate, nerveless.
Hypnodendron. Den.lroid. Leaves ovate, distichous;

nerve lost in the apex.
Mniodendron. Dendroid. Leaves not distichous; nerve

excurrent.

Sub-familv.-Stereodonteae. Decumbput, vaguely or pin-
nately branched. Leaves smooth, shining, with a strong
tendency to become distichous or secund; nerves 2, very
short, obsolete or none.

Bhaphidostegium. Leaves narrow, acute, nerveless, at
the basal angles three or four oblong inflated cells.
Lid with a long beak.

Stereodon. Leaves generally secund, narrow acute, nerve-
less or veiy faint, an irregular patch of quadrate cells
at the angles. Lid conic.

IsoPTERYGiUM. Leaves narrow, acute, sub-distichous, no
quadrate cells at the angles; no nerve.

Plagiothecium. Leaves broarl, distichous, obliquely in-
serted, nerve double or forked.

Catagonium. Leaves distichous, laterals conduplicate,
nerveless, apiculus short, recurved.

AcANTHOCLADiUM. Lcavcs with a distichous teudeucv,
nerveless, oblong concave with a long slender api-
culus.

AcROCLADiuM. Lcaves nearly orbicular, obtuse with one
or two short faint nerves.

Sub-family.— Leskeae. Decumbent. Leaves small, cells

rotundo-quadrate, papillose.
Thuidium. Branching pinnate; stems with paraphyllia.
PsEUDOLESKEA. Branches few irregular, stems without

paraphyllia.

Hypnum Dill.
Plants prostrate, creeping, seldom large or very small,
pinnately or vaguely branched. Leaves ovate to lanceo-
late; nerve single, lost above the middle; cells narrow.

206 TAS:MANIAN BRYOrHYXA,

R.S. TAS.

linear or vermiform, thin walled, smooth, those towards
the base quadrate and larger. Seta long rough with minute
tubercles or smooth ; capsule narrow to broadly oblong
with a bluff base, inclined, curved ; lid conic, often with
a long beak ; peristome double, the exostome teeth narrow
lanceolate with an irregular h^^aline border ; endostomc a
deep membrane and 16 processes as long or longer than
the excstome, cilia 1-3, blender.

The genus is large and the species closely related. In
order to reduce the group to more convenient dimensions
it is often the custom to divide it into genera founded on
unimportant details.

Brachythecium. Generally robust. Capsule broadly ob-
long with a bluft base; lid conic, the rostrurii
short. Leaves plicate.
Robust. Leaves not secund.

Seta rough throughout riitahulnm

Seta rough above, smooth below ... campestre

Seta smoot li salebrosuin

Small. Leaves secund jaradoxum

Khynchostegium. Leaves spreading on all sides from a
narrow slightly clecurrent base, not plicate, with
a strong nerve. Seta smooth ; lid with a long
slender beak.

Leaves strongly serrate aristatum

Leaves slightly serrulate tenuiJoHum.

Rhynchostegiella. Small mosses. Leaves divergent,
lanceolate, acuminate, remotely serrulate. Seta
rough ; capsule tapering at the base ; lid with a
long nearly straight rostrum.

Leaves olituse coiivolutiJoUum

Leaves veiy acute miwiculatiwi

OxYRRHYNCHiuM. Medium sized. Leaves broadly oblong
acuminate, finely or remotely serrulate. Seta
rough ; capsule with a long curved beak.

Leaves large^ patent austrinum

Leaves small, divaricate, broad remotifolium

llyptmin rutahulum L.
Decumbent, spreading in loose yellowish green mats,
irregularly pinnate. Leaves patent, glossy, ovate, with a
slender apex to but shortly pointed, apex remotely to
closely serrulate; nerve faint, lost in or above the middle,
2.3 mm.; cells narrow-linear, those at the base and angles
broader. Seta dark red rough throughout, capsule cylin-

BY L. EODWAY. 207

1913.

dric, curved, inclined, reddish brown, contracted below

the mouth and bluff at the base, lid conic; peristome dark.

Variable in length of leaf point, closeness of serrations
and length of nerve.

Very common in damp situations.

Hijpnum c'lmpestre Brucli.

Decumbent, livid yellow, with irregular branches, 6-10
cm. Leaves erecto-patent, shining, plicate, lanceolate,
very acute. 3 mm. ; margin shortly revolute, near the apex
rather thickened and remotely serrate ; nerve very slender
vanishing above the middle ; cells long linear, those at the
base and angles broader and shorter. Seta, rough in the
upper paa^t, smooth below, capsule cylindric, curved ; lid
conic; teeth yellow.

Distinguished from H. rutahulum by tbe narrower, more
plicate leaves as well as the smooth lower half of the
seta-

Deloraine. Longford, slopes of Mt. Wellingtion.

Hypnnm sahhrosum Br. Sell.

Hctblt of H. riifahuluin. Leaves usually narrower and
more erect, with a long slender apex, serrulate in the
upper portion ; nerve more distinct, lost in or above the
middle. Seta smooth ; lid conic.

Recorded as Tasmania, but not present in any of the
available collections.

Hypnum paradoxittn H f . et W.

Decumbent, irregularly branched, matted, 3 cm. Leaves
yellow, falcate, secund, lanceolate, acute from a broad
base, nerved beyond the middle, L5 mm. ; margin serru-
late; cells long lineal", shorter and broader at the base, a
triangle of many quadrates at the angles. Seta slender,
minutely rough, brownish red; capsule short, L5 mm.,
oblong with a very bluff base; lid shortly conic; peris-
tome pale brown.

Resembling a Stereodon.

On the ground. Old Beach ; Cheshunt.

Hypnum arisfatum H.f. et W.

Decumbent, forming pale green mats, pinnately
branched, 1-2 cm., much elongating amongst grass. Leave.s
patent, concave, ovate, acuminate, strongly serrate, 1 mm. ;
nerve obscure, vanishing about the middle; cells broadly
linear. Seta red, smooth; capsule short, oblong; curved;
lid with a long, acute rostrum.

Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Cheshunt.

208 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.

Hyjmu^n tenuifolium Hedw.
Sjn. : H. collatum H.f. et W.

Decumbent, irregularly branched, 3-6 cm. Leaves
patent, concave, shining, ovate, shortly acuminate. 2.2 mm. ;
margin obscurely serrulate; nerve slender, ill-defined,
vanishing above the middle ; cells narrow, slightly broader
at the base. Seta long, red, smooth ; capsule broadly
oblong, inclined, curved ; lid with a long acute beak.

Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Mt. Nelson, Coal Eiver Tier,
etc.

Hyjymim convolufifolhim Hpe.

Small, decumbent, 3-5 cm., with many irregular, erect
branches. Leaves patent oblong, convolute when dry, base
narrow, apex rather obtuse, 1 mm. ; margin obscurely ser-
rulate ; nerve slender, vanishing above the middle ; cell.5
narrow oblong, shorter near the apex, becoiming quadrate
towards the base. Seta 1 cm., slender, dark, rough ; cap-
sule inclined, oblong, dark, constricted below the mouth,
neck swollen, 1.3 mm.

Latrobe.

Hypniira muriculatum H.f. et W.

Rather small, decumbent, branches ascending, 1 cm.
Leaves divaricate, narrow ovate with a rather long attenu-
ated apex, 1 mm. ; margin sen^ate, but not closely so ; nerve
slender, lost above the middle. Seta 1 cm., red, rough ;
capsule inclined, oblong, tapering at the base, 1 mm., lid
rostrate of the same length.

Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Circular Head.

Hypiiuni austrinum H.f. et, W.

Decumbent, widely spreading, with few branches, dull
olive green, young shoots pale yellow green, shining, 5-10
cm. Leaves patent, oblong, acute, concave. 2 mm. ; margin
finely serrate; nerve broad at the base, rapidly narrowing
and lost in the middle, cells narrow linear, rather broader
towards the base. Seta rough, 2 cm., capsule broadly
oblong, inclined, 2 mm., gibbous ; lid rostrate, nearly as
long.

Guy Fawkes Rivulet, Mt. Wellington ; neao- French-
man's Cap.

Hypnum remotifolmm Mitt.
Syn. : H- asperipes Mitt.

Small, decumbent, with few branches, 2-3 cm., bright
3'ollow-green. Leaves divaricate, rather crisped, broadly
ovate, nearly orbiculai', witli a slender apex, 1 mm. ; mai'gin

BY L. RODWAY. 209

1913.

<;losely, acutely serrate; nerve slender. Seta red, 1.5 cm.,
rough ; capsule inclined, arcuate, oblong-cylindric, 1.7 mm.,
■dark, base attenuated, mouth very wide.

St. Crispin's Well, Mt. Wellington ; Cheshunt-

Drepanocladus WarDst.

Robust elongating mosses growing in water, branches
few and irregular, the leaves secund and cui'ved in a sickle
form at the ends of the shoots. Leaves lanceolate with a
slender apex, imbricate; nerve vanishing above the mid-
dle ; cells narrow vermiform, only those at the base rather
broader. Seta long ; capsule oblong with a tapering neck
inclined or rarely erect ; lid conic, rather short ; peristome
as in Hypnum.

A small group of water mosses distinguished by their
habit and sickle^shaped leaves.

Drepanocladus Jluitans (L.) Warnst.

Stems procumbent, often 12 cm. Leaves narrow lanceo-
late, tapering to a long slender apex, more or less falcate,
2.5 mm.; margin entire.

Common in the bed of creeks.

Drepanocladus hrachiatus Mitt.

Very close to D. Jluitans , but more robust. Leaves fal-
cate, more spreading, lanceolate, acute, up to 5 mm.
In the bed of creeks, often growing with D. fluitans.

Campylium Sull.
Slender, prostrate, elongating, branches few and irregu-
lar. Leaves close set, broad below with a sharply divari-
cate acute point ; nerve single, bold, lost in the apex ; cells
oblong, longer towards the base. Seta slender; capsule
inclined cylindric; lid short, conic; peristome as in
HypnuT/i. Living in water or very wet places. Very
seldom fruiting.

Branches few relaxum

Branches many.

Nerve defined ... decussatum

Nerve faint molle

Campylium relaxum (H.f. et W.)
Stems simple, often 5-7 cm., dark green. Leaves bioadly
ovate with an acute acuminate point, 1.3 mm.; margin
obscurely subseaxulate ; nerve bold, lost in the apex; cells
irregularly linear-oblong.
Fort*h River Falls.

210 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS,

Campylium tlecufisatam (H.f. et W.)
Habit of the last, only more branched and with smaller
light green leaves. Leaves broadly ovate with an acumin-
ate apex, 1 mm., margin subserrulate, nerve not strong,,
lost in apex; cells nearly rhomboid, thin-walled.

Recorded from Tasmania, but no specimen in the collec-
tions, and ]Dcssibly an erroneous identification.

Campylium molle Broth.

Slender, decambent, with numerous, short, lateral
branches forming close mats on stones! in running water,
3-6 cm. Leaves broadly ovate with a short, sharp, acu-
minate apex, 1.2 mm.; margin subserrulate; nerve broad
but faint, lost in the apex ; cells thin walled rectangular
to rhomboid. Differing from C. decussatmn slightly in
habit and in the nerve being fainter.

Coal River Tier.

Ptychomnion H.f. et W.

Robust, deeumbent, with few irregular branches. Leaves
in many rows, diva.ricate, broadly elliptic or ovate from a
narrow base apex suddenly narrow, flat and rather long ;
nerve none; margin subserrate below, spinulose above;
cells linear, strongh'- incrassate, the ends bluff with lateral
connections. Seta tall, slender, dark, smooth ; capsule
broadly cylindric, arcuate, strongly ribbed, with a shortly
attenuated neck ; lid hemispheric with a subulate rostrum
as long as the capsule ; calyptra, long, cucuUate, smooth ;
exostome teeth cartilaginous, lanceolate, slender, with a
very attenuated clo'Sely trabeculate apex ; endostome mem-
brane deep, the processes perforated, lanceolate from a
broad base, usually with two or three short, cilia between
them.

Pti/rhomnion aciculare (Brifl.) Mitt.

Forming extensive yellow or greenish mats, stem rather
slender, red, tough. Leaves 3-4 mm. Seta straight, 2-5-3
cm. ; capsule 3 mm.

Very common on the ground and on deadwood.

Hypnodendron Mitt.
Stem erect with a fascicle of branches at the top. Leaves
of rather soft texture, distichous, thin ; margin and nerve
armed with single or double spinulose teeth ; nerve strong,
lost in the apex ; cells linear. Seta arising from the base
of the branches, slender, long; capsule cylindric, ribbed ;.

BY L. RODWAY. 211

1913.

lid! with a rostrum less than half length of capsule ; calyp-
tra very narrow ; peristome pale yellow, teeth lanceolate,
gradually tapering to a very slender apex; endostome
membrane deep, processes lanceolate, perforate, cilia 2-3,
very lo-ng.

Leaves disticlious, pale splninervnm

Leaves dispersed, dark Archerl

Hypnodendron spininervum Hook.
Syn.: Isothecium spininervum Hook. Trachylomaarcuaf a Mitt,

Stems ahouti 5 cm. Branch leaves distichous, light green,
shining, broadly ovate, acute, 2 mm., equal or slightly
oblique, surface minutely papillose, cells narrow linear.
Seta 4 cm. ; capsule inclined, slightly to much curved, 3.5
mm. : lid conic, rostrate, not half as long.

Slopes of Mt. Wellingtcn, Gordon, Tasmans Peninsula.

Hypnodendro7i Archer i Mitt
Svu. : Isotheciam Archer i Mitt.

Habit of the last, but the leaves less distichous and du!:,
dark green. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, acute, oblique, 1.5
mm., surface smooth; nerve lost in the apex; cells rather
broader and thinner walled. Seta 3 cm. ; capsule nari-ow-
cylindric, 4 mm. ; lid conic.

Not a well-defined species.

Port Arthur, West Coast.

Mniodendron Lindb.

Robust, erect, dendroid; stem covered with matted
rhizoids, branches fascicled at the apex. Leaves lanceolatei
from a broad base, very acute, margin slightly thickened;
nerve bold, excurrent ; cells long, narrow linear. Capsule
cylindrio furrowed, pendulous on a long seta arising from
the base of the branches; lid acutely rostrate; calyptra
long, cylindric, cucullatei; exostome teeth lanceolate,
smooth, closely articled, commisural line very faint ; endos-
tome a deep membrane, the processes same length gaping
or perforate, cilia three, slender, also same length.

The following forms are very closely related, and it is
doubtful to what extent they should be considered speci-
fically distinct.
Branches in a regular fascicle.

Base of leaf broad comosum

Base of leaf narrow ... comatum

Branches in a dispersed fascicle Sieberi

212 TASMANIAN BRYOPAYTA,

R.S. TAS.

Mniodendron comosum (Lab.)
Stem erect, about 5 cm., bold, closely covered with brown
fibrils and divaricate leaves. Branches 1.5-2 cm. iii a
defined fasciculus at the top of the stem. Leaves lanceo-
late froim a rather broad base, 4 mm. ; margin irregularly
serrate above; nerve thick, excurrent in a rather long
point; cells very narrow linear, slightly broader at the
basal angles, not strongly incrassate. Seta. 3 cm., reel;
capsule cernuous or pendulous, with eight grooves, deep
red, neck tapering, black, 3 mm.; lid acutely rostrate,
shining, 3 mm. ; calyptra short, smooth.
Common in damp forests.

Mniodeyidron comatum (CM.)
Syn. : Isothecium Colensoi H.f. et W.

Habit of M. comosum, only the branches usually longer
and dark green, the stem with but little clothing of rhi-
zoids. Leaves lauceolat© from a relatively narrow base,
5.5 mm. ; margin, thickened, rather coarsely spinulose,
exserted nerve very long; cells cylindric, not long, more in-
crassate and regular than in the other species, in the upper
part and near the margin short oblong-rhomboid, those of
the basal angles quadrate enlarged. Other details as in
M. comosum.

Slopes of Mt. Wellington.

Mniodendron Sieberi CM.
Svn. : Isothecium Sieheri CM.
Habit and appearance of M. comosum only tlie branches
more dispersed. Leaves divaricate, lanceolate from a
broad cordate, sub-auricled base, very acute, margin
slightly thickened with few sjDinulose teeth above, 4 mm- ;
nerve exserted in a long filiform point; cells very long
linear. Other features as in M. cojuosiun.
Damp gullies, Mt. Wellington ; Ida Bay.

Ehaphidostegium Schimp.
Medium to small mosses with, in most instances, a near
resemblance to Stereodon, decumbent, elongated, rarely
short, pinnate. Leaves small glossy, generally falcate and
secund, lanceolate, acute; nerves if present 2, short and
faint; cells vermiform with an alar patch of 3-4 large ob-
long cells. Seta slender; capsule small, oblong, straight,
erect or inclined ; lid conic with a long slender beak ;
peristome pale yellow, the exostome teeth broad below witJi
a slender bordered apex; endostomei membrane deep, pro-

BY L. RODWAY. 213

1913.

cesses very slender and longer than the exostome; cilia
none (?).

A natural ^roup. distinguished from Stuveodon by the long
beak to the lid and the peculiar alar patch of inflated cells.
Of the following species the first four are very close, and
might well be treated as unstable forms of one.
Leaves small, falcate, strongly secund.

Margin plain or with few serrulations.

Stems short, vaguely branched ... calliferum
Stems elongated, closely pinnate ... callidioides
Margin distantly serrulate.

Stems irregularly branched ... ... tenuirostre

Stems long, closely pinnate cervicidatum

Margin regularly serrulate cyparioides

Leaves larger, slightly secund.

Margin serrulate, livid or green ... Joliffii

Margin plain, golden brown homomalhim

Leaves not secund crassiusculum

Rhaphidostegium callifertun Hpe. et Geh.

Yellow, decumbent, with numerous pinnate short
branches, forming close mats. Leaves erecto^patent,
secund, base broad, attenuated upwards to a slender recurv-
ed apex, 1.7 mm.; margin plain; nerve none; cells long
vermiform, two or three at the angles quadrate and in-
flated. Seta smooth, 1.3 cm. ; capsule inclined or pendulous,
oblong, pale brown, 1.2 mm.; peristome pale yellow.

Common on deadwood.

Rhaphidosfegium callidioides Hpe. et CM.

Habit and structure almost of B. cerincidatu7n, only less
robust. Leaves shining, secund, lanceolate with an at-
tenuated usually serrated apex, 1-2 mm., nerve none; cells
long vermiform, three or four at the basal angles large in-
flated oblong. Seta slender, 1 cm. ; capsule cernuous or
pendulous, not exceeding 1 mm. ; peristome 23ale yellow.

Near PoTt Cygnet.

Uhaj^hidostegium tenuirostre (H.f. et W.)
Syn. : Hi/pnum tenuirostre H.f. et W.
Pale greenish yellow, decumbent, with numerous, irregu-
larly pinnate branches. Leaves shining, patent, secund,
falcate, base ovate-oblong, tapering above intO' an attenu-
ated apex, 1.2 mm. ; margin distantly serrulate, nerve
none; cells long vermiform with 3 large oblong inflated
cells at the angles. Seta red, slender, 2 cm.
Common on deadwood.

214 TASMANIAN BRYOI'HYTA,

R.S. TAS.

Uhaphidosfef/inm cervicidatum (H.f. et W.)
8y 11.: Hypnum cerviculatum H.f. et W.

Decumbent, livid green, main shoots elongating, closely
set with short lateral branches, forming a broad dense mat.
Leaves shining, strongly secund, narrow oblong-ovate or
lanceolate, gradually narrowing into long attenuated ser-
rated a.pex, 1-7 mm.; margin subserrulate, nerve none;
cells long vermiform, three or four at the angles oblong,
very large. Seta slender, reel, 1.5 cm.; capsule oblong, cern-
uous, straight, 1.4 mm.

Common on dead wood and stone.

Bhaphidostecjiiom cy par lo ides (Brid.)
Syn.: Hypninn leptorrhynchum Brid.

Decumbent, stems elongated, bearing few leaves but many
small lateral branches, pale greenish yellow. Leaves shin-
ing, secund, lanceolate, more gradually tapering into an
attenuated point than in adjoining species, 1.5, upper por-
tion acutely serrate; nerve none; cells vermiform, three or
four at the angles oblong, inflated, large. Seta very slender,
1.5-2 cm.; capsule pendulous or cernuous, narrow oblong, 1
mm. ; peristome pale.

On deadwocd, common.

Mhaphidostegium Joliffii (Mitt.)
Syn. : Hypnum Joliffii Mitt.

Procumbent, with few long irregular branches, livid
yellow. Leaves loosely secund, shining, oblong-ovato with
an attenuated apex, 2 mm. ; margin usually seriailate to-
wards the apex; nerve none; cells long vermiform, with 4
at the angles large inflated, linear-oblong. Seta 1.5 cm.,
red, bent at the apex ; capsule ceniuous, oblong, straight,
1.4 mm.

When growing in water often dark brown, leaves less
secund and less attenuated.

Very common on margins of woodland streams.

Rhaphidosteyium homomallum (Hpe.)

Coarser than the other members of the genus, chestnut
brown or golden, in dense mats, branches many, suberect,
short. Leaves slightly secund, ovate-lanceolate with a
short, straight, acute point, 1.6 mm.; margin plain;
nerve none; cells vermiform, shorter and more incrassate
than in other species, about four at the basal angles very
large. Seta 1 cm- ; capsule erect, slightly curved, narrow
oblong, 2 mm.

Pirate's Bay, East Coast; Eaglehawk Neck.

BY L. RODWAY. 215

1913.

Bhaphidostegium crcusiuscidam BriJ.
Syn. : Hypnum contiguum H.f. et W.
Pale greenish yellow, in small mats, branches short,
-erect. Leaves patent, slightly or not at. all secund, lanceo-
late, acute, 1.6 mm.; margin plain; nerve> none; cells
vermiform, four at the baspJ angles very large inflated.
Seta 1 cm. ; capsule oblong, cernuous or pendulous, 1.2
mm.

Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Bellerive.

Stereodon" Mitt.

Stems decumbent, spreading, vaguely or pinnately
branched. Leaves ovate, acute, to lanceolate with a taper-
ing apex, usually secund and falcate appearing distichous,
base narrow ; nerves two, obsolete or none ; margin serrate
to plain; cells narrow, vermiform, smooth with a more or
less defined patch of numerous quadrate cells at the angles.
Seta long, smooth ; capsule' cylindric with a tapering neck,
•curved ; lid conic, acute ; exostome teeth naiTOW lanceo-
late, bordered; endostome l-3rd membranous, processes
slender usually with pores; cilia usually one.

Distinguished from Bhaphidostegium by the short conic
lid and the alar patch of quadrates, numerous, but without
the few inflated cells.

Without flagellate branches.
Reigularly pinnate.

Leaves recurved in the middle ... cupressiformis

Leaves not recurved Mossmaiiianus

Irregularly branched.

Leaves secund chrysogaster

Leaves imbricate cupressiformis

Leaves spreading Nelsoni

With flagellate branches.

Leaves of flag3llum acute Walter lanus

Leaves of flagellum ol)tase flagelliramus

Stereodon cupressiformis (L.) Brid.
Shoots lomg, usually with very numerous, regular, short
branches forming dense mats, yellowish or pale gTeen.
Leaves usually sharply secund, shining, ovate lanceolate
with an attenuated much curved upper portion, recurved
in the middle, 1.5 mm. ; margin plain below, minutely ser-
rate towards the apex, nerves usually none, in some cases
two faint basal nerves may be seen, cells fusiform or short
vermiform, at the basal anorles a well-defined triangular

216 TASMANIAX BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.

patch of about twenty enlarged quadrate cells ; perichae-
tials oblong, erect, sometimes serrate, with a filiform re-
curved point- Seta 1.5 cm.; capsule oblong, slightly in-
clined, slightly bent, pale brown, 1.8 mm.; lid convex with
a short acute rostrum, smooth.
Very common on deadwood.

f. robusta. Branches few, robust; leaves oblong with a short
acuminate point not secund, nerve more apparent. Other
details as above. All intermediate sta,ges fairly common.
On the ground amongst grass-

Stereodon Mossmanianiis CM.

Decumbent, elongated, with numerous pinnate lateral
branches, pale yellow green. Leaves closely secund, shin-
ing, lanceolate not recurved, basei not broad, but from there
tapering upwards into an attenuated curved point, 1 mm. ;
margin plain, nerve none; cells vermiform, nine to twelve
at the angles irregularly quadrate; perichsetials erect
sheathing with slender terminations. Seta 2 cm. ; capsule
nearly erect, slightly bent, Oiblong, 2.7 mm- ; lid with an
acute point.

Very close to S. cupressiformis. Differing in the non-
recurved leaves, smaller alar patch and entire upper
margin.

Hobart Rivulet on stones.

Stereodon chrysocj aster (CM.) Mitt.
Syn. : Hypmim patale H.f. et W.

Shoots long, irregularly pinnate, branches mostly long
forming a loose mat, pale greenish. Leaves rather closely
secund, shining, broadly ovate^anceolate, the attenuated
upper portion not long, curved, 1.8 mm. ; margin plain or
subserrulate ; nerve none ; cells long fusiform, a small
patch of six or eight enlarged cells at the angles, three of
which are larger and oblong as in IViaphidostryiu/ji ; peri-
chsetials lanceolate, with erect slender points usually ser-
rulate. Seta 2 cm. ; capsule inclined, nan'ow oblong,
slightly bent, 2.2 mm.; lid with a, short, acute point.

Habit much less regularly pinnate than in S. Moasmaiiianus;
leaves broader and the alars differently constructed.

Common on deadwood.

Stereodon Nelsoni Broth.
Shoots long, slender, with jDinnate, not very numerous
nor short, lateral branches, pale yellow-green. Leaves
equally dispersed, not crowded, nearly squarrose, concave.

BY L. ROD WAY. 21V

1913.

incurved, ovate, obtuse to slightly acute, 1 mm. ; margin
seri-ulate ; with two very faint short nerves sometimes obso-
lete; cells broadly vermiform, the basal series quadrate,
but those at the angles not in a defined patch. Rest
not seen.

The absence of finiit and the habit make it« position
in this genus provisional.

Mt. Nelson.

Stereodon Walterianus (Hpe.)

Decumbent, branches pinnate, elongated to slender fili-
form, flagellate, pale yellow. Leaves of the main branches
secund, falcate, broadly ovate, with a short tapering apex,
those of the flagellate branches erecto-patent, straight ov
slightly recurved, narrow ovate-lauceolate tapering to a
slender point, 1 mm. ; margin entire or obscurely subser-
iiilate; nerve none or in some leaves a faint sign of a
single nerve ; cells vermiform, in the angles a well defined
patch of about ten quadrate cells ; perichsetials erect,
lanceolate with a slender point. Seta 1 cm. ; capsule
slightlv curved, narrow oblong, 1.6 mm.; lid conic, acute.

On branch of tree, Hobart Rivulet.

Stereodon Jiagelliramus (CM.) Brotb.

Decumbent, elongated with numerous short erect
branches ; the ends of many of these become flagellate with
small closely appressed leaves. Leaves of the normal
branches equally dispersed, erecto-patent, broadly oblong
from a rather broad base, above rather suddenly contracted
toi a short. naiTOw apex, 1.8 mm. ; margin obtusely serrate ;
nerve none; cells short vermiform, about twelve enlarged
quadrate in a well defined small patch at the angles. Leaves
of the flagella narrow oblong, closely appressed, obtuse,
serrate, A mm. ; cells nearly rhomboid.

On deadwood. Hobart Rivulet.

ISOPTERYGIUM Mitt.

Suberect, small, slender, irregularly branching. Leaves
in five iiTegular rows in typical species, sometimes more
numerous, lanceolate from a broad base, thin, smooth,
shining : margin plain ; nerve none or two very obscure ^
cells narrow fusiform with very acute ends, thin walled, one
row of basal cells shorter and broader. Seta slender,
capsule erect or nearly so, oblong, curved ; lid conic, shori;.
obtuse ; exostome teeth slender, strongly barred : endostome
membrane half length, processes as long, slender, cilia
usuallv absent.

218 TASMANIA^ BKYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.

Differing from Sterpodon in the broader base of the
leaves, absence of quadrate alars, besides habit.

Leaves secund Innitum

Leaves straight acuminatum,

Isopteryylum lifnitu??i (H.f. et W.) Broth.
Syn. : Stereodon limalus (H.f. et W.)

Decumbent or suberect. the stem not widely spreading,
branches many, vague, erect, equal, incurved at the aperi,
often decumbent when dry. dull greenish vellow. Leaves
secund, shining, lanceolate, froin a very broad base taper-
ing nearly equally to the acute apex, concave, incurved,
L2 mm.; margin plain; nerve none; cells long fusiform,
those at the basal angles not distinct; perichaetials lan-
ceolate, erect, points slender but not elongated. Seta 2
cm. ; capsule erect or slightly inclined, slightly bent, oblong,
up to 2.7 mm. ; lid conic, obtuse or nearly so. Peiistome
teeth slender, rather strongly barred ; lower half of endos-
tome a membrane, upper half of linear processes sometimes
perforated, no^ cilia.

Very common on deadwood.

Isopterygium acuminatum Bosw.

Small, decumbent. Leaves lanceolate from a broad base
tapering into a piliferous apex, inserted irregularly in five
series, patent, about 1 mm., margin plain; nerve none;
cells very long, delicate, one line of quadrate cells at the
base. Rest not seen.

West Coast, Meander at Western Tiers.

Plagiothecium Schiuip.

Stems decumbent with few irregular branches, flat. Leaves
ovate to lanceolate, oblique, obliquely ir)serted, upper and
lower series erect and appressed, laterals patent, shining,
smooth; nerve double, often united below, obsolete or
none; cells long, fusiform, thin walled. Seta slender;
capsule cylindric with a tapering base, inclined, curved;
peristome pale yellow ; exostome teeth slender lanceolate,
densely a,rticulated ; endostome membrane deep, processes
long, slender ; cilia usually one, sometimes none.

Distinguished by the complanate habit and oblique
leaves.

Plagiothecium lawjn'ostachys Hpe.

Pale green, delicate, 2-5 cm. Dorsal and ventral leaves
erect, apjjressed ; lateral leaves patent, broadly ovate,

BY L. liODWAY. 219

1913.

acuminate, oblique, 2 mm. ; margin plain, entire, sometimes
a, few serrations close to the apex ; nerves two, united at the
base, obscure ; cells long fusiform. Seta slender, 2 cm. ;.
capsule cylindric, inclined, slightly curved, yellow-brown,
neck slender, 1.7 mm.; peristome yellow.

On tree ferns, deadwood and ground Plateau of Mt.
Wellington, Western Tiers, Gordon, etc.

Catagonium cm.
Decumbent, vaguely branched, shoot flattened, the leaves
assuming a distichous arrangement. Leaves oblong, apicu-
late, very concave, nerves 2 faint ; cells vei'y long vermiform,
with acute ends, but little shorter at the base. Seta slen-
der ; capsule slightly inclined cyclindric with a tapering
base; lit] shortly c<»uic; eiidostonu- membrane I, pro-
cesses slender; cilia 2-3, unequal.

Catagonium poliiiim (H.f. et W.) Mitt.

Decumbent, flat, shining, usually 4 cm. Leaves concave
to conduplicate with a very short recurved apiculus, 2 mm.
Capsule about 2 mm.

Common in damp forests.

ACANTHOCLADIUM Mitt.

Procumbent, usually much elongating and regularly
pinnate, the tips of the branches slender and acute. Leaves
tihin, smooth, shining, with a lonsf filiform apiculus : nerve
-noine ; cells long vermiform, a defined patch of quadrate and
a few inflated O'blong cells at the angles. Seta long
smooth, flexuose ; capsule cernuous, sho'rt, broadly oblong,-,
curved, neck tapering- ; lid broadh'- conic, umbonate ; peris-
tome Tiale, teeth with a broad base and a rather suddenly
attenuate, slender, colourless apex, closely articulate, and
ver}^ rough on the margin; endostome membrane deep,
processes very slender gaping; cilia none.

Acantliocladlnm extenuatum (Brid.) Mitt.
Syu. : Hypimm extenuatum Brid. H. crinitum H.f. et. W.

Pale yellowish green, 3-12 cm. or more, subcomplanate.
Leaves oblong, from a narrow base, concave, surface
minutely papillose. Upper margin and apiculus serrate,
suddenly contracted above into a long, slender apiculus,
1.75 mm. Capsule red, 2 mm.

Very common on deadwood.

220 TASMAXIAX BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.
ACROCLADIUM Mitt.

Stems decumbent, simple or with few irregular branches,
the einds bluffly acute. Leaves concave, imbricate, short
and very broad, orbicular or with an obtuse apex, with a
small auricle at the angle, glossy ; nerves two or one, short,
faint or obsolete; cells vermiform, usually with forked endi-:,
a well defined patch of numerous thin walled quadrates
in or near the auricle. Seta slender, very long, smooth ;.
capsule oblong or cylindric, slightly bent; lid shortly
conic; 23eristome pale, teeth lanceolate; endostome mem-
brane ^- length, cilia unequal-

AcrocJadmm auriculatum (Mont.) Mitt.

Procumbent, elongating to 10 cm., vaguely branched.
Leaves shining, suborbicular, concave, ©recto -patent, im-
bricate, 2 mm. ; margin entire ; nerve usually single, rarely
double or none ; cells long and narrow, the patch of lax
quadrates placed between the insertion and the auricle.
Capsule short, broadly oblong, with a short tapering neck.

Slopes of Mt. Wellington.

Acrocladium cklamydophyllum H.f. et W.

Very similar in habit to A. onriculatuin. Nerves con-
sistently two ; cells shorter and broader, the quadrates very
numerous, placed in and occupying the auricle. CapsuJe
cylindric with a, tapering base.

Very common on ground.

Thuidium Br. Sch.

Decumbent, the main axis elongating and bearing pin-
nate, bi-, or tri-pinnate branches usually rather regularly
arranged, at least the main axis more or less clothed with
paraphyllia. Leaves minute, ovate, acuminate ; nerve well
developed, lost above to excurrent ; cells very small, round
or quadrate, papillate. Seta long, smooth, arising from tht3
main axis; capsule oblong, curved, inclined; lid rostrate;
peristome teeth long, lanceolat©; endostome membrane
deep, processes slender, cilia 3-4.
Ultimate branches with paraphyllia.

Branches regularly ])ectinate laeviusculum

Ultimate branches without paraphyllia.
Branches rather roi^ular, with flaffel-

late tips sparsum

Branches irregular.

Nerve in leaves of ultimate bran-
ches lost below apex unguiculatum

BY L. EODWAY. 221

1913.

Nerve dissolved in apex.

Branchiug bipiniiate , ... furfurosum

Branching pinnate Stuartii

Thuidium laeviusculum (Mitt.) Jaeg,
Primary shoot long, procumbent, with annual elongar-
tions, each section with numerous, erect, short, closely pin-
nate secondary branches; paraphyllia very numerous;
leaves broadly cordate with long flagellate, seiTate tips.
Ultimate branchlets also with paraphyllia; leaves ovate;
0.4 mm. ; nerve vanishing below the apex ; cells each with a
prominent forked papilla; the nerve armed externally
with prominent serrations. Seta 3-4 cm. ; capsule inclined,
larger and more curved than in the other species, 3-4 mm.
Rest not seen.

Common in shady woods.

Thuidium sparsum (H.f. et W.) Jaeg.

Habit of T. furfurosum, but thp secondary branches more
numerous and close set with flagellate tips. Leaves of
primaries as in T. furfurosum, ; those of secondaries ovate-
cordate, margin serrulate, nerve vanishing in or below the
apex; cells rotundo-quadrate, with shoi-t obtuse papillae.
Fruit not present in Tasmanian specimens.

West Coast.

Thuidium unguiculatum (H.f. et W.) Jaeg.

Very similar to T. furfurosum,, only less robust. Leaves of
primaries cordate with an attenuate apex, nerve con-
tinuous, under 1 mm. Leaves of secondaries smaller, ovate
from a broad base, nerve lost below the apex ; cells coarsely
nodulose, papillate. Perichsetials as in T. furfurosum, the
vaginule bearing numerous slender paraphysis. Seta slen-
der, 3 cm.; capsirle inclined, cylindric, curved, 2 mm.; lid
with a slender rostrum as long as the capsule; calyptra
clothed with a few long erect hairs- at the base.

Ver}" common in damp places.

Yery close to T. furfurosum and often considered only as
a variety. Tliough the typical plant is distinct there appear
to be numerous intervening forms, also with T. Stuartii.

Thuidium furfurosum (H.f. et W.) Jaeg.
Procumbent, branches pinnate or irregularly bipinnate.
Primaries relatively robust, densely covered with para-
phyllia ; leaves cordate with a rather long acuminate apex,
1.5 mm.; nerve strong, continuous, but partially dissolved

222 TASMANIAN KIIYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.

in the upper part ; cells irregularly rotundo-quadrate, in-
crassate, with short simple oblique conical papillae. Lea,ves
of secondaries similar but smaller, attenuate apex shorter,
neirv© lost in the apex. Perichaetials erect, rather long,
with attenuate points, nerve continuous, cells elongated,
nearly vermiform. Seta slender, 3 cm., capsule inclined,
curved, constricted below the mouth, 2.5 mm. ; lid rostrate,
nearly as long as the capsule.

Very common in shady places.

The plant varies greatly according to conditions under
which it is living.

Thuidium Stuartii CM.

Slender, much spreading, usually with simple, short, or
lon^r branches. Leaves of primaries as in T. fvr/nrosum.
Leaves of secondaries cordate with a rather long tapering
point; margin serrulate, nerve dissolving in the apex, cells
with a coarse, simple, acute, conic, oblique papilla. Seta
3 cm. ; capsule inclined, curved, 2 mm- ; lid with an acute
rostrum nearly as long; calyptra often with a few long
hairs.

Common in woods. Mostly in dry situations.

Often included with T. furfur o sum.

PsEUDOLESKEA Schimp.

Small, decumbent, with few vague decumbent branche?:,
with clusters of radicles at intervals, without paraphyllia.
Leaves opaque, small, lanceolate from a broad base; nerve
wen developed ; cells rotund, nodulose-papillate. Seta
rather long, capsule cylindric, erect, slightly oblique ; lid
shortly conic ; exostome teeth lanceolate, endostome with
a deep membrane and lanceolate processes, usually with
one short cilium.

Differs from Thuidhtm in the absence of copious regular
branching as well as absence of paraphyllia.

Psendoleskea imhricata (H.f. et W.) Broth.

Decumbent, with few vague branches, often rooting from
the lower surface, 2-4 cm., yellow. Leaves ovate lanceolate,
acute, patent, 1.5 mm.; margin revolute except towards
the apex; nerve lost below the apex; cells rotundo-
quadrate, papillae prominent, nodulose. Rest not seen.

Knockloftv, Hobart ; Mt. Nelson, Colebrook.

BY L. RODWAY. 223

1913.

FAM. 12.— NECKERACEAE.

Habit very varied, generally robust, seldom in dense
cushions. Lea,ves plurifarious 'but often complanate,
usually thin and smooth ; nerve sometimes well developed,
often obsolete, and then sometimes double. Cells in most
cases short, small and incrassate ; in other species much
elongated. Fruit lateral except in Hedwif/ia and Hed-
avigidium where it is terminal or apparently so; seta
usually short, sometimes nearly absent, rarely long; capsule
small, oblong and operculate except in Pleurophascum
where it is large, globose and astomous ; lid conic or short-
ly rostrate ; calyptra cucullate or mitriform ; peristome
double the exostome of 16 lanceolate teeth; endostome
wuth a basal membrane and 16 slender processes, cilia
usuallv absent ; from this condition the development is
reduced in genera till the peristome is quite absent.

The family is not a natural one. It is made up of divers
forms that do not fit in well with the other Pleuracarpi.
They may be conveniently groujDed in five sub-families.

Sub-family. Spiridentaceae. Leaves veiy narrow, the
upper portion consisting of the excurrent nerve ; cells
rotundo-quadrate.

EcHiNODiUM. Branches few, long ; seta long.

Cyrtopus. Branches few, short ; seta short.

Sub-family. Lembophyllaceae. Dendroid to long and
pendulous sometimes with equal branches, rarely pinnate.
Leaves concave, broad, of thin texture, nerve generally
obsolete or double and obscure, when more developed van-
ishing above the middle ; cells from oblong to vermiform.
Seta short, sigmoid.

Thamnium. Small, vaguely branched, cells ovate,

nerve lost above the middle.
Lembophyllttm. Medium size; branching pinnate or
vague ; nerve obsolete or broad and dissolving, cells
oblong or fusiform, rarely linear.
Weymouthia. Elongated with long branches; nerves
two, short and very faint ; cells vermiform or
linear, often oblong at apex.
Camptochaete. Dendroid. Leaves rather complanate;

nerves 2, obsolete; cells vermiform.
Papillaria. Elongated, pendulous ; nerve single van-
ishing above the middle, surface more or less papil-
lose ; cells oblong to fusiform.

Sub-family. Cryphaeaceae. Habit more or less dendroid;

224 TASMANIA^ BRYOPHYTA,

E.S. TAS.

in most genera the leaves and branches are strongly com-
planate ; nerve may be well developed to obsolete ; the
cells short oblong to vermiform. In most genera the cap-
sule is nearly sessile; endostome with filiform processes.

Capsule sessile.
Dendkocryphaea. Nerve lost below apex; cells small
rhomboid ; branches very short.

Ceyphaea. Nerve lost below apex; cells small, rhom-
boid; branches elongating.

Ehabdodontium. Nerveless; cells broadly linear;
branches very short.

Neckera. Nerves faint or none ; cells oval to rhom-
boid ; leaves with undulating surface.

Seta long.

HoMALiA. Leaves unsymmetric; nerves obsolete;

cells rhomboid.
Trachyloma. Leaves symmetric; nerve obsolete;
cells vermiform.

Sub family. LeuCOdontaceae. Medium sized mosses of
rather soft texture, pale; leaves imbricate, not complan-
ate, nerveless or nerve obsolete; cells rhomboid to vermi-
form, seta never very short ; peristome imperfect, in one
species astomous.

Lepyrodon. Leaves obtuse with a hair-like apiculus,

cells vermiform.
Glyptothecitjm. Leaves ovate-lanceolate acute ; cells
fusiform with a broad band of oblong cells on the
margin.
Pleurophascum. Leaves obovate with a flagellate
apiculus; cells large, rhomboid. Capsule large,
globose, astomous.

Sab-£ami]y. Hedwigfiaceae. Medium sized mosses of dark
colour or dingy green. Leaves plurifarious, tough, imbri-
cate, nerveless; cells quadrate to linear. Capsule on a
seta terminating a short lateral branch or sessile and term-
inal ; peristome none.

Rhacocarpus. Seta not very long placed below the

branches. Leaves with long apiculus; cells lineal*.

Hedwigidium. Capsule sessile. Leaves dingy green;

cells quadrate.
Hedwigia. Capsule sessile. Leaves with white tips;
cells quadrate.

BY L. RODWAY. 225

1913.

EcHiNODiuM Jur

Habit elongated, simple, or with few branches, flaccid.
Leaves plurifarious, linear-lanceolate or filiform, rather
long, the greater length made up of the broad excurrent
nerve ; cells small, irregularly rotundo-quadrate, smooth,
rather incrassate. Seta medium length, smooth, curved
above; capsule short; broadly oblong, inclined, equal; lid
rostrate; exostome teeth lanceolate, slender, bordered by
a thin membrane ; endostome membrane half as deep as
the exostome, processes lanceolate, perforated, two or three
irregular cilia between each pair.

The genus may be quite as well referred to Hypnoceae,
but its affinity to Cyrtnpua justifies its position in this
family.

EchinodiuDi hispidum (H.f. et W.) Jur.
Syn : Hypnum hispidiim, H.f. et W.

Branches long, often 15 cm., sometimes with slender
flagellate tips, dark green, flaccid, simple or nearly so.
Leaves patent, filiform from a broader base, 4.5 mm., mar-
gin plain, nerve flat, broad, forming the upper two-thirds
of the leaf. Seta 1.5 cm. ; capsule very broad, 1.8 mm.

Very common on banks of streams in shady mountain
slopes.

Cyrtopus Hook.

Rather robust, erect from a creeping rhizome usually
with a few irregular branches above. Leaves close set, the
base short, oblong, erect, then very slender recurved to a
filiform apex; margin plain below, spinulose above; nerve
slender, excurrent; cells oblong to fusiform, strongly in-
crassate. Fertile branches very short, lateral. Seta slen-
der short ; capsule erect, oblong ; calyptra short cucullate ;
lid obliquely conic-rostrate; peristome double, erect; exos-
tome teeth narrow lanceolate; endostome membrane short,
processes subulate rather shorter than the exostome.

Cyrtopus setosus (Hedw.) Hook.

Often 5-8 cm. Leaves 5 mm. ; perichaetials not differ-
ing. Seta 4 mm. ; capsule narrow oblong 2 mm.

Reported from Tasmania but no Tasmanian specimen in
the collections. Very possibly an error.

Thamnium Sehimp.
Erect or suberect, dendroid from a creeping rhizome,
irregularly branched from the base. Leaves complanate,
ovate ; nerve single, flat, lost above the middle ; cells ovate-

22() TASMANIAN BRY^OPHYTA,

R.S. TAS..

hexagonal. Seta short or long arising from the main:
stem; capsule inclined, equal, oblong; lid rostrate; exos-
tome teeth long, slender, endostome membrane rather deep,
processes long slender, gaping below ; cilia usually 2
slender.

Thavmium pumilum (H.f. et W.).
Syn : Ixofhecium pmnihiin H.f. et W., Neckera rival is Mitt.

Stems numerous erect dendroid, branches few, irregular,
equal or nearly so, about 1.5-2 cm. Leaves of branches in.
three rows, complanate, elliptic, acute 0.7 mm.; margin^
irregularly serrate; nerve single vanishing about or above
the middle.

On stones in streams. Slopes of Mt. Wellington. North
West Coast, etc.

Lembophyllum Lindb.

Rather robust- pinnately branched, but the branches in
some species long, irregular, vague. Lea.ves orbicular con-
cave, nerve indistinct or absent, cells usually oblong or
fusiform, rarely linear. Seta rather long smooth ; capsule
oblong ; lid conic. Exostome teeth lanceolate acute but
without filiform tips, bordered by a thin delicate mem-
brane ; endostome a short membranous base, processes per-
forate not exceeding the exostome, cilia usually two.

Nerve none or very obscure.

Cells linear cochl ear i folium.

Cells fusiform cJandestinum.

Nerve broad, cells oblong divuhinn.

Leiidtoplnjlhim cocliJearifn] lum Schw.

Stems suberect from a creeping rhizome, sub-dendroid or
vague, branches elongating 6-10 cm. complanate. Leaves
patent, not strongly imbricate, concave, very broadly ovate
with a very short, subacute, acuminate apex, 2 mm.; mar-
gin subserrate ; nerves 2, obsolete; cells all shortly linear
with obtuse ends, a small patch of brown cells at the angles.

The specimen in Gunn's collection, identified by Mitten,
has no locality attached. It appears to be not at all com-
mon, but confusion has arisen through other mosses being
identified as this. Acroclndium chlamydophyUum, Wey-
inonthia mulle and Lemho2:)hyllnm clandestinum all appear
in collections under this name.

Lemhophylhun rhnuhstlonnii (H.f. et W) Lindb.
Stems decumbent, elongated, branches erect simple or
divided rarely pinnate. Leaves nearly orbicular, very con-
cave, obtuse, patent imbricate, 1 mm.; margin closely ser-

BY L. RODWAY. 227

1913.

rulate above ; nerve none ; cells short, fusiform, shorter
above, longer below, very long in the middle of the lower
half. Seta 1.5 cm.; curved above; capsule pendulous,
oblong 1.6 mm.

Common in damp woods.

I^emhupliylhini divuhum (H.f. et W) Lindb.

Decumbent, vaguely branched, branches mostly erect.
Leaves orbicular, very concave, divaricate 0.8 mm.; mar-
gin subserrulate to acutely serrate ; nerve broad, ill-de-
fined, vanishing about the middle ; cells shortly oblong,
strongly incrassate. Seta 1.3 cm.; capsule inclined, ob-
long, 1.7 mm.; lid convex with a short, sharp point.

Near Launceston. Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Mt. Nelson,
Kingston, etc.

AVeymouthia PJrotli,

Long, pendulous, vaguely branched, hanging from
boughs of trees. Leaves semipellucid, smooth, of thin tex-
ture, concave, obtuse ; nerves two,, unequal, obscure ; cells
long, vermiform, incrassate, those at the basal angles usual-
ly quadrate. Seta lateral, rather short, smooth, flexed;
capsule small, oblong to subglobose, inclined ; lid convex,
mamillate, shining, peristome double ; exostome teeth yel-
low, long slender, commisural line faint; endostome 1-3
membrane, processes slender perforate as long as exostome,
cilia none.

Leaves oblong patent moUe.

Leaves subrotund divaricate BiUardieri.

WeymoiifJiia miiUe (Hedw^.) Broth.

Syn : PilotricheUa molh Hampe, Meteorium molle (Hedw.).

Slender with short distant branches. Leaves broadly
oblong, concave, patent, 1.8 mm.; margin faintly sub-
serrulate ; apex very obtuse or retuse, the cells at the tip
oblong and a well-defined patch of roughly quadrate cells
at the angles. Nerves two, short, unequal, faint, or none.
Perichaetials narrow sheathing nearly as long as the seta.
Seta 4-5 mm., capsule inclined tapering at the neck, 1 mm.

St. Helens. Uxbridge, Bismarck, etc.

Weyniouthia BiUardieri (Hpe.) Broth.
Syn : PilotriclieUa BiUardieri Hpe.
When growing on tree trunks elongated pinnate with
short rather regular branches, on tree branches it assumes
a pendulous habit, on the ground it is more vaguely branch-
ed, generally terminating with slender flagella. Leaves

228 TASMANIAN BKYOPHYTA,

U.S. TAS.

divaricate, broadly oblong or sabrotund, very obtuse, 2.2
mm. ; margin subserrulate ; nerves two very faint ; cells
linear, towards the apex oblong, a patch of ill-defined ob-
long cells at the angles. Perichaetials sheating, only a
little longer than the other leaves. Seta 1 cm., curved,
capsule 1.2 mm. oblong.

George River, Gordon^ Sandfly.

Camptochaete Eeichardt.

Stems erect from a creeping rhizome with irregular
simple or pinnate branches, commonly dendroid. Leaves
patent, or more or less complanate, concave, smooth, glossy,
not plicate, with 2 obsolete nerves or nerveless, cells vermi-
form, those at the extreme base shorter, without enlarged
cells at the angles. Seta not long, with a sygmoid curva^
ture. Capsule cernuous, smooth, oblong-cylmdric, taper-
ing at the neck; calyptra lohg, slender, cucullate; lid
bcoad, shortly conic, apiculate ; exostome pale, teeth
lanceolate connected at the base ; endostome rather longer,
with a connecting membrane for nearly half the length,
cilia small or none.

Leaves orbicular ... arhuscuJa.

Leaves ovate, acuminate.

Leaves patent ramtilosa.

Leaves complanate deflexa

Leaves ovate, subobtuse.

Leaves erecto-patent gracih.

Leaves squarrose tasmanica.

Ca7npiochaefe arhu^culn (Sm.) Reich.
Syn : Isotliecium arhuscula Hook.

Stems erect, dendroid, usually 10-15 cm., branching pin-
nate simple but with some of the lateral branches some-
times bold and also pinnate. Leaves nearly orbicular,
apiculate, margin entire or obscurely dentate, with two
short, very faint nerves, 1.7 mm. long; perichaetials
sheathing, longer and acute. Capsule oblong to cylindric
2 mm.

Common in damp shaded woods.

Camptochaete ramuJosa (Mitt.) Reich.
Syn : Porotrichum ramulosiim Mitt.

Stems erect or suberect, dendroid, copiously and irregu-
larly branched above, 8-10 cm. Leaves sub-complanate
when dry, equally placed when moist, ovate, acuminate,
serrulate, nerves faint or none, 1.5 mm. long; perichaetials

BY L. RODWAY. 229

1913.

longer, sheathing, with a slender apex. Capsule arcuate,
2 mm., oblong-cyclindric.

Gullies on lower slopes of Mt. Wellington.

Cam pfochoete deflejca (Mitt.) Reich.

Syji : Porotrichum dejiexum Mitt.

Stems dendroid, erect, irregularly branched, above, 7

cm. Leaves complanate^ ovate, acuminate, subserrulate

above; nerves faint or none 1-1.4 mm. Perichaetials

longer with a more acute apex. Capsule bent 1.7 mm.

Very close to C. ranmloaa, but leaves more complanate
and smaller. Some forms appear intermediate.
Common in damp gullies.

Camptochaete gracih (H.f. et W.) Reich.
Syn : Porotrichinn grocile Mit^.,
Isotheciniii yrarile H.f. et W.
Small, suberect or decumbent, matted 3 cm., the simple
branches irregularly inserted. Leaves erecto-patent, ob-
long, surface smooth, base narrow^ apex obtuse or subacute,
margin serrulate ; nei-ves very faint or none, 0.8 mm.
Perichaetials sheathing rather longer, subacute. Capsule
bent, 1.3 mm.

Cfunptochaefe fasmaiiica Broth.

Decumbent, elongated and irregularly branched very
slender 2-5 cm. Leaves squarrose, minutely papillose on
the external surface, oblong, concave, subobtuse, 0.8 mm.,
serrulate abo-ve ; nerves two, faint. Rest not seen.

Distinguished from C. r/racile by looser habit and squar-
rose leaves.

In water. Western Tiers.

Pa PILL ARIA CM.

Elongating pendulous, on branches. Branching irregu-
lar. Leaves plurifarious, closely set, imbricate, acute;
nerve single vanishing above the middle ; cells oblong to
fusiform, surface of the greater portion of the leaf more or
less papillate. Seta from the base of the lateral branches,
about 1 cm. ; capsule small, broadly oblong, erect ; lid
obliquely conic ; calyptra very short cucullate. clothed with
a fev/ erect hairs ; peristome double, exostome teeth papil-
lose, lanceolate, rather obtuse ; endostome membrane shal-
low, processes papillose, filiform, imperforate; cilia none.
Leaves with very large auricles.

Branches robust with flagellate tips ; papillae nodulose
flavo-Iimbata.

230 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.

Brandies slender; papillae minute and few ... intricata.
Leaves with small auricles.

Auricles dentate Jcermandecensis.

Auricles obtusely papillate filipendula.

Papillaria fiavo-limhata (Hpe, et CM.) Par.
Syn : Meteorium cerinum H.f. et W.

Branches rather robust with closely overlapi^ing yellow-
ish leaves, often ending in filiform flagella. Leaves of
main branches broadly ovate-lanceolate from a broad cor-
date or auricled base, acute, 2 mm. ; margin in^egularly
serrate along the auricle, entire or nodulose above ; nerve
rather bold, lost in the upper third, surface smooth at the
base and partially so towards the margin, elsewhere the
cells with 4. or 5 closely nodulose papillae; cells oblong,
rather longer below.

George River, Upper Meander Biver.

FapiUaria intricata (Mitt.) Jaeg.

Slender, with rather numerous short cuspidate branches,
usually brownish-yellow. Leaves erecto-patent, imbricate,
with a very broadly auricled base and tapering acute apex,
L5 mm.; margin irregularly toothed on the auricles, more
obscurely so above; nerve faint vanishing in the upper
third ; cells fusiform ; surface with few very minute
nodules on the cells in the middle of the leaf.

East Tamar.

Fayillaria Kermadecensis CM.

Slender, very long, filiform with short branches at in-
tervals. Leaves erecto-patent, imbricate, broadly ovate-
lanceolate, the base rather cordate or auricled, apex of
lower leaves with a subacute to acute flexed tip, upper
leaves obtuse, 1.5 mm.; margin dentate below nearly plain
above ; nerve well-defined, canaliculate, lost below the
apex ; cells irregularly oblong, those of the auricles smooth,
smaller and rounder ; most of the leaf closely covered
with minute nodulose papillae.

West Tamar.

Papillaria fHiiiendula (H.f. et W.) Jaeg.

Syn : Meteorium fHipendulum H.f. et W.,

M, flexicaule. Mitt.

Long, slender, with distant, filiform branches. Leaves
erecto-patent, imbricate ovate-lanceolate, base not broadly
auricled, apex subobtuse, 0.8 mm. ; margin with minute

BY L. KUDVVAV. 231

1913.

•obtuse papillae ; nerve slender, faint, lost above the
iniddle ; ceils oblong, rather longer towards the base ; sur-
face of the middle of the leaf covered with very minute
nodules.

East Tamar, Goulds Country.

Dendrocryphaea Par. et Schiuip.

Suberect, simple, or with few. very short, barren
-branches. Leaves oblong or ovate, plurifarious, patent, im-
bricate, subacute ; nerve lost below the apex, cells rather
small, rhomboid, incrassate, becoming longer towards the
base. Perichaetials long, acute. Fertile branches usually
numerous, short, lateral ; capsule sessile, immersed in the
perichaetials, oblong with a narrow base, wide mouth and
thick ring; calyptra small, mitriform ; lid conic; peris-
tome double, exostome teeth erect, narrow lanceolate sub-
obtuse, smooth, articulations distant ; endostome mem-
brane very short, processes filiform exceeding the exostome.

Dendrorriiphnea tasiiianica (Mitt).
Syn : Cryphaea tasmanica Mitt.
Growing in masses on occasionally submerged rocks in
streams Stems suberect, 3-8 cm., lateral branches very
short. Leaves very broadly ovate from a rather narrow
base, margin subserrulate ; apex subacute, imbricate 2
rfim. ; perchaetials 3-4 mm., linear, acute. Capsule dark
red 0.7 mm.

Upper reaches of the Meander.

Cryphaea Mobr.

Suberect, slender, with many simple, lateral branches.
X»eaves ovate from a narrow base, apex slender acuminate,
nerve slender, lost above the middle ; cells small rhomboid.
Perichaetials long and slender. Fertile branches lateral,
very short ; capsule sessile immersed in the perichaetium,
•narrow oblong ; calyptra short mitriform ; lid erect, conic ;
peristome double, exostome teeth slender papillose, endo-
stome membrane very short, processes filiform papillose,
-shorter than the exostome, cilia none.

Cryphaea parvula Mitt.
Stem very slender 2-3 cm., branches many. Leaves ovate
with a very acute apex, 1.2 mm.; margin plain; nerve
narrow, lost in the attenuated apex. Perichaetials slender
3 mm. ; capsule broadly cylindric 2 mm.

232 TASMANIAX BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS,

On branches of shrubs, slopes of Mt. Wellington ; Coal
River Tier.

Rhabdodontium Broth.
Habit elongated, procumbent, growing on the branches
of trees, with few irregular or many short branches. Leaves
imbricate,, broad, nerveless, concave, smooth, cells broadly-
linear. Capsule sessile or nearly so, on short lateral
branches, enclosed in perichaetial leaves. Exostome teeth
lanceolate; endostome rudimentar}- ; lid conic; calyptra
Tery short, mitriforai.

Rhahdodoniiuni Jiuftnni Broth, et Geh.

Stems bare below, densely covered with dark green
foliage above, about 10 cm. long with numerous short
branches. Leaves erecto-patent, imbricate, broadly ovate,
shortly acuminate, 1.3 mm., basal cells bi'own, margin en-
tire. Capsule oblong 2 mm., lid short, rostrate. Perichae-
tial leaves pale, narrow, ovate-acuminate 2.5 mm.

Port Davey, Hartz Mountains.

Neckera Iledw.

Stem creeping, the branches ascending or pendulous,
pinnate, often elongated. Leaves in man}^ rows but com-
planate, unequal, unsymmetric, ovate-lanceolate ; cells
small, oval to rhomboid, linear below. Capsule usually
immersed in the perichaetial leaves ; calyptra very short
split on one side ; lid with a short oblique rostrum ; peris-
tome inserted deeply inside the ring ; exostome teeth
lanceolate, rather long, partially bifid at the apex; endo-
stome membrane short, the processes nearly filiform; cilia
none.

Neckera liynienodonta CM.

Stems flaccid or pendulous, branching pinnate or bipin-
nate, rather irregular, complanate, sometimes elongated
into slender, flagellate, small leaved ends. Leaves in many
rows, equal or nearly so, complanate, lateral spreading,
surface with transverse, broad undulations, ovate-oblong
rather oblique.' slightly to very acute, 2.5-3 mm.; margin
serrate above; nerves two short fainter none. Perichaetials
closely enclosing the capsule, lanceolate, very acute, 4 mm.
Seta under 1 mm.; capsule oblong, erect, 1.9 mm.; lid
conic, oblique, rather short; calyptra short, cucullate ;
peristome erect, conical, teeth long linear, tapering, smooth
with rather distant articulations partially split in the-
medium line ; endostome a short membrane and very long^
filifoi'm processes; no cilia.

BY L. RODAVAY. 233

1913.

On tree trunks in damp gullies.

Near Launceston, New Town Creek, Mt. Wellington.

HoMALiA Brid,
Small, decumbent and stoloniferous, stem quite prostrate
or suberect, pinnately branched, complanate. Leaves im-
bricate, inserted 8-fariously but flattened in one plane, the
lateral leaves oblique, unequal sided, inflexed at the base
on one side ; nerve short or none ; cells small, rhomboid.
Seta long, slender, curved at the top ; capsule ovoid, droop-
ing ; lid rostrate ; calyptra, cucullate ; peristome double ;
exostome teeth naiTOw lanceolate; endostome membrane
J, processes subulate; cilia rudimentary or none.

Homalia falcifoUa Hook.

Branches broad 3 mm. across. Leaves pale green, glossy,
crowded, oblong, with a broad, flat, falcate, obtuse apex ;
margin entire ; nerve none. Perichaetials long, erect, nar-
row. Seta very slender 1.5-2 cm. arched at the top, smooth.
Capsule oblong horizontal or nodding; lid short, conic.

Recorded as Tasmanian, but no Tasmanian specimen in
any of the collections.

Trachyloma Bride].
Erect, pinnately branched, dendroid. Leaves complanate
ovate, acute, shining ; nerves one or two, short, obsolete ;
cells long vermiform with acute ends. Seta long slender
arising from the main stem; capsule fusiform, suberect;
lid long-conic; exostome teeth rather long, slender; endo-
stome membrane very short, the processes long and slender ;
no cilia.

T rarhiihnini phin'ifoHa Bridel.
Syn : Xeckera planifoVia Hook.
Stems from a creeping base, erect, dendroid, 6-10 cm. ;
branches many, complanate, irregularly pinnate. Leaves
bright green, shining, complanate, in six rows, the two
dorsals and ventral s erect appressed. laterals patent,
all about equal, ovate, lanceolate, acute, 2.5-3 mm. ; mar-
gin serrate, spinulose above ; nerve one or two short, obso-
lete. Columba Falls, George River.

Lepyrodon Hpp.

Medium, soft, with numerous erect simple stems, the lower
portions of which are densely clothed with dark radicles,
forming dense cushions. Leaves crowded, soft, trans-

234 TASMANIAN BRYOPllYTA,

U.S. TAS.

parent, oblong; nerve obsolete, single or double, rather
variable even on the same stem, but always obscure and
vanishing below the middle ; cells long vermiform, in-
crassate, broader at the base. Seta inserted below the
green portion of the shoot, erect, rather long; capsule
narrow, oblong, smooth, erect; lid rostrate nearly as long
as the capsule ; calyptra longer cucuUate ; exostome ab-
sent; endostome membrane short, processes rather long,
lanceolate, perforate, cilia none.

Lepyrodon lagurus (Hook.) Hpe.
Syn : Leucodon lagurus Hook,
Pale green in soft dense cushions. Leaves delicate,
broadly oblong, concave, obtuse, but with a hairlike den-
tate apiculus, erect, densely imbricate, shining, 3 mm. ;
margin obscurely serrate. Seta red, 2.5 cm. ; capsule
oblong, pale yellow, 3 mm.

Near .summit of Mount Wellington.

Glyptothecium Hmpe.

Medium-sized mosses, stems simple or nearly so, erect
from a creeping base forming small tufts on dead wood.
Leaves delicate, transparent, ovate, lanceolate acute, with
two obsolete nerves or ner\^eless ; calls fusiform incrassate,
a broad band of short oblong cells oil the margin from the
base for some distance upwards. Seta lateral rather short ;
capsule erect, obovatc-oblong, smooth, mouth narrow ; lid
rostrate ; calyptra cucullate, slender ; exostome teeth in-
curved, rather long, slender lanceolate, pale, smooth, trans-
versely delicately striate, endostome a shallow erose mem-
brane.

GlyptotJiecium sciuroides (Hook.) Hpe.
Syn : Cladomnion sciuroides, H.f. et W.

Stems erect usually 3-5 cm., generally simple, yellowish.
Leaves ovate-lanceolate, acute, patent 2.5 mm. ; margin
irregularly dentate ; nerves just visible. Seta 5 mm. ;
capsule 1.6 mm. ; lid in some specimens shortly rostrate, in
others half as long as the capsule.

Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Bellerive.

Pleurophascum Llndb^.

Habit erect simple or with few erect branches, solitary

or gregarious. Leaves thin, broad, concave, nerveless ;

cells large, incrassate, the walls with prominent pores and

nodular on the internal surface, rhomboid above, nearly

BY L. RODWAY, 235

1913.

linear below, lax. Seta long, terminal ; capsule large,
spherical, without mouth but with a short apiculus at the
apex.

The genus consists of the one rare species endemic in
Tasmania. Brotherus places it close to Lepyrodon, but it
appears to have at least equal affinity with the Fiinariaceae.

Pleuritpliascuiii </raiidiglohum, Lindb.

Stems 2-3 cm., pale. Leaves patent, broadly obovate,
concave, tipped with a flagellate apiculus, 3 mm. Seta
erect 2 cm. ; capsule yellow, globose 3 mm. diameter.

On Mountains towards the west; Mt. Field.

Rhacocarpus LituU).

Dark brown, of rather tough consistency, depressed,
forming procumbent mats on rocks. Leaves oblong, pluri-
farious, opaque, rather harsh, brittle, nerveless, surface
minutely granular ; cells linear. Seta slender, erect, from
the base of branches ; capsule erect, nearly globose, smooth,
grooved when dry, mouth thin ; lid with a long oblique
rostrum ; calyptra cucullate ; peristome none.

Bhacocarpus austral is Hpe.
Syn : Braunia Hinnholdtil Schimp.

Forming extensive patches, the stems copiously branched,
usually in fascicles. Leaves oblong, concave, acuminate,
tipped by a long, coloured, wavy hair, 1.2 mm. exclusive
of hair point; margin with small serrations, usually in-
curved towards the base. Seta 1.2 cm.; capsule 2 mm.

Knocklofty, Hobart, Mt. Field, Mt. Wellington.

Hedwigidium Br. Sch.

Decumbent, nearly black except the livid green tips,
elongating, with few irregular, short lateral branches.
Leaves erect imbricate, oblong, acuminate, acute; margin
revolute; nerve none; cells small oblong, strongly incras-
sate, convex. Perichaetials long acute ; capsule terminal,
often thrust aside bv growing innovations, on a very short
slender seta, immersed in the perichaetials, oblong with a
slightly constricted mouth, margin thin, grooved when dry,
2 mm. lid nearly flat; calyptra conic.

Hedwigiditiw, imherhis (Sm).
Stems long, nearly simple, forming loose, livid green and
black mats. Leaves oblong, subacute, without colourless

236 TASMANIAN BRYOPKYTA,

R.S. TAS:

tips, 1.3 mm.: margin revolute ; surface obtusely papil-
lose ; perichaetials long, oblong, thin plicate.

Common on rocks, Mt. Wellington, Mt. Nelson, etc.

Hedwtgia Elirh.

Stems clichotomous or irregularly branched. Leaves
plurifarious, imbricate, harsh, brittle, hyaline at the tip ;
both surfaces closely nodulose-papillose; nerve none; cells
small, oblong or quadrate, strongly incrassate, becoming
linear in the centre towards the base ; perichaetials longer,
narrower, softer, inner ones tipped with long woolly hairs.
Capsule immersed or shortly exserted on a very short term-
inal seta, globose to oblong; lid nearly flat; calyptra
minute conic ; peristome none.

Of similar habit to some Grinnnias but without a nerve..

Hedirigia alhicdu.^ (Web.) Lindb.

Stems rather wiry, depressed, forming loose mats, nearly
black with livid green tips, hoar}'- from the white leaf tips,
with few vague branches. Leaves patent ovate-oblong with
an acute, white apex, 1.8 mm. ; margin plain serrate to-
wards the apex. Capsule enclosed in the perichaetium,
turbinate, pale brown, mouth wide, with a red annulus, 1
mm .

Common on rocks, Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Mt. Nelson,
etc.

Fam. 13.— LOPHIDIACEAE.

Habit various, erect to decumbent, simple to pinnately
branched. Leaves in three rows, two of which are lateral
and complanate, the third row smaller, median, dorsal or
ventral according to the habit of the species ; nerve from
obsolete to excurrent; cells rotund to oblong, medium
sized. Seta long or short placed in the axil of a median
leaf; lid short conic or rostrate; calyptra small mitriform
rarely cucullate ; peristome double ; exostome of 16 slender
lanceolate teeth; endostome of 16 slender processes from
a basal membrane ; cilia generally absent. In Catharom-
nion the exostome is absent.

A group of plants intermediate between Neclerareae and
PteryyopltijIJaceae best distinguished by the peculiar leaf-
age.

Ehacopilum. Slender, decumbent; seta long.
LoPHiDiUM. Erect, copiously pinnate, complanate.
Catharomnion. Pinnate, complanate, leaves with long
cilia.

BY L. EODWAY. 237

1913.

Hypopterygium. Erect, branches in a terminal fascicle or

approximating to it.
Cyathophorum. Normally simple, erect, leaves broadly

spreading.

Rhacopilum Palisot.

Slender, elongating with few vague branches, decumbent
closely attached to the ground by bunches of purple
rhizoids. Lateral leaves oblong with an obtuse to acuminate
apex ; nerve excurrent as a slender hair point ; median
leaves dorsal, zig-zag, lanceolate from a broad base, nerve
long excurrent ; cells irregular, quadrate to oblong. Seta
long, smooth ; capsule inclined, curved, cylindric, furrowed,
mouth wide, oblique ; lid rostrate, oblique ; calyptra nar-
row, cucullate. smooth or hairy ; exostome teeth lanceolate,
with long filiform ends ; endostome shorter, processes short
from a deep basal membrane, imperforate, cilia none.

The long seta and cucullate calyptra are suggestive of
liypnaceae. The phyllotaxis and cells are the only claims
for its inclusion in this family.

Rhacopliiiin rrisfatitin H.f. et W.

Branches often 6-10 cm. long. Lateral leaves ovate-
oblong, oblique, surface very obtusely papillose- 1 mm. ;
apex from obtuse to shortly acuminate ; margin serrulate
above; cells small irregularly quadrate. Seta slender 2
cm. ; capsule pale, 2.3 mm. ; calyptra with a few hairs or
smooth.

Very common in woods.

Rhncopihim af^^iuniferum CM.
Syn : Rliacopiluii} auatrale H.f. et W.
Similar to the last. Leaves distant, ovate-oblong,
oblique, shortly acuminate, 0.7 mm. ; margin serrulate
above; cells oblono-hexasfonal, thin walled. Seta 1.5 cm.,
rather stout ; calyptra clothed with erect hairs.
Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Cheshunt.

LoPHiDiuM Bridel
Tall, erect, dendroid from a creeping base, outline ovate,
branches from the base complanate. Leaves of the
branches trifarious, two lateral rows distichously arranged,
the ventral row smaller, appressed ; cells rotund, rather lax.
Seta arising indifferently anywhere along the stem or on
a branch, rather short, capsule oblong, erect ; lid rostrate ;
calyptra long mitriform ; exostome pale, 16 teeth, lanceo-
late, acute, closelv trabeculate on the inner surface;

238 TASMA.NIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.

endostome 16 rather bold acute processes arising from a
short-base, as long as the exostome.

Often treated as a sub-genus of HijiJo pterygium.
Lophidium palJens H.f. et W.

Stems erect copiously branched, 10-12 cm., branches and
lateral leaves complanate. Lateral leaves ovate-oblong,
apiculate, 1.8 mm.; margin bordered, serrate in the upper
part; nerve vanishing at the apiculus ; ventral leaves much
shorter, ovate nerve running through the longer apiculus.
Seta straight or curved 5 mm.; capsule 1.8 mm., lid nearly
as long.

Common on bark of trees in forests.

Mt. Wellington, Tasman's Peninsula, Maria Island.

Hypopterygium Brid.

Stems erect, short, dendroid, branches in an irregular
terminal fascicle. Leaves trifarious, those on the stem
equal, on the branches complanate ; two lateral rov/s dis-
tichous ; nerve vanishing above the middle ; cells rather
large rotund ; ventral row smaller, appressed. Seta erect,
arising just above or about the lower branches ; capsule
pendulous, pyriform with a constricted neck or broadly
oblong; mouth broad; peristome of 16 bold lanceolate
teeth ; endostome same length, lower third membranous
with 16 perforated processes. Lid rostrate. Calyptra long
with a short mitriform base.

Hypopterygium novae -zel and iae CM.

Stem 2 cm.; branches 1-1.5 cm., yellow green. Lateral
leaves patent, distichous, ovate acute, 0.8 mm.; margin
bordered, acutely serrate above; ventral leaves rotund,
much smaller, the nerve excurrent. Seta 1 cm. ; capsule
broadly oblong, pale brown, granular, 2 mm. ; lid very
long, curved usually exceeding the capsule.

Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Gordon, Interlaken. etc.

Catharomnion H.f. et. W.

Erect or depressed ; stems elongated, bristly, pinnately
branched or the branches falsely fasciculate. Lateral leaves
oblong, complanate, bordered with long cilia; nei^ve slender
vanishing alDOve the middle; cells regularly hexagonal to
rhomboid ; ventrals very small. Seta rather short ; cap-
sule oblong, suberect ; lid rostrate ; calyptra mitriform,
inflcxed and laciniate at the base. Exostome absent;
endostome processes subulate, papillose connected at the
base by a very short membrane.

Close to Hypopterygium.

BY L. RODWAY. 239

1913.

Vatliaroninion cilmtum (Hedw.) H.f. et W.

Stem 2-3 cm. radiculose below, pinnately branched above,
branches crowded. Leaves pale green, mixed with bristles,
distichous, orbicular, ovate-acuminate ; ventrals much
smaller ovate-lanceolate acuminate.

Not present in any available collection ; possibly record-
ed in error. The above description constructed from
Hooker's Handbook and Brotherus in Pflanzenfamilien. . .

Cyathophorum Brid.

Stems erect from a creeping rhizome, normally simple
and quite unbranched. Lateral leaves complanate, widely
spreading, nerve obsolete ; ventrals small orbicular closely
appressed ; cells rhomboid lax; perichaetials small, narrow,
few. Seta short, stout ; capsule broadly oblong, erect ; lid
convex with an acutely sharp rostrum ; calyptra short,
mitriform ; peristome double, pale; exostome teeth lanceo-
late broad, not very slender, closely trabeculate ; endostome
membrane short, processes lanceolate, cilia usually 3.

Cyatho'pliorum bulbosum (Hedw.) CM.
Syn : CyatJiophoriim peiinatum , Brid.

Stems robust, often 10 cm. or more; sometimes only 3
cm., rarely bearing a few lateral branches. Lateral leaves
broadly spreading, ovate-oblong acute, 7 mm.; margin
plain below, spinulose above ; nerve rather obscure, vanish-
ing below the middle, cells lax averaging 120 x 30/^. Ven-
trals orbicular or oblong, apiculate. Perichaetials few,
lanceolate, acute. Seta 3 mm. ; capsule brown 2 mm.

Very common in damp forests.

C yathoplinrum cle7i<irpfe Broth.

Closely resembling the small forais of C. hulhosum. only
the foliage stiffer and less transparent. Lateral leaves
ovate, more acute, 4 mm. ; margin spinulose above ; nerve
shorter and fainter; cells shortly rhomboid rbout 100 x
27m. Perichaetials rather longer. Fruit not differing.

Slopes of Mt. Wellington. Southport, Mt. Bischoff. etc.^

Fam. 14— PTEPvYGOPHYLLACEAE.
Small to medium sized mosses, decumbent to erect, with
few vague branches. Leaves usuallv in 8 rows with a strong
tendency to become complanate, generally broad and soft,
smooth, nerved or not ; cells generally rotund to hexagonal,
rarely fusiform. Seta lateral, long, capsule inclined oblong
to pyriform ; lid rostrate ; calyptra mitriform ; peristomer

240 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TA?,

double, the exostome teeth 16, the two legs cartilaginous,
only connected by a thin membrane ; endostome membrane
deep, processes lanceolate acute about the same length.
Cilia noaie.

A natural group chiefly distinguished by the leaf texture
and habit. It has affinity with Loj'yhidiaceae and more dis-
tantly with Mniaceae.
Sauloma. Leaves lanceolate shining; cells fusiform.

Calyptra with a torn base.
Daltonia. Leaves lanceolate; cells narrow rhomboid.

Calyptra with a fringed base.
Eriopus. Leaves broad ; cells rotund. Seta rough or

strigose. Calyptra fringed.
DiSTiCHOPHYLLUM. Leaves broad; cells rotund. Seta

smooth. Calyptra fringed or not.
Pterygophyllum. Leaves broad, not bordered, acutely

toothed, cells large, nerve forked. Calyptra with a plain

base.

Sauloma H.f. et W.

Small, depressed or erect in dense cushions. Leaves
lanceolate, acute, plurif arious, margin revolute ; nerve
none; cells lax, fusiform, a few at the extreme base
quadrate. Seta slender smc^oth ; capsule small ovoid ; lid
rostrate ; calyptra large smooth, regular or torn at the
base, not fimbriated ; peristome typical.

Sauloma tenella H.f. et W.
Syn : Hookeria tenella H.f. et W.
Depressed or suberect, green or yellow, stems about 1
cm. Leaves erect, imbricate, broadly lanceolate, acute,
shilling, 2 mm. Seta 1 cm.; capsule erect, oblong L2 mm.
Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Geeveston, Coal River Tier,
etc.

Daltonia H.f. et Tayl.
Very Simall, erect, tufted. Leaves lanceolate ; nerve
vanishing above ; cells linear-rhomboid. Seta slender, often
papillose, capsule erect, oblong ; lid conic-rostrate ; calyp-
tra copiously hairy ; exostome teeth very slender, finely
papillose ; endostome base very short, the processes long,
slender, papillose converging in a cone when dry.

Daltonia pus: ilia H.f. et W.
Stem seldo'm cxceedng 5 mm. Leaves erect, acute, 2
mm. ; margin with a narrow thickened border, involute ;
nerve canaliculate, vanishing at a distance from the apex.

BY L PwODWAY. 241

1913.

Seta slender ; capsule oblong, 1 mm. ; lid acute, as long
as the capsule.

On twigs and fern leaves in damp gullies. Slopes of Mt.
Wellington, Gordon, etc.

Eeiopus Mitt.

Small, tufted with few simple branches. Leaves in five
rows, complanate ; the two dorsals, and one ventral rather
smaller than the lateral rows, broadly elliptic to orbicular,
apiculate, broadly bordered by a band of 4-5 linear incras-
sate cells ; margin entire or serrate ; nerves 2, faint or
obsolete, very short ; cells large hexagonal. Seta rather
stout, flexed, clothed with delicate hairs, strigose or almost
smooth; capsule small, oblong, mouth not much contract-
ed, rim thick, base tapering; lid conic acute, nearly as
long ; calyptra acute densely fimbriated, short ; peristome
typical.

Eriopus apiculafiis H.f. et W.

Pale livid green, 2-3 cm. Leaves nearly orbicular,
laterals about 2.5 mm. ; margin entire, obtusely serrulate
or a few serrations on the upper ones ; border very broad ;
cells nearly equal 33 x 30m. Seta shortly strigose, 1 cm. ;
<?apsule inclined, neck very tapering.

Circular Head, Slopes of Mt. Wellington, Cape Frederick
Henry, etc.

Eriopus tasmanicus Broth.

Very close to the last ; bright green. Leaves broadly
obovate, 1.8-2.4 mm., margin with a narrower border, sharp-
ly dentate; cells more oblong. Seta coarsely strigose, 1-1.5
cm. ; capsule broadly oblong, less tapering ; calyptra more
hairy.

Wet gullies Mt. Wellington.

DiSTicHOPHYLLUM Doz. et Molk.

Densely tufted ; stems fiat, decumbent, with few vague
branches. Leaves in eight rows partially complanate, the
dorsal and ventral leaves little smaller, oblong spathulate,
usually with a. border of few linear incrassate cells ; nerve
single, slender, vanishing above the middle ; cells
5mall quadrate or hexagonal mostly 12-20^, lower ones
longer. Seta long, smooth ; capsule oblong, inclined, with
a small distinct globose apophysis ; lid conic to rostrate ;
calyptra long mitriform with a fringed base except in D.
snicrocarpum. Peristome typical except that the endostome
membrane is short.

The genus contains two groups.

242 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS^

DiscoPHYLLUM. Leaves bordered, crisped when dry. Calyp-
tra with a fringed base.
Apex apiculate.

Margin serrate rotundi folium.

Margin distantly serrulate crispulum.

Margin plain puIchcUum.

Apex obtuse ajnhlyoijhyllum.

Mniadelphus. Leaves not bordered ; not crisped wheit
dry. Base of calyptra not fringed microcarjjum,

DistichophyUum rotiuidi folium (H.f. et W.).

Small, seldom exceeding 3 cm., freely branched. Leaves
complanate, patent, broadly oblong-spathulate, rather
crisped when dry, 1.2 mm.; margin seiTate ; apex with a
small apiculus which is continuous with the border. Seta
1 cm. ; capsule narrow oblong, 1 mm. ; apophysis half as
long ; calyptra deepily fringed at the base and with a few
erect hairs at the apex.

Damp gullies, Mt. Wellington, Zeehan.

Distichophyllum crispulum (H.f. et W.).

Small, decumbent, stems about 2 cm. Leaves oblong
from a narrow base, 2 mm., apex apiculate, border very
narrow, lost below the apiculus ; margin sinuate, distantly
serrulate above. Seta very slender, 5 mm. ; capsule in-
clined cylindric, 1 mm. ; lid conic, half as long.

Mt. Wellington, Leiths Creek.

Distichophyllum pulchellum (H.f. et W.)

Stems usually under 1 cm. Leaves crowded, broadly
obovate-spathulate of firmer texture than other species,
little crisped when dry, 1.2 mm.; margin plain, bordered,
apex with a short acute apiculus. Seta 7 mm. ; capsule
suberect, broadly oblong, 1 mm.

Upper reaches of Meander River.

Distichophyllum amhlyophylhnn (H.f. et W.).

Stems elongated, often 5 cm., with few vague branches.
Leaves pale green, becoming livid, oblong-spathulate, im-
bricate, much crisped when dry, 2 mm. ; margin plain, un-
dulate, bordered ; apex very obtuse, rarely apiculate. Seta
4 cm.; capsule broadly oblong, 1.4 mm.; apojDhysis half as
long.

D. sinuosum^ H.f. et W., is simply a form of this with
leaves more crowded and slightly unequal. It diffei-s in
no anatomical detail.

BY L. RODWAY. 243

1913.

D. suhsinuosum^ CM., is only a slightly more robust
form due to favourable conditions.

Slopes of Mt. Wellington, West Coast, etc.

Distichophyllum microcarpum (Hedw.).

Livid green in mats or pendulous; stems flat, thick,
fleshy 3 cm., but on dripping rocks elongating to 15 cm.
Leaves oblong-obovate, very obtuse, 2-3 mm. more com-
planate than in the other species and not crisped when
dry ; margin plain unbordered, marked by collapsed cells
when dry; nerve vanishing above the middle, upper cells
12m Seta slender dark 1 cm. ; capsule inclined, ovate
with a thickened neck, 1 mm. ; lid conic, shorter than cap-
sule; calyptra rather long, rough, base torn not fimbriated.
Intermediate between Disticho'phyllum and Pterygophyl-
lum.

Gehereb described a robust specimen as D. Levieri.

Mt. Wellington, Ida Bay, Grass Tree Hill, etc.

Pterygophyllum Brid.

Decumbent or ascending, simple or with few vague
branches, of more tender consistency than most mosses, be-
coming very distorted when dry. Leaves in five rows or
fewer, all strongly complanate, the laterals patent, the dor-
sals and ventrals smaller and closely appressed or some-
times all nearly equal, broad, not bordered, margin den-
tate ; nerve short, forked ; cells large rotund to hexagonal,
larger towards the base. Seta smooth ; capsule usually
pendulous, oblong to pyriform ; lid with a long rostrum ;
calyptra constricted at the base, plain, often irregularly
split. Peristome typical.

The species are variable and the division is arbitrary.

Robust. Lateral leaves 5 mm. or more HooJceri.

Less robust. Lateral leaves smaller.

Cells hexagonal denticulatum.

Cells rotund nigellum.

Pteryr/ophyllum Hoolceri Jaeg.

Robust, stems fleshy, flat, often 5 cm. dark green. Lateral
leaves oblong-obovate, of thin texture, 5 mm., margin
coarsely toothed ; nerve rather bold brown, forked, vanish-
ing above the middle ; cells hexagonal about ^^p-. Seta 8-5
cm., capsule inclined or pendulous, oblong or pyriform
with a rather abrupt neck 1.5 mm. ; lid as long as the cap-
sule ; calyptra longer, in'egularly torn at the base.

Common in damp gullies.

244 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S TAS.

Pterygophyllum denticulatum (H.f. et W.) Mitt.

Suberect, 3 cm. dark green. Lateral leaves obovate from
a narrow base, 3 mm. ; margin strongly dentate ; nerve
bold, brown forked, vanishing about the middle; cells
hexagonal, about 54yu. Seta rather slender, 1 cm. ; capsule
broadlv oblong to nearly globose, pendulous, 1.2 mm., neck
abrupt ; lid conic, half as long as the capsule.-

In damp gullies. Common.

Pterygophyllum nigellum (H.f. et W.) Jaeg.

Slender, often elongated. Leaves distant, usually in
three rows, nearly equal, dark green, drying black, obovate
from a narrow base to nearly orbicular, 2-3 mm. ; margin
coarsely dentate above ; nerve forked, vanishing in the
middle; cells rotund, 40-50m. Seta L5 cm.; capsule oblong-
pyriform, pendulous ; apophysis obconic, curved, length
without the apophysis 1.2 mm. ; lid as long as the capsule.

Restoring very poorly after being dried.

Very common in damp gullies.

Fam. 15— POLYTRICHACEAE.

Erect, usually simple, the stem strong and hard. Leaves
usually very firm and rigid, narrow; nerve bold, often
broad ; upper surface bearing few or many longitudinal
lamellae. Fruit teirminal on a long seta ; capsule round,
flat on one side, or four angled ; lid conic or rostrate ;
calyptra narrow cucullate, sometimes coj^iously covered
with long hairs, giving it a mitriform appearance. Peri-
stome of 32 or 64 very short simple teeth not divided by
cellular partitions and joined above to a membranous disc
except in Dawsonia where the numerous teeth are slender
long and free. Androecia in a terminal disc.

A well-defined group not bearing apparent afiinity with
any other family.
Oatharinea. Leaves soft with few lamellae on the upper

surface, crisping when dry.
PsiLOPiLUM. Lea,ves rigid, lanceolate; capsule oblong

smooth ; calyptra bare or nearly so. Peristome teeth 32.

PoGONATUM. Leaves rigid, lanceolate ; capsule oblong,
smooth ; calyptra clothed with long hairs. Peristome
teeth 32.

PoLYTRiCHADELPHUS. Leaves very narrow, acute ; capsule
flat on one side, smooth ; calyptra bare. Peristome
teeth 64.

BY L. RODWAY. 245

1913.

PoLYTRiCHUM. LeavGS very narrow, acute ; capsule four
angled or smooth ; calyptra densely hail'}^ Peristome
teeth 64.

Dawsonia. Habit of Polytriclium, but seta short, and
peristome a brush of long hair-like teeth.

Catharinea Ehrh.

Stems erect from a creeping rhizome. Leaves ligulate
or oblong, softer than in most of the genera, bordered and
serrate at the margin, bearing few lamellae on the upper
surface. Capsule narrow oblong or cylindric, slightly
bent; lid with a long beak; calyptra narrow, spinulose
only at the apex ; peristome teeth 32, ligulate, rigid, at-
tached by the apex to a discoid expansion arising from the
columella.

Distinguished from the rest of the family by the less
rigid leaves,

Cathcirinea Muelleri Hpe. et CM.
Syn : Polytriclium nngustatum, Hook.

Stems 2-3 cm. Leaves pale green, ligulate, spreading,
about 8 mm., plain but much crisped when dry; margin
limbate, strongly serrate ; apex sub-acute ; nerve slender
serrate beneath, bearing three or four lamellae above, van-
ishing at the apex. Seta slender, sometimes more than one
togetlier at the apex of a shoot ; capsule cylindric erect or
inclined, 5mm. Lid with a slender beak nearly as long
as the capsule.

Very common on clay banks, chief!}' on hill sides.

PsiLOPiLUM Brid.

Small, erect. Leaves rigid, lanceolate ; nerve not very
broad ; upper surface with dense short lamellae. Capsule
oblong, mouth constricted ; lid rostrate ; calyptra smooth
or nearly so ; peristome 32 short teeth attached above to a
disc.

Leaf mai'gin plain austrah.

Leaf margin dentate crisindum.

Psilopilum auBtrale (H.f. et W.) Jaeg.
Syn : Polytriclium austrah H.f. et W.
Erect 2-3 cm. Leaves erecto-patent, short, rigid, broadly
lanceolate from a broad sheathing hyaline base, subacute
3-4 mm. inclusive of base; margin plain; nerve not very
broad, upper surface densely lamellated. Seta 4 cm., cap-
sule inclined, oblong, smooth, mouth constricted 3-4 mm. ;

246 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.

lid with a slender rostrum ; calyptra bare except a few short
hairs at the apex.

Summit Mt. Wellington, Western Tiers,

Psilopilum crispulum (H.f. et W.) Jaeg.
Syn : Polytrichum crispulum H.f. et W.

Erect, usually under 2 cm. Leaves erecto-patent, short,
rigid, lanceolate from a sheathing hyaline base, not as
broad as in P. austrah, 3 mm., acute ; margin dentate ;
nerve not very broad ; upper surface lamellate but not as
strongly so as in P. australe. Seta 2 cm. ; capsule broadly
oblong, mouth constricted 2.5-3 mm.

Western Tiers.

PoGONATUM Beauv.

Erect, rigid. Leaves lanceolate, sub-acute, not very
rigid ; nerve not broad, upper surface covered with numer-
ous lamellae. Capsule erect or inclined oblong, mouth not
constricted, round in section ; lid beaked ; calyptra dense-
ly covered with long silky hairs which descend and com-
pletely enclose the capsule; peristome teeth 32.

Pogonatuin australasicum, Hpe. et CM.

Stems 3-6 cm. Leaves lanceolate, subacute not very
rigid, upper surface except the base and a narrow margin
densely covered with lamellae, 5 mm., margin strongly ser-
rate; nerve not broad vanishing in the apex. Capsule
oblong, inclined, smooth, 3 mm., lid with a bold rostrum,
1 mm. ; calyptra brown above, pale in the lower part.

In Australian records often referred to P. tortile, Palis.

Very common on hillsides.

POLYTRICHADELPHUS Mitt.

Stems erect, seldom branched, rigid. Leaves with a
very short sheathing , broad, hyaline base and a rigid
divaricate lamina; nerve very broad densely covered on
the upper surface with lamellae. Seta long ; capsule
oblong, inclined, flattened on the uj^per surface ; peristome
of 64 short teeth; lid beaked, calyptra nearly hairless.

Polytrichadelphus Magellanicus (Hedw.) Mitt,
Syn : Polytrichum Magellanicuni Hedw.
Erect, simple, rigid, 3-5 cm. Leaves rigid, patent, 5
mm., the lamina except a narrow margin composed entire-
ly of thickened nerve ; mai'gin strongly serrate ; apex
acute. Capsule inclined broadly oblong, flattened above,

BY L. RODWAY. 247

1913.

gibbous beneath, 3 mm. ; iicl with a rather slender beak,
^ mm. ; calpytra long, base broad, apex with short erect
iiairs otherwise smooth.

Very common in shady places.

POLYTRICHUM Dill.

Robust, rigid, erect, tall and usually unbranched. Leaves
rigid, the base thin and stem-clasping, lamina slender,
acute ; nerve very broad, densely lamellated on the upper
surface. Capsule broad, in typical forms four angled and
carrying a discoid apophysis at the base ; lid rostrate ;
calvptra densely clothed with descending hairs ; peristome
of 64 very shoiit teeth.
Capsule angled ; apophysis present.

Margins of leaves sharply incurved juni]jerinum

Margins serrate not incurved commune

■Capsule round; no apophysis alpinum

Folytrichum juniperinum Willd.

Leaves with a sheathing rather broad base and divaricate
slender lam^'na with a narrow smooth sharply incurved
margin, apex very slender, 6 mm., with few serrations or
plain. Capsule prominently four-angled 4 mm.

Very common in all situations.

Polytriclium commune L.

Stems 6-10 cm. Leaves slender 5 mm. tapering to an
.acute apex, lamina composed almost entirely of the broad
nerve ; margin seiTate not incurved. Capsule oblong, bold-
ly four-angled; lid with a very short rostrum.

Latrobe, Zeehaii. Adamson Peak.

Polytriclium alijinum L.

Erect, simple, generally 5-6 cm., the lower portion bare.
Xeaves with a shoi-t broad hyaline base and divaricate
subulate lamina up to 10 mm., apex very acute, nerve com-
posing nearly the whole breadth densely lamellate on the
tipper, spinulose on the lower surface ; margin coarsely
<ientate. Seta 4-6 cm. ; capsule inclined, ovate-cylindric,
about 4 mm. ; smooth ; lid with a slender rostrum nearly
as long as the capsule; calyptra short, copiously haiiy;
peristome of 64 very minute teeth.

Intermediate between Polytriclium. and Pogonatum.

High altitudes Western Mountains.

Dawsonia E. Br.

Erect, rigid, robust, simple or rarely branched. Leaves

248 TASMANIAN BRYOrHYTA,

R.S. TA&,

rigid, narrow, with a short, broad, sheathing base, nerve
broad ; njoper surface densely covered with short erect
lamellae. Capsule flattened on the upper surface, mouth
small, bearing a peristome of numerous long erect simple
hairs free at the apex.

Dawsonia superha Grev.

Very tall, 20 cm. Leaves lanceolate, patent, 20 mm.,,
acute, margin wath spinulose teeth. Seta stcmt shorter
than the terminal leaves. Capsule obovate, inclined, flat-
tened on the upj^er surface, 8 mm., mouth 1.3 mm., peri-
stome pale, 3.5 mm.

Near Ulverstone, North West Coast.

Fam. 16— BUXBAUMIACEAE.

The plants are very small, stems very short and leaves
rudimentary. Capsule on a relatively stout, erect seta,
oblique, flattened on the upper surface, gibbous on the
lower; calyptra minute conic; lid minute, conic; peri-
stome of one or several series of small, linear teeth; endo-
stome of a 32-plicate membrane in foiin of a twisted trun-
cate cone.

The family consists of but one genus and that of but
three or four species. They are rare and sporadic in their
appearance, their small size greatly assisting their escape
from observation. The peristome teeth being without cross
septa appears to indicate relationship to Polytrichaceae,
otherwise they seem to have no close affinity to other
mosses. Probably of reduced form in response to a
saprophytic habit.

BuxBAUMiA Haller.

Very small, erect, scattered. Leaves extremely minuter
broadly ovate or oblong, coarsely serrated, or laciniate,
colourless; cells large, oblong. Male plants very minute,
few leaved and with one or two subglobose antheridia^
Female plants very small with 10-12 bract leaves.

Buxhauinia tasmaniea Mitt.
Probably not distinct from B. indusiata^ Brid., but no
specimen is present in any available collection. It w^as
gathered by Mr. Archer at Cheshunt in the middle of last
century.

Fam. 17— ANDRE ACE AE.
Small dark (red, brown, black, rarely greenish) mosses
growing in dense cushions. Stems short to medium and
slender, branches few, vasjue. Leaves small, mare or less

BY L. KODWAY. 24.9

1913.

imbricate, in most instances cartilaginous; nerved or
nerveless ; margin entire ; surface papillose or smooth ;
cells small rotundo-quadrate, strongly incrassate, those at
the base rectangular to linear. Sporogonium terminal,
subsessile on an elongated peduncular extension of the
axis, lidless and opening by splitting from the apex to the
base into four or more sections ; calyptra small mitriform.
The family has no close affinity to any other group. The
leaf tissue is rather similar to Hediuigia and allies. The
elongation of the axis to function as a seta is only met with
otherwise in Sphagnaceae. The splitting of the capsule to
allow exit of spores is found in no other moss but is usual
amongst Hepatics to which the family has no relationship.

Andreaea Ehrh.
This, the only genus, is sufficiently defined in the de-
scription of the family. The species are mostly found on
rocks at a considerable altitude. All the Tasmanian forms
have enlarged perichaetial leaves, the capsule has four
incisions but the segments then formed do not separate at
the apex.

The species vary considera-bly and it is simply a matter
of opinion into how many species the forms should be
grouped.

Leaves ovate-lanceolate, obtuse to acute, margin involute,

nerveless, coarsely papillose externally. (PetPOphila group.)

Leaves ovate-lanceolate, patulous, base sheathing, upper

leaves often longer and falcate petrojihila.

Leaves broadly ovate, acuminate, geniculate from a

broad sheathing base acuminata.

Slender wdth many branches. Leaves narrow acute,

squarrose tenera .

Leaves narrow, dark, clustered at apex, thin texture,

coarsely papillose e.ximia.

Leaves concave, incurved, obtuse, lower leaves small,

very obtuse amhlyoijhylla.

Leaves more or less shining. Nerveless.

Leaves with a short acuminate apex wontana.

Leaves obtuse nitida.

Leaves long narrow with a bold nerve subulatissinia.

Andreaea petrophila Ehrh.
Syn : Andreaea juUcaulis CM.
Tall, red, few branched, to short and pulvinate. Leaves
ovate-lanceolate from a sheathing base, geniculate, sub-
acute 0.7 mm., in some forms the upper leaves longer and

250 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.

falcate, external surface strongly papillose, cells rotund
strongly incrassate 6>, nerveless. Perichaetials much
longer. Capsule exserted, with a broad pale band at the
base.

Very common on mountains.

Andrcaea acuminata Mitt.
Syn : Andreaea erubescens CM.

Ked-brown in dense cushions. Stems 1 cm. in dry, to 3
cm. in shaded jilaces. Leaves crowded, base broad, sheath-
ing, colourless, lamina geniculate at the base ; patent, in
curved above, ovate, acuminate, concave 0.5-0.7 mm. the
wings at junction of base and lamina crenate and much
incurved, external surface bearing short obtuse papillae ;
nerveless; cells rotund, strongly incrassate 5-6/* Perichae-
tials much longer. Capsule immersed.

Differs from A. ijetro'phila in the broader leaf.

Common on mountains.

Andreaea tenei^a CM!

Stems very slender with many branches in the upper
part or in dry situations shorter and pulvinate, greenish-
brown, at least towards the apex. Leaves patent, genicu-
late from a sheathing base, incurved towards the apex»
narrow lanceolate, acute, margin involute, 0.7 mm., nerve-
lees, external surface obtusely papillose; cells some rotund
others oblong, 8 — 8 x 16/ii, long rectangular in the centre
base. Perichaetials slender 1.5-2.5 mm. Capsule included
or exserted with a broad white base.

Besides habit the leaf-structure is very distinct.

Summit of Mt. Wellington.

Andreaea eximia CM.

Stems short, black, the lower part nearly bare, the leaves
clustered at the apex. Leaves linear from a narrow sheath-
ing base, acute or with a colourless apex, 1-1.5 mm. ; cells
rotund, translucent, the papillae bold. Perichaetials not
much longer with a very broad base and a short acuminate
apex. Capsule small, with a broad pale base shortly or
not at all exserted.

The narrow nearly flat dark leaves clustered at the top
of the short stem sufficiently distinguishes the species.

Very common at a high altitude.

Andreaea amblyophylla CM.

Stems short, dichotomously branched, seldom exceeding
1 cm., dark red, but the tips usually red or yellowish-brown.

BY L. EODWAY. 251

1913.

Leaves on the lower part and some branches very small
oblong, obtuse, concave, erect; upper leaves on the prin-
cipal branches erecto-patent, oblong-lanceolate, broad at
the base but without a defined sheath, concave, rather
obtuse, incurved above, papillose externally, nerveless, 0.7
mm. ; cells rotund, strongly incrassate, mostly 7-8^^, the
lower ones linear. Perichaetials larger but similar in
shape.

Knocklofty, Mt. Wellington, Western Tiers.

Ya,T ■.atte?iuata. (A. attenuata CM.) Stems short in
dense cushions, nearly black. Leaves narrower and more
acute, less papillose, lower elongated cells fewer and
shorter.

Mt. Wellington, Western Tiers.

Var : hullata. Stems very short. Larger leaves yellow-
ish, broadly ovate, shortly acuminate clustered at the ends
of the shoots.

Mt. Wellington.

Andreaea mo7itana Mitt.

Decumbent or ascending, on dry rocks forming rather
dense mats, where protected elongating 3-4 cm., branches
few; red-brown to dark. Leaves erecto-patent to divari-
cate, broadly oblong with an acuminate apex, stem clasp-
ing below^ but without a distinct sheath, lower margin
serrulate, nerveless, surface smooth slightly shining, 1
mm. ; cells oblong, very incrassate, in-egular but mostly
6 X 9^1. Perichaetials tw4ce as large and in moist places
usually numerous and extending some distance down tho
shoot. Peduncle very short, capsule just exserted.

Western Tiers, Ben Lomond, Mt. Wellington, Hartz, etc.

Andreaea nitida H.f. et W.

Robust for the genus, forming loose mats in or about run-
ning water, black or dark livid green, lower parts denuded.
Leaves broadly oblong, obtuse or with a small apiculus,
patulous, concave, smooth and polished, 1-1.5 mm.; cells
small, irregularly rotund, mostly 6-7m, strongly incrassate,
rather larger towards the base, those in the middle linear
and forming an indistinct simple or forked nerve. Peri-
chaetials rather larger nerveless. Peduncle stout, capsule
oblong with a pale base, split into four valves.

Western Tiers, Head of Meander River.

Andreaea suhulatissima CM.
Reddish or black in rather loose cushions, stems usually
2-3 cm.; with few irregular branches. Upper leaves with

252 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

U.S. TAS.

a short broad sheathing base and subulate lamina, patent,
at the apex curved to form a sickle shaped point. 2 mm.
papillose on the external surface; nerve broad, occupying
nearly the whole lamina. Perichaetials longer, erect. Cap-
sule shortly exserted.

Common on sub-alpine rocks in wet places.

Fam. 18— SPHAGNACEAE.

Large gregarious mosses forming dense masses in moist
situations or submerged in ponds. Perennial, the central
stem elongating at the apex, the branches usually in fas-
cicles and always of limited growth, some of the branches
of each fascicle are relativel}'- robust, divergent to sub-
erect, while others are slender and pendulous, lying close to
the stem. Leaves nerveless, thin, of a single cell layer,
composed of two forms of cells, namely, large thin-walled
tracheids strengthened with annular or spiral fibres and
usuallv pierced with few large pores, contained in a reticu-
lation of linear, chlorophyllous cells. Rarely the develop-
ment of the tracheids is arrested and all the cells remain
similar and chlorophyllous. Antheridia globose, stalked,
solitary in the axil of a bract and clustered in lateral
rather dense strobili. Archeojonia solitary or few at the
apex of a branch, concealed by relatively long leaves. Cap-
sule globose, with a minute lid. without annulus or peri-
stome ; not developing a seta but bearing only a short foot
inserted on the apex of a peduncle which is a leafless pro-
longation of the parent branch. Protonema a flat expan-
sion of a single cell thickness.

The family contains but one genus, Sffhagnum, specialis-
ed to suit peculiar conditions and not continuous with any
other group. In many text-books the spores are stated
to be of two forms, large and small, and efforts have been
made to prove sexual distinctness of these, but Campbell
states that Nawaschin has conclusively shown that the so-
called microspores are the spores of a parasitic fungus. The
peduncular elongation of the axis is similar to the condi-
tion found in Andreaea, and the structure of the leaves
roughly recalls the tissue of Leurohryum, but in each it is a
case of similar adaptation and does not imply relationship.

Sphagnum (Dill.) Ehrh.
The character is sufficiently indicated in the description
of the Family. The species are variable and difficult to
diagnose, and are constantly being re-arranged by special-
ists working at the group. The following is near the latest

BY L. RODWAY. 253

1913.

scheme according to Dr. Warnstorf except that varieties
and forms are not included : —

Tasmanian forms belong to four sub-sections of the genus,
namely, Cymbifolia, Rigida, Cuspidata and Subsecunda.

Sub-section Cymbifolia. Robust; leaves concave, obtuse,
dentate at the back of the apex, tracheids about 40-60/*
in diameter ; cortex of the branches, and sometimes the
outer series of the stem cortex bearing spiral fibres.
Chlorophyllous cells narrow, small, elliptic, generally cen-
tral.

Stem coi*tex with fibre cymhi folium.

Stem cortex without fibre.

Stem leaves with fibres, branches long, slender

maximiiin.

Stem leaves without fibres, branches short, rigid

, subbicolor.

Sphagnum cymbifolium Ehrh.

Robust, the divergent branches about 3 cm., tapering to
slender tips. Stem cortex broad in 3-4 series, superficial
cells with fibres and round pores, sclerotic ring brown,
thin, pith broad. Stem leaves ligulate, veiy obtuse, 2.7
mm. Lower leaves of divergents broadly ovate, obtuse,
concave, apex incurved dentate on the dorsal surface, 2.5
mm., border very narrow, tracheids short and broad, those
towards the apex and margin with many large oblong
pores; cells narrow elliptic, the wall exposed on the upper
surface, enclosed on the lower ; upper leaves longer. Branch
cortex cells very inflated, copiously fibred.

Kingston, Near Lake Sorell, Western Tiers.

Sphagnum maximum Wamst.

Pale, slender, long, the divergent branches spreading,
tapering 2-3 cm. Stems cortex broad 3-4 cells, without
fibres, sclerotic ring brown, thin, pith broad. Stem leaves
broadly ligulate, very obtuse, 1.5 mm., tracheids with spiral
iibres. Branch cortex inflated, fibred. Branch leaves very
broadly ovate, concave, obtuse, 3 mm., border very narrow,
apex cuspidate on the back, tracheids short and broad,
pores large oblong, numerous, irregularly disposed, upper
leaves narrower and longer ; cells very small, narrow
elliptic, central. Very close in structure to S. subbicolor.

Native of New Zealand. Recorded also as Tasmanian be-
cause found as packing in an apple case said to have come
from Tasmania. No locality known.

254 TASMANIAN BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.

Siihagnum subhicoJor Hainpe.
Syn : Sphagnum centrale Jens.

Robust, long in favourable sites, in other places rather
short. Divergents short, often all under 1 cm., occasion-
ally longer with tapering ends. Stem cortex broad of four
series of cells without fibres ; sclerotic ring brown, narrow,
pith broad. Stem leaves 2 mm., broadly ligulate, very
obtuse, tracheids without fibres. Cortex of branch inflated,
fibred. Leaves of divergents very broadly oblong, very
obtuse, concave, cuspidate on dorsal surface of apex, 2 mm.
border very naiTow, tracheids broad, short, pores oblong,
large, numerous along both borders ; cells narrow elliptic,
nearly central, enclosed.

Variable in habit according to local conditions from
short and dense to very long and slender, but the branches
always relatively short.

Mr. Field, Blue Tier, Western Tiers, Cradle Mt., etc.

Sub-section Rigfida. Robust; leaves concave, more or
less geniculate, apex obtuse, minutely cuspidate ; tracheids
broad 40-50/x diameter ; brauch cortex without fibre, stem
cortex of 3-4 series of medium-sized cells. Chlorophyllous
cells elliptic, small or medium sized, central.

Usually robust; stem leaves oblong antarcticum.

Slender; stem leaves ovate Weymouthii.

Sphagnum antarcticum Mitt.

Robust with rather long tapering branches, 3-4 cm. Stem
cortex narrow in 3-4 series of small cells without fibres,
wood cylinder broad, the sclerotic portion gradually pass-
ing into the small celled pith. Stem leaves broadly
oblong, obtuse, 1.5 mm. Branch cortex cells long inflated,
each with a sessile pore at the upper external surface.
Lower leaves of divergents broadly ovate, slightly genicu-
late, concave, 2.2 mm., apex rather obtuse, minutely cus-
pidate, border narrow, tracheids broad, pores small, few
chiefly at the angles, upper leaves narrower, longer, ob-
tuse ; cells elliDtic, small, central.

Very common in numerous localities. Variable, the best
marked forms being :

Var : austrah {S. ausfrale Mitt). Divergent branches
more numerous, less tapering, more erect, tracheids larger.

Var: marrocej^hahim, Warnst. Divergents short, massed
in a dense head at the apex of the stem.

Var: densissimum, Warnst. Short. Branches short,
densely packed on the stem.

BY L. RODWAY. 255

1913.

Var : siihsqnarroscum, Wamst. Elongated, slender, de-
pauperated.

Sphagnum Weymouthii Wamst.

Not robust, seldom exceeding 10 cm., the divergent
branches tapering, about 3 cm. Stem cortex medium
breadth of three series of cells. Stem leaves ovate, obtuse
2.2 mm., border well defined of 4 cells, tracheids copiously
fibred, pores few placed at angles. Branch cortex of large
inflated short cells apparently without pores. Branch
leaves broadly ovate, geniculate, concave, with an obtuse
cuspidate apex 3 mm., border narrow, 2-3 cells; ti'acheids
broad ; pores few, very small, mostly at the angles ; cells
elliptic, not very small, central.

Mt. Macmichael, Blue Tier.

Sub-section Cuspidata. Slender, the pendant branches ^ot
always very distinct from the divergents; leaves narrow
ovate to liuear, apex truncate cuspidate at least in the
lower leaves ; stem cortex of 1-2, rarely 3 series of narrow
cells, the woody cylinder indistinct; tracheids narrow,
mostly 10-25m broad. Ohlorophyllous cells usually wedge-
shaped, broadly exposed on the external surface.

Leaf margin plain cuspidatutn.

Leaf margin cuspidate.

Branches straight or flaccid.

Tracheids with few or no fibres triclwphyllum.

Tracheids copiously fibred Brotherusii.

Branches falcate.

Lower leaves linear drepanocladum.

Lower leaves ovate-lanceolate Rodwayi.

Leaves with few or no tracheids, all cells chlorophyllous
serriilatum.

Sphagnum cuspidatum Ehrh.
Slender, fascicles distant, branches usually 4-5, the pen-
dants with very narrow leaves but not appressed to the
stem. Stem cortex 1-2 series of cells, wood cylinder not
distinct. Stem leaves ovate-oblong 1.5 mm., very obtuse,
apex truncate, cuspidate, border broad, lower tracheids
without fibre, cells as broad as tracheids. Branch leaves
oblong-lanceolate, the middle ones 3 mm., basal ones
shorter and broader, terminal ones longer, attenuated ;
margin with a border of 5-7 linear cells, incurved, entire
or with very small distant serrulations, apex truncate, cus-
pidate; tracheids short in lower to very long in upper
leaves, 17-25m diameter ; pores small circular, few to many
along both margins 6i"; in transverse section cells half as

256 TASMANIAN BRYOFHYTA,

R.S. TAS.

large as tracheids obtusely wedge shaped, the convex base
free on tlie external surface.

Macquarie Harbour, Mt. Wellington.

Sphagnum trichophyllum Warnst.

Medium sized, generally submerged, densely fascicled,
with rather long flaccid branches. Stem, cortex 1-2 series
of small cells, wood cylinder ill-defined, stem leaves trian-
gular, 1.3 mm,, apex sub-acute, obscurely cuspidate, border
broad but the linear cells not much altered from the
tracheids, cells as broad as the tracheids, lower tracheids
narrow without fibres; branch leaves linear elongated to
a slender truncate cuspidate or acute apex often 6 mm.
long, margin with a border of 3 linear not much narrowed
cells, margin cuspidate, tracheids with few or no fibres or
pores, mostly under 10^ diameter. Iti transverse section
the cells nearly as broad as the tracheids and nearly round.

Common in water.

Sphagnum Brotherusii Warnst.

Slender, fascicles not verj'' distant 4-5 branched, the
divergents not distinct from the pendants, 3-4 cm., slender
and tapering. Stem cortex of 2-3 series of small thin
walled cells, woody cylinder distinct; stem leaves narrow
triangular, 2.3 mm., border broad below, narrow and indis-
tinct above, apex small truncate, cuspidate; tracheids
long, lower ones without fibres ; cells nearly as wide as the
tracheids. Branch cortex a single series of but slightly in-
flated cells; branch leaves linear with a slender apex about
4 mm., border of 2 series of linear cells, margin cuspidate,
apex in the lower leaves truncate cuspidate, in the upper
leaves acute ; tracheids long, broad, usually 25-30/w dia-
meter, freely fibred, pores very few, rather large at the
lateral angles or none, cells one-third as large as tracheids,
wedge shaped with obtuse apex and convex base, base free-
ly exposed on external surface.

Very similar in appearance to S. trichophyllum.

Table Cape.

Sphagnum drepanodadum Warnst.
Slender, tall, divergent branches 3-4 slender falcate.
Stem cortex one celled, woody cylinder very indistinct;
stem leaves concave, ovate-triangular from a broad base,
1.5 mm., apex slightly truncate cuspidate, lower tracheids
without fibres. Branch leaves linear tapering to a slender
apex, the middle ones about 4 mm., margin with a narrow
3 celled border, remotely cuspidate, apex truncate cus-

BY L. RODWAY. 257

1913.

pidate or in upper leaves acute ; tracheids long about 2tV
diameter ; closely fibred ; pores small, few along the mar-
gin or absent. In transverse section the cells are small,
broadly wedge-shaped with convex walls and obtuse apex,
base not broad, freely exposed on the external surface.
Blue Tier, Alma Tier, Cradoc.

Sphagnum Rod way i Warnat.

Tall and very slender. Fascicles distant, branches 3-5
slender tapering 2-3 cm., unequal, pendants with narrower
leaves, but little distinct. Stem cortex of one or two series
of slightly enlarged cells, wood cylinder ill-defined. Stem
leaves ovate 1.6 mm., border broad well defined, apex ob-
tuse, cuspidate, but not distinctly truncate. Branch cortex
with inflated retort cells, the mouth nearly sessile ; branch
leaves narrow ovate-lanceolate. 2-3 mm., upper leaves rather
longer and much narrower, border well-defined. 3-4 series,
margin with few distant small serrations, apex minutely
truncate, cuspidate ; tracheids not very long, copiously
fibred, about 16m diameter; pores circular about 5^ few
along the side of the upper tracheids. Cells in transverse
section small wedge shaped with convex walls, the base
freely exposed on the external surface.

Strickland.

S phngjium serriilatum Warnst.

Slender, dark green, branch fascicles rather distant.
Stem tissues not clearly marked off from one another, the
woody cells slightly thickened and not daxk, the cortex of
one or two layers not differing except by the walls being
thinner; stem leaves ovate-triangular, 1.8 mm.; apex
minutelv truncate cuspidate, marginal cells not much nar-
rowed, chlorophyllous cells as broad as the tracheids which
are without fibres or pores. Branches usually four in each
fasciculus, long, slender and flaccid, leaves lanceolate taper-
ing to a slender but obtuse dentate apex, 5-6 mm., margin
cuspidate, all the cells chlorophyllose and without fi.bres
or pores, the upper ones rhomboid.

In a ditch near Strahaii.

Sub-section Subsecunda. Slender to rather robust; leaves
ovate, ovate-lanceolate or oblong, apex truncate cuspidate;
stem cortex of 1 rarely 2 series of sliehtly enlarged ohIIs,
wood cylinder well developed. Tracheids mostly 17-30^1
diameter. Cliloropliyllous cells elliptic central rarely
jiartly exposed on the ventral surface.

258 TASMANIAN BilYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS..

Pores small, oblong closely appressed to and ringed by the
wall. Cell in section elliptic and approaching or exposed
on the ventral surface.

Leaves obtusely ovate fnihmol/iciilum.

Leaves acuminate 3Ioort;i..

Pores not small, free from the wall. Cell elliptic, small.
central.

Robust, leaves ovate-lanceolate cynihifolioide^.

Leaves ovate-acuminate p.sei(dorufesrenx.

Pores minute round, strongly ringed but removed from the
wall.

Cell rather large, barrel-shaped central, exposed on both
surfaces n/ol/iciihnn.

Sphdyiiiim mJnnnl] icul'iun Warnst.

Fairly robust, stems often reaching 18 cm., coma usually
golden yellow, divergent brancnes generally two, short,
divaricate to patent, 1-1.5 cm., pendants rather closely
appressed. Stem cortex of one row cf small cells, wood
cylinder thick ; stem leaves broadly ligulate, very obtuse.
2 mm., border well-defined 4-5 series, upper tracheids copi-
ously fibred, pores ringed, very numerous along both mar-
gins, usually one in each space between fibres, ring continu-
ous with cell-wall. Branch leaves ovate, rather obtuse, 2
mm., border well-defined, narrow, 2-3 celled, apex truncate
G-7 cusped ; tracheids 16-20^4 diameter, pores small, ringed-
very numerous along both margins included in cell-wall ;
cells in section small, elliptic approaching the ventral sur-
face but not free.

Recherche, Mt. Wellington, Alma Tier.

Spit (Kjn n in M ooi-ei Warnst.

Slender, flaccid, fascicles not crowded. Stem cortex 1
rarely 2 series; stem leaves broadly ovate, 1.2 mm., obtuse
or obscurely cuspidate at the apex, tracheids copiously
fibred, pores small few along both margins ringed by and
included in the wall; border 2-3 cells. Branches usually
4 long flaccid tapering, the pendants not very distinct from
the divergcnts ; leaves ovate, very acuminate, 1.5 mm., apex
abruptly truncate, cuspidate ; border three-celled, tracheids
16-20i" diameter, strongly fibred, pores not numerous, small,
placed along both margins and included in the wall ; cells
in section narrow oblong slightly exposed on ventral sur-
face.

Kelly's Basin, Macquarie Harbour.

BY L. RODWAY. 259

1913.

SpJuujuam ryniftifi)J ioides CM.
Syn : Splifujnam rijin1)oyhyUuin F.v.M.

Robust, tall in favourable situations, the fascicles not
crowded. Stem cortex of 1 rarely 2 series; leaves ovate-
oblong, 2.5 mm., apex minutely tinincate cuspidate, border
4-5 celled, traclieids copiously fibred with few rather large
pores. Branches usually five, three divergents slender,
tapering, flaccid, not differing greatly from the two pen-
dants ; leaves narrow ovate or ovate-lanceolate 3 mm., apex
truncate, cuspidate, border 2-3 celled, tracheids copiously
fibred with generally a single small oblong pore at each
lateral angle; cell small, narrow-elliptic, central.

Port Elsperance. Kingston, Strickland, etc.

S pluH/n mil ]i!<eii(]()rufesi'f)i.< Warnst.

Medium sized, usually submerged and tinged with red.
Stem cortex 1-2 series of small cells, wood cylinder broad-
leaves ovate-oblong 2.2 mm., apex vei-y obtuse, border
broad 4-5 celled, tracheids fibred with manv large, plain
pores. Branches 4-5 in fascicle 1 cm. tapermg, not very
distinct, usually crow^ded along the stem, leaves ovate-
acuminate, apex truncate-cuspidate, border 3-4 celled,
tracheids about 30i" diameter copiously fibred, pores rather
large not ringed, numerous mostly along one margin ; cells
small, narrow-elliptic, central.

Oyster Cove, Mt. AVellington Summit. Western Tiers,
Alma Tiers.

S jj]iagni(ui moll tcnJinn !Mitt.

Rather flaccid, but not slender, 10-12 cm. Branches not
regularly fascicled, about 1 cm., and all similar. Stem
cortex of one series of slightly inflated cells, wood cylinder
thick ; stem leaves numerous, ligulate, very obtuse, apex
cuspidate, 2.5 mm., border very distinct 4-5 celled, tracheids
narrow, copiously fibred, pores very small ringed, numerous
along the margins. Branch leaves ovate-oblong, very ob-
tuse, 3 mm., apex broadly convex, 6 cuspidate, border 3
celled, tracheids about 17^^ Cv)[>iously fibrel. pores minute
numerous along the margins, ringed but standing out freely
from the wall, cells rather large in section barrel-shaped
and generally exposed on both surfaces ; the leaves of the
coma usually much larger, broader and more obtuse.

Western Tiers.

260 TASMANIAX BRYOPHYTA,

R.S. TAS.

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

Leptodnntivni iinjjilUitv ni (H.f. et W.) is referred in the
Pflanzenfamilien to the genus TriquetreUa CM..

StreptopDc/on crispatu.^ (Hpe.) is there referred to
Ca1ypto})()g()ii Mitt. Also for this Salmon contends that
Schwaegraeger's specific name ninioich^ has prior claim.

The moss hero described as Dicranum rohv.^tnni H.f. et
W. is identified by Dr. Brotherus as Birr(nni ni {Dirrano-
Jonia) suhsefosii7n CM.

The species described as Orfhotrichani Ijtwrencel Mitt,
has since the publication been found close to the Organ
Pipes, Mt. Wellington, and identified by Dr. Brotherus as
identical with 0. rupextre, Schl.

Schrodontivm pallidinn (Hook.) Mitt, has also been
gathered on the eastern slopes of Mt. Wellington.

Epheineriun rristafuni H.f. et W. has been gathered by
W^eymouth on the ground at Bellerive.

In description of Lopltidiarrdc (P. and P.. 1912, p. 10; |».
8 of separate issue), for "Calyptra cucullate" read "Calyptra
mytriform rarely cucullate."'

Since publication of the earlier portion of the paper the
following new species have been described: —

Ccunpylopus Eodwayi Broth.

Depressed forming loose mats, pale yellowish-green, the
ends of the branches readily separating as buds with a few
long twisted leaves. Leaves narrow linear, tapering from
the bass to the filiform net hyaline apex, 9 mm., margin
entire except at the apex which is cuspidate ; nerve broad
and fiat occupying the whole of the upper portion, the
wing elsewhere very narrow ; cells of wing irregularly
oblong, smooth, incrassate ; alars numerous, brown, in-
flated, forming prominent auricles. Rest not seen.

Summit Mt. Wellington, Ironstone Mt.

Zij-gaddV Rodiray'i Broth.
Erect in dense mats, stems slender, about 1 cm. Leaves
erecto-patent, ovate-acuminate, rather acute, 0.3 mm. ;
nerve broad canaliculate, lost below the apex ; cells irregu-
larly rotund, smooth. Seta slender about 1 cm. ; capsule
erect, narrow oblong, 1.1 mm., mouth little constricted,
furrowed when dry; lid with a rather long oblique ros-
trum ; peristome double, exostome of 8 short broad gemin-
ate teeth, endostome of 8 incurved cilia. Leaves much

BY L. RODWAY,

2(5 h

1913.

smaller than in Z . Menziexii and not crisped v.'lien dry as
in that species. Leaves smaller than in Z. uiiiiutus and
nerve much broader and lost below the apex.
Forth River near Sheffield.

Jifirfra mid crccta (Ilampe)
Svn : (tUj iiliDcur [xi i recto Hpe., Bdrtram iduJa Hdnipeana

Mitt.

Stems short, erect, clustered in tufts, usually under 1
cm. Leaves spreadnig. concave, narrow linear, tapering
from a narrow hvaline. sheathing base, 2.5 mm., apex
acute; margin rather coarsely serrate; nerve broad con^
tinuous, su]-face obtusely papillate ; cells rectangular, those
of the base much larger. Seta 1 cm., capsule inclined,
nearly globose, sulcate, 1.2 mm., mouth broad, peristome
none.

With the spreading leaves of ]i. jKiplUaid it has the
narrow leaf base of H. istriciifolut . and differs from either
in the absence of a peristome.

Waterworks, Hobart, Bismarck Road.

Index of Genera.

Synouvms in italics.

Acanthocladium, 205, 219
Acaulon, 12, 13
Acrocladium, 205, 220
Amphidium, 105, 122
Andre aea, 249-252
Anisothecium, 87, 93-94
Barbula, 12, 22-24
Jiarhula, 20

Bartramia, 192-193, 260
Bartramidula, 192, 193-194
Bfirtrdmidida, 261
Elindia, 87, 99-100
Brachymenium, 178, 181
Braunia, 235
Breutelia, 192, 195-197

Bruchia, 87, 88
Bryum. 178, 181-191
Buxbaumia, 248
Cdhjptopogon. 260
Camptochaete, 223, 228-229
Campylium, 205, 209-210
Campvlopodium, 87, 93
Campylopus, 87. 96-99. 260
Catharinea, 244, 245
Catharomnion, 236, 238-239
Catagonium, 205, 219
Ceratodon. 87, 89-90
Cladomnion, 234
Condonhleijharum , 121
Ccnostomum, 192, 198

Pp. 3-24 ;Part I.) and 87-138 Pai t II. i are in /'. no,l P. ]!'12: pp
]77-ii61 (Part III.) in tl)is vulunie.

^(y-2

TASM A N I A N BR YO I'H VT A,

Cryphaea, 224, 231-232
Cryphaea, 231
Cyathophoruni, 237, 239
Cvnodontium, 87, 92-93
Cyrtopus, 223, 225
Daltonia. 240-241
Dawsonia, 245, 247-248
Dendrociyi^haea, 224, 231
Desniatodon, 1 5
Dicranum, 87, 100-103
Dfcranu/n, 94, 95, 100
Did iimodon. 21
Distichium, 87, 94-95
DistichophvUum, 240. 241-

243
Diti-iclium, 87, 90-92
Drepanocladus, 205, 209
Echiiiodium. 223, 225
Encalypta, 12. 24
Ephemernm, 12, 13
Eriopus, 240, 241
Eucladium, 12, 20
Eissidens, 131-138
Funaria, 200, 201-204
Gigaspermum, 200, 201
(rlyjdiocarpa, 261
Glyphomitriuni, 104. 110-

111
Giyptothecium, 224, 234
Goniobryum, 124, 129-130
Grimmia, 104, 105-107
Cyni nostonniin, 1 8
Hedwigia, 224. 236
Hedwigidium, 224, 235-236
Holomitrium, 12, 21-22
Homalia, 224, 233
JJ()(d,trla, 240
irymenodoii, 124, 126-127
Jlvpnodendron, 205. 210-

211
Hvpnum. 205-209
llypiunn, 213. 214, 215.

216, 219, 225

R.S. TAS.

Hypopteiygium, 237, 238
Isopterygium, 205, 217-218
Isothecitun, 211, 212, 225,

228, 229
Lembophyllum. 223, 226-

227
Leptangiinn, 201
Leptobryum, 177, 180
Leptodontium, 12, 21
Leptostomum, 124, 125
Leptotheca, 124, 126
Lepymdon, 224, 233-234
Leucobryum, 123
lAucodon, 234
Lfiindoma, 95
Lophidium, 236, 237-238
Macromitrium, 105, 116-119
Mfteoriiini, 227, 230
Mielichhoferia. 177, 178
Mittenia, 124, 130
Mniobryum, 177. 179
Mniodendron, 205, 211-212
Mniops/s;, 130
Neckera, 224, 232-233
.T^r/rm, 226. 233
Oithodontium, 177, 178-179
Orthotrichum, 104. 111-113
Papillaria, 223, 229-231
Phascum, 12, 13-14
Philonotis, 192, 194-195
Physcomitrium, 200, 201
J'dotricliella, 227
Plagiothecium, 205, 218-219
Pleuridium, 87, 89
Pleurophascum, 224, 234-

235
Pogonatum, 244, 246
Pohlia, 177, 179-180
Polytrichadelphiis, 244, 246-

247
Polytrichuni, 245, 247
rcdytriclruni, 245, 246
rorotricliuui, 228, 229

Pp. ']-24 (Parh I.^ and .S7-13S (Part II.) are
177-261 (Part III.) in this V..lunie.

/ /'. Il»12; pp

BY L. RODWAY

263

1913.

Pottia, 12, 14
Psilopilum, 244, 245-246
Pseudoleskea, 205, 222
Pt^rygophvllum, 240, 243-

244
Ptychoniitrium, 111
Ptychomnion, 205, 210
Ehabdodontium, 224, 232
Khaphidostegium, 205, 212-

215
Rhacocarpus, 224, 235
Ehacomitrium, 104, 107-110
Ehacopilum, 236, 237
Khizogonium, 124, 127-129
7?// izor/on in m, 1 30
Sauloma, 240
Sclerodontium, 87, 95
Sphagnum, 252-259
Splachnum, 199, 200
Streptopogon, 12, 17
^tereodon, 205, 215-217

Stereoilon, 218
Sirartzia, 94
Si///ibIepJiar/s\ 22
Tayloria, 198-199
Tetraplodon, 198, 200
Thamnium, 223, 225-226
Thuidium, 205, 220-222
Tortella, 12, 20-21
Tortula, 12, 14-16
Tnrtula, 17
Trachyloma, 224, 233
Trarhyloma, 211
Trerndtodon, 93
Trtchostomiiw, 91
Triquetrella, 260
Tridontium, 87, 95
Ulota, 104, 113-116
Weissia, 12, 18-20
Weymouthia, 223, 227-228
Zygodon, 105, 119-122, 260
Zyr/odon. 122

Pp. 3-24 (Part I.) and 87-1:58 (Part 11.) are in
177 2^1 (Part III.) in this \olume.

/'. and P. 1912: pp

NEW AUSTRALIAN ASILIDjE (DIPTERA).

By Arthur White.

(Read 13th October, 1913.)

The present paper describes seventeen new species of
AsiUdcs (" Robber Flies "), eight of these being from Western
Australia, and nine from Tasmania. The West Australian
species were collected by Mr. G. H. Hardy, of the Tasmanian
Museum, the Tasmanian species by myself. New genera are
also proposed for two previously undescribed species.

Leptogaster, Meig.

Of this genus five Australian species have been previously
described ; four new species are now added, three of these
being from Tasmania, and one from Western Australia. As
the species belonging to this genus are somewhat difficult to
determine, I am giving a table showing the distinguishing
characters of all the Australian species.

Table of the Australian Species of Leptogaster.

1. Posterior legs partly or wholly black. 2
Posterior legs yellow or brown. 3

2. Abdomen black. hancrofii, Ricardo.
Abdomen yellow at base. dissimih's, Ricardo.

3. Second submarginal (cubital or cubital fork) cell con-

tracted at the wing margin. 4

Second submarginal cell not contracted at the wing

margin. 5

4. Cross-vein closing second basal cell joins the corner of

fourth posterior cell. Large species. antlpoda, Bigot.

Cross-vein closing second basal cell joins peduncle of

fourth posterior cell at about its middle. Small species.

occidentalism Sp. nov.

5. Wings smoky. Thorax with three dark stripes ; hind

femora very dark brown ; large robust species,

fumipefmis, Sp. nov.
Wings clear.
Thorax reddish brown, with one median black strij^e ;

hind femora reddish-yellow. auntralis, Ricardo.

Thorax black ; hind femora brown. genicidata, Macq.

Thorax brown (with three dark stripes in male) ; hind

femora brown ; very small species. vertialis, Sp. nov.

BY ARTHUR WHITE. 20")

]913.

Thorax olive ; hind femora orangje. dsiiva, Sp. nov.

Of these species, L. hancrofii, dissimilis, aud ausirahs are
from Queensland, gemadaia from Queensland, New South
Wales, and Tasmmia, ocddentalis from Western Australia,
and antipoda, fumipennis, vernalis, and astiva from Tasmania.

Leptogaster vernalis^ Sp. nov.

A very small delicate species. Thorax brown, with three
broad, dark brow^n, longitudinal stripes in the male, which
occupy the greater part of the dorsal surface ; iti the female
thorax lighter, and practically unstriped ; abdomen black
(male), or dark brown (female) ; legs brown, with base of
posterior femora and tibiae whitish.

Length. Male, 7-5-8 mm ; female, 105 mm.

Locality. Bagdad Vallev, Tasmania.

Male. Face and moustache white ; front pale yellowish.
Antennae black. Thorax brownish, with one median and two
Literal broad brown stripes, that occupy the greater part of
the dorsal surface ; sides and scutellum pale grey. Abdomen
black, with segmentations very indistinctly paler ; the first
segment with a few whi+e bristles on either side. Legs
brown, with knees darker ; posterior femora and tibiae
whitish at the base, the latter with white bristles; tarsi with
basal half of first joint white, remainder brown. Wings
clear, veins black ; cross-vein closing second basal cell joins
the peduncle of fourth posterior cell at about two-thirds of
its length.

Female. Much larger than the male. Thorax brown, in-
distinctly striped. Abdomen dark olive brown. Legs as in
the male, except that the knees are barely darkened, and
first joint of tarsi is two-thirds whitish.

This species can only be confused with Z. geniadata and
L. (Estiva. From the former it may be distinguished by the
colouring of the thorax and its smaller size, also by its
occurriui,^ in the early instead of the late summer ; from the
latter species by its brown legs with barely contrasted knees,
instead of orange legs with conspicuously contrasted black
knees, and also by its smaller size.

This species is on the wing from early in November to the
middle of January. It may be swept from long grass on
high ground.

Leptogaster cEstiva, Sp. nov.

A medium-sized species. Thorax and abdomen olive, the
former in^listinctly striped ; all femora bright orange, with
black knees.

266 NEW AUSTRALIAN ASIMD.K,

K.H. TA3.

Length. Male, 10*5 mm ; female, 13-5 mm.

Locality, Bagdad Valley, Tasmania.

Male. Face white ; front pale yellowiali ; moustache white,
scanty. Antennae black. Thorax olive, faintly striped, with
the sides pale grey. Abdomen olive ; first segment with a
few white bristles on either side. Legs with all femora
orange, the posterior pair whitish at base ; anterior and
middle tibiae orange below, brownish above ; posterior tibiae
brown, pale at the base, and becoming gradually darker
towards the apex, with a few white bristles ; tarsi black, with
the exception of the first joint, which is three-fourths white.
Wings clear, veins black ; the cross-vein closing the second
basal cell joins the peduncle of fourth posterior cell at about
two-thirds of its length.

Female resembles the male, but is larger : the abdomen
has sides and segmentations grey, the grey colour encroach-
conspicuously on the second and third segments, in which
the olive colour is reduced to a dorsal stripe, narrow above
and broader below.

This species can only be confused with L. geniculaia and
Z. vernalis, from both of which it may be distinguished by
its bright orange femora.

This species may be found amongst long gniss on the
liills, in company with L. vernalis ; I have only met with it
during the month of January.

Lepiogasier jumipenuis, Sp. nov.

A large robust species. Thorax brown, with three broad
brown longitudinal stripes ; abdomen dorsaliy black, sides
and segmentations ^xa^ ; femora very dark brown ; winjjs
with veins very conspicuous, and suffused with brown round
the discal cross-vein

Length Female, U'S-IT) mm.

Locality. Bagdad Valley, Tasmania.

Female. Face yellow or yellowish white ; moustache
white; back of head with a row of stiff black bristles.
Antennae black. Thorax brown, with three very broad,
shining, longitudinal, dark brown stripes ; sides grey ;
scutellum covered with grey tomentuni. Abdomen un-
usually robust, dorsaliy olive-bhick, with sides, shoulders of
segments, and segmentations (to a varying degree) grey ;
first segment i)osteriorly with (usuallv) four bla,ck bristles
on each side and a few white hairs. Legs dark brown, with
knees black ; posterior tibiae whitish at base, with black and
white bristles, which vary considerably in diii'erent individuals

BY AKTHtrR WHITE. 267

1913.

tarsi black, except tbree-fourtlis of the first joint, whieli is
yellowish. Wings large, veins very conspicuous, the region
surrounding the discal cross-vein suffused with brown.

This species seems to be suVJect to considerable variation ;
-one of my sj^ecimens has the face black, and the thorax only
indistinctly striped. It can, however, in any case be easily
recognised by its large size and unusually robust abdomen,
in conjunction with its dark legs, and wings suffused centrally
with brown.

This species is fairly common in the bush in the Bagdad
Valley, Tasmania ; it seems to have a fondness for settling
on dead tAvigs and undergrowth. It occurs during the month
of December.

Leptogasler occidentalism Sp. no v.

A small species having the second submarginal cell con-
■siderably narrowed on the wing margin, owing to the bending
!upwards of the lower branch of the cubital fork ; thorax
greenish-black, indistinctly striped ; abdomen black, with
segmentations grev ; anterior and middle legs bright orange,
posterior pair darker.

Length. Male, 8 mm.

Locality. Perth, Western Australia.

Male. Face and moustache, which is very scanty, white,
Antennae black. Thorax greenish-black, with indistinct traces
of median stripes ; sides dusted with grey. Abdomen black,
with the segmentations indistinctly marked witli grey.
Legs : Anterior and middle femora and tibiae bright orange,
with knees brown ; posterior femora orange brown, indis-
tinctly banded with darker across the middle, base white,
and knees black ; posterior tibiae brown, with basal half
whitish ; all tarsi with first joint white, excepting the ex-
treme end, which, with the remaining joints, is brown, with
segmentations darker; claws black. Wings short, the
second submarginal (or cubital) cell considerably narrowed
on the wing margin, owing to the upward bend of the lower
branch of the cubital fork ; the veinlet closing the second
basal cell meets the peduncle of the fourth posterior cell at
about its middle.

This species can be distinguished from all other Australian
species of the genus, except L. ajiiipoda, by the contracted
second submarginal cell ; from L. atitipoda. which is a Tas-
uianian species, it can be distinguished by its smaller size,
stouter build, much shorter wings, more brightly coloured
legs, and the position of the veinlet closing the second basal

268 NEW AUSTRALIAN ASILID^:,

R.S. TAS.

cell, which, in this species, joins the peduncle of the fourth
posterior cell at about its middle, instead of, as in Z. antipoda,
joining the fourth posterior cell itself,

No other species of this genus is at present known to occur
in Western Australia.

Chrysopogon, Eoder.
Of this genus, distinguished by the stout spine on each
side of the thorax, front tibiae with a terminal claw, and
antennae without any distinct style, there are two undescribed
species from Western Australia in Mr. G. H. Hardy's collec-
tion.

Chrysopogon rufulus, Sp. nov.

Thorax blnck ; abdomen dorsally black, sides and apex
red, with white lateral spots; legs red; antennae with first
two joints red, third black.

Length. Female, 12 mm.

Locality. Perth, Western Australia.

lemale. Face bright yellow ; front black ; moustache of
white bristles, with a few smaller black ones at sides, small,
directed forwards, fanlike. Antennae with the first two joints
reddish-yellow, third reddish-black, the actual base of first
joint being also black. Thorax dull black, dusted with yellow
tomentum, which is thicker on the sides; scutellum shining
black, slightly reddish at the tip. Abdomen shining black,,
minutely punctate, the sides and apex red, with a white spot
on each side of the second, third, and fourth segments
posteriorly ; first segment with a stiff spine-like bristle on
either side. Legs with all femora and tibiae bright yellowish-
red, with black bristles ; tarsi with the first joint reddish,,
remainder black. Wings brownish, the first and fourth
posterior cells both widely open.

The only other species of the genus to which this species
bears any resemblance are C. punduhis (Ricardo), and C.
nigricans (next to be described), from both of which it may
be distinguished by its red, instead of black, legs.

Chrysopogon nigricans^ Sp. nov.

Thorax black ; abdomen black with red sides and apex,,
and white lateral spots ; legs black ; antennae with first joint,,
except extreme tip, black, second red, third black.

Length. Female, 12-14 mm.

Locality. Perth, Western Australia.

Female. Face silverv white : front black : moustache

BY ARTHUR WHITK. 269

1913.

^mall, composed of white bristles, projecting forwards, fan-
like ; hack of head with black bristles. Antennse Avith basal
three-fourths of first joint deep black, apex aod seeoud joint
red, third black. Thorax didl black, with silvery tomentum
oil shoulders and at sides, and a little white pubescence;
scutellum shining black. Abdomen shining black, minutely
punctate, with sides and apex red, and a white spot on each
side of the second, third, and fourth segments posteriorly ;
first spgraent with a stiff spine-like bristle on either side.
Legs black, with black bristles; posterior tibiae with long
whitish pubescence beneath. Wings brown, the first posterior
cell widely open, but the fourth conspicuously contracted on
the wing margin.

This species can be dis^tinguished from C. ptmcftdatus by
the red sides and apex of abdomen ; from C. rufidus by its
black legs ; to the other species of the genus it bears no
resemblance.

Opseostlengis,* Gen. nov.

This genus is proposed for an undescribed West Australian
species in the collection of Mr. G. H. Hardy. It resembles
Chrysopogon, but is distinguished by the antennae, which have
the third joint considerably broadened, and provided with a
short i)ointed style, by the convex face, and by the curious
comb-like moustache, described below.

Face convex, the moustache arising from the middle of
the face (instead of the lowvr part of the face, as in Chryso-
pogo7i)\ the moustache composed of a single row of about
eighteen long, parallel, very stiiff bristles, which first project
slightly forwards, and then descend almost vertically, reach-
ing far below the face, the length of the moustache being
about the length of the face from the vertex to the oral
margin, and presenting the stiff appearance of a comb.
Antennae shorter than in Chrysopogon, the first and second
joints of almo>t equal lentjth, iht- third as long as the first
two together, considerably broadened, and provided with a
short pointed style. Thorax with a stout spine on each side,
as in Chrysopogo?i. Abdomen broad, and becoming gradually
broader towards the apex, the fifth segment being broader
than the second. Legs with bristles. Wings with the first
and fourth posterior cells wide open, the anal cell barely closed
on the wing margin,

Opseostlengis iiisignis, Sp. nov.
Thorax, abdomen, and legs black, the latter having the

* dipecos (TTXeyyls, face comb.

270 NEW AUSTRALIAN ASIIJD.*:,

R.B. TAS,

knees pale yellow; abdomen coarsely punctate; wings dark
brown, with a hyaline spot at base of first posterior cell.

Length. Female, 17 mm.

Locality. Perth, Western Australia.

Female. Face white ; front black ; moustache composed
of very long, stiff, white bristles. Antenna? with the first
and second joints dark reddish, the third black, paler at tlie
base, the style small and pointed. Thorax and scutellum
greenish-black, with grey tomentum, with a stout spine and
a few short black bristles at sides. Abdomen blue-black,
coarsely punctate ; the first segment with a stiff, spine-like
bristle,' and long white hairs, on either side. Legs deep
black with the knees pale yellow ; femora and tibiae with })lack
bristles and black pubescence. Wings brown, very dark on
costa towards the base, with a pale spot at base of first
posterior cell; first and fourth posterior cells widely open.

Erythkopogon,* Glen. nov.
This genus is proposed for an undescribed Tasmanian
species. It is most nearly allied to Brac/iyrrhopala, but is at
once distinguished from that genns by the extremely long
antennae. The abdomen is an elongated club-shape, with a
long narrow stalk, a feature that, in conjunction with the
long antennse, gives it a close resemblance to one of the
hymenoptera.

* Face long and flat, descending in a straight line from the
antennse to the moustache; the latter very small, and con-
fined to the oral margin. Antennae are placed extremely
high, and project horizontally forwards in a line with the
vertex ; they are four times the length of the head, the first
joint twice as long as the second, the third three times the
length of the first and second together, much broader than
either of them, and terminated by a rounded tip, that seenm
somewhat separated from the rest of the joint, although it
does not form a distinct style. Thorax has the shoulders
produced into prominent tubercles. Abdomen long and club-
shaped, much constricted towards the base, and more petio-
late than in Brachyrrhopala. Legs : Front tibiae with a small
and inconspicuous apical curved spine; femora practically
bare; tibi» with a few bristles. Wings large, with all the
posterior cells open.

Erythropogon ichneiwioniforjiiis, Sp. nov.
Thorax black ; abdomen with basal half red, apical half

(pvdpbi irdjycjv, red beanl.

BY ARTHUR WHITE. 271

1913.

reddisli-black, fourth seo^ment with a white tomentose spot
on either side ; legs yellowish-red ; aiitennse with two first
joints red, third black.

Lengih. Male, 15 mm ; female, 18-17 mm.

Locality. Bagdad Valley, Tasmania.

Male. Face red-brown, with a few scattered white hairs;
moustache composed of a few pale golden bristles; front,
which owing to the height of the antennae is very small,
black. Antenijse with the two first joints red, the third, which is
about three times the length of the first and second together,
black and strap-like. Thorax black, without bristles, but
with a little white pubescence at sides, more particularly
towards the rear; scutellum red-brown, without bristles or
pubescence. Abdomen with the three first joints red, the re-
mainder reddish-black. Legs : Anterior and middle pairs
yellowish-red, posterior pair somewhat darker ; the tarsi
similarly coloured to the femora and tibiae and not darkened ;
hind tibiae with white bristles. Wings yellow-brown, with
all posterior cells open, though the fourth is slightly, and
the anal cell considerably, contracted on the wing margin.

FeiJiah resembles the male very closelv, but the thorax is
slightly browner, and the fourth abdominal segment bears a
white tomentose spot on eai'h side, which are not discernable
in my single specimen of the male.

This species is subject to variation, both as regards size
and depth of colouration. It occurs somewhat sparingly in
the bush at Bagdad, Tasmania, during the month of Febru-
ary, and the first few days of March. It may usually be met
with resting on low vegetation.

Saropogon, Loew.

This genus contains five Australian species. The species
are small ; antennae with a distinct terminal style; scutellum
with marginal bristles ; and front tibiae with a terminal
claw.

Saropogon riibescens, Sp. nov.

Thorax black; abdomen red, with base and apex black;
legs reddish-yellow ; antennae reddish -yellow, with black
bristles.

Length. Female, 14 mm.

Locality. Perth, Western Australia.

Female. Face covered with golden-yellow tomentum, which
extends slightly above the antennae; vertex black; moustache
yellow, very scanty. Antennae reddish-yellow, with black

:272 NKW AUSTRALIAN ASILID.E,

R.S. TAS.

bristles. Tlior.ix black, shoulders reJ-brown, bordered Itelow
with yellow tomeiitiiiu, posterior margins with whitish
tomentum ; S(tutelluni pale grey, with two black marginal
bristles. Abdomen with first segment black, with red side-
margins ; second red, suffused with black in centre; third,
fourth, and fifth red ; ;ipex suffused with black. Legs red-
dish-}elloW; posterior pair redder tlian the others ; posterior
knees, and rips of tarsal joints, bhick ; tibiae with black
bristles. Wings tinged with brown; first posterior cell wide
open ; fourth vt^rv slightly contracted ; anal cell almost clsed
on the wing-margin.

This species seems to be nearly allied to S. sergms. Walk,
but may be distinguished by the colouring of the thorax and
abdomen, and by the antennae bearing black instead of yellow
bristles.

Bathypogon, Loew.

This genus is distinguished by having the vein closing the
fourth posterior cell almost in a line with that closing the
discal cell, also by the short wings. It is allied to Stenc-
pogon, but the face is much broader than in that genus.
The Australian species are nearly allied; they are best dis-
tinguished bv the colour of the legs and bristles.

Bathypogon trislis, Sp. no v.

Thorax and abdomen black, both with black bristles; legs
altogether black, without a trace of red bristles on legs
black, with the exce[)tion of a single white bristle on each of
the posterior femora; moustache yellow.

Length. Male, 16 mm.

Locality. Perth, Western Australia.

Male. Pace reddish ; front black ; moustache yellow, with
a few white hairs below; beard white. Antennae with two
basal joints red. Thorax black, indistinctly striped in centre,
with black V)ristles, and short black pubescence ; sides of
thorax with white tomentum ; scutellum blackish, with white
tomentum, which is not confined to the outer margin, and
four black bristles. Abdomen black ; first segment with
black bristles, bordered on outer margins with white bristles ;
second segment with five black bristles on each side ])Osteri-
orly ; remaining segments with smaller black bristles; all
segments with a little white pubescence. Legs entirely black,
with short white pubescence ; bristles black, with the excep-
tion of a single white bristle on each of the posterior femora.
Wings brown, with the apex somewhat darker.

BY ARTHUR WHITE.

273

1913.

This species can be distinguish ed easily from all the
described Australian species with the exception of B. nigrmns.
From B. aoris it is distin^'uished by the bristles on legs and
thorax being black instead of white {B. aoris, too, is a stouter
and more robust species) ; from B. pedanus by the black
instead of pale reddish tibiae; from B. hrachyptenis, which is
a much more brightly coloured species, and from B. fiigrinus,
by its black instead of red and black femora. From B.
nigrmns, however, to which it bears a close resemblance, a
few further distinctions seem to be desirable. B. iiigriims
was described by Miss Ricardo from Queensland specimens.
I have not any of these for comparison, but possess a Tas-
manian sjDecimen that seems to belong to the same species.
On comparing this with B. tristis I find the following distinc-
tions : —

B. tristis, Sp. nov.

Moustache yellow.
Abdomen with conspicuous
black bristles.

Femora black.

Posterior femora with one

white bristle.
Bristles on fore tarsi black.
Wings brown.

B. nigrinus, Ricardo.

Moustache black and white.
Abdomen practically without

bristles, the few on first

segment white.
Femora red and black.
Posterior femora with bristles

entirely black.
Bristles on fore tarsi white.
Wings hyaline, with tips

shaded.

Laphria, Meig.

In Mr. G. H. Hardy's collection are two females of an un-
described species of Laphria. It is not quite a typical
Laphria, as the antennae are club-shaped, and the abdomen
bears lateral bristles, but as the remaining characters are
normal, it seems unnecessary to place it in a distinct genus,
more especially as the shape of the antennae varies in other
Australian species.

Laphria davata, Sp. nov.

Thorax dull black ; abdomen violet with white lateral
spots, and black lateral bristles ; legs entirely black ; wdngs
grey- brown.

Length. Female, 15 mm.
^ Locality. Perth, Western Australia.

Female. Head greatly excised behind ; face silvery-grey ;
moustache large and bushy, composed of long black and

274 NEW AUSTRALIAN ASILID.E,

R.S. TAS.

white hairs ; beard long, white. Antennae rather short, the
third joint club-shape and about the same same length as
the first two joints together; all j )ints . black, the second
with long black bristles at apex. Thorax dull black, indis-
tinctly striped iu front, with a few black bristles on posterior
margin ; scutellum black, with two or four marginal black
bristles. Abdomen violet, with lateral white spots on second,
third, and fourth segments ; each segment with a black
bristle on either side, and white pubescence. Legs entirely
black ; middle and posterior femora with a few black bristles ;
posterior tibise with many black bristles ; pubescence of legs
black and white. Wings brown or dark jjrey ; first posterior
cell widely open; fourth closed a considerable distance above
the wing margin ; anal cell closed.

The only other Australian species of Laphrla with entirely
black legs\s L. ornatipemiis from Queensland, a species with
parti-coloured wings (yellowish with brown markings), and
bluish-black abdomen.

Neoitamus, Ost-sack.
In this genus the ovipositor is very long, laterally com-
pressed, and apparently including the sixth and seventh ab-
dominal segments ; pubescence on thorax short from anterior
margin to centre of dorsum, and long from that point to the
scutellum; legs with the tibise " (usually) red, yellow, or
yellow- brown.

Table of Australian Species of Neoiiamus.

1. Wings spotted or irregularly suffused or t^haded. 2
Wings hyaline or unicolourous. 3

2. Wings grey round posterior border and at apex.

f I- at emus, Macq.

Wings slightly suffused with brown at apex of second
basal cell, at discal cross-vein, and at base of cubital
fork. caliginosus, Sp. nov.

Wings distinctly spotted. maculatus, Sp. nov.

3. Legs jet-black.

Abdominal segmentations yellow. flavicinctus, Sp. nov.
Legs always partly yellow or red.

Medium-sized black and grey species femora entirely
blach. , 4

Snjall brownisli species; femora red or light brown
beneath. '^

4. Thorax with one broad median stripe ; scutellum with four

bristles, usually yellow. hyalipennis, Ricardo.

Thorax with two' narrow median stripes ; scutellum with

two long black bristles. vulgaius, Sp. nov.

BY ARTHUR WHITE. 275

1913.

5. Thorax with oue broad median stripe ; posterior thoracic
bristles white. graminis, Sp. nov.

Thorax with two median stripes; posterior thoracic bristles
black.

Scutellar bristles, and hairs fringing first abdominal serj-
meiit, bhick. brtmneus, Sp. no^".

Scutellar bristles, and hairs fringing first abdominal seg-
ment, yellow. mistipes, Macq.

Of these species N. mistipes occurs in South Australia,
N. maciilatus in Western Australia, N. hyalipennis in Victoria
and Tasmania, and N. f rater fius^ caltginostis, ftavicineius^
vulgaius, grajiiims, and brtimieus in Tasmania.

An additional species, N. plankeps, was described by
Schiner, the locality being given as "Australia," but its
position is doubtful, and it may not be identifiable. N.varius
and N. bulbiis are New Zealand species, and, therefore, are
not included in the foregoing table, but Miss Ricardo is of
opinion that N. ravins may be identical with N. fraternus. I
might mention that although N. fraternus was described by
Macquart from Tasmania, I have not so far met with any
species that agjrees with his description.

The Australian species belonging to this genus seem to be
confined to the southern half of the continent ; they appear
to reach their maximum development in Tasmania.

Neot'tiWins Jtavicifictus, Sp. nov.

Thorax black with yellow stripes ; abdomen black, with
segmentations yellow, more distinct in female than in the
male ; legs jet-black ; posterior tibiae and first joint of
posterior tarsi with short, thick, ruddy pubescence on their
inner sides; wings tinged wi^h brown, darker towards the
tips.

Length. Male, lo'o mm,; female (including ovipositor),
15 mm.

Locality. Bagdad Valley, Tasniunia.

Male. Face covered with golden tomentum ; front black ;
moustache large and bushy, black. Antennae black; first
two joints with black bristles, the third scarcely longer than
the first and second together. Thorax with two black median
stripes, divided by a thin yelloAv line, and bordered out-
wardly with yellow ; sides of dorsum broadly black, bordered
with yellow below; scutellum yellowish, with numerous long,
marginal, black and yellow hairs. Abdomen black, with
segmentations yellow, and yellow hairs and pubescence;
genitalia large and prominent with black pubescence. Legs
jet-black, with abundant black bristles, hairs, and pubescence ;

276 NEW AUSTRALIAN ASILID.E,

R.S. TAS.

posterior tibiae and first joint of posterior tarsi, with, in
addition, short, dense, ruddy pubescence, which is especially
conspicuous on the inner sides of the tibise. Wini^s brown-
ish, darker towards tlie tips.

Female resembles the male, but the abdomen is broader,
and the yellow segmentations more distinct ; ovipositor long
and narrow.

This species is very distinct from any other Australian
member of the genus,- it can be recognised at once by its
black and yellow colouring, and black legs.

This seems to be a somewhat scarce species. I have only
met with it near the tops of the lofty, bush-covered hills that
bound the Bagdad Yalley on its eastern side. Time of occur-
rence, January.

'Neoitamiis vidgaius, Sp. no v.

Thorax black and grey or black and yellowish ; scutellum
with two long, black, terminal bristles ; abdomen black, with
segmentations indistinctly grey ; femora black ; tibise with
basal half, or two-thirds, djirk red ; wings brownish.

Length. Male, 14 mm.; female (including ovipositor), 15-5
mm.

Locality. Tasmania.

Male. Face covered with yellowish-grey tomentum ; front
black, with a little light tomentum ; moustache black above,
white beneath. Thorax with two black median stripes,
divided by a yellowish line, bordered outwardly with yellow-
ish-grey, and with two broad lateral black stripes, which are
broken up by light cross-lines into four distinct patches, in
this respect differing from JV^. hvahpennis, which has the side-
stripes almost entire ; bristles black ; scutellum trrey, with
two long, black, terminal bristles. Abdomen black, w^itli
segmentations grey, the latter frequently indistinct. Legs :
femora black ; anterior and middle tibise with basal two-
thirds dark red, apex black ; posterior tibise with basal
half dark red, and apical half black ; anterior and
middle tarsi with first joint tw^o-thirds red, posterior first
tarsal joint red only at base ; remaining joints black, but
reddish at base ; legs with black and a few white bristles,
and a little black pubescence ; hind tibise and first joint of
hind tarsi with yellowish pubescence. Wings tingecl evenly
with brown.

Female, except for the broader abdomen, and long, later-
ally compressed ovipositor, resembles the male in all respects.

This species bears a close resemblance to\)oi\\ N . caliginosiis

BY ARTHUR WHITE. 277

1913.

(next to be described) aud N. hyalipennis, Ricardo. From the
former it cau be at once distinguished by the absence of any
suffused patches on tbe wings; from the latter by its smaller
size, thorax with two narrow instead of one broad median
stripe, scutellum with two hlack instead of (usually) four
yellow bristles, and by the coloured portions of the tibiae being
dark red instead of pale yellowish-red. With reference to
JV. hyalipennis, described by Miss Ricardo from Victoria, it
may be as well to mention that Tasmaniau specimens show a
certain amount of variation ; two of my specimens have the
wings perfectly hyaline, but in two others they are distinctly
tinged with brown, whilst one specimen has the weak scutellar
bristles black instead of yellow, although it does not show
any other variation from the type.

JV. vidgatiis is a common Tasmanian species. It may be
found settled on logs or fn.llen branches in the bush. It
appears on the wing about the beginning of December, and
may be found throughout the summer.

NeoitciJHus caUgifiosns, Sp. no v.

Thorax black and brown; scutellum with two long terminal
bristles, one white and one black ; abdomen black, with well-
marked white segmentations ; femora black ; tibiae red, with
apices black ; wings hyaline, suffused with brown at apex of
second basal cell, at discal cross-vein, and at base of cubital
fork.

Length. Female, 12-14 mm.

Locality. Bagdad Valley, Tasmania.

Female, Face covered with grey tomentum ; moustache
white, with a few black hairs intermixed ; front black.
Antennae black, the first two joints with long black hairs.
Thorax with two median, narrowly-divided, brownish-black
stripes, and two broad lateral stripes ; sides of thorax light
brown ; bristles black ; scutellum brownish-grey, with two
long, terminal bristles, one white and one black. Abdomen
black, with segmentations conspicuously white ; black bristles
at sides, and a little short, white pubescence on dorsum.
Legs with femora black ; tibiae red, Avith apex black, the hind
pair darker than the others ; first joint of tarsi and base of
other joints red, remainder black. Wings hyaline, with the
apex of second basal cell, the discal cross-vein, and base of
the cubital fork (also sometimes base of second posterior
cell) suffused with brown. To the naked eye this merely
gives the impression of the veins being darkened in the areas
specified, but examination with a low-power pocket lens
shows the presence of suffused portions of the wings.

278 NEW AUSTRALIAN ASILID^E,

R.S. TAS.

This species beai's a close resemblance to N. I'l/Zga/us, but
may be distinguished by tbe irregularly suffused wings, by
the abdomen bearing black instead of white bristles, and by
the moustache being almost wholly white, instead of half
black and half white.

This species frequents tree trunks in the bush, wliere it
occurs somewhat sparingly during January and February.

Neoi/a;;i:/s maculatiis, Sp. nov.

Thorax black, indistinctly striped ; abdomen Idack, with
segmentations white ; femora black; tibiae uniformly reddish-
bhick; wings with four l>rown spots.

Length. Female, ll-lo mm.

Locality. Western Australia.

Feinale. Face and front black ; moustache black, with a
few white hairs below; beard white. Thorax black, very
indistinctly striped, and 'gv^'j on postei'ior margin, with black
hairs and l^ristles ; scutelbim black, with two long, Idack,
terminal l)ristles, and black hairs. Abdomen black, with
segmentations white; marginal bristles white. Legs with
the femora black ; the tibise and tarsi uniformly reddish-
black ; the middle and posterior femora, and all the tibiae,
with black bristles ; pubescence black and white, especially
long on the anterior femora. Wings brown, with four brown
spots, which are situated at apex of second basal eel', at the
discal cross-vein, base of the cubital fork, and base of the
secund posterior cell ; there is also a small hyaline spot in-
side, and near the base of, the cubital fork.

This species can only be confused with "N. caliginosjis, from
which it is distinguished by having the wings boldly spotted
instead of faintly suffused, by tlie black instead of white
moustache, by the thorax being black instead ot brownish,
by the abdominal bristles being white instead of black, and
by the darker tibise.

Neoi/aimis gmmim's, Sp. nov.

(This, and the following species, differ from those already
described by being brown instead of black, by their small
size, and by their femora being not wholly black.)

Thorax yellow-brown, with one broad dorsal and two
lateral brownish-black stripes; abdomen brownish-black,
with conspicuous light yellow-brown segmentations ; femora
black above and red beneath ; tibice light yellow-brown, with
apex black; thoracic bristles white.

Length. Male, 11-5 mm; female, Vlh mm.

BY ARTHUR WHITE. 270

1913.

Locality. Bagdad Valley, Tasmania.

Male. Face and front covered with pale yellow tomeutum ;
moustache pale yellow, scanty, without any black bristles.
Thorax yellow-brown, with a broad median and two lateral
brownish-black stripes ; sides bris^ht yellow brown ; bristles
white ; scutelliim covered with yellow-brown tomentum, with
two weak yellow bristles. Abdomen bro\^^lish-black with
conspicuous light yeilow-brown segmentations, and yellow
bristles at sides ; genitalia prominent. legs with the femora
broadly black above, red beneath ; anterior and middle tibise
red, with black bristles, posterior tibise yellow-brown, with
white bristles; apices of tibise and tarsi black. Wings tinged
with brown.

Female resembles the male, but the legs are ligiiter, the
tibise being all pale yellow-brown, with apices black, and the
wings are hyaline.

This sf)ecies can be easily distinguished from both JV-
onistipes, Macg. and N, hrujiiieus, Sp. nov. (the only nearly
allied species) by the bristles on the thorax being white
instead of black* atid by the thorax bearing one broad,
instead of two narrow, median stripes.

N. graminis occurs on high open ground, where it may be
found during January and February, resting on the stems of
long grass.

Neoila?}ius hnmnetis, Sp. nov.

Thorax light brown, with two dark median stripes, and
black bristles; abdomen brown, with segmentations indis-
tinctly paler; legs light brown ; femora black above.

Length. Male, 12 mm; female, 11 mm.

Locality. Mangalore, Tasmania.

Male. Face covered with yellowish-white tomentum ;
moustache pale yellow, with a few black hairs above.
Antennae with the first joint red, remainder black. Thorax
light brown, with two dark brown median stripes, and three
brown, suffused spots on either side ; bristles black ; scu-
tellum grey-brown, with two long, marginal, black bristles.
Abdomen brown, with segmentations paler ; first segment
with a row of black bristles on i)Osterior margin, second
with a long white bristle on each side ; dorsum of abdomen
with black, and sides with white, short stiff pubescence.
Legs light brown, with upper surface of femora black, and
apices of tibise and last four joints of tarsi darkened; pos-
terior femora with one long and about three short black
bristles; all tibise with white and black bristles. Wings

280 NEW AUSTRALIAN ASILID.E,

R.S. TAS.

very sliglitly tinc^ed with brown; anterior veins brown, pos-
terior veins black.

Female resembles the male very closely, but the thorax is
somewhat lighter, and less distinctly marked.

This species bears some resemblance to iV. (jvaminis, but
can be easily distinornished by the thoracic bristles being-
black instead of white, by its lighter colouring, moustache
with black hairs above, instead of being entirely yellow, and
thorax with two instead of one median stripe. From IV.*^
misiipes, Macq., a South Australian species, it may be distin-
guished by its smaller size, lighter coloured legs, and by the
scutellar bristles, and bristles fringing first abdominal seg-
ment, being bhick instead of yellow.

N. hninnetis may be met with somewliat sparingly settled
on the surface of roads, especially in the neighbourhood of
the bush. I have only met with it during the month of
January.

In addition to the above, there is another undescribed
species of Neoitaf/ius, from Western Australia, in Mr. G. H.
Hardy's collection, but as it is a single female, with no very
marked characteristics, I refrain from describing it until
further material is available.

ABSTRACT OP PHOCEEDINGS^

1013.

18th March, 1913.

The Annual General Meeting was held at the Museum
at 8 p.m., Dr. Fritz Noetling in the chair.

The Secretary read the annual report (printed in the
Papers and Proceedings for 1912), which was adopted
on the motion of Mr. T. Stephens, seconded by Mr. A. O.
Green.

The Honorary Treasurer (Mr. E. L. Piesse) presented the
balance-sheet, which was adopted on the motion of Mr. A.
O. Green.

The following nine gentlemen, having been duly
nominated, and there being no other nominations, were
declared elected as members of the Council for 1913: —
Dr. G. H. Butler, Dr. A. H. Clarke, Mr. Samuel Clemes,.
Mr. J. A. Johnson, Dr. Fritz Noetling, Mr. E. L. Piesse,
Dr. J. S. Purdy, Mr. Leonard Rodway, and Dr. Gregory
Sprott.

Mr. H. W. W. Echlin was appointed Auditor for 1913.

The following were elected members: — Mr. C. H. D.
Chepmell, Dr. J. L. Glasson, D.Sc, Mr. G. H. Hurlstone
Hardy, Mr. P. H. Mitchell, M.A., and Mr. Walter Wright.

A special general meeting was held at the conclusion
of the annual meeting.

Mr. E. L. Piesse moved the adoption of the following
new rule : — "The Council may authorise persons not mem-
bers of the Society to be present at any meeting without
introduction by a member, and (notwithstanding Rule 45)
to take part in the discussion of any papers."

After some discussion, it was decided to refer the rule
back to tne Council for re-drafting in the direction of limit-'
ing the meetings at which visitors might be asked to take
part.

Monday, 14th April, 1913.
The Monthly General Meeting was held at the Museum

282 ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

R.S. TAS.

at 8 p.m., Dr. A. H. Clarke (Acting Chairman of the
Council) in the chair.

Officers.
The Chairman announced that the Council at its last
meeting had elected Dr. G. H. Butler to be Chairman
during the current year, and had appointed himself to be
Acting Chairman during the absence of Dr. Butler in
Europe ; and had appointed the following officers for the
current year: — Mr. E. L. Piesse to be Honorary Acting
Secretary, Mr. L. Rod way to be Honorary Treasurer, and
Mr. J. Moore Robinson to be Honorary Librarian.

The Aiistralnsian Antar'ctic Expedition.

The Chairman announced that Captain J. K. Davis and
Dr. Whetter, of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition,
and Mr. Van der Graclit, w^ho went to the Antarctic in
the Aurora, had been invited to be present that evening,
but they had been unable to remain in Hobart. Mr. C.
T. Harrisson, the Tasmanian representative in the expe-
dition, was present, however. They had heard a good
deal of the risks and dangers which were incurred in the
various sledging and other expeditions, and the continual
risks and hardships undergone by those who were taking
scientific observations. They were glad that Mr. Har-
risson had returned safely, and on behalf of the Society he
tendered Mr. Harrisson a hearty welcome.

Colonel Legge, as a member for Tasmania of the organis-
ing committee of the Expedition, welcomed Mr. Harrisson,
and spoke of the hardihood and pluck of those who com-
posed the Australian Expedition, and the good work they
had done. Some w^ere doubtful at the start whether
Australian-born men, not accustomed to extreme cold,
could stand the Antarctic climate, but they had proved
that they could do so. They must give the members the
highest credit for the good work they had done, but at
the same time they must remember the sad deaths of
those who had lost their lives in the pursuit of science.
"When they came to think of a young nation like Australia
planning and sending out such an expedition, that alone
was a wonderful thing, and a thing which had never been
done before by any nation of the same age. Australia
ought to be proud of what had been done. If nothing
had been done but establishing a wireless station in the
Antarctic, it would have gone a long way towards making
the expedition a success. When the expedition was in
its initial stages it was hard to get up any interest in it

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. 283

1913.

in Tasmania, but he was glad to say that after it left the
sum of £5U0 had been voted, which had removed from
the State the disgrace of not assisting the expedition.
When its history was written, this expedition would stand
as one of the most memorable ever undertaken to the
Antarctic. He was familiar with the work of the Ger-
man, French, Belgian, and English expeditions, but in no
expedition, at any rate in the South, had he ever heard
of such a feat being performed as that of Dr. Mawson.
The loss of his two companions was bad enough for a man's
nerves, but in spite of that, with a temperature 30 or 40
degrees below zero, and with winds which occasionally
reached 90 miles an hour, he found his way back to his
base with a sledge and two or three dogs, after 21 days
over heavy and broken ice. It was one of the most
wonderful feats ever done in Arctic or Antarctic exjDlora-
tion.

Mr. C. T. Harrisson, who was received with loud ap-
plause, returned thanks for the kindness which had been
shown him, and said that he appreciated the honour of
having been a representative of Tasmania in this expedi-
tion. Of the work done, he could only say that they were
ambitious of carrying out more than they effected. The
biological work was very disappointing, and they were six
months before they saw a stone or a rock of any descrip-
tion, except some pebbles from the stomach of a penguin.
They afterwards found that the nearest rock was 35 miles
to the south-east, while in the other direction it was 60
miles away in a straight line. He could endorse all that
Colonel Legge had said about the leader of the expedition.
Dr. Mawson, and his organisation. They could not have
had better men than Dr. Mawson, Captain Davis, and Mr.
Wild, and the organisation was splendid. The food and
the clothing were not only abundant, but they were the
best of their kind. There was hardly a thing sr)oiled when
the cases were opened. In regard to the ability of Aus-
tralians to stand the cold, he said that tw^o members of
the expedition came from Queensland, one being from
Rockhampton, and they not only stood the cold, but re-
turned stouter and better men than when they left their
homes run down by the heat.

Election of Memhers.
Mr. E. Morris Miller, M.A., Mr. P. R. Seager, LL.B,
Mr. Hector Ross, Mr. G. M. Johnstone, LL.M.,
Mr. Edward Hawson, Mr. R. C. Stephens, B.A.,

284 ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

R.S. TAS.

Mr. W. Asiiton Jones, Mr. L. F. Piesse, Profes-
sor J. H. Mackay, M.C.E., Mr. J. W. Green, Mr.
Gordon Wood, Mr. C. E. Lord, Mr. J. C. E. Knight, and
Mr. A. W. Adams, were elected members.

Exhibits.

Mr. L. Rodway exhibited a specimen of a stunted
eucalyptus found by Mr. E. P. Harrison at the foot of
Brown Mountain, at the entrance to Port Arthur. It is
apparently a form of Euc. globulus Lab., rather close to
the condition of that species as found in Gippsland, and
differs from the type in the smaller, less falcate, leaves,
the flowers smaller and in threes, and the fruit smaller,
less rugose, with a rather sunk capsule. The tree appears
to be rather close to the form recently described by R.
T. Baker as Eur. umalata, but it may for the present very
well be referred to as Euc. globulus var. Harrisoni. Some
Eucalypts respond in a remarkable manner to change of
environment, and it will be very interesting to note the
result of growing this tree from seed on good garden soil.

Mr. Rodway also exhibited a specimen of bluegum tim-
ber, which had been taken from a beam in the old Bar-
racks at Hobart, and had done duty for nearly a hundred
years, and yet was perfectly sound and fresh.

A pair of large tumors from the stem of a small sassafras
w^ere also shown by Mr. Rodway. The cause of tlie en-
largement in each case was a stump of dead branch about
an inch long. Sassafras has the peculiar habit of shed-
ding its dead branches with a clear line of demarcation,
leaving a concave smooth scar, which readily becomes
covered v.'ith advancing tissue. In these instances the
branches appear to have been broken off at an inch from
the base, and the stumps were not rejected. New tissues
covering them were stimulated in some manner to exces-
sive growth, with the result that these large galls were
produced. The tissue of the galls was normal zylem.

Mr. C. T. Harrisson exhibited some sketches made in the
Antarctic.

Pajiers.

The following papers were read : —

"A Rectification in the Cartography of North-East Tas-
mania." By Colonel W. V. Legge, F.R.G S.

"The Height of Ben Lomond.' By L. F. Giblin, B.A.,
E. L. Piesse, B.Sc, LL.B., and H. R. Hutchison, author-
ised survevor.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. ?85

1913.

"On the Eelation between the Loss of Energy of
Cathode Rays and the lonisation produced by them."
By J. L. Glasson, B.A., D.Sc.

In introducing his paper, Dr. Glasson said that Tasmania
exported last season between one and two hundred mil-
lion apples. The number seemed enormous, but spread
them uniformly over the w^hole of Tasmania, and they
would be 50ft. apart. Now, imagine the whole of Tas-
mania covered with apples packed as tightly as they could
be packed. Imagine, not a single layer only, but a pile
a million miles high. If she exported a million cases a
day all the year round, it would take her at least a hun-
dred thousand years to get rid of them all. The number
would be rei3resented by a figure with sixteen noughts at
the end of it. This is approximately the number of
atoms there are in a pin's head. And yet we have not
reached the limit of smallness. Each of these tiny atoms
has a structure as complex as the solar system. Inside it
there are still smaller bodies, known as electrons, whirling
round in their orbits at inconceivable speed. If we could
enlarge the atom to the size of a cathedral the electrons
would be represented by a few particles the size of an
ordinary full stop. So that the atom is really a very
empty thing, and the idea suggests itself that by suitable
means it should be possible to penetrate right through it.
This has actualh^ been accomplished. The discovery of
radium has furnished us with a projectile which can actu-
ally pass through solid matter without making a hole. The
alpha rays of radium consist of very fast moving atoms of a
gas known as helium. These can actually pass through
a sheet of paper, say, just as one solar system might be
imagined to sweep through another such system without
a single planet suffering a collision. Dr. Glasson then
went on to explain that occasionally collisions do occur
between atoms, and an electron is knocked off one of them,
just as we can imagine a body coming from, outside the
solar system and knocking the earth right out of the sys-
tem into free space. This process is known as ionisation.
The rays shot out by radium are moving with such great
velocity that they can penetrate a great distance through
a gas, occasionally colliding with the atoms which they
pass through. If the collisions are sufficiently severe,
there is a large amount of heat and light developed. So
that in a gas we can trace the path of one of these ionising
rays by the trail of glowing, mangled atoms which are
left behind, something like the trail of a shooting star.

286 ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

R.S. TAS.

19th May, 1913.

The Monthly General Meeting was held at- the Museum
at 8 p.m., Mr. L. Rodway in the chair.

Election of Members.

The following were elected members: — Mr. J. li. But-
ters, Mr. H. D. Erwin, M.A., Mr. A. D. Harrison, Mr. J.
F. Mather, Mrs. A. J. Moore-Robinson, Mr. A. C. Officer,
Mr. T. C. Simpson, Mr. John Smithies, Mrs. Sorell, Mr.
E. C. Tregear, Mr. John Wardman, Mr. J. Newham Water-
worth, Miss Lucy Wayn.

Papers.

The following papers were read: —

"Notes on Hymenophyllum peltatum in Tasmania." By
L. Rodway.

''A Bibliography of Proportional Representation in Tas-
mania." By E. L. Piesse.

"The Theory of the Quota in Proportional Representa-
tion." By E. L. Piesse.

A discussion followed the reading of Mr. Piesse 's papers,
in which Mr. L. F. Giblin, M.H.A., Mr. E. Morris Miller,
and Dr. W. E. Bottrill took part. During the discussion
Mr. Giblin suggested that the method of the uniform
quota, described in the third paper as one of the party-
list systems, could be used with the single transferable
vote system in Tasmania.

]Oth June, 1913.
The Monthly General Meeting was held at the Museum
at 8 p.m., Hisi Excellency the President, Sir William
Ellison-Macartney, P.C, K.C.M.G., in the chair.

Welcome to the President.

Dr. A. H. Clarke, Acting Chairman of the Council, an-
nounced that Sir William Ellison-Macartney, Governor of
Tasmania, had accepted the Presidency of the Society.
On behalf of the Society, Dr. Clarke welcomed His Ex-
cellency.

His Excellency said : I desire to express my grateful
thanks to the members of the Royal Society for their
election of me to the office of President, an office which,
I believe, has been almost invariably held by my prede-
cessors. It is therefore my duty, as well as my pleasure,
to come to this meeting, and so follow their excellent
example. I had the pleasure of meeting Bishop Mont-
gomery, who was a well-known member of your Society,

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS*. 287

1913.

shortly before I left London, and he told me something
about the Royal Society. I am glad that it was within
my power, in these early days of my residence within the
State, to come to the Society, and I hope that I shall often
be able to do so. I trust also that Lady Macartney will
be able to accompany me, and share the benefits and good
work of the Society. I thank you all most heartily for
your kind welcome.

Ehction of Members.

The following were elected members: — Dr. W. E. Bot-
trill, LL.D., Mr. R. L. Richmond, Mr. Maurice Susman,
Mr. W. J. P. Burton.

Erh ibits.

Mr. J. W. Beattie exhibited a Tasmanian aboriginal
skull found on Tasman Island by the lighthouse^keeper,
and presented to the Tasmanian Museum by the Master
Warden of the Marine Board of Hobart. The skull wa.s
probably that of a woman of about 50 years, and was re-
markable for an almost complete set of teeth.

Paper.
The following paper was read: — "A List of Native
Words of the Oyster Bay Tribe, Van Diemen's Land."
By J. W. Beattie.

Dredging in the Aurora.
Professor T. Thomson Flynn gave an account, illustrated
by lantern views, of five weeks' dredging in the Aurora, of
the Australasian Antarctic Expedition, in November and
December. 1912.

14Ui July, 1918.
The Monthly General Meeting was held at the Museum
at 8 p.m., Mr. L. Rodway in tlie chair.

Assistance to Scientific Research.
The Honorary Acting Secretary drew attention to a
circular which had been received from the Royal Society
of South Australia, stating that it had funds available for
scientific research, and inviting applications from persons
requiring assistance for that object.

Exhibit.
Mr. Rodway showed some specimens of Cyttaria gunnii,
a peculiar fungus that is found on the Tasmanian beech

288 ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

R.S. TAS.

(Fagus Cunniiighami), and stated that a similar fungus
was found on a closelj^ allied species of beech in South
America, and in no other part of the world.

Vacancies in the Council.
The Honorary Acting Secretary announced that Dr. J.
S. Purdy and Mr. Samuel Clemes had resigned their seats
in the Council, and that an election to fill the vacancies
would be held at the August meeting of the Society.

Pajjer.

Dr. F. Noetling read a paper entitled, ''Notes on the
Section at One Tree Point, near Hobart."

A discussion followed, in which Mr. Podway referred to
Ettingshausen's identifications of the plant remains in the
One Tree Point beds. Mr. Podway said that nowadays
plant palaeontologists hesitated to identify fossil leaves by
their similarity to the leaves of existing species. The leaves
of plants were essentially plastic organs, of little phylo-
genetic value. There were three plants living to-day in
Tasmania — one a composite, one a heath, and one a styli-
dium — whose leaves could not be distinguished from one
another. The fruits found in the One Tree Point leaf beds
led one to suppose that the plants that formed them be-
longed to the proteaceous family. They certainly did not
belong to any European family of plants.

11th August, 1913.

The Monthly General Meeting was held at the Museum
at 8 p.m., Mr. L. Podway in the chair.

Election of Members of Council.
Professor T. Thomson Flynn and Dr. J. L. Glasson, be-
ing the only members nominated to fill the vacancies in
the Council caused by the retirement of Dr. J. S. Purdy
and Mr. Samuel Clemes, were declared elected.

Election of Members.
The following were elected members : — Mr. T. C. Bram-
mall, M.A., Mr. W. C. Annells, M.A.

Paj^er — Educational Exjyeriments.

Mr. J. A. Johnson, Principal of the Philip Smith Train-
ing College, read a paper, entitled ''Pecent Developments
in Experimental Pedagogy."

In the course of his paper, Mr. Johnson observed that.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. 289

1913.

30 years ago, a competent observer would have hesitated
to claim for education the dignity of being even the be-
ginnings of a science, but to-day he would speak with the
voice of hopefulness. Science now seemed to have claimed
for itself the field of education, and was using therein with
success the instruments of observation and experiment.
The practical man was looking forward to a greater degree
of certainty in co-ordinating the work of the schoolroom
with that of everyday life, and hoped the day was close
at hand when Bernard Shaw's epigram, "My education
was interrupted by my schooling, " would cease to be ap-
plicable. The educationalist, seeing the transformation
that had taken place in the world as a result of science,
was hopeful that the same means would produce no less
brilliant transformations in his own particular depart-
ment. The age of mere speculation was passing away,
and the time was close at hand when vague impressions
would be replaced by the emphatic utterances of positive
science. On the one hand they saw a keen interest in
the raw material of education. A class of men, not teach-
ers, but mostly doctors, were establishing a separate de-
partment of work, and were tabulating the results of
thousands of experiments in well-defined directions. On
the other hand, the practical men were more or less dis-
satisfied with the present conditions of working. Between
the two stood the child, the object of the experiment
and the one to be taught. It must be recognised at the
outset that the function of the experimenter was subject
to much limitation, but this would not prevent him from
taking a permanent place in solving problems which often
blocked the road to reform. The movement that was
known as experimental pedagogy had its commencement
towards the close of last centurv in what was known as
child-study. As chemistry had its origin in alchemy,
and astronomy in astrology, so the new science of educa-
tion had begun in simple experiments. One of the results
of the movement had been the advent of the medical officer
in the school, and another had been the introduction of
humane methods of treating defectives. Another signi-
ficant feature was the abandonment of the old method of
repression, and everywhere spontaneity was encouraged.
There was no worse sign in a child than the attitude of
doing nothing at all, and there was no worse sign in the
teacher than the neglect to develop the child's powers of
self-activity and originality. The author then dealt at
some length with the various means by which the physical
and mental qualities of children were studied, and the

290 ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

R.S. TAS,

information which had been thus derived. He said that
one discovery was that the endurance of boys was greater
than that of girls, at all ages, and this difference became
very striking during adolescence. In generalising on the
results of experiments of this nature, the first question
that faced the experimenter was how far did the physical
and mental developments influence on© another? Did the
admission of children of an early age to school tend to
hinder their physical development? In regard to this
latter question, very accurate measurements could be taken
by even unskilled persons. It had been found that the
relative growth of the various parts of the body varied
very considerably during normal growth, and in some-
years was quicker than others. An authority on the sub-
ject had said that anthropometry had been able to lay-
down very few universal lav/s. The present paper only-
touched the fringe of the subject, which was one of vast
importance, and required years of study. Why should
not the University of Tasmania take up this work, if only
in a small way? One of the promising graduates might
be chosen and sent to Germany, England, and America to
study the subject, and on his return work with the lecturers
on education and mental science. Such a scheme Avould
be in keeping with the splendid forward movement that
was taking place in our University. A laboratory for
work of this nature could be equipped at a cost of £70,
and all that was w^anted was a man to do the work. In
Tasmania we had only small numbers for work of this
kind, and there must be large numbers for comparative
purposes, but even here w© could do something in the
way of experimental education.

The paper was illustrated by a number of lantern slides
of the apparatus used in the study of the physical and'
mental characteristics of children.

A discussion followed, in which Mr. L. F. Giblin,
M.H.A., and Messrs. J. A. McElroy, S. R. Dickinson, L.
Dechaineux, G. V. Brooks, and Newham Waterw^orth
joined.

8ih September, 19]:].

The Monthly General Meeting was held at the Museum
at 8 p.m., Dr. A. H. Clarke in the chair.

Election of Member.
Mr. C. E. Masterman was clecte<;l a member.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. 291

1913.

Papers.

The following papers were read : —

■'Some Australian Brachiopods. By Professor Fried-

rich Blochmann, of Tiibingen (communicated b}^ Mr. W.
L. May).

"Notes on the List of Native Words of the Oyster Bay
Tribe presented bv Mr. J. W. Beat-tie at the June meet-
ing.' By H. B. Ritz, M.A.

Monday, 13th October, 1913.

The Monthly Meeting of the Society, falling on 13th
October, was made the occasion of a celebration of the
Seventieth Anniversary of the Society, which was founded
on 14th October, 1843'.

His Excellency the President, Sir William Ellison-
Macartney, was in the chair, and the Societ^^'s room was
crowded with members and their friends.

Mr. Thomas Stephens, the senior member of the Society,
sent a letter regretting that he was not able to be present.
Apologies were also received from Dr. A. H. Clarke and
Colonel W. V. Legge.

Exh ih its and P resent f^^t^ti on s .

Professor T. Thomson Flynn exhibited some Pycnogonida
(sea spiders) collected by the Australasian Antarctic Expe-
dition.

Mr. J. R. Chapman exhibited a specimen of Milparinka
sandstone, some handsome specimens of petrified wood- opal,
and gypsum, from New South Wales ; and a fossil jawbone
form Cheltenham, Victoria — which he was about to joresent
to the Tasmanian Museum.

Mr. J. C. E. Knight presented a set of E. J. Lowes
'Terns, British and Exotic,'' 8 volumes. (London. 1856-
1860.)

Mrs. Russell Young presented a portrait of the late Mr.
Kussell Young, for many years a member of the Society.

Mr. T. W. Fowler presented to the Society —

1. A facsimile of "Chart of Terra Australis. by M.
"Flinders, Comm. of H.M. Sloop Investigator, South Coast.
"Sheet v., 1798, 1802 & 3," published with Flinders'
"Voyage to Terra Australis" in 1814. This shows the
coast-lines bounding Bass' Strait, and the islands in it, as
laid down by Flinders from his own and other surveys
available to him ; and his own work on the coast-line, and
his soundings, are distinguished from the work of others.

292 ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.

R.S. TAS.

Later editions do not discriminate between the work of
the various explorers.

2. A photograph of "A Chart of Basses Strait between
''New South Wales and Van Diemen's Land surveyed by
"Lieut. Flinders of His Majesty's Ship Reliance by order
'NDf His Excellency Governor Hunter, 1798-9," published
by A. Arrowsmith of London, 16th June, 1801 ; from the
copy in the Petherick collection in the Commonwealth
Library. This chart, Mr. Fowler remarked, "clearly shows
''that the Hunter Islands were laid down by Flinders with
'"considerable accuracy long before the Baudin expedition
''left France, and hence that an attempt made to alter
"Flinders' names is unwarranted."

3. A photograph of a later copy of the same in the
Public Library of New South Wales.

4. A photograph of four charts on one sheet, published
by Arrowsmith ; from a copy in the Public Library of New
South Wales. These include plans of Twofold Bay, West-
ern Port (from Bass' e3''e-sketch, of w^hich, according to
Bladen, no copy was known to exist), and Port Dalrymple
(River Tamar) — the latter being of interest as showing
Flinders' survey of that river.

Seventieth Anniversary of the Society.

In commemoration of the foundation of the Society on
14th October, 1843, the Honorary Acting Secretary (Mr.
E. L. Piesse) read a paper on the "Foundation and Early
Work of the Society."

His Excellency said they must all be extremely grateful
to their secretary for his paper. They had now attained
a very respectable age, and since they had made so few
mistakes in the past they could look forward to the future
with confidence. Though they were only 70 years old as
the Royal Society of Tasmania, he could not dissociate the
Society from the earlier Van Diemen's Land Scientific
Society of 1829, which was founded in the good old British
way, with a very solid dinner and a very long toast list.
A thing worth noting was the alacrity with which the early
settlers supported a society which could not advance their
purely material interests. It show^ed thev had a very
considerable conception of the future of the island, and
a desire to widen the bounds of knowledge. The Society
had certainly done much for Tasmania. In proof of that
they had only to point to the Botanical Gardens. What
would have been the fate of the Gardens if the Society
had not taken up the responsibility of them in Sir Eardley
Wilmots days? The origin of the Society was a curious

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS. 293

one; it began with a revolutionary coup, carried out by
the Governor of the day, a coup as bold and dai'ing in its
way as that by which Louis Napoleon founded the Third
Empire. There were some curious human touches in the
history Mr. Piesse had put before them. For instance,
there was the curious rule that no lady member should
change her proxy within 12 months. He wondered if the
secretary had discreetly concealed from them what the
records of the Society contained on this point. Was it
that the male members of the Society felt they could not
possibly deserve the confidence of the lady members for
more than 12 months, or did they have their doubts about
the stability of the female mind? On behalf of all the
members he tendered their most grateful thanks to Mr.
Piesse for presenting to them such a clear, concise, and
interesting narrative of the Society's early history.

A number of books, documents, and portraits connected
with the early years of the Society were shown. Among
these were the Minute Book of the Tasmanian Society for
1841; a list of the original Fellows of the Society; the
first book purchased for the Society's library (Loudon's
"Encyclopaedia of Plants," purchased in 1846); a book
presented by the University of Cambridge in 1847 (the
first presentation to the library) ; the visitors" books of
the Society"s Museum from 1852 to I860, and of the Gar-
dens from 1856 to 1859; a microscope by Andrew Ross,
formerly the property of Mr. J. E. Bicheno, F.R.S., F.L.S.,
purchased for the Society by direction of Sir William
Denison in 1851, and afterwards the subject of a debate
in the Legislative Council on 28th January, 1852; and
portraits of early Presidents and members.

Oilier Papers.

The following papers were taken as read : —

"Tasmanian Bryophyta" (continued). Bv L. Rodway.

"Some New Australian Asilidae (Diptera)." By Arthur
White.

"Notes on a Fossil Whale from Wynyard."' By H. H.
Scott (communicated by R. N. Atkinson).

11th November, 1913.
The Monthly General Meeting was held at the Museum
at 8 p.m., Mr. L. Rodway in the chair.

Election of Members.
The Honorary Acting Secret^ary read a notification from

294 ABSTilACT OF PllOCEKDINGS.

U.S. TA3.

the Council that it had nominated Dr. Douglas Mawson,
leader of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition for elec-
tion as an honorary member, under Rule J 7. Dr. Mawson,
being balloted for, was duly elected.

Mr. Loftus Hills, M.Sc, and Mr. G. W. K. Ife, LL.B.,
were elected ordinary members.

Exhih/t.
Mr. H. M. Nicholls showed a microscope bv Ross and
Co. of the most recent pattern, lent for exhibition by the
Government Bacteriologist, Dr. Nairn Butler. With this
microscope were placed two others of older patterns bv the
same firm belonging to the Society, and Mr. Nicholls il-
lustrated several features in the development of the micro-
scope by reference to these instruments. The oldest
instrument, formerly the property of Mr. J. E. Bicheno,
Colonial Secretary, and acquired by the Society in 1851
(see page 293), was of the earliest pattern made bv An-
drew Ross, the founder of the firm of Ross and Co., of
London, and dated from the thirties of the last century.
Ross, working on Lister's computations, found that when
an objective was corrected for an uncovered object, the
correction was disturbed by the introduction of a cover
glass. After much experiment he found that this error
could be removed by altering the positions of the com-
ponent lenses of the combination, and he devised for this
pui-pose a sliding cap, which moved up and down upon the
barrel of the objective. This sliding cap — the first at-
tempt at cover-glass correction ever made — was fitted to
the objectives of Mr. Bichenos microscope. The micro-
scope was in good order, and capable of doing excellent
work. It possessed a remarkably efficient fine adjustment
of the micrometer screw order. The second instrument —
formerly the property of the late Mr. W. Valentine, of
Campbell Town — was of the last type made by Andrew
Ross ; it dated from about the fifties. The third instru-
ment, by the present firm of Ross and Co., had the most
recent improvements used by that firm. The three to-
gether formed an interesting illustration of the develop-
ment of the microscope.

The paper by Mr. Ritz read in title at the September
meeting, and the papers by Messrs. Scott and White, read
in title at the October meetinsf, were discussed.

ANNUAL KEPORT.

®l)e Boiiiil ^ocittii af Ciisiinuun:,

1Q13.

patron :
HIS MAJESTY THE KING.

HIS EXCELLENCY 81u WILLIAM CKEY ELLISON-MACARTNEY, P.O.*
K.C.M.C, GOVERNOR OF TASMANIA.

I^tcc^^rc^i^ent^ :

Council :

Elected ISth March, 1913.
THE HON. G. H. BUTLER, M.R.C.S., FRITZ NOETLING, M.A., Ph. D.
L.R.C.P., M.L.C. (Chairman). E. L. PIESSE, B.Sc, LL B.

A. H. CLARKE, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P. J. 8. PURDY, M.D., D.¥.H. (resigned

Jul)/, lOlS)
SAMUEL Cl^m(resljncdJulya0W .^goNARD RODWAY.

J. A. JOHNSON, M.A. GREGORY SPROTT, xM.D., CM.

Elected 11th August, 1913.
PROF. T. THOMSON FLYNN, B.Sc. J. L. GLASSON, B.A., D.Sc.

^ecictaig

l^onorairi 3.ctiug=*>ecRtani

E. L. PIESSE.

Jionoran) JTicaiSuiei- :

LEONARD ROD WAY.

^UtlitOV:
H. W. ^V. ECHLIN.

296 LIST OF MEMBERS.

R.S. TAS.

3|onor;uj) Plember;^:

David, T. W. Edgeworth, C.M.G, B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S.

Professor of Geology in the UniversiU^ of Sydney.
The University, Sydney.

Mawson, Donglas, B.E., D.Sc. Lecturer on Mineralogy and
Petrology in the University of Adelaide. The Uni-
versity, Adelaide.

Shackleton, Sir Ernest H., Kt., C.V.O., F.R.G.S., F.R.A.S.
9 Regent-street, London, S.W., England.

Spencer, W. Baldwin, C.M.G., M.A., F.R.S. Professor of
Biology in the University of Melbourne. The Uni-
versity, Melbourne.

©itiinani, ILifc, anb ciloiveisponliing |lt£mber;S:

"C," Corresponding Member.

"L," Member who has compounded subscription.s for life.
^, ^Member who has contributed a Paper read Itefore tlie Society.
Year of
Election.

1913 Adams, A.W. 24 Grosvenor Street, Queen-

borough.

1901 AUwork, F., L.S.A. (died 26th April, 1913).

1913 Annells, W. C, M.A. Friends^ High School,

Commercial Road, New Town.

1912 Atkinson, R.N. Sulphur Creek.

1912 Baglev, W. A. Wentworth Street, Hobart.

1884 C ■^Bailey, F. Manson, C.M.G., F.L.S. Govern-
ment Botanist, Queensland.

1908 L Baker, Henry D. C/o American Consulate,

Hobart.

1887 Barclay, David. 143 Hampden Road, Hobart.

1907 L Baring, ±iev. F. H., M.A.. F.R.G.S. Triabunna.

1890 "Beattie, J. W. 1 Mount Stuart Road, Hobart.

1901 C Benham, W. B., M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S. , F.Z.S.
Professor of Biology, L^niversity of
Otago. Dunedin, New Zealand.

1903 Bennett, W. H. "Ashby,' Ross.

1900 Bennison, Thomas. 29 Cromwell Street,

Hobart.

1873 Bidencope, Joseph. "Barton vale, " Salvator

Rosa Glen, Hobart.

1912 Black, R. A. Chief Clerk, Department of

Agriculture. 48 High Street, Queen-
borough.

1909 -^Blackman, A. E. Franklin.

LIST OF MEMBERS. 297

1913.
Year of
Election.

1913 Bottrill, W. E, LL.D. 7 Elpliinstone Road,

Hob art.

1892 C Bragg, W. H., M.A., F.R.S. Cavendish Pro-
fessor of Physics in the University of
Leeds. Universitv, Leeds.

1904 Brain, Bev. Alfred, M.A. (resigned June, 1913).

1913 Brammall, T. C, M.A. ''Bleuheim," Brisbane

Street, Hobart.

1900 *Brettingham-Moore, G. E. 294 Davey Street,

Hobart.

1911 Brooks, G. V. Master of Method, Elizabeth

Street Practising School, Hobart. Main
Road, New Town.
1907 Brownell, F. L. ''Leura," Main Road, Moonah.

1900 -Burbury, F. E. South Esk Street, Trevallyn.
1879 Burgess, The Hon. W. H. 'Milliara," Mona

Street, Hobart.

1913 Burton, W. J. P. Organising Teacher of Na-

ture Study in the Education Depart-
ment. "Matlock Dale," Claremont.

1861 Butler, Francis. Garden Crescent, Hobart.

1896 Butler, The Hon. G. H., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P..

M.L.C. Chief Secretary of Tasmania.
138 Macquarie Street, Hobart.

1912 Butler, H. N., M.B., B.S. 182 Macquarie

Street, Hobart.

1909 Butler, W. F. D., B.A., M.Sc, LL.B. Bishop

Street, New Town.

1913 Butters, J. H. King^ston Road, Lower Sandy

Bay.

1912 Chapman, J. R. Holebrook Place, Hobart.

1901 C Chapman, R. W.. M.A.. B.C.E. Elder Profes-

sor of Mathematics and Mechanics in the
University of Adelaide. The Univer-
sity, Adelaide.

1913 Chepmell, C. H. D. Clerk of the Legislative

Council. 23 Swan Street, Hobart.

1896 -Clarke, A. H., M.R.C.S., L.R.CP. 175 Mac-

quarie Street, Hobart.

1887 Clemes, Samuel. Principal of Leslie House

School. Clare Street, New Town.

1910 Clemes. W. H. Leslie House School, Argyle

Street, New Town.
1877 ^Crouch, E. J., M.R.C.S., L.S.A. 184 Mac-

quarie Street, Hobart.

298 LIST OF MEMBERS.

K.S. TAS.

Year of
Election.

1912 Crowther, W. L., M.B., B.S. "Coreen," 147

Macquarie Street, Hobart.

1884 Davies, The Hon. C. E., M.L.C. "Lyndhurst,"

New Town Road, New Town.

1884 Davies, Sir J. G., M.H.A. (died 12th Novem-

ber, 1913).

1908 Dechaineux, Lncien. Principal of Technical

School, Hobart. Moonah.
1903 Delany, Most Rev Patrick. Archbishop of

Hobart. 99 Barrack Street, Hobart.
1892 C Dendy, A., D.Sc, F.R.S., F.L.S. Professor of

Zoology in the University of London

(Kings College). "Vale Lodge," Hamp-

stead, London, N.W.
1911 Dickinson, S.R., M.A. Principal of Leslie

House School. Leslie House School,

Argyle Street, New Town.
1861 Dobson, The Hon. Henry. Elboden Street,

Hobart.

1909 -^Dove, H. Stuart. West Devonport.

1911 Dunbabin, Thomas, M.A. 22 Lansdowne Cres-

cent, Hobart.

1908 Ernst-CarroU, Frederick J., M.Sc. F.R.G.S.,

F.G.S. 23 Bel- Air, Neucha.tel, Svv-itzer-
land.

1913 Erwin, H. D., B.A. Christ's College, Mac-

quarie Street, Hobart.

1909 Fereday, Mrs. R. W. Holcbrook Place, Ho-

bart.

1902 Finlay, W. A. 11 Secheron Road, Hobart.

1909 -^Flynn, T. Thomson, B.Sc. Ralston Professor

of Biology in the University of Tas-
mania. D'Arcy Street, Hobart.

1890 L Foster, H. D. 137 Hampden Road, Hobart.

1905 L Foster, J. D. "Fairfield," Epping.

1913 Fowler, T. W., M.C.E. Engineer-in-Chief of

Tasmania. Public Works Department,
Davey Street, Hobart.

1908 ^Giblin, L. F., B.A., M.H.A. 326 Macquarie

Street, Hobart, and "Cobbler's End,"
Cambridge.

1896 Giblin, W. W., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P. 142 Mac-

quarie Street, Hobart.

1911 Gibson, G. H., M.B., CM. 177 Macquarie

Street, Hobart.

LIST OF MEMBERS. 299

1913.

Year of
Election. .

1913 -^"Glasson, J. L., B.A., D.Sc. Lecturer m Physics

ill the University of Tasmania. "Wood-
bourne," Davey Street, Hobart.

1907 Gould, H. T. 324 Murray Street, Hobart.

1907 Gould, Robert. Longford.

1911 Gower, E. I., B.A. Principal of Friends' High

School. Commercial Road, New Town.

1905 L Grant, G. W. "High Peak," Huon Road.

1892 "'^"Green, A. O. Bellerive.

1913 Green, J. W. State High School, Elizabeth

Street, Hobart.
1911 '^-Hall, Robert, C.M.Z.S. Bellerive.

1901 C -^Hall, T. S., M.A., D.Sc. Lecturer in Biology

ill the University of Melbourne. The

University, Melbourne.
1913 Hardy, G. H. Hurlstone. Assistant-Curator of

'^the Tasmanian Museum. The Museum,

Argyle Street, Hobart.
1913 Harrison, A. D. "Rosevale,"' Hayes.

1898 Harrison, M. W. Glenorchy.

1907 Harrisson, E. P. Bellerive.

1893 Harvey, W. A., M.B. 154 Macquarie Street,

Hobart.

1902 C Haswell, William, M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Challis Professor of Biology in the Uni-
versity of Sydney. The University,
Sydney.

1913 Plawson, Edward. "Remine," 174 Argyle

Street, Hobart.

1913 Hills. Loftus, M.Sc. Assistant Government

Geologist. Geological Survey, Launces-
ton.

1908 Hogg, G. H., M.D., CM. 37 Brisbane Street,

Launceston.
1892 Home, William. 16 St. George's Terrace,

Hobart.

1909 ^Hutchison, H. R. 1 Barrack Street, Hobart.
1913 Ife, G. W. R., LL.B. Summerhill Road, Ho-
bart.

1912 Inglis, C. J. Holebrook Place, Hobart.

1898 -^Ireland, E. W. J., M.B., CM. 160 Elizabeth

Street. Hobart.
1887 C Jack, R. L., F.G.S., F.R.G.S.
1906 -^Johnson, J. A., M.A. Principal of the Philip

Smith Training College, Hobart.

''Wharepuke," Argyle Street, New Town.

300 LIST OF MEMBERS.

U.S. TAS.

Year of
Election.

1873 ^Johnston, R.M., I.S.O., F.S.S. Governmemt

Statistician. Tasmanian Club, Mac-
quarie Street, Hobart.

1913 Johnstone, G. M., i^L.M. Augusta Road,

New Town.

1913 Jones, W. Asliton. New Town.

1911 Keene, E. H. D., M.A. 'Tantallon," Tarleton.

1910 Kermode, R. C. "Mona Vale," Ross.

1905 Kerr, George. 165 Campbell Street, Hobart.

1913 Knight, J. C. E. "Windermere,'' Claremont.

1873 *Legge, Col. W. V., R.A. (R.). "Cullenswood

House,"' Cullenswood.

1887 Lewis, Sir Neil Elliott, K.C.M.G., M.A.,

B.C.Li., LUB., M.H.A. "Werndee,"
Augusta Road, New Town.

1902 Lewis, R. C. Moore Street, New Town.

1912 Lindon, L. H., M.A. Warden of Christ's

College, Hobart. "The Lodge," Park
Street, Hobart.

1900 Lines, D. H. E., M.B., Ch.B. Archer Street,

New Town.

1875 C Liversidge, Professor Archibald, M.A., LL.D.,
A.R.S.M., F.R.S., F.I.C., F.C.S., F.G.S.,
F.R.G.S. "Fieldhead," Coombe Warren,
Kingston, Surrey, England.

1913 Lord, Clive E. "Lauramont," High Street,

Queenborough.
1912 Lovell, S. O. Queenborough.

1912 McAlister, Miss M. K. The University, Ho-

bart.

1893 ^McAulay, Alexander, M.A. Professor of

Mathematics in the University of Tas-
mania. The University, Hobart.

1884 L -^McClymont, J. R., M.A. Grosvenor Street,
Queenborough.

1911 McCoy, W. T., B.A. Director of Education.

20 Adelaide Street, Hobart.
1908 McElroy, J. A. Principal of Franklin House

School. 179 Davey Street, Hobart.
1870 Macfarlane, The Hon. James. "Newlands,"

Augusta Road, New Town.

1913 Mackay, J. Hilton, M.C.E. Professor of Engi-

neering in the Univei'sity of Tasmania.
The University, Hobart.

LIST OF MEMBBR3. 301

1913.

Year of
Election.

1901 MacLeod, P. J., B.A. Lecturer in Chemistry

in the University of Tasmania. Tech-
nical School, Hobart.

1902 C *Maiden, J. H., F.L.S., F.C.S. Director of

Botanic Gardens, Sydney, and Govern-
ment Botanist, New South Wales.
Botanic Gardens, Sydney.

1912 Maskell, J. W., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P. 152 Mac-

quarie Street, Hobart.
1907 Mason, Michael. 4 Mount Stuart Road, Ho-

bax't.

1913 Masterman, C. E. Derwent House, Lower

Sandy Bay.
1913 Mather, J. F. 1 Mount Stuart Road, Hobart.

1895 ^Mav, W. L. Sandford.

1909 Miflen, J. D. Mount Bischoff Mine. Waratah.

1913 Miller, E. Morris, M.A. Lecturer in Philoso-

phy and Economics in the University
of Tasmania. 38 Church Street, Hobart.

1907 Miller, Lindsay S., M.B., Ch.B. 156 Mac-

quarie Street, Hobart-.
1894 L Mitchell, J. G. "Ellesmere," Jericho.
1913 Mitchell, P. H., B.A. Headmaster of the

State High School, Hobart. Ashfield

Street, Queenborough.
1911 Montgomery, R. B. Park Street, New Town.

1911 Moore-Robinson, J.. F.R.G.S. Lambert

Avenue, Queenborough.
1913 Moore-Robinson, Mrs. J. Lambert Avenue,

Queenborough.
1882 Nicholas, G. C. "Cawood," Ouse.

1910 Nicholls, H. Minchin. Vegetable Pathologist

and Entomologist in Department of
Agriculture. Macquarie Street, Hobart.

1907 -'-'Noetling, Fritz, M.A., Ph.D. "Chatsworth,"

New Norfolk.
1913 Officer, A. C. "Hallgreen," New Norfolk.

1899 Parker, A. C. ''Charlton," Augusta Road,

New Town.

1908 Parsons, Miss S. R. 190 Davey Street, Hobart.

1909 Pearce, E. H. 103 Hampden Road, Hobart.
1909 Redder, Alfred. Stoke Street, New Town.
1902 *Piesse. E. L., B.Sc, LL.B. "Neika," Bay

Road, New Town.

302 LIST OF MEMBERS.

R.S. TAS.

f Year of
Election.

1913 Piesse, L. F. ''East Bank/' High Street,

Queenborough.
1910 Pillinger, James. Railway Department,

Hobart.

1912 Pollard, Rev. Ambrose. "Roseleigh," Davey

Street, Plobart.

1908 Pratt, A. W. Courtney. 11 Swan Street,

Hobart.

1910 Purdy, J. S., M.D., D.P.H. City Health

Department, Sydney.

1911 Reid-Bell, W. Burnie.

1913 Richmond, R. L. ' "Gagebrook,"' Old Beach.

1904 -Ritz, H. B., M.A. Lecturer in Modern Lan-

guages in the University of Tasmania.
40 Lochner Street, Hobart.

1864 Roberts, H. L. "Beaumaris," Montpelier

Road, Hobart.

1884 "'^Rodway, Leonard. High Street, Queenbor-

ough.

1913 Ross, Hector. Sheriff of Tasmania. Elphin-

stone Road, Hobart.

1896 Scott, R. G., M.B., Ch.M. 172 Macquarie

Street, Holmrt.

1913 Seager, P. R., LL.B. Lindisfarnc.

1892 C ^Shirley. John, D.Sc. Inspector of Schools,
Queensland. "Colarmie,"" Brunswick
Street, New Farm, Brisbane.

1901 Shoobridge, Canon G. W. 3 Molle Street,

Hobart.

1873 Shoobridge, W. E. "Bushy Park," Glenora.

1909 Simmons, M. W. A.M. P. Buildings, Eliza-

beth Street, Hobarb.

1913 Simpson, T. C. 1 Fitzroy Place, Hobart.

1875 *Simson, Augustus. 49 High Street, Launces-

ton.

1901 C Smith, R. Greig-, D.Sc. Linnean Hall, Eli-
zabeth Bay, Sydney.

1913 Smithies, John. Lindisfarne.

1913 Sorell, Mrs. "Thornycroft," 313 Macquarie

Street, Hobart.

1912 Spencer, H. J. Boa Vista Road, New Town.
1896 L *Sprott, Gregory, M.D., CM. 134 Macquarie

Street, Hobart.
1911 Stephens, A. A., B.A. Lindisfarne.

LIST OF MEMBERS. 303

1913.

Year of
Elet'tion.

1913 Stephens, R. C, B.A. State High School,"

Elizabeth Street, Hobart.

1858 '^Stephens, Thomas, M.A., F.G.S. (died 25tl^

November, 1913).

1896 L Sticht. Robert, B.Sc, E.M. Mount LyeU
Mine, Queenstown. .

1913 Susman, Maurice. 88 Murray Street, Hobart!

1911! Tabart, T. A., junior. New Town Road, New

Town.

1907 Tarleton, J. W. 108 High Street, Queen-

borough.

1887 "'^Tavlor, A. J. Librarian of the Tasmanian

Public Library. 28 D Arcy Street, Ho-
bart.

1892 C "Thomson, G. M., F.L.S. Dunedin, New Zea-
land.

1913 Tregear, E. C. Cross Street, New Town.

1911 Tucker, A. R. Bellerive.

1896 ^Twelvetrees, W. H., F.G.S. Government

Geologist. Geological Survey, Launces-
ton.

1889 Walch, Charles E. 97 Davev Street, Hobart.

1901 C Wall, Arnold, M.A. ProfessoV of English Lan-

guage and Literature in Canterbury

College. Christchurch, New Zealand.
1913 Wardman, John. Superintendent of the

Botanical Gardens. Botanical Gardens,

Hobart.
1896 ^^'atchorn, A. D. 6 Mona Street, Hobart.

1912 Waterhouse, L. L., B.E. Assistant Govern-

ment Geologist. Geological Survey,
Launceston.

1913 Waterworth, Newham. Lindisfame.

1902 Watson, Horace. 55 High Street, Queenbor-

ough.
1913 Wayn, Miss Lucy. "Fairfield," 246 Camp-

bell Street, Hobart.

Holebrook Place, Hobart.
Kingston Road, Lower Sandy

A. 139 Goulburn Street, Ho-

1865

Webster, A. G

1907

Webster, C. E.

Bay.

1884

•^Weymouth, W.

bart.

1912

-nVhite, Arthur.

1901

Wise. H. J. 4

'Broomhill," Mangalore.
4 Colville Street, Hobart.

304 ANNUAL REPOKT.

R.3. TAS.
Year of
Election.

1903 Wolfhagen, Waldemar. Augusta Road, New

Town.
1913 Wood, Gordon. State High School, Elizabeth

Street, Hobart.

1912 Woods, E. A. The University, Hobart.

1897 C Woodward, B. H., F.G.S. Director of the
Western Australian Museum and Art
Gallery. Perth, Western Australia.

1913 Wright, Walter. Headmaster of Central State

School. Liverpool Street, Hobart.
Members are asked to inform the Secretary of any change of address or
other necessary correction.

ANNUAL REPORT.

In accordance with Rule 39, the Council present a Re-
port on the proceedings of the Society during the year
1913.

The Council and Officers.

At the Annual General Meeting, held on 18th March,
the following were elected members of the Council for the
year:— The Hon. G. H. Butler, Dr. A. H. Clarke, Mr.
Samuel Clemes, Mr. J. A. Johnson, M.A., Dr. Fritz Noet-
ling, Mr. E. L. Piesse, B.Sc, LL.B., Dr. J. S. Purdy, Mr.
Leonard Rodway, and Dr. Gregory Sprott. Mr. Clemes
and Dr. Purdy sent in their resignations early in July,
and at the August meeting Professor T. Thomson Flynn,
B.Sc, and J. L. Glasson, B.A., D.Sc, were elected in their
places.

Dr. Butler was elected Chairman of the Council, and
wa^ given leave of absence during a visit to Europe from
April to November. Dr. A. H. Clarke was elected Acting
Chairman during Dr. Butler's absence.

The term of Mr. Robert Hall's engagement as Secre-
tary expired in March, and, as the Council wished that the
proportion of the Society's income spent in salaries should
be diminished, Mr. E. L. Piesse consented to act as Honor-
ary Secretary, and Mr. J. Moore Robinson as Honorary
Librarian.

An address/ was presented on behalf of the Society to
Sir William Ellison-Macartney, Governor of Tasmania, on
his arrival in Tasmania in June, and His Excellency was
pleased to accept the Presidency, of the Society.

The Council elected Drs. Clarke, Noetling, and Sprott,
and Messrs. Clemes, Johnson, and Rodway, to be Trustees

ANNUAL REPORT. 305

1913.

of the Museum during the current year. Mr. Clemes's
seat became vacant when he resigned from the Council,
and Mr. Piesse was elected in his place.

The Council held eight Ordinary Meetings and one
Special Meeting in the period from the Annual Meeting
to the end of the year. The attendance of each member,
and the number of meetings held during his membership,
was as follows: — Dr. Butler, absent on leave; Dr. Clarke,
8 (9); Mr. Clemes, 2 (3); Professor Flvnn, 2 (3); Dr.
Glasson, 3 (3) ; Mr. Johnson, 7 (9) ; Dr. Noetlmg, 8 (9) ;
Mr. Piesse, 9 (9); Dr. Purdy, 2 (3); Mr. Rodway, 9 (9);
Dr. Sprott, 3 (9).

Meetings of the Society.

Eight Monthly General Meetings, and one Special
General Meeting (immediately following the Annual Meet-
ing) of the Society, were held during the year. Sixteen

pap

ers were read durins: the session

Members.

During the year 43 candidates were elected to the
Society, of whom 41 accepted the obligations of member-
ship. The Society lost 13 members through death, resigna^
tion, or change of residence. The number of ordinary
members at the end of the year was 157, the largest for over
fifty years. There w^ere also 9 members who have com-
pounded their subscriptions for life, 4 honorary members,
and 15 corresponding members.

The Council has to record the deaths of several of the
oldest members of the Society, including Mr. Kussell
Young and Mr. Thomas Stephens, who were members of
the Council for many years. Obituary notices of the de-
ceased members will be found at the end of the Report-.

Papers and Proceedings.

An arrangement was made for a better quality of
paper for the "Papers and Proceedings" for 1913, and
improvements have been made in the printing. The in-
crease in the Society's membership and the additional ex-
changes which have been arranged have necessitated a
larger edition of the "Papers and Proceedings," and the
Council ordered 450 copies for 1913, in place of 350
hitherto printed. The Council is anxious to introduce fur-
ther improvements in the format of the Society's publica-
tions, but it has resolved that for the present the needs
of the library are more urgent.

306 ANNUAL REPORT.

U.S. TAS.

In tiie "Papers and Proceedings" for 1912, there were
published the first parts of a complete revision of the
Bryophyta of Tasmania, by Mr. L. Rodway. A further
part of this paper, completing the Mosses, is published
in the volume for 1913. Mr. Rodway has been at the
exnense of having some additional copies of his paper
printed, and has presented them to the Society for sale.
The various parts have been bound together, paged con-
secutively, and issued as a separate volume. ^

The Society is indebted to the Chairman of the Coun-
cil for arranging for the Society to obtain for the ''Papers
and Proceedings,"' at a small cost, copies of two papers, by
Mr. E. L. Piesse, on Proportional Representation, which
were issued also as State publications by the Electoral
Department.

A map of Ben Lomond, by Colonel Legge, an old and
much esteemed member of the Society, is published with
the ''Papers and Proceedings" for 1913, in illustration of
a paper in which Messrs. Giblin, Piesse, and Hutchison
gave an account of their determination of the height of
Legge Peak, now found to be the highest summit in Tas-
mania. The Council was anxious that Colonel Legge's
map shotuld be reproduced in the best style, and arrange-
ments were made, through the kind offices of the Agent-
General for Tasmania, for the map to be printed at the
Ordnance Survey, Southampton. Before the printing of
the map, the Tourist Associations in Hobart and Laun-
ceston agreed to purchase 100 copies each, and the ex-
pense of the map has thus been much lessened.

A catalogue of Tasmanian newspapers, commencing in
1810, is in preparation, and it is hoped to publish it in
the "Papers and Proceedings" for 1914.

The Library.
The Council found that the Society's Library had
long overgrown the accommodation provided for it. Not
only was there no shelving for many of the books which
were in the library-room, but many hundreds of volumes
were in other rooms in the Museum, in the basement, and in
cupboards. A rearrangement of the books, and the re-
moval of many duplicates to a storeroom, gave some addi-
tional space; and the Council also installed additional
shelving, which will accommodate about 1,200 volumes.
It is still necessary, however, to keep many books in

* Copies are not available for presentation.

ANNUAL REPORT. 307

1913.

other rooms, in addition to the Medical Libraiy, which
has for many yeai's been separated from the general
Library. The Council records with j^leasure its apprecia-
tion of the help given by Mr. J. Arnold, the Caretaker of
the Museum, in the rearrangement of the Library.

The Library has twice been catalogued, in 1856 and
1885. The last Catalogue, w^hich has many defects in
classification and arrangement, has become almost useless,
for the Library has twice been rearranged, and no con-
venient record of additions has been kept. The prepara-
tion of a new subject Catalogue will perhaps prove too
great a task ; but it is hoped to prepare a Catalogue of
tile titles of the periodicals and an index of authore'
names. As a preliminary to a new Catalogue, the Honor-
ary Secretary-, with the assistance of the Honorary
Librarian and other members, undertook the preparation
of a list of the contents of the Library, which at the
same time was provisionally rearranged in accordance with
the Brussels system of classification. This work has re-
quired the closing of the Library for some months, and it
mav be necessary during the coming year for the Council
to ask members to submit to some further inconvenience
while the labelling of the books and the author-index are
being com-pleted.

As a further aid to the use of the Library, the Coun-
cil resolved to purchase, so far as the Society's means^
allowed, the Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers,
1800-1900, and the International Catalogue of Scientific
Literature. The Government of Tasmania, alone among the
Governments of Australia, has never subscribed to the
International Catalogue, and there is no set of it in Tas-
mania. The income of the Morton AUport Memoa'ial Fund
has not been spent in full for several years, and the
Council resolved that the accumulation of income, and
future income, be spent, in the main, in the purchase of
these Catalogues. The income, which is about £10 a year,
will not provide for purchasing more than half of the
annual volumes of the International Catalogue, to say
nothing of past volumes and of the 1800-1900 Catalogue;
but the Council is hopeful that if the membership con-
tinues to increase it niay be possible to devote some of
the Society's ordinary funds to this purpose. The volumes
purchased during the year were — the Royal Society Cata-
logue of Scientific Papers (1800-1900), Subject Index, vols.
I., II., and III. (Pt. 1); International Catalogue, the first
eleven issues for General Biology, Geologv, and Zoology.

The Council found, however, that the most urgent

308 ANNUAL llEPOKT.

U.S. TAS.

need of the Library was the binding of great numbers of
periodicals and other j^^blications, which have been pre-
sented to the Society in j^aper-covered parts. In the early
days of the Society it was possible to bind most of the
presentations; but during the last 30 years many series
have been left unbound. During the year the Council
was able to bind about 200 volumes, at a cost of £34 6s.
9d. ; but to overtake the arrears of binding, of only the
publications in most frequent use, an additional expendi-
ture of not less than £200 will be necessary.

The expenditure on the Library during the year was — ■
from the Morton Allport Memorial Fund, £32 Us. 5d. ;
from the Society s ordinary income, about £70 (including
postages) ; making a total expenditure of over £100.

The Council arranged for several new exchanges dur-
ing the yeiar, and many gaps in the series of publicar
tions in the Library were filled by presentations from
Societies and Institutions. A list of the Institutions, etc.
(numbering 148), to which the Society's i:)ublications are
presented, is appended to this Report.

A complete list of the Society's publications:, with the
prices at which they can be purchased by the public, was
prepared and circulated early in the year. The publica-
tion of this list has resulted in some increase in the re-
ceipts from sales.

The Council takes this opportunity to remind mem-
bers that the collection of books on the history of Tas-
mania in the Society's Library, although extensive already,
could be added to considerably. The Council will welcome
presentations not only of books, but of pamphlets and
documents, which may be of little interest now, but may
become of great value in the future. Not the least valu-
able of the books in the Library are some books and
pamphlets presented in, the early years of the Society,
which, though common then, have now become both rare
and interesting.

The Council has authorised the purchase of a safe or
chest for the custody of manuscripts and rare books belong-
ing to the Society.

The Council thinks it is very desirable that, when the
cataloguing of the library has been completed, an attend-
ant acquainted with its contents should be present when-
ever the library-room is open. If such supervision can be
provided, the Council sees no reason why the public should
not be admitted to the room. The library was originally
intended to be a public one, and there are probably many
outside the Society who would be glad to use the books.

ANNUAL REPORT. 309

1913.

The privilege of borrowing would, of course, still be con-
fined to members.

The number of volumes and pamphlets (excluding dupli-
cates) in the library is about 9,000.

Pi^ycliology and Education Section.

Seven Meetingsi of the Psychology and Education Sec-
tion were held during the year, with an average attend-
ance of ten members.

Mr. L. H. Lindon was elected Chairman of the Section,
and Mr. J. A. Johnson Secretary. The members of the
Section were Messrs. W. C. Annells, T. C. Brammall, G. V.
Brooks, S. Clemes, W. Clemes, L. Dechaineux, S. R.
Dickenson, E. I. Gower, J. A. Johnson, L. H. Lindon,
S. O. LovelL P. H. Mitchell J. A. McElroy, A. A. Stephens,
R. C. Stephens, W. Wright, Gordon WoJd.

The subjects of study centred round the recent develop-
ments in Experimental Pedagogy. The following papers
were read and discussed : —

1. "The Psychological Aspect of Education." G. V.
Brooks and J. A. McElroy.

2. '"The Philosophical Aspect of Education." S. O.
Lovell.

3. "Experimental Pedagogy" (read before the Society
on 11th August). J. A. Johnson.

4. "Experimental Work in Sensation." A. A. Ste-
phens.

5. "Experimental Results in Attention." W. Wright.

6. "Experimental Aspects of Perception and Apper-
ception." P. H. Mitchell.

7. "Experiments in Memory." L. H. Lindon.

Miscellaneous.

During the year an application for an extension of the
Museum buildings was made to the Government by the
Trustees of the Museum. The Council concurred in this
application, and pointed out that the present dispersion
of the Library in various parts of the Museum, due to
insufficient space in the Society's room, was as great a dis-
advantage to the Society as it was an inconvenience to the
Museum.

The Seventieth Anniversary of the Society occurred
during the year, and was celebrated at a- successful Me'^t-
ing, at which an account was read of the foundation and
earlv work of the Society, and many books, documents, cvud

310 ANNUAL REPORT.

Ji.S. £AS.

portraits, illustrating the early years of the Society, were
shown.

The collection of portraits in the Society s room was
of great interest in connection with the Anniversary; but
the Anniversary also served to remind the Council of the
number of early members who are not thus coimmemorat-
ed. For most of the portraits now hanging in the room
the Society is indebted to members; and it is hoped that
many of the gaps may still be filled.

The Council is pleased to record an increase in the
scientific staff of the University of Tasmania. An addi-
tional grant of £1,000 per annum, made bv the Parliament
of Tasmania, in 1912, has enabled a separate Department
of Physics to be established ; and a capital sum of £2,000
included in the appropriations for 1913-14 will provide
for additional scientific departments. The strengthening of
the University will add to the scientific workers in the
Society, and widen the scope of its work ; but at the same
time it imposes obligations on the Society, of which the
Council is not unmindful, to publish researches made in
Tasmania, and to provide a more adequate library of
scientific periodicals.

r-l in

Z

O
u
u
<

<

a:

z

O

D
H

5
z

UJ

X
ui

Q
Z
<

en
H

Oj

ui
u

a:

Si

O 'M C5

t- ic ■*

t- ^ CO ^ m 00 t- cc c-i i '-^ 22 "^ ■

D -

= <^

r I jJ^^i^-^

O cc

O q jj

cc .^^ r-J

>i o

>r5
Q ^

& on

t, CI O iiO O li^

-f CO O O O CO

o I

oo

T-l

I

< >-.:

co^

g5

■-= — £ s 5

_o ^ r^. ca 5c o

-5'~^ *^ rr-5 ©

^.^ cS ^ > tc^

■^ O ^ Oi 53 ^
o S -:/; ^
2 c; o i= o

•" ir; oj 05 --I ci

Cii ;z! '^ ^ a ^-'

o

30

CO

Is

-d

1-1 CC C-1

t^

tc

^ cr.. —

<M

1—1

c*i

Ci CIO

(M

CI rH

-*

^ 1

! t;

.^^

a; to

(X!

'- 0

• ^-ti

-§^

* «r^

Spq

a»

^1

• ^"'i— 1

., 0

'-

=c s

■-;^o

•'"5 "

li ^

•_o^-l

0 c>

• '0 •

* .

crj 50

•^^'

H

p^

'-^.°

2

"Sg

: o>

D

0;^

© -

0

lo

ill

<

0 M

A

Q

w

^

Z

Is'"

Oj Oj P .

3

u<

0 1

^^

'^''^o ?

i

<

^r

^fj

i

0 r

3

S

Oi -1

:^ P

5

0

• r-i

0

iO

0

t-

s

cr:^

ir

0

1-

CM

i"'

1— '

H

,.-.'*

<r

LO

CO

CI

<>ic-i

^

q::

Cti

0

a.

^

J

c; c

0)

<

010

^

•B

2

0

00

■5

H

0

'si

1

^

H

S

4^ :

0

=j-i

0

Oi

0 s

1

-j^

(^

.-ۤ

3

2

_p

0

0

^og

u

<^

^^2

a. °

^

s

'M-C!

7&^

:^

^- a;

s^-,

s

0^ r-

r

0

gi

iW

QJ

z.

j

^ cj ^

^^'' -/>

0

5 c

3

jr '^1^

0)

?

ci' <v«, M

-;

»-< (—

■If— 1

>—i

h-

Ph

"S^

^^

^■2

<b

;3

XJ

M

® 9

S3

rH ^

a>

r^ ?3

05

H

^

. ©

C*

-»-' rt

a

^ 'ri.

^ ^

5§

>H 0

< 0

^2

^W

p

0

0

t:1

^

1!

^

i^3

-SS

^H

ce

•r^St-H

fH 0

0

S 6

^0

'^>--

rt§

O)

^ bo

.^<

^-3

3J -

^ 5

^ M

0^

-1

■^v.

?S|

2 5
"? 0

CO Q-'

,-H X .

s

:*: >.

o-rs

;-i

ptioii in
ustees, :
e Societ

1-H

0

■^ .^ <1^

"3 _ci

€^^l

^.-

^

p^Curr.

C OJ3

by p
the
he I.

>< c <y

K

, 1 r, . -t-l

S ?3 0

S 0 ^

^s§

-^J-g

sJ g"-+-'

"^ S '-C

xH3

cS " 0

1^1

-*

5: a> 0

2

^-^

§£•=

1 s'®

* "-^^

;3

^ rf

.— 0

<35

^"0

KJ OJ

^-5

O 'X

ANNUAL REPORT. 313

1S13.

©bituaij) fiotict^.

FRANK ALLWORK, L S.A., 1S57-1913.

Dr. Allwork came to Tasmania in 1900, and settled at
New Norfolk. He was elected to the Society in 1901, and
he became a member of the Medical Section. Dr. Allwork
was for several years the Chairman of the Official Visitors
to the Hospital for Insane at New Norfolk. He was a
prominent Freemason, and an active member of the
Church of England.

THK REVEREND GEORGE CLARKE, 1S23-1913.

The Reverend George Clarke was born at Parramatta
on 29th June, 1823. His father, George Clarke, and
mother had arrived at Hobart in September, 1822, in the
ship "Heroine, ' in which Henry Hopkins, Robert
Mather, and other well-known colonists were also passen-
gers. From Hobart Mr. and Mrs. Clarke went on to New
South Wales, and in 1824 to New Zealand, where they
settled as missionaries at the Bay of Islands, in New Zea-
land. In 1832 George Clarke, junior, was sent to Hobart,
and for so^me time he was a pupil at Mr. R. W. Giblins
school at "Summerhome," Mr. Clarke's future home, in
the part of New Town now called Moonah. He returned
to New Zealand in 1836, and for a time was a pupil of
the Rev. W. Williams, afterwards Bishop of Waiapu, with
whom he travelled among Maori tribes that had seldom
been visited. In 1840 his father was appointed Chief
Protector of the Aborigines under the newly-established
Government of New Zealand, and in January, 1841. just
after the Government establishments had been removed
from Bay of Islands to Auckland, George Clarke, junior, be-
came a clerk in the Native Department of the Civil Ser-
vice of New Zealand. Mr. Clarke had already determined
to become a minister of tho Christian Church when op-
portunit}^ came, but for several years he gave himself to
the service of the Government in its relations with the
Maoris. His knowledgje of the Maori lans^uasje and cus-
toms was of the greatest value to the Government, and
in 1842 he was selected as interpreter at the first criminal
sittings of the Supreme Court of New Zealand. The case
was the trial of a Maori named Maketu, for murder of a
Avhite woman and her children, and the greatest care was
necessary to make the Maoris understand the trial. Mr,
Clarke's conduct in the trial won the confidence of the
Government, as well as of the Maoris ; and when, later in

314 ANNUAL REPORT.

R.S. TAS.

the same year, a Commissioner came from England to look
into the titles of the New Zealand Company to land they
had acquired from the Maoris, Mr. Clarke was chosen to
accompany him as the medium of communication between
the Maoris and the Court, first as interpreter and after-
wards as Maori advocate. Mr. Clarke was also made jDro-
tector of the natives through all the territory claimed by
the company. In these capacities Mr. Clarke accompanied
the Commissioner in his inquiries, first at Wellington, a
settlement formed by the company before the British
annexation of New Zealand in 1840, and afterwards at
Wanganui, Taranaki, and other districts, and he was able
to give much assistance to the Maoris in resisting the
claims of the company. In 1844 Mr. Clarke was sent to
Otago, to assist in the purchase of a large block of land
for the Scotch settlement that was then projected. Mr.
Clarke acted for the natives, and the purchase of over
400,000 acres in the vicinity of what is now Dunedin was
arranged. Mr. Clarke, in his Notes on Earhj Life in
New Zealand (Hobart, 1903), from which this account of
his life in New Zealand is taken, remarks with pride that
no dispute has ever arisen from this purchase. From
Otago Mr. Clarke returned to Auckland. The first Maori
War, against Heke, a chief of the Bay of Islands, broke
out about this time, and during the war Mr. Clarke took
a prominent part in negotiations between the Government
and friendly chiefs, and he assisted in bringing the war to
an end.^

In 1846, much against the advice of Sir George Grey,
the Governor of New Zealand, Mr. Clarke resigned from
the service of the Government, so that he might qualify
himself as a Christian minister. From New Zealand he
came to Hobart, at the invitation of his father's old friend,
Henry Hopkins; and early in 1847 he went to London
and entered New College. In 1851 Mr. Clarke was or-
dained in the Congregational Church, and at once returned
to Hobart, where he accepted a call to the pastorate of
the Collins-street Congregational Church. Of Mr. Clarke's
ministry at this church, and at the new and larger church
scon built in Davey-street to replace it, some account is
given by Mr. Charles E. Walch in an obituary notice in
the Congregational Year Book of Tasmania for 1913. "How
effective that ministry was," says Mr. Walch, "was evi-
"denced by the large congregations which filled the church.

* Much of Mr. Clfirke'.s correspondence (lurinfi liis life in New Zealand, includ-
ing reports on the war, is in the Hocken Library at Dunedin.

ANNUAL REPORT. 315

1913.

"But it was not so much the numbers that testified to the
"ability and power of the preacher and the mark he had
"made in the community, as the attraction it proved to
"the more thouglitful and earnest, especially to young
"men and women. To them the preaching of Mr. Clarke
"most strongly appealed; and who that heard him can ever
"forget his New Year's sermons to the young, so winning
"and so wise; nor the privilege it was to attend his ex-
"pository Bible classes? Many have been the occasions on
"which Mr. Clarke has been selected to preach special
"sermons, and never has he failed to justify such selection.
"Notably was this the case when, at the request of the
"Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science,
"he preached before the members the annual sermon,
"taking for the subject of his discourse, 'From Man to
" 'Nature, and from Man to God.' " For 52 years Mr.
Clarke remained the pastor of his church.

Honoured by all, and greatly l^eloved by those who knew
him best, Mr. Clarke's influence extended throughout the
community. Of his work outside his church, the most note-
worthy, perhaps, was in the Council of Education and in
the University of Tasmania, into which the Council of
Education was enlarged in 1890. Mr. Clarke was the first
Vice-Cnancellor of the "University, and in 1898 he succeed-
ed Sir Lambert Dobson as Chancellor. Until his retire-
ment in 1907, Mr. Clarke's venerable figure was to be seen
at Commemoration, and, in spite of his great age, he
delivered each year a Commemoration address. "The value
"of his services to the cause of education and to this Uni-
"versity is indeed great," said his successor in the Address
on Commemoration Dav, 1913, "and onlv those who try to
"follow in his footsteps, and emulate his splendid exam-
"ple, can justly appreciate the loss that we have sustained.
"In sadness we mourn for him, but we rejoice to know
"that, crowned with the majesty of years, he passed into
"the long silence, loved and revered by those for whom he
"laboured."

Mr. Clarke was elected to the Society in 1852. He was
one of the miany members who withdrew during the de-
pression which followed the prosperity of the Gold Dig-
gings in Victoria. He was again elected in 1884, and re-
mained a member until 1908. He contributed a biographi-
cal note to the volume of papers by the late James
Backhouse Walker on the history of Tasmania, published
by the Society in 1903 under the title "Early Tasmania."

Mr. Clarke married a daughter of Mr. Henry Hopkins.

316 ANNUAL REPOP.T.

R.S. TAS.

He left a family of four daughters and two sons, of whom
Dr. Arthur Hopkins Clarke is a member of the Council of
the Society, and during 1913 has been its Acting Chair-
man.

SIR JOHN GEORGE DA VIES, K.C.M.G., M.H.A., 18461913.

Sir George Davies was a son of Mr. John Davies, M.H.A.,
the founder of the Hobart "Mercury,"' and for many years
he was connected with the management of that paper. He
was a member of the House of Assembly from 1884 until
his death, and from 1903 to' 1912 he was Speaker. Sir
George was prominent in municipal affairs, and he was
Mayor of Hobart for several years. Few men have taken
as active and varied a part in public life, and in private
life his genial bonhomie won him a wide circle of friends
He was elected to the Society in 1884, and he remained a
member until his death.

THOMAS STEPHENS, M.A., F.G.S., 1S30-1913.

Mr. Thomas Stephens was the second son of the E-ev.
William Stephens, B.A., vicar of Levens, Westmoreland,
England, and was born at Levens in 1830. He received
his education at Marlborough College, proceeding thence
to Oxford in 1850. Here he entered first at Queen's
College, where his elder brother, William John Stephens,
for many years Professor of Geology and Palaeontology in
the University of Sydney, was Fellow and Tutor ; but he
subsequently obtained a scholarship at Magdalen-hall, now
Hertford College. In 1854 he took his B.A. degree, and
ten years later received that of M.A. In 1855 Mr. Stephens
emigrated to Victoria, intending to follow pastoral pur-
suits, but in 1856 he came to Tasmania. He was sub-
warden of Christ's College, Bishopsbourne, for a short
time before it was closed early in 1857. Later in the
same year he accepted the appointment of Inspector of
Schools under the Northern Board of Education. On the
amalgamation of the Northern and Southern Boards in
1863 he was appointed Inspector of Schools for Tasmania.
While occupying this position, Mr. Stephens had a large
and important share in the organisation of the system of
primary education, and he was the first to introduce a
standard of instruction for the schools, and a scheme of
classification for teachers. On the passing of the Educa-
iion Act in 1885, which placed the Department under the
direct control of a Minister of the Crown, the offices of
Chief Inspector and Secretary were amalgamated, and Mr.
Stephens was appointed permanent head, v/ith the title of

ANNUAL EEPORT. 317

1913.

Director of Education. f Mr. Stephens retaiiied this office
until his retirement in 1894.

The Educational Record of 15th December, 1913, in
an official notice of his work, says : — "The first body of th©
"regulations issued under the Department was the work
"of his hands, and proved to be an admirable foundation
"for the larger superstructure which the advancement of
"the State and the consequent development of the Depart-
"'ment have called lor. Mr. Stephens administered the
"regulations with inflexible fidelity, being immovably firm
"in the maintenance of discipline, showing at the same
"time a sympathetic consideration for the teachers under
"his charge, due in part to his fine qualities as an educated
"gentleman and in part to the long and intimate acquaint-
"ance he had had with the work of teachers in all parts of
"the island.''

Mr. Stephens's duties as Inspector of Schools took him
into all the settled districts of Tasmania, and he acquired
an intimate knowledge of the geology and physical features
of the island. In 1861-2 he was an active member of the
Northern Board of Works, under whose direction the prin-
cipal lines o<f road through the then little-known north-
egistern and noiiih-western districts were planned and com-
menced. His interest in geology lasted through his whole
life. He was a fellow of the Geological Society of London,
and his geological writings extend over nearly fifty years.

Mr. Stephens's interest in education was not limited
to the Education Department. When a scheme for re-
establishing Christ's College was under consideration by
the Supreme Court in 1876, he suggested the setting aside
of surplus revenue for a building fund. The building fund
thus established amounted in 1912 to about £20,000, and
rendered possible the 2^i'esent re-establishment of the
College. In 1877 the Anglican Synod elected Mr.
Stephens a member of the first Council of the College. In
1882 he was able to render great assistance to the College
in resisting a proposal, brought before Parliament under
a misconception of the origin of the College, to appropriate
its funds for a Government institution. In 1891 he was
elected President of the Council, and he retained this office
until a few months before his retirement from the Council
in 1911. The scheme for the reorganisation of the College
approved by the Supreme Court in 1912 was largely due
to Mr. Stephens, although he was opposed to some of it#

t The foregoing particulars are taken for the most part from Mennell's Diction
aril of Australasian Biograi)hy (1892).

318 ANNUAL REPORT.

R.S. TAS.

details. In connection with the reopening of the College
he rendered useful service in compiling for the use of
those concerned with the future of the Coiiege an account
of its foundation and early history. §

Mr. Stephens was one of those who worked for the
establishment of the University of Tasmania. He was an
original member of the Council of the University, and
lemained a member until his death. In 1900 and 1901
he was Vice-Chancellor. He attended regularl}^ at the
meetings! of the Council and other bodies connected with
the University, and gave much of his time to tlie nianage-
ment of its affairs.

Mr. Stephens was elected to the Society in 1858, when
a resident of Launceston, and he became a member of the
Northern Branch. On his removal to Hobart in 1863, he
was elected a member of the Council. In 1880 he was
appointed a vice-president. He continued to be a vice-
jjresident and a member of the Council until 1911. His
membership of the Society extended over 55 years, a period
which has been exceeded only by Sir James Agnew, who
was a member from 1843 to 1901.

The Society has never had a more active or devoted
member. For many years he rarely missed a meeting
when he was in Hobart, and he would frequently send a
note or an exhibit if he was forced to be absent. His
time was always available for the Council, and for the
numerous committees to which whenever possible he would
ask for business to be referred. Mr. Stephens gave much
attention to the regular conduct of meetings, and he would
frequently intervene to secure a correct procedure. He
was usually a vigorous critic of innovations, and he would
take much trouble, both in debate and by interesting mem-
bers, to defeat any proposal which he disapproved ; but
occasionally he would propose alterations of rules, usually
with a view to reverting to the practice of "the first forty
"years of the Society," to which he would often allude.
His knowledge of these matters was of great use when the
Society's rule* were redrafted in 1874, and again in 1907
and 1911. Mr. Stephens's precision in the use of language
made him especially useful on these occasions.

Mr. Stephens contributed some 27 papers to the Society ;
and, in addition, many exhibits and notes due to him are
recorded in the Society's Proceedings. His papers were
almost entirelv on the geology of Tasmania. The first, read
in 1863, described a discovery of coal in the gold diggings

§ Christ'u College, Tasmania. Published by the Council of the College. 2/-

ANNUAL REPORT. 319

1913.

at Mangana ; while the last, in 1912, is on the mineral
springs on the North-West Coast. Mr. Stephens corre-
sponded with many geologists in other countries, and at
meetings of the Society he would often read their letters
on questions of interest to students of the geology of Tas-
mania. Mr. Stephens also contributed geological papers
to the Proceedings of the Linnaean Society of New South
Wales, and to other societies ; and at the meeting of the
Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science
in Hobart in 1902 he read a valuable summar}^ of what
was known of the mesozoic diabase of Tasmania.

Mr. Stephens's knowledge of geology was always at the
disposal of his friends, and he would take much trouble in
answering any inquiries which were made of him. For
the last fiftv years of his life his home was in Hobart. He
built himself several houses, into the last of which he
moved only a. few weeks before his death. He was twice
married, and leaves several children.

RUSSELL YOUNG, 18.38-1913.

Mr. Russell Young was a son of Mr. Thomas Young, one
of the first solicitors in Tasmania, who settled in Hobart
in 1824. Born in 1838, Mr. Young was educated at the
High School, and was admitted as a solicitor in 1862. He
practised his profession until his death, and for nearly 50
years he was City Solicitor. He was elected to the Society
in 1864, and he became one of the most active members.
From 1872 to 1877 Mr. Young sat in the House of As-
sembly as member for Franklin. Among the subjects in
which he was interested were forestry and the preserva-
tion of scenery. In April, 1876, His Excellency Mr. F. A.
Weld, in his inaugural address at the opening of the
Society's session, had pleaded "for the preservation of the
''ferns and forests which are fast disappearing from the
"sides of Mount Wellington," and had urged that Mount
Wellington should be "preserved to future generations as a
'"noble public forest and park." Shortly afterwards Mr.
Young, from his lolace in Parliament, moved that a reserve
of 3,750 acres — which includes the whole of what is
now the Mountain Park, as well as portion of the area re-
served in connection with the Water supply of Hobart —
"should be made as an inalienable forest for the benefit of
"the inhabitants of Tasmania." Both Houses of Parliar
ment adopted an address to the Govemor asking for this
reservation; and the Report of the Society for 1876 re-
cords that, "owing to the exertion in Parliament of one oi'
"our Fellows. Mr. Russell Young, this great boon has been

320 INSTITUTIONS WHICH RECEIVE

R.S. TAS.

"permanently secured to the public." Mr. Young was
elected to the Council in 1877, and he served the Society
for 33 years. He gave much time to the Society's affairs,
and frequently assisted the Council with his professional
advice. He was much interested in microscopic life, and
was skilled in photomicrogra^phy, though he did not contri-
bute to the 'Tapers and Proceedings."' Mr. Young was
one of the most prominent and useful of the citizens of
Hobart, and numerous matters of public interest had his
attention. For many years he was a member of the
Queen's Domain Committee. In private life, Mr. Young
was a man of unusual taste and refinement, and he had
many accomplishments. He remained a member of the
Society until 1910.

INSTITUTIONS, ETC., TO WHICH COPIES OF THE
"PAPERS AND PROCEEDINGS" OF THE
ROYAL SOCIETY OF TASMANIA ARE PRE-
SENTED.

Australia, Commonwealth of

Comm.onwealth Library Melbourne

AUSTRO-HUNGARY.

K. Akademie der Wissenchaften Vienna

K. K. Milit r-Geographisches Institut Vienna

Belgium.
Institut Grand-Ducal de Luxembourg ... Luxembourg

Societe Royale de Botanique de Belgique Brussels

Societe Royale des Sciences Liege

Societe Royale Zoologique et Malacologique de

Belgique Brussels

Brazil.
Museu Goeldi Para

Canada.

Canadian Institute Toronto

Geological Survey of Canada Ottawa

Nova Scotian Institute of Science Halifax

Royal Society of Canada Montreal

Cape Colony.

Royal Society of South Africa Capetown

S. African Association for the Advancement of

Science Capetown

South African Museum Capetown

THE ""PAPERS AND PEOCEEDIXUS." 32 E

1913.

Ceylon.
Colombo Museum ... Colombo

East Indies.
Sarawak Museum Sarawak

England.

Agent-General of Tasmania London

British Museum London

British Museum (Natural History) London

Cambridge Philosophical Society Cambridge

Geographical Association ... ..*. Oxford

Geological Society ... London

Imperial Bureau of Entomology London

Linnean Society London

Manchester Literary and Philosophical

Society Manchester

Marine Biological Laboratory Plymouth

National Physical Laboratory ... Teddington, Middlesex

"Nature'' London

Bothamsted Experimental Station Hai*penden

.Royal Astronomical Society London

Koyal Botanic Garden ... Kew

Pioyal Colonial Institute London

Royal Geographical Society London

Royal Horticultural vSociety London

Royal Institution London

Royal Microscopical Society London

Royal Society London

''Science Abstracts'" London

Society of Chemical Industiy London

Yorksliire Geological Society Leeds

Zoological Society London

France.

Societe de Geo^raphie Paris

Societe Zoologique de France Paris

Germany.

Deutsches Entomologisches Museum Berlin

Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde Berlin

Konigl.-bayer. Akademie der Wissenchaften ... Munich

Naturforschende Gesellschaft Freiburg, i. Br.

Naturwissenschaftlichen Verein Hamburg

Physikalisch-Technische Reichsanstalt ... Charlottenburg

322 INSTITUTIONS WHICH RECEIVE

II..-. TAS.

Holland.
Jvoninklijk Nederlandsch Aarclrijkskundig

Genootschap Amstordam

Musee Tender Haarlem

Kijks Herbarium Leiden

India

Agricultiiral Kesearch Institute Pusa

Geological Survey of India Calcutta

Scientific Advisory Board, Indian Research

Fund Association Simla

*
Ireland.

Hoyal Dublin Society Dublin

Koyal Irish Academy Dublin

Italy.

Heale Accademia del Lincei Rome

Reale Accademia delle Scienze dell' Istituto ... Bologna
Regia Scuola Superiori di Agricoltura Portici

Mexico.
^ociedad Cientifica "Antonio Alzate"" Mexico

New South Wales.

Australian Historical Society Sydney

Botanic Gardens Sydney

Department of Agriculture Sydney

Department of Fisheries Sydney

Department of Mines Sydne}^

Linnean Society of New South Wales Sydney

Naturalists' Society of New South Wales Sydney

Public Library Sydney

Royal Society Sydney

Technological Museum Sydney

X^niversity Libraiy ... Sydney

New Zealand.

Canterbury Museum Christchurch

Dominion Museum ... Wellington

Education Department Welling-ton

'Geological Survey Wellington

New Zealand Institute Wellington

Norway.
^Bergens Museum Bergen

THE "papers and PROcKKI )yX(4s." 323

1913.

Queensland.

Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine ... To-wnsville

Colonial Botanist Brisbane

Greological Surve}'^ Ofiice Brisbane

Queensland Museum ... Brisbane

Royal Society of Queensland Brisbane

University Library Brisbane

KussiA.

Academie Impcriale des Sciences St. Petei'sburg

Jardin Botanique Imperial St. Petersburg

Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes Moscow

Scotland.

l^otanical Society Edinburgh

Ro3^al Philosophical Society Glasgow

Royal Scotti.sh Geographical Society Edinburgh

Royal Society Edinburgh

South Australia.

Public Library and Museum Adelaide

Royal Geographical Society Adelaide

Royal Society of South Australia Adelaide

ITnivei-sity Library ... Adelaide

Switzerland.
Xaturforschende Gesellschaft Basel

Tasmania.

G eological Survey ... Launceston

Public Library H obart

Public Library Launceston

X^'^niversity Lijjrary ... Hobart

Victoria Museum Launceston

United States of America.

Academy of Natural Sciences Philadelphia

Academy of Science of St. Louis St. Louis, Mo.

American Academy of Arts and Sciences Boston

American Chemical Society Columbus. O.

American Geographical Society New York

American Museum of Natural History. Central-
park New York

American Philosophical Society Philadelphia

Boston Society of Natural History Boston

Buffalo Society of Natural Science Buffalo, N.Y.

Bureau of Standards Washinsjton

324 INSTITUTIONS, ETC.

R.S. TAS.

United States of America.

Department of Agriculture WashingtoiL

Department of Agriculture (Office of Experi-
ment Stations) ... Washington

Field Museum of Natural History Chicago-
Library of Congress Washington

Lloyd Museum and Library Cincinnatti, Ohio

Michigan Academy of Science Ann Arbor, Mich.

Museum of Brooklyn Institute of Arts and

Sciences Brooklyn, N.Y.

Museum of Comparative Zoology Cambridge, Mass.

National Geographic Society Washington

New York Zoological Society New York

Pomona College (Department of Biology) Claremont, Cal.

"Science'" ... ^ New York

Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National

Museum") Washington

United States Geological Survey Washington

University of California Berkeley, Cal.

University of Chicago ... Chicagcr

University of Illinois Urba.na, 111.

AVashington University St. Louis, Mo.

Yale University Newhaven, Conn.

Uruguay.
Museo Nacional Montevidea

Victoria.

Australasian Institute of Mining Engineers... Melbourne

Department of Agriculture Melbourne

Department of Mines Melbourne

Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria Melbourne

Geelong Naturalists" Club Geelong

Historical Society of Victoria ... Melbourne

National Herbarium Melbounie

National Museum Melbourne

Public Library Melbourne

Royal Australasian Ornitliologists' Union ... Melbourne

Pvo'yal Geographical Society Melbourne

University Library \ Melbourne

Western Australia.

Geological Survey Office Perth

Roval Society of Western Australia Perth

University Library Perth

Western Australian Museum and Art Gallery ... Perth

p. & p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE I.

Mt. Albert

Mt. Victoria

■Saddleback"

S. Esk Valley

Ben Nevis (

p. &. p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE II.

p. & p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE III.

I

p. &. p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE IV.

r

\-

rA \

/^./

/>',

^J

^v.

p. & p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE V.

A ^

'''"!&*
%^^,^

^v

-\

¥■ .'

'^^-.7-A.

i.'-^t ^^^,_^ V

.> .

^v^

DIABASE BOULDER IN BRECCIA.

P & p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE VI.

„ * •

jt^-v .

,1;

V :-'■/'

4^ • ^: '^■'',.

,»;■ ".^

,- V ■;■■

i-

\

: -i

•^ *

^ ^,

-:i

P & p. R. S. Tas., 1913

PLATE VII.

/■

'\j»*'^^ ' •-*"' . \

.Jf^^

-4'"

;^^. ^

. '^.>' ,

%.'

\

i

p. & p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE VII!

.^"^

p. & p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE IX.

o«;»

p. &. p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE X.

Fig. 1 (2 X)

Fig. 2 (2 X)

Fig. 3 (2 x)

Fig. 4 (2 x)

Fig. 5 (2.5 x)

Fig. 6 (2.5 x)

Terebratula (Liothyrinal fulva, Blochmann.

1, 2, Dorsal and side view of a more slender example.
3, 4, The same from a broader example.

5, Brachial apparatus of example, fig. 1.

6, „ „ „ .. 3.

p. &. p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

Fig. 7 (3 x)

Fig. 8 (3 x)

^^r^

Fig. 11 (16 XI

7 — 9. Terebratella niayi, n. sp.

7, Dorsal view.

8, Front view.

9, Brachial apparatus of a larger example.

7 0, 7 1. Ai-rii rotheea mnyi, ". sp.
10, Dorsal view.
11 Inner view of dorsal valve.

p. & p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE XII.

E

(8

i i

(8 -O

?i:±i.^

p. & p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE XIII.

Macquane St. Front.

^•^

fi i i i

11 1

kLm ft ' \> '

Sullivan Cove Front.

GOVERNMENT HOUSE, MACQUARIE ST., HOBART TOWN, 1837,

From Sketches made by J. E. Chapman for Lady Franklin.

The Meeting PJaee of the Tasmanian Society, 1838—43.
Inaugural Meeting of the Royal Society held in the Library, 14th October, 1843.

p. & p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATfe XIV.

THE FRANKLIN MUSEUM, ANCANTHE, KANGAROO VALLEY, 1913.
Founded 16th March, 1842.

W

^m^m

mmmm

. m 4' <\ #11! ^

SUPERINTENDENT'S HOUSE, BOTANICAL GARDENS, HOBART
Built 1829.

Meeting Place of the Sochty in 7846 and 1847.

p. & p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE XV.

CUSTOMS HOUSE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL CHAMBERS,

Hobart Town.

Now Parliament House. Built aljout 1837.

From 184-8 52 the Society had its Museum and Library and held its Meetings in rooms

in the Legislative (iouneil Ghambers.

W ,*1-^BI

THE ROYAL SOCIETY'S MUSEUM, 1852 62.
In Harrington St., adjoining St. Joseph's Orphanage.

p. & p. R, S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE XVI.

TTTlTlIii

THE ROYAL SOCIETY'S MUSEUM.
Built 1860-2.

THE TASMANIAN MUSEUM AND ART GALLERY,
Showing extensions built in 1886 and 1901.

p. & p. R. S. Tas,, 1913.

PLATE XVII.

£ t^

5>

O %

o

c

p. & p. R. S. Tas., 1913

PLATE XVIII.

w Ct

H
O

Q c 5

q:
< >

rt .-c

0 a

c z

1^

p. & p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE XIX.

'^^ 0^

RONALD CAMPBELL GUNN, F.R.S., etc.

(1808 81).

Secretary of the Tasmanian

Society, 1839, 1844—9,

Editor of the Tasininiun Journal, 1841 — 9.

THE HON. WILLIAM THOMAS NAPIER

CHAMP, M.H.A. (1808—92).

First Premier of Tasmania, 1856 — 7.

Secretary of the Botanical and Horticultural
Society of Van Dicmen's Land, 1843 — 4.

/^e.

N

GEORGE FORDYCE STORY, M.D., (1800—85).
Photograph taken about 1870.

Secretary of the Royal Society, 1844 — 5.

(

-*.

f

■■fk

JOHN LILLIE, D.D.

Honorary Secretary of the Royal Society,
1845—8.

p. & p. R. S. Tas.. 1913.

PLATE XX.

( -X

ft

i^i^

■ ' "^

nl^^

K^^..^

"^^^Kst'^ "" ' ^^Hl^

- vW^

^ ^ :W

S 1 T^ ^^*

\ f

^ -^ .

JOSEPH MILLIGAN (1807-84).

THE

HON. WILLIAM ARCHER, M.H.A

ieeretnry of the Royal Society, 1848—60.

Secretary of the Royal Society, 186C—1.

JAMES WILSON AGNEW, M.D., etc.

(1815 1901).

Photograph taken about 1860.

Honorary Secretary of the Royal Society,
1861-81, 1884-94.

y^^""""^;'

THOMAS ROBLIN
(1824-83).

Curator of the Royal Sceiety's Museum, 1862-83

p. & p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE XXI,

■.FOSSIL WHALE FROM WYNYARC-UPPER AND LOWER ARM,
SHOWING EPIPHYSES.

S 13 of Matr X, 12in. x 7in.

p. & p. R. S. Tas., 1913.

PLATE XXII.

cc a

5 =

> V

Z N

> CO

o

cc

INDEX.

Titles of papers and new genera and species in heavy type.

Synonyms in Italic.

''•n full description of a genus or species.

Abbott (Francis), Superinten-
dent of Botanical Gardens,

145, 158.

(John), Secretary of

Society, 143.
Aboriginal skull found on

Tasman Island, 287.
Aoanthocladium, 205, 219*

extenuatum, 219*
Acclimatisation Society, 132,

133
Accounts (1913), 311, 312.
Acrocladium, 205, 220*

auriculatum, 220*

chlamydopliylluTn, 220*, 226.
Agnew (Sir James), Secretary

of Society, 160, portrait pi.

20.
Albert (Mt.), confusion with

Mt. Saddleback, 76.
Allwork (Frank), obituary

notice, 313.
Ancanthe estate, see Frank-
lin Museum.
.\ndraea, 249*-252.

acuminata, 250*

amblyophylla, 250*
var. attenuata, 251*
var. buUata, 251*

attenuata, 251.

erubescens, 'i.50*

Gximia, 250*

jidicaulis, 249*

montana, 251*

nitida, 251*

petrophila, 249*

subulatissima, 251*

tenera, 250*
And re acea e , 248*-252 .
Anniversary (Seventieth), of

the Society, 117, 292.
Annual meeting, 281.
Apples grown at Botanical

Gardens (1847, 1854), 158.
Archer (William), Secretary

of Society, 160; portrait pi.

20.
Argyrotheca (Cistella)

australis, 115.

Mayi, 115*, pi. xi.

Arthur (Colonel Sir George),
appoints Aboriginal Com-
mittee, 79; president of
Agricultural Society (1821;,
118 ; patron of Van Die-
men's Land Scientific So-
ciety (1830), 119; commen-
ces new Government House
(1826), 121; development of
Botanical Gardens (1828),
121, 122; patron of Me-
chanics' Institution (1826),
123.

Ashworth (T.H.), and H. P.
C Ashworth, Proportional
Repre.scntatinu, 49.

Asilldae, New Australian (Ar-
thur White), 264-280.

"Aurora," dredging, 287.

Australasian Antarctic Ex-
pedition, welcome to mem-
bers, 282 ; dredging in
"Aurora," 287; exhibition
of Pycnogonida, 291.

Australian Pliilosophical So-
ciety, alluded to, 118.

Barford (F.W.), Study in

Proportional Representation,

alluded to, 31.
Barnard (.James), Govern-
ment Printer, 129.
Bartramia, 192*-193, 261.

erecta, 261^

fragilis, 193*

Halleriana, 192*

Norvegioa, 1 92*

papillata, 193*, 261.

strictifolia, 193*, 261.
Bartramiaceae, 191*-200.
Bartramidula, 192, 193*-194.

Hampcana. 261*

pusilla, 193*

var. Weymouthi, 194*
Bathypogon, ^272-273.

aorjs, 273.

brachypterus, 273.

nigrinus, 273.

pedanus, 273.

tristis, 272*

326

INDEX.

Heaeonsfield, birth-rate, 175.
l^attie (J. W.). Native Words
of Oyster Bay Tribe, 79-81 ;

see H. B. Hitz.

Bedford (Dr. E. S. P.), trustee
of Betsy Island, 132 ; re-
marks at inaugural meeting
(14th October, 1843), 164.

(Rev. William), list

of native words found
among his papers, 79, 82.

Belcher (T. L.), remarks at
inaugural meeting (14tli
October, 1843), 164.

Ben Esk, proposed as name
for Mt. Saddleback, 78.

Ben Lomond, Height of (L.
F. Giblin and others), 5-14;
map at end of volume.

Ben l^omond. Colonel Legge's
determinations of height,
5 ; his explanation of names
of features, 10.

Bent's Tasinanian Almanack
(1829) quoted, 133.

Betsy Island, purchased by
].ady Franklin (1840), 132;
who gives it to Acclimatisa-
tion Society (1866), 133;
rabbits on, 133.

Bibliography of Proportional
Representation in Tasmania
(E. L. Piesse), 39-77.

Bicheno (J. E.), his micro-
scoi>e, 293, 294; trustee of
Franklin Museum, 131,

Birchall (W.A.B.) and others,
Report 071 General Election
of SOth April, 1909, 52.

Birth-rate in Tasmania, 174-
176.

Blochmann (F.) Some Aus-
tralian Brachiopods, 112-
115.

Block- vote, use in Tasmania,
26, 40.

Bluo-gum, an "enormous
plank" sent to exhibition of
1851, 159.

Botanical and Horticultural
Society, foundation, 137.

Botanical Gardens at Hobart,
120-123, 144-145, 157-159 ;
area, 158 ; catalogue of
plants (1857), 158; Crown,
surrendered to (1885), 161;
expenditure on, 123, 137;

formation (1818), 120;.

plants for (1828-9), 122;

Hoyal Society, managed by,

137, 144-145, 157-159; su-
perintendents, 122, 123, 145,.

158; superintendent's house,

122, 144 (view, pi. 14) ; visi-
tors (1847-1863), number of..

158.
Brachiopods, Some Australian

(F. Blochmann), 112-115.
Brachymenium, 178, 181*

Preissianum, 181"^
Brachyrrhopala, 270.
Brachythecium, 206*
Brandt rules in proportional

representation, 45.
Breccia at One Tree Point, 95 >
Breutelia, 192, 194, 195*-197.

aflSnis, 195, 196*

oommutata, 196*

comosa, 197*

crassa, 197*

divaricata, 197*

pendula, 196*

Sieberi, 196*
Brighton, projwsed as capital ^

121.
Draunia Hni>i,()oldtii, 235*
Brown (W. Jethro), on Hare

system, 47, 48.
Bryaceae, 177*-191.
Br'yophyta, Tasmanian (L.

Rodwav), 177-263.
Brvum, 178, 179, 180, 181*^

191.

argenteum, 190*

argillicola, 191*

Billardieri, 183*

bimum, 185*

blandum, 188*

breviramulosum, 183*

caespiticiodes, 187*

oampylothecium, 184, 185*

capillare, 186*

chry soneu ron , 188*

crassum, 186*

creberrimum, 185*

cupulatum, 190*

curvioollum, 187*

dichotomum, 190*, 191.

erythrocarpoides, 189*

gambierense, 191*

int€>rmediuni, 186*, 187.

laevigatulum, 189*

laevigatum, 188*

leptothecium, 184*

INDEX.

327

r>ryum

microrhodon. 184*

microsporum, 187*

ovicai'pum, 189*

pachytheca, 190*

pyrothecium, 186*

rubiginosiim, 188*

nifescens, 184*

sTibcupulatiim, 190*

Sullivani, 189*

tasmaniciim, 185*

torque seen s, 187*
Butler (Dr. G. H.), Chairman

of Couneil, 282.
Buxbaumia, 248*

indusiata, 248.,

tasmanica, 248.
Buxbaumiaceae, 248*

Calvptopogon, 260.

Campylium, 205, 209*-210.
decussatum, 210*
molle, 210*
relaxum, 209*

Campvlopus Rodwayi, 260*

Camptochaete, 223, 228*-229.
arbuscula, 228*
deflexa, 229*
graeile, 229*
ramulosa, 228*, 229.
tasmanica, 229*

Capital of Van Diemen's
Land, Brighton and New
Norfolk proposed for, 121.

Cartography cf North-East
Tasmania, Rectification in
(Col. W. V. Legge), 76-78.

Catagonium, 205, 219*
iwlitum, 219*

C^tharinea, 244, 245*
Muelleri, 245*

Catharomnion, 236, 238* -239.
ciliatum, 239*

Cathode Rays, On the Rela-
tion between the Loss of
Energy and the lonisation
produced by (J. L. Glasson),
1-4.

Census of Tasmania (1911),
173.

Champ (W. T. N.), Secretary
of Society, 142, 163; re-
marks at inaugural meet-
ing (14th October, 1843),
164; portrait, pi. 19.

Chapman (J. R.), exhibits,
291.

Christ's College, Rev. J. P.
Gell principal, 130; An-
canthe estate, 131, 132,
150; library, 132.

Chrysopogon, 268-269.
nigricans, 268*
punctulatus, 269.
punctulus, 269.
rufulus, 268*

(.'/s fella, 115.

(Uadoinnion sciurokks, 234*

Clark (Andrew Inglis), article
on Hare system in Qnadri-
laicral (1874), 45; intro-
duces Electoral Act (1896),
42, 45 ; account of adoption
of Hare system in Tasmania,
49, quott^d 39-41.

Clarke (Dr. A. H.), Acting-
Chairman of Council, 282.
(Rev. George), obit-
uary notice, 313-316.

Clark-Hare system, see Hare-
Clark system.

Colonial Gardens (Hobart),
see Botanical Gardens.

Conostomum, 192, 198*
australe, 198*
pusillum, 198*

Council (1913), election, 281;
attendance of members, 305.

Crvphaea, 224, 231*
parvula, 231*

i'ry)i}i(ini tasinanica, 231*

Crvphaeaceae, 223*

Cuspidata, 255*

Customs House (Hobart),
room for Mechanics' In-
stitution (1838), 123; So-
ciety's rooms at (1848-
1852), 153; view, pi. 15.

Cyathophorum, 237, 239*
bulbosum, 239*
densirete, 239*
pennntHin, 2y9*

Cymbifolia, 253*

Cyrtopus, 223, 225*
setosus, 225*

Cyttaria Gunnii, 287.

Dalt<)nia, 240*-241.
pusilla, 240*

Daly (J. F.) and others. Re-
port on General Election of
'iOtk April, 1912, 54.

3iJ8

INL'KX.

Davidson (William), Super-
intendent of Botanical Gar-
dens (18-28-]8;U), 121.

Da^-ies (Sir J. G.), obitiiarv
notice, 316.

and R. M. Johnston,

Report on Commonwealth
Elections of 1901, 39, 49,
50.

Dawsonia, 244, 245, 247^-248.
superb a, 248*

Demography of Tasmania (L.
F. GibHn), 173-176.

Dendrocrjphaea;, 224, 231^
tasmanica, 231*

Denison (Sir W. T.), interest
in the Society, 147-151 ; re-
vival of Philosophical So-
ciety of New South Wales,
118,' 148; on Strzelecki's
determinations of heights,
116 ; reference to garden on
site of Hutchins School,
121 ; Varieties of Vice- Regal
Life quoted. 148; b'inance
Minute (1848), 148; portrait,
pi. 18.

I>erwent Bank, alluded to.
133, 134.

Derwent estuary, geology of,
95-111.

Dicranum (Dicranoloma) sub-
setosum, 260.

Dicranum robustum, 260.

Discophyllum, 242*

Distlchophvllum, 240, 241*-
243.

amblyop)h y IJ u m , 242*
crispulum, 242*
Le fieri, 243.

microcarpum, 241, 243*
pulchellnm, 242*
j-otundifolium, 242*
sinuosum, 242.
subsinuosum, 243.

Dolphin, dissection of, 168.

13omain (Hobart), Sir Eard-
ley Wilmot lays out drives
(1843), 144.

Douglas (P.O.), lecture on
Hare system (1908), 51;^
Report on General Election of
ZOth April, 1909, 52.

Drepanocladus, 205, 209*
brachiatus, 209*
fluitans, 209*

Echinodium, 223, 225*
hispidum, 225*

ICducational experiments, J.
A. Johnson on, 288.

Elections, counting of votes
at, 30 ; see B^presentation.

Electoral Act (1896), 42, 45,
54; rules, 58-62.
— - (1901), 43, 49.

(1907), 44, 50, 51, 52,

53, 54, 56; rules, 67-71.

Electoral Bill (1899), 43, 47;
rules, 62-67.

Ellison-Macartney (Sir Wil-
liam), welcomed as Presi-
dent, 286.

Entosthodon, 202*

Ephemerum eristatum, 260.

Eriopus, 240, 241*
apiculatus, 241*
tasmanicus, 241*

Erythropogon, 270*
ichneumoniformis, 270*

Ettmgshausen, his determina-
tions of One Tree Point
plant remains, 102, 288.

Etymology of language of
Tasmanian aborigines, 82.

Eucalyptus globulus, var.
Harris&ni, 284.

Eucalyptus unialata, 284.

Eufunaria, 202*

Evans (J. W.), introduces
i:iectoral Bill (1906), 44.

I^Aving (Rev. T. J.), trustee of
Franklin Museum, 131 ; re-
marks at inaugural meeting
(14th October, 1843), 163.

Exchanges, list of, 320-324.

Exhibitions, International,

Society assists Government
in (1850-1857), 159.

Faber (J.), in charge of Go-
vernment Garden (1818),
120.

Fagus Cunninghami, 287.

Families in Tasmania, size of,
175.

Fertility in Tasmania, 174.

Fisheries, discussions and
papers in the fifties, 159 ;
introduct^ion of salmon,
159; introduction of tench,
160.

Fitzroy Crescent, proposed as
site for Zoological Gardens,
155.

INDEX.

32!)

Flinders (M.), charts pre-
sented to Society, 291.
Flynn (Professor T. Tliom-
son), on dredging in
'•Aurora," 287; exhibits
Pycnogonida, 291.
Forster (Mathew), alluded to,

133.
Foundation and Early W-tirk
of the Society, E. L. Piesse,
117-166 ; meeting of 14th
October, 1843, 138-141, 163-
165.
Fowler (T. AV.), presents

charts, 291.
Fractional method of transfer
in proportional representa-
tion, 44.
Franklin Island, sec Betsy

Island.
Franklin (Lady Jane), prize
at Hobart Horticultural
Show (1840), 124; gift of
Franklin Museum (1842),
131; gift of Betsv Island
(1866), 133; farewell of
Tasmanian Society^ (1843),
135; portrait, pi. 17.

(Sir John), assists

Mechanics' Institutir^n

(1838) 123 ; governorship,
124, 133; founds Tasmanian
Society (1838), 124, 125;
proposes College at New
Norfolk (1840), 130, 131:
lavs foundation stone of
Franklin Museum (1842),
131; printing of Tasmania))
Journal, 129, 130; differen-
ces with John Montagu,
133; farewell of Tasmanian
Society (1843), 134; depar-
ture from Tasmania (1843),
141 ; Narrative of Sonw
Passages, etc., quoted, 130,
131, 141; portrait, pi. 17.

Island, see Betsy Is-
land.

Museum, foundation

(1842), 131; deed of settle-
ment, 131, 150; collections,
132; library, 132; rents of
property, 132. 164; cases
purchased bv Royal Society,
156; Christ's College has
possession of. 132; view, j)l.
14.

Franklin Square (Hobart), re-
served for a new Parlia-
ment House, 156.

Funaria, 200, 201^-204.
apophysata, 202*
crispula, 203''''
cuspidata, 203*
glabra, 203*
gracile, 202*
iivgrometrica, 204*
pVoducta, 202*
tasmanica, 203*

Funariaceae, 200*-204.

Cell (Rev. J. P.), biographi-
cal note, 130; secretary of
Tasmanian Society, 130 ;
trustee of Franklin Mu-
seum, 131 ; letter as to An-
caiithe estate, 132; remarks
at inaugural meeting (14th
October',' 1843), 164.
Giblin (L. F.), Demography
of Tasmania, 173-176; note
on proportional representa-
tion, 32; remarks on uni-
form quota, 286.

and others. Height of

Ben Lomond, 5-14.
Gigaspermum, 200, 201*

repens, 201*
Glaciation at One Tree Point,

101.
Glasson (J. L.), On the Rela-
tion between the Loss of
Energy and ths lonisation
produced by Cathode Rays,
1-4 ; remarks on, 285.
(Tli/phoraj-pa erecfa, 261.
Glyptothecium. 224, 234*

sciuroides, 234*
Government Cottage (Laun-
ceston), alluded to, 136.
— (New Norfolk), al-
luded to, 136.
Government House (Mac-
quarie-st., Hobart), Sorell
on its condition (1817),
121 ; Tasmanian Society
meets at, 125; inaugural
meeting held at (14th Octo-
ber, 1843), 138; views, pi.
13.

■ (Pavilion Pt., Ho-
bart), Sorell acquires sdte
(181^) 120; commenced by
Arthur (1826), 121; con-

;5:30

INDEX.

tinued bv Franklin and
Denison, 123; cost, 123.

Grasses introduced at Botani-
cal Gardens (1846-1860),
158.

Graves (J. W.), secretary of
Acclimatisation Societv,

133.

Gregory fractional method of
transfer in proportional re-
presentation, 44.

Gnnn (R. C), biographical
note, 123; secretary of Hor-
ticultural Society (Hobart),
123; scH^retary of Tas-
manian Society, 130, 146 ;
trustee of Franklin Mu-
seum, 131 ; trustee of Betsy
Island, 132 ; proposes Bo-
tanical Garden at Launces-
ton (1834), 142; edits Tas-
nianinii Journal, 146 ; elect-
ed to the Society, 150 ; por-
trait, pi. 19.

Hamilton (Sir II. G. C), in-
augural address to Aus-
tralasian Association (1892).
quoted, 143.

Hangan, location of land at
Pavilion Pt. to, 120.

Hardy, G. H. Hurl stone,
Asilidae collected by, 264.

Hare-Clark svstem, its origin,
39, in Electoral Act 1896,
42 ; characteristic features
discussed, 42, 46, 52, ; not
used in Electoral Act 1907,
44; H. M. Johnston on, 46,
49, 50.

Hare system, see Hare-Clark
system , Representation .

Harrison (E. P.), Eucalyptus
globulus var. Harrisoni
named after, 284.

Harrisson (C. T.), welcome to,
282.

Hedwigia, 223, 224, 236*, 249.
albica_ns, 236""-

Hedu igia<"('ae, 224"^'

Hedwitridinm, 223, 224, 235^="
imbcrbis, 23.j^:-

Heights ill Tasmania, Strze-
lecki's determinations of,
13, 116.

Henderson (i)i-. Jolm), founds
Van Diem ail's J^and Scien-
tific Society (1830), 119.

Henslowe (F. H.), secretary
of Tasmanian Society, 130 ;
remarks at inaugural meet-
ing (14th October, 1843),
164.

Henty (William), proposal for
a "federal" society (1848),
148.

Herbertson ( — ), Superintend-
ent of Botanical Gardens,
123.

Hobart, birth-rate, 175 ; mas-
culinity, 176.

Homalia, 224, 233*
falcifolia, 233*

Hooker ia tenella, 240*

Horticultural Society, Gar-
deners' and Amateurs',
145.

— — , Hobart Town,
123.

— — , Launceston, 142.
House of Assembly, its consti-

tutiou, 1856-1913, 41.
Humphreys (J. H.), remarks

on counting votes quoted,

30 ; on list systems, 51 ;

Froporiional Representation,

54 ; on General Election of

23rd January, 1913, 56.
Hutchins School, garden on

site of, 120.
Hutchison (H. R.), and

others, Height of Ben Lo-
mond, 5-14.
H v menophy 1 lu m

peltatum\ 38.

tunbridgense, 38.

unilaterale, 38,

^^'ilsoni, 38.
Hvpnaceae, 204*-222, 225,

237.
Hvpneae, 204*
Hvpnum, 205*-209.

aristatum, 207*

a.sprritlr.s, 208*

austrinum, 208*

campestre, 207*

collafnm, 208*

convolutifolium, 208*

muriculatum, 208*

paradoxum, 207*

romotifolium, 208*

rutabulum, 206*, 207.

salebrosum, 207*

tenuifolium, 208*

[NDEX.

331

Hi/pn mil

cerviculatum, 214*

rontiginim, 215*

rrinltum, 219'

extennatuin. 219*

hispidian, 225*

Joliffii, 214*

leptorrhyncii m , 2 1 4 *

patale, 216*

tenuirostrc, 213*
H ypopterygiiim , 237, 238*

novae-zelandiae, 238*
Hypnodendron, 205, 210*-211.

Aroheri, 211*

spininei'Aiim, 211*
Hypsiprymnus, 105.

lonisation (J. L. Glasson), 1-

4.
Isotheciuni

arbiiscula, 228*

Colensoi, 212*

'/racile, 229*

puinilum, 226*

Sieberi, 212*

spininervuin , 2 1 1 *
Isoptei-^-gium, 205, 217*-218.

acuminatum, 218*

limitum, 218*

Johnson (J. A.), on ©xperi-
meutal pedagogy, 288.

Johnston (R. M.), on the
Hare and Hare-Clark sys-
tems, 46, 47, 48 ; Report on
Commonwealtli Elections

(1901). 49. 50, quoted 39;
on Electoral Act 1907, 51;
hj'pothesis of Tertiary Lake
in Derwent estuarv criticis-
ed, 95.

Kangaroo Valley, see Frank-
lin Museum.

King ( — ), has rabbits on
Betsy Island (1827), 133.

Knight (J. C. E.), presents
books to Society, 291.

Language of Tasmanian na-
tives, 79-94.

Laphria, 273-274.
clavata, 273*
ornatii>ennis, 274.

Latrobe (C. J.), tries to unite
Tasmanian and Royal So-
cieties, 147.

Launceston, Government Cot-
tage, 136 ; Horticultural
Society, 142; City Park,
142 ; Mechanics' Institute,
153; Northern Branch of
Society, 152 ; Victoria Mu-
seum, 153 ; birth-rate, 175.

Launceston voting system
discussed, 26-30; origin, 44;
rules, 55, 72-75.

Leaf -remains. determination
of plants from, 102, 288.

Legge (Colonel W. V.). Recti-
fication in the Cartography
of ^ North-East Tasmania,
76-78 ; determinations of
heiglit of Legge Peak, 5 ;
explanation of names of
features of Ben Lomond,
10.

Legge Peak, height, 5-14.

Legislative Council Cham-
bers, Societv has rooms at
(1848-1852), "153; view, pi.
15.

Lembophvllaceae, 223*

Lembophyllum, 223, 226*-227.
clandestinum, 226*
cochlearifolium, 226*
divulsum, 227*

Lepiangimn repens, 201.

Leptobryum, 177, 180*.
pyriforme, 180*

Leptodontium papillatum,

260.

Leptogaster, 264-268.
aestiva, 265*
antipoda, 267.
australis, 265.
bancrofti, 265.
dissimilis, 265.
fumipennis, 266*
geniculata, 266.
cccidentalis, 267*
vernaiis, 265*, 266.

Lepvrodon, 224, 233*-234,
235.
lagurus. 234*

Leskeae, 204, 205*

Leucodon lag^irus, 234*

Leucodontaceae, 224*

Le\\-is (Sir N. E.^, introduces
Electoral Bill 1901, 43.

Library of the Society, forma-
tion^ of, 153-155; catalogue,
154; report (1913), 306 -

332

INDEX.

Lillio (Rov. Jolm), Introduc-
ix)r;y Paper in Tasinanian
Journal, 125-129 ; bio-

graphical note, 143 ; Secre-
tary of Society, 143 ; re-
marks at inaug-ural meeting
(14th October, 1843), 163;
portrait, pi. 19.

Limited vote, alluded to, 26.

L iothyrina fnlra , 112'^^

Liothyrina vitrea, 113.

LiotJijiris Hva, 112*

List-systems m representa-
tion, mathmetical discus-
sion of, 16-25; J. H. Hum-
phreys on, 51 ; E. L. Piesse
on application to Tasmania,

m.

Loane (R. W.), laud at Pa-
vilion Pt., 120.

Lophidiaceae, 236^-239, 240.

Lophidium, 236, 237*-238.
pallens, 238-

McCall (Sir J.), on Proi>or-
tional Ropresentation in
Tasmania, 51, 53.

Martin (Miss A. M.), alluded
to, 44.

Masculinity of population of
Tasmania, 176.

Mat«rnity-bonus and birth-
rate, 174.

Mawson (Dr. Douglas), elect-
ed an lionorary member,
294.

May (W. L.), brachiopods col-
lected bv him described,
112-115.

Mechanics' Institution (Ho-
bart), 123, 138.

Members, list of. 290-304.

Membershi]) of Societv (1843-
1913), 152.

Meteo?'ium

cerinvm, 230"-'"
fHpendv/ion, 230*
flexicaulc, 230*
'molle, 227*

Meteorological observations,
superint^'udod by the So-
ciety, 159.

Microscopes, exhibition of,
294.

Midland AgTiicultural As-
sociation, proposed union
with Society, 149.

Mielichhoferia, 177, 178*
Echloni, 178*

Migration of Population of
Tasmania, 173.

Malligan (Joseph), biographi-
cal note, 150 ; Secretary of
Society, 150, 160 ; report on
coal, 157; portrait, pi. 20.

Mniaceae, 240.

Mniobryum, 177, 179*
tasmanicum, 179.

Mniadelphus, 242*

Mniodendron, 205, 211 --21 2.
coinatum, 212*
comosum, 212"'^
Sieberi. 212*

Montagu (John), differen-
ces with Franklin, 133; liis
''Book," 134.

Montgomery (Sergeant), list
of native words, 82.

Morton Allport Memorial
Fund, report (1913), 307.

Mosses of Tasmania, 177-263.

Multiple transferable vote
Sivstems in representation,
26-30, 45, 72-75.

Munrn/\s- Ecviev, alluded to..
139.'

Museum at Mechanics' Insti-
tution (Hobart), 123; of
Van Diemen's Land Scien-
tific Society, 120; of North-
ern Branch of Society, 153 ;
Victoria Museum (Lainices-
ton), 1.53; see Franklin Mu-
seum, Royal Society's Mu-
seum, Tasmanian Muscnmi.

Nanson (E. J.), alkided to.

44; The Real Value of a

Vote... 49.
Native Words of Oyster Bay

Tribe (J. W. BeattieK 79-

81.

(H. B. Ritz), 82-

94.
Natural increase of popula-
tion in Tasmania, 173.
Neckera, 224, 232*-233.

hvmenodonta, 232*
Neckera

planifolia. 233*

rivaii'i, 226*
Neckeraceae, 204. 223*-236_
Neoitamus, 274-280.

brunneus, 279*

INDEX.

:i33

Neoitamus

bulbus, 275.

caliginosus, 277*, 278.

ffavicinctus, 275*

fraternus, 275

graminis, 278*

hyalipen.iis, 275, 276.

maculatus, 278*

mistipes, 280.

planiceps, 275.

variiis, 275.

vulgatus, 276*
Newman (F. W.), superinten-
dent of Botanical Gardens

(1845-1859), 145, 157.
New Norfolk, proposed as

oapiial, 121 : Sir John

Franklin's College, 130,

131 ; Government Cottage,

136.
Newspapers in Hobart in the

forties, 134, 139.
Nicholls (Herbert), on Hare

system, 48.
— — (H. M.), exhibit of

microscopes, 294.
Nixon (Bishop), trustee of

Franklin Museum, 131 ;

vice-president of Tasmanian

Society. 138.
Noetling (Fritz), Notes on the

Section ?.t One Tree Point,

0.5-111.
Ncrth-East Tasmania, A Rec-
tification ir the Carto-
graphy of (Co]. W. V.
Legge), 76-78.
Nc rthern Branch, formation
152 ; museum, 153.

Obituary notices, 313-320.
Officers (1913), election, 282;

list, 295.
One Tree Point, Notes on the

Section at (Fritz Noetling),

9.-3-111.
Opseostlengls. 269*

insignis, 269*
Orthodontium, 177, 178M79.

australe, 178*, 179.

lanceolatum, 179*

sulcatum, 179*
Orthotrichum

Lawrencei, 260.

rupestre, 260.
Oxyrrhynchium, 206*
Ovster Bay Tribe, language,

"79-94.

Packer (H. E.) and others.
Report on General Election of
mth A2}ril, 1912, 54.
Papers and Proceedings (1849-
1863), 157; report (1913),
305 ; institutions which re-
ceive, 320-324.
Papillaria, 223, 229*-231.
hlipendula, 230*
flavo-limbata, 230-
intricata, 230*
Kermandecensis, 230*
Parasqualodon Wilkinson?,

167.
Pedagogy, experimental, J.

A. Johiison on, 288
Petrophila, 249.
Philonotis, 192, 194*-195.
fertilis, 195*
remotifolia, 194*
rigens, 195*
scabrifolia, 194*
tenuis, 194*
Philosophical Society of Aus-
tralasia, alluded to, 118.
Plnlosophical Society of New
South Wales, alluded to,
118, 148.
Physcomitrium, 200, 201*
conicum, 201*
laxum, 201*
Piesso (K. L), Theory of the
Quota in Representation
(II.), 15-37; Bibliography
of Proportional Representa-
tion in Tasmania, 39-77 ;
Foundation and Early Work
of the Society, 117-166; re-
port on (kMieral Election of
30th April, 1909, 52; ditto,
30th April, 1912, 54; lecture
on Proportional Representa-
tion (4th June, 1912), ob;
Theory of the Quota (I.), 55;
French Party -List S if stem ap-
plied to Tasmania, 56; Honor-
ary Secretary, 304.

'- and others. Height of

Ben Lomond, 5-14.
Pilotrichella

Billardieri, 227*
molle, 227*
Plagiothecium, 205, 218*-219.

lamprostachys, 218*
Plateau, North -East, of Tas-
mania, 76.
Pleurophascum, 223. 224,
234*-235.

334

INDEX.

Pleurophascuni

grandiglobum, 235"'^
Posonatum, 244, 246'"-, 247.

aiistralasicum, 246*
Pohlia, 177, 179^-180.
cnida, 180*
nutans, ISO"^-
Poly trichaceae , 244*-248 .
Polytrichadelplms, 244, 246*

Magellanicus, 246*
Polji:richum, 245, 247*
alpinnm, 247*
commune, 247*
juniperinum, 247*
tortile, 246.
Folytrichuni

a ngusfa fitiii. 245*
australe, 245*
crispulum , 246*
Magellan ic urn , 246 *
Population of Tasmania, 173-

176.
Forotrichvni
deflexum, 229*
fp-acile, 229*
ramulosuni, 228"
Port Cygnet, birth-rate, 175.
Preferential voting, see Hare-
Clark system , Representa-
tion.
President, 286.
}*rinting Office, Government,

•established 1839, 129.
I'roceedings of meetings, ab-
stract, 281-294.
Proportional Representation,

see Representation .
Pseudoleskea, 205, 222*

imbricata, 222*
P,sih)pihim, 244, 245*-246.
australe, 245*
crispulum, 246*
Ptervgophvllac-eae, 236, 239*-

244.
JHerv<iOj>iivlluin, 240, 243*--
244.

denticnUitum, 244*
Hookeri, 243*
iiigelluni. 244*
Ptychomnion, 205, 210*
aeiculare, 210*

(Juadrilafem/. The, 45.

Queen's School (Hobart), Rev.
J. P. Oell principal, 130.

Quota in Proportional Repre-
sentation, Theory of (K. L.
Piesse), 15-37.

Quota, Droop, 27, 30, 43, 49,
55

'-, Hare, 27, 30, 43, 49,

55.
, uniform, 22.

Rabbits, introduced into Tas-
mania, 133.
Ragged Mountain, height, 10.
Religion and size of family in

Tasmania, 175.
Report, Annual (1913), 295-

324.
Representation, Theory Of
Quota in Proportional Re-
presentation (E. L. Piesse),
15-37 ; Bibliography of Pro-
portional Representation In
Tasmania (E. L. Piesse),
39-75 ; general bibliogra-
phies, 57.
Rhabdodontium, 224, 232*

Buftoni, 232*
Rliaoocarpus, 224, 235*

australis, 235*
Rhacopilum, 236, 237*
austt^ale, 237'^'
cristatum, 237-''"
strumiferum, 237*
Rhaphidostegium, 205, 212*-
215.

oallidiodes, 213*
calliferum, 213*
cerviculatum, 214*
crassiusculum, 215*
cyparioides, 214*
homomailum, 214"
Joliffii, 214*
tenuirostre , 21 3"'-"
Rli.Nncostegiella, 206*
Hhvncostegium, 206*
Kigida, 254*
Kitz (H. 15. ). Native Words

of Oyster Bay Tribe, 82-94.
Roblin (Thomas), Curator of
Roval SfK-ietv's Museum,
166; portrait, ])1. 20
Rodwav (Leonard). Notes on
Hymenophyllum peltatum,
;js Tasmanian Bryophyta,
Part ill., 177-2()3-. remarks
on Knc;il\])tus globulus var.
Harrisoni, 2S4 -. on tumours
from a sassafras, 284; ex-
hibits C\i;taria (Junnii, 287;
remarks on identification of
fossil plants from leal-re-
mains, 288.

INDEX.

335

Hoss (Dr. James), remarks at
inaugural meeting of Van
Diem^n' s Land Society
(1830); 119.

Rossbank Observatory, 127.

Hcjal Society Act (1854), 151-
(1911), 152.

-Royal Society of New South
Wales, history of, 118.

Royal Society's Museum, es-
tablished (1848), 145, 153;
at Legishitive Council
Chambers (1848-52), 153,
pi. 15 ; in Harrington-st.
(1852-1862), 155, pi. 15j sjte
for new Museum, 155-157 ;
subscriptions for, 156 ; erec-
tion of, 160, pi. 16 ; given
back to Crown^ 161.

Rule as to visitors at meet-
ings, proposed alteration.
281.

Ri:les of Society in 1843, 139-
141.

Saddleback, Mt., the name,
76.

Sainte-Lague (A.), on propor-
tional representation, 16.

Salmon, introduction of, 159.

Sapotacites oligoneuris, 108.

Saropogon, 271.
rubescens, 271"-
sergius, 272.

Sauloma, 240^'
tenolla, 240*

Sclerodontium pallidum, 260.

Scott (H. H.), Notes on a
Fossil Whale from Wyn-
yard, 167-172.

Secretaries, 1843 to 1913, 142,
143, 150, 160; Honorary
(1913), 282.

Sheffield, birth-rate, 175.

Shows, Horticultural, at Ho-
bart, 124, 145.

.Single-me>mber constituencies,
representation in, 31-37.

Single transferable vote sys-
tems in representation, 26,
31 ; see Representation.

Soiell (Col. William), presi-
dent of Agricultural Society
(1821), 118; his letters and
despatches missing, 120 ; re-
marks on Government
House (Hobart), 121.

Spence (Miss C. H.), on Hare

svst-om ^T
Sphagnaceae,' 249, 252^--259.
Sphagnum, 252'^'-259.

antarcticum, 254*
var. australe, 254*
var. densissimum, 254""'
var. macrocephalum, 254*
var. subsquarroscum, 255*

australe, 254*

Brotherusii, 256*

centrale, 254*

cuspidatum, 255*

cymbifolioides, 259*

cymbifolium, 253*

cymhoph nil urn , 259*

drepanocladum, 256*

maximum, 253*

molliculum, 259*

Moorei, 258*

pseudorufescens, 259^^

Rodwayi, 257*

serrulatum, 257*

subbicolor, 253, 254*

submolliculum, 258*

trichophyllum, 256*

AVevmouthii, 255*
Splaciinaoeae, 198*-200.
Splachnum gunnii. 200* ; octohle-

jihoruiii, 199*
Spiridentaceae, 223*
Stephens (T.), obituary notice,

316-319.
Stereodon, 205, 207, 212, 215*-
217.

chrysogaster, 216*

cupressiformis, 215*, 216
f. robustH-, 216*

fiagelliramus, 217*

Mossmanianus, 216*

Nelsoni, 216*

Waltenanus, 217*
Stereodon. llmatus, 218*
Stereodonteae, 205*
Stoney (H. Butler), A Year

in Tasmania , quoted, 131, 150.
Story (G. F.), Secretary of

Society, 143 ; ix)rtrait, pi.

19.
Streptopogon crispatus, 260.
Strzelecki (P. E. de), lieighta

on Ben Lomond, 13 ; inaccu-
racies of instruments, 116.
Subsecunda, 257*
Srbscription to Society,
amount of, 152.

336

INDEX.

Swanston (Capt.), President
of Horticultural Society,
123.

Table Cape fossiliferous stra-
ta, 167.
Tasman Island, aboriginal

skull found on, 287.
Tasmanian Bryophyta, Part

III. (L. Rodway), 177-263.
Tasmanian Journal, 124-130,
146, 150.
Introductory Paper, 125-
129; first number, 129;
printed at Sir John Frank-
lin's exi>ense, 130.
Tasmanian Museum, Betsy
Island vested in, 133; pro-
posed extension (1913), 309;
see Royal Society's Mu-
seum .
Tasmanian Public Library,

foundation (1849), 154.
Tasmanian Society, 124-130,
137-139, 146-150.
Foundation (1838), 124; sec-
retaries, 130, 146; members
in 1843, 162; rents of An-
canthe estate, 132, 150;
farewell to Sir John Frank-
lin, 134; Sir Eardley-Wil-
mot attempts to reconsti-
tute, 136; elected President,
137 ; meeting of 3rd Octo-
ber, 1843, 137 ; meeting of
14th October, 1843, 138-139,
163-165 ; proposed union
with Royal Society, 146-147,
148-150; meetings at Laun-
ceston, 146; dissolution,
150 ; see Tasinnnian Journal.
Tasmanian Workers' Political
League, voting system, 26-
30, 44, 55 ; rules, 72-75.
Tayloria, 198M99.
callophylla, 199*
obtusissima, 199^^
ootoblephara, 199*
Tench, introduction of, 160.
Terebratclla,
dorsata, 114.
Mayi, 114*, pi. xi.
Terebratula (Liothyrina) ful-

va, 112*., pi. X., xii.
Terebratula uva, 112*
Totraplodon, 198, 200*
Gunnianum, 200*
tasmanicum, 200*

Thamnium, 223, 225*-226-
pumilutn, 226*

Thuidium, 205, 220*-222.
furfurosum, 221*
laeviu senium, 221*
sparsum, 221*
Stuartii, 221, 222*
unguiculatum, 221*

Tobin (Martin), superintend-
ent of Botanical Gardens
(1834-1840), 122.

Trachvloma, 224, 233*
planifolia, 233*

Trachylonia arcnata. .211*

Triquetrella, 260.

Turnbull (Dr. Adam), Secre-
tary of Van Die men's Land
Society (1829), 119.

Tniform quota, 22, 286.

irniversity of Tasmania, ex-
pansion of scientific depart-
ments, 310.

L'rquhart (D. C), introduce;*
Electoral Bill 1899, 43.

Van Diemen's Land Agricul-
tural Society, 118.

Van Diemen's Land Scientific
Society, 119.

Victoria and Albert, Mts., the
name, 76.

Visitors at meetings, rule as^
to, 281.

Voting systems, see Hare-
Clark system, list systems,,
Launceston voting system .
Representation .

Weber (A. F.), 10.
AVeissia, 178.

Wentworth (W. C), Statisti-
cal Account of British Settle. -
tnents in Australia referred to,

118.
West (J.), Histoni of Tasmania

quoted, 123, 138."
Wevmouthia, 223, 227*-228.

Billardieri, 227*

molle, 226, 227*
Whale, Fossil, from Wynyard

(H. H. Scott), 167-172.
White (Arthur), New Austra-
lian Asllldae, 264-280.
Widow son. Present State of Van-

Diemen's Land quoted, 121.

INDEX. 337

Willaumez Island, see Betsy Young (Russell), his portrait

Island. ^ presented to Society, 291 ;

Wilmot (Sir Eardley), arrival obituary notice, 319-320.
in Tasmania, 134 ; attempt-
ed reeonstitution of Tas- Ziphioid whale, 167-172.
manian Society, 137, 163: Zoological Garden proposed at
elected its President, 137; Fitzroy Crescent (Hobart),
founds Royal Society, 139, 155.
1G3 ; collections for Royal So- Zygodon
ciety, 153 ; erects wall at Menziesii, 261.
Botanical Gardens, 144; minutus, 261.
portrait, pi. IS. Rodwayi, 260*

Wynyard, Fossil Whale from
(H. H. Scott), 167-172.

YMPER CRAGS

SKETCH MAP OF

BEIT LOMOMD
TASMANIA

FROM A ROUGH SURVEY. 1906-1909.
BY

COL WV.LEGGE. FR.GS.

WITH ADDITIONS 1913.

4900
ALLEN HE GHTS

PAVEMENT BLUFF

DENISON CRAG

W>F

>IEROID HEIGHTS (

Pv luulProc Roy Soc Tai

SKETCH MAP OF BEN LOMOND

CORRECTIONS

For "Granite Cirque" read "Grant Cirque."

The base-lines CD, BC, BE are about half-a-mile
north-west of the position shown on the map.

February, r.>14^

Publications

of the

Royal Society of Tasmania

Prices net.
Postage free within Australia and New Zealand

Postage l>e\ oil-
Australia and
Price. New ZealaiuK

s. (I. d.

Rules of the Botanical atid Horticultural

Society 0/ Van Diemen's Land^ 1843 *

Report of the Royal Society of Van Die

men's Land^ ^lay 1845. — 1-11 ... *

Report, submitted Feb., 1846.— 1-10 ... 10

Report^ 1846 (submitted 1st April 1847) *

i?ei>o/-^, submitted 4tli May 1848 ("1848"
on title page corrected to "1847") —

1-13 1 0

Repfr)% 1848.— 1-21 *

Papers and Proceedinq^ of the Royal

, Society of V.D.L.,'\o\. [., Ft. I.,

May 1849— 1-81, 6 plates

Repjort, 1849.-1-23

P. and P., Vol. I., Ft. II., Jan. 1850.—

V 83-186, 1 plate, 1 table

- Report, 1850.-1-32

P, and P., YqI L, Ft. III., Jan. 1851-
187-344. Title page and contents of
Vol.1. Flates ix.-xix., 1 table

Report, 1851.-1-26

P. a7id P., Vol. II., Ft. I., Jan. 18.52.—
^ 1-200. List of Members (5 leaves),

^ 2 plates, 1 table

- Report, 1852. — 1-26 x\ '{^^cJl \-^ ■ '-^ •
P. and F., Vol. II., Ft. II., Jan. 1853.—

201-360, 2 diagrams. Flate I. -VIII. 19 0
Report, 1853. List of ^lembers, etc, (8

leaves), 1-13 1 0

P, and P., Vol. II., Ft. ILL, Jan. 1854.—

361-531, 1 table *

Report, 1854. List of Members, etc. (.'-^

leaves), 1-20 1 6

*Out of print.

10

0

4

2

0

1

10

0

:^

2

0

1

18

G

4

2

0

1

18

0

5

2

0

1

8. P. and P., Vol. Ill, Pt. I., Jan. 1855.—
1-194. Plates I. -X

Report, 1855. List of Members, etc. (8
leaves), 1-16

Repm-t, 1856.— 1-34

Report, 1857.-1-40

Report, 1858.— 1-41 + 1-6

Papers and Proceedings of the Royal
Society of Tasmania^ q\. Ill, Pt. IL,

Jan. 1859.— 195-338

■Supplement to Vol. III., Meteor olo(jical
Observations taken at Hohart Tovm^
Tasmania, 1856-8 (Francis Abbott,
Observer), 1859.-18 folding sheets^
4to. in boards

Report, 1859.— 1-53 4- 1-4 ^ i.-viii. ...

Report, 1860.-1-39

Report, 1861.— 1-33

Report, 1862.— 1-42

P. and P., 1863. February, 1-8; ^Marob,
1-12; April, 1-6; May, 1-14; June,

, 1-9 ; July, 1-12 ; August, 1-9 ; Sep-
tember, i-7 ; October, 1-10; Novem-
ber, 3-9 and map ; December, 1-9 ...
Report, 1863.— 1-37

Monthly Notices of P. and P., 1864.—
^- 1-1 19, ] plate, and title page for each
month ...
Report, 1864.— 1-35

M. X. of P. and P., 1865.- -Title page

and contents (I leaf), 1-134, errata,

^.■' Meteorological Observations (1-7) ...

Report, 18(55.— 1-36

M. N. of P. and P., 1866.--l-li8,
title page for each month

.-- Report, 1866.— 1-40

^^M. N. of P. and P., 1867.— Title ii
and contents (L leaf), 1-41, 1 n
Meteorological Observations (1
Report, Hi-: 2 /.T.

y^M. N. of J\ 'iihl /*., 1868.— Titif- page,
contents, and errata' (2 leaves), 1-59.'
Report, 59-87.' A])pendix, 89-105 -.'..

Report, 1868— .59-87

*Out of print.

and

age
lap,

-5).

Piic.

i 6

2 0

•2 6

2 6

12 0

Austral
New Ze

heyond
Ll and
aland.
.1

1 0

5 ()
1 0

1 0

5 a

1 0

0 ')

9

•A 0

2

i 0

2

1 0

1

1 0

^

Postage lieyond
Australia and
Price. New Zealand.
/ i: s. d. .1.

v/af. iV. of P. and P,, 1869.— Title page,
contents, and errata (2 leaves), 1-63,
1 plate. Re2^ort,Qb-m 5 0 2

XM. iV. of P. and P., 1 870. i.-iv., i.-xxxiv.,'''
^ 1-70,* 2 plates. Report,1l-m^ ... *

^yM.N.of P.andP., 1871. i.-iv., .5-71, 1'

plate, i. -XXX viii. ^e;jar#, 71-98 ' ... *

i^eporM 871 -7 1-98 1 ^ 2

\/M. N. of P. andP.,\S12. i.-iv., 1-64, i-xx.'

i2e/>o?-«, 65-91 ' *

M. N. of P. and P., 1873. i.-iv., 1-78,' 3 '

plate.s, i.-viii. Eeport,~d-I01 ... *

Report, 1873-79-107 10 2

, rjf. i\^. o/ P. and P., 1874. i.-iv.; errata,

1-95, 1 plate, i-xx. '.ffe;)or^ 97-127 v^ *

Report, 1874—97-12,7 1 0 2

^P. atul P., and Report, 187^). i.-iv., 1-^165,

7 'plates, i.-xxii. Report, I -3-2 '' ... *

Report, 1875—1-32 1 0 2

P. and P., a?id Report, 1876. i.-iv, 1-90,
90a-90f, 91-172, 1 plate. Meteorologi-
cal Observations (28 leaves). Rt^purt,*
1-36 11 0 7

^ P. and P., a?id RejHjvt, 1877. i.-iv;, 1-123," -
Meteorological Observations (45 ''
leaves). Report, I -'32 .1. HO 6

P. and P., and Report, 1878. i.-iv, 1-77,

1 plate. Meteorological Observations

(42 leaves). Report, l-Sl 7 0 > 6

J/. iV. of P. and P., and Report. 1 879. i.-iv.,
1-99, 2 plates, 1 table, 1-32, Meteoro-
logical Observations (45 leaves).
Report, 1-30.. 10 <» 7

,/ P. and P., and. Report, 1880. L-iv, 1-64,

2 plates, Meteorological Observations

(13 leaves), .^e^jor^ 1-28/ 5 0 3

J\ and P., and Report, 1881.— Title page
and contents (2 leaves); i.-xxiw, 1-49,
11 plates, 1 table. Report, \-'i'2 ... 12 (> 4

, /F. and P., 1882. — Title page and contents
'^ (2 leaves), xxv.-xlvi., 51-178, 4 plates,

2 tables 14 0 r>

Report, 1882, 1-32 1 0 1

f Out of print.

Postage beyond.
Australia and
Price. New Zealand.

E s. d s. d.

P. and L\, 1883.— Title page and contents
(2 leaves), xlvii.-lxii.; 181-198; 2 plates, '

^ 1 table V ^

^ I Report, 1883, 1-31 '■ 10 1

y/<P. and P., 1884.— Title page and contents
'•"(2 leaves), Ixiii.-xcviii.;^ 199-283,' 5^

plates, 3^'tables, 1 map and table ... 12 6 5

,^,e2)ort, 1884, 1-38 ^' 1 <:' 1

i^^. and P., 1885.— Title page apd content^i; /
leaves),^ xcix.-clxii.,*^ 285-410, ^^S"^

(4

plates, 2'i.ables, 1 map.^i^wf, 1-39

/* and P., 1886.— Title page and contents
^ (4 leaves),*^ i.-lxii.,n-248,^ 9 'i)lates, 2

maps V ...
—- ^q>oW, 1886.— 1-28 ^

P. and J\. 1887.— Title mge and. contents
(5 lea\^s),^i.-lxvii.,M-29C,^'48 "plates,

1 map,ni table ;

Bejwrt, 1887.— 1-28

yP. and P., 1888.— Title page and contents
^ (4 leaves);l.-xlii. , '"1-126,^10 'iMates,

1 table <

.^■—Ee2yort, 1888.— 1-16

1 3 0

10

0

9

1

0

1

3

(>

1

2

1

0

1

15 0 10

P, and P., 1889. —Title page and contents
^' (1-8),^ i.-xxxviii.,^ 1-263,' 9 '^plates, 5

maps

— i^e^jorf, 1889.— 1-16 1 <» 1

Kj'.'and P., 1890^^Title page and contents

(3 leaves),'' i.-xxxvii.l^'l-284,^ Tplates,

- 1 map, 2 tables. Pt2Mrt, 1-16^ ... .1 5 o 9

J*, and P., 1891.— Title page and qon^nts

^^ (3 leaves),''' i. -XX vii.,' 1-94/1 plate.

Report, 1-15 '' 6 0 4

P. and /^., 1892.— Title page ancLeontents
(4 leaves),»'''i.-xxxvi.,^l-191,'^6 v^jlates,

1 diagram ^ 110 6

'Tieport, 1892.-1-17 1 0 1

P. and P., 1893y^Tit!e page and contents
y^ (5 leaves),'^i.-xxvi.,A-220,' 9 ^plates,

2 mapsV 13 6 7

P. and P., 1894-5. —/Title page/ and con- .
tents (8 leaves)ri.-xxxviii.,>'l-66,''i.-vi.;''
l-120,/l-6, 4 maps, 12 plates, 8 tables
and diagrams ... ... 15 0 8

/P. and P., 1896.— Title page ai)d contents

(5 leaves)yi.-xxviii.,vi-100,^'8 plates ... 6 0 4

*Out of print. '

Postage beyond
Austialia and
Price. New Zealand.

£ s. d. d.

P. and P., 1897.— Title page and contents
(4 leaves^i.-xxix.,"' 1-196,' 79-92/' 15 >^
plates, 2magrams 150 7

./-'. and P., 1898-1899.— Title/page, etc.
^ (2 leaves), contents (1-8), i.-lx.^ xlix.-

Ivii.,' 1-147,^10 plates ... 11 6 6

yP. and P., 1900-1901.^— Title page and con-
^ tents (2 leaves)fi.-xliii.ri-144,^ plates'-^

(contents on cover) 11 0 6

//-'. ayid P., 1902.— Title page ami list of
^ officers (2 leaves)^ i.-xxxvi., 1 163, A'S /

plates, 1 table K' 10 0 6

P. and P., 1903-5. — 'litle page and lib;t of
K officers (2 leave^, i.-lxv^; 1-135 ^(con-
tents on cover) ... ... ... 4 6 5

A\oceedings, 1906-7. — Title|)age and list
K of members (2 leaves), i. -111.0-37,-^7 ''

plates 3 (; 3

yP' cind P., 1908.— ^Title page and contents
'^^ (4 leaves),'' i.-xix, 1-83, '-^6 -^plates.

Report, 85-94 1 o 3

,P. and
(4
table. Report, 189-199 u-' 9 0

\ and P., 1910.— Title page and contents y
(3 leaves);-" i.-xvi.^ 1-398, 15 plates.^
i?epor^, 399-409 1/ 15 0 11

^P. and P., \\)U. i-xxii;-, 1-156, 27 plates. 7 6 7

y± . Lo/tLc 7^, 1909.— Title page and contents
" leaves)j i.-xii./ 1-187, ''14 plates, 1

/

Report, 1911 10 1

P. and P., 1912. i.-xxiii., 1-209, 6 plates.

^. Report, i.-vii. ,80 6

P. and P., 1913. i-viii., 1-337, 22 plates,/

lmaptk<: 15 0 11

Register of Pajmrs published m the
I'asmayiian Journal and the Papers and
Proceedings of the Royal Societij of Tas-
mania, 1841-1886, 1-58*. Register of Pajjers,
Part II., 1886-1897, 1-6 2 6 2

Early Tasniania, : Papers read before
the Royal Society of Tas7nania dnriyig the
years 1888 to 1899 by James Backhouse
Walker, i.-viii., 1-289, portrait, 6 maps,
Cloth 4 0 11

Xotes on the Fauna of Tasmania, by
Gerard Kreift. (i\.ppendix to P. and
P>, 1868.) 89-105 2 0 1

t The Report is now part of the Pai^cm and Proceedings.

l^ostajie boyuiul
Australia and
Price. Xew Zealantl.

£ S. .1. (1.

llemlU of Meteorological Observations
for twenty years for Hohart Toivn,
'l84l-1860'. 4to., i.-x., 1-23, 1861 ... 10 0 4

Res^dts of twenty jive years Meteorolof/ical
Obse7-vationsfor Hohart Tovm [1841-
1865], to v)hich is added a Meteorolo-
gical Summary for Adelaide, Mel-
bourne, Sydney, Audi land, etc. 4to.,
i.-xii., 1-46, 1866 10 0 5

y^^^esults of five years Meteorological Obser-

,^i I rations for Hobart Town, completing

' ' ' ci period of thirty years 1 1 84 1 -1 870].

4to., 1-38, 'l872..! ' "':.. ■' "^

Uesidts of five years Meteorological Obser
vationsfor Hobart Tonni, completing
a 2^eriod of thirty -five years [1841-
1875]. 4to., l-33,'l877 10 0 4

Meteorological Observations made at
Hobart Toivn from 1876 to 1879 ;
also at Lighthouses and other Coast
Stations in Tas7uania from 1876 to
1880. 4to., i-vi., 1-24, 1885 *

Kides of the Royal Society of Van Die-
men's La/nd,' 184:8, 1854; Rules of the
Royal Society of Tasmania, 1862,
1874, 1907, 1912 '

Catalogue of Books in tJie Library of the
Royal Society of Tasmania, 1856,
1-53 ... ' ... ■ 2 6 2

.fJataloque of the Library of the Royal

^ Society of Tasmcmia,' 1885, l-m ... 7 6 4

Catalogue of Plants in the Royal Society's

Gardens, I8b7, 1-24 2 6 1

J)o. 1865, 1-43 2 6 2

Catalogue of the Minerals of Tasmania,
V by W. F. Petteid (from F. and P.,
1910, pp. 1-121^— obtainable from
Mines Department, Hobart, price 1/- -— — -

Tciimanian Bryo'phyta, Vol. /., Mosses,
by L. Kodvvay (from P. and P., 1912,
1913), M63 t 5 0 4

Obtainable from the Secretary of the Society, The Museum,
Argyle Street, Hobart.

Out of print.
t Not available for presentation («ee Report, I'Jlo.)

13/7233 Mercury.

PAPERS & PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY
OF TASMANIA

FOR THE YEAR

1913

With 1 Text-Figure, 22 Plates, and 1 Map.

ISSUED 14th FEBRUARY. 1914.

PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY.

The Tasmanian Museum. Argyle Street, Hobart,

1914.

Price: Fifteen Shillings.

Reprints from the Papers and Proceedings,
1912, 1913:

77/.e Fouii'Lition and Early Work of the Society. By

Pi L. Piesse. 50 pp., 8 plates ... 2/-

■Tasmaiiian Bryophyta, Vol. /., Mosses. By L. Bochvay.

163 pp. '...' 5/-

The Hei(/ht of Jlcn Lomond (with map in three colours).

By L. F. Gibliii and others. 10 pp. 1/-

The Theory of the Quota in Proportional Representation.^
Parts I., II. By E. B. Piesse. Hihliorjraphy of
Pro)yjrtion<{l Rfi>resentation in Ta».mania. By
E. L. Piesse. Obtainable from the State Electoral
Departnieiit, Hobart ... Free

A Reaearch on the Eucalypts of Tasmania and their
Essential Oils. By B. T. Baker and H. G. Smitli.
7(5 pp., 4 plates. Obtainable from the Government

Printer, Hobart 16

l\)sted 1 '7

CONTENTS.

On the Relation between the Lo^s of Energy and the
Ifjnisation prodiieed bv Cathode Ravs. J^\' J. L. Glasson,
R.A., D.Sc ' 1

The Height of Ben Lomond. By L. ¥. Giblin, B.A.,
E. L. Piesse, B.Sc., and H. R. Hutchison, Authorised
Surveyor 5

The Theory of the Quota in Proportional Representa-
tion—II. By E. L. Piesse, B.Sc., LL.B 15

Notes on Ri/uint',/t/i//lhmi peltatiun (Poir) Desv. Bv
L. Rod way ..." .*. 38

iMbliographv of Proportional Representation in Tas-
niaria. By E. L. Piesse, B.Se., LL.B 39

A Hectificatio7i in the Cartography of Nortli-East
Tasmania. By Colonel W. V. Legge,*^ F.R.G.S

List of Native Words of the Oyster Bay Tribe, Van
Diemen's Land. By J. W. Beattie. ... 79

Notes on the List of Native Words of the Oyster Bay
Tribe, presented bv Mr. J. W. Beattie. By Hermann
Ji. Ritz, M.A. ... : ; 82

Notes on the Section at One Tree Point, ricar Hebart.
By Yritz Noethng, M.A., Ph.D Vo

Note on Strzelecki's Determinations of Heights in Ta,s-
ir.ania ]12

Some Australian Ivrachiopods. By E. Biochmann ... 113

The Foundation and Early Work of the Society ; a\ ith
some Account of Earlier Institutions and Societies in
Tasmania, \^y E. L. Piesse ' 117

Notes on a Eossil Whale f>roni Wvnvard. Bv H. H.
Scott \ ' ■ 1G7

Demography of Tasnninia. By L. E. Ciblin, B.A.... 173

Tasmanian Bryophyta, Part III. By L. liodway. ... 177

New Australian Asilidae. By Arthur White 264

A bstract of Proceedings 2(S1

Annual Report

List of the Society 295

Report 304

Accounts '..., 311

Obituary Notices .- 313

Institiition.s, etc., to wliicli "Papers and Pjoce'idings '

are presented 320

Plates, i. - xxii.

Index 325

Map